1GCC(1) GNU GCC(1)
2
6 gcc - GNU project C and C++ compiler
7
9 gcc [-c|-S|-E] [-std=standard]
10 [-g] [-pg] [-Olevel]
11 [-Wwarn...] [-Wpedantic]
12 [-Idir...] [-Ldir...]
13 [-Dmacro[=defn]...] [-Umacro]
14 [-foption...] [-mmachine-option...]
15 [-o outfile] [@file] infile...
16 Only the most useful options are listed here; see below for the
18 remainder. g++ accepts mostly the same options as gcc.
19
21 When you invoke GCC, it normally does preprocessing, compilation,
22 assembly and linking. The "overall options" allow you to stop this
23 process at an intermediate stage. For example, the -c option says not
24 to run the linker. Then the output consists of object files output by
25 the assembler.
26 Other options are passed on to one or more stages of processing. Some
28 options control the preprocessor and others the compiler itself. Yet
29 other options control the assembler and linker; most of these are not
30 documented here, since you rarely need to use any of them.
31 Most of the command-line options that you can use with GCC are useful
33 for C programs; when an option is only useful with another language
34 (usually C++), the explanation says so explicitly. If the description
35 for a particular option does not mention a source language, you can use
36 that option with all supported languages.
37 The usual way to run GCC is to run the executable called gcc, or
39 machine-gcc when cross-compiling, or machine-gcc-version to run a
40 specific version of GCC. When you compile C++ programs, you should
41 invoke GCC as g++ instead.
42 The gcc program accepts options and file names as operands. Many
44 options have multi-letter names; therefore multiple single-letter
45 options may not be grouped: -dv is very different from -d -v.
46 You can mix options and other arguments. For the most part, the order
48 you use doesn't matter. Order does matter when you use several options
49 of the same kind; for example, if you specify -L more than once, the
50 directories are searched in the order specified. Also, the placement
51 of the -l option is significant.
52 Many options have long names starting with -f or with -W---for example,
54 -fmove-loop-invariants, -Wformat and so on. Most of these have both
55 positive and negative forms; the negative form of -ffoo is -fno-foo.
56 This manual documents only one of these two forms, whichever one is not
57 the default.
58 Some options take one or more arguments typically separated either by a
60 space or by the equals sign (=) from the option name. Unless
61 documented otherwise, an argument can be either numeric or a string.
62 Numeric arguments must typically be small unsigned decimal or
63 hexadecimal integers. Hexadecimal arguments must begin with the 0x
64 prefix. Arguments to options that specify a size threshold of some
65 sort may be arbitrarily large decimal or hexadecimal integers followed
66 by a byte size suffix designating a multiple of bytes such as "kB" and
67 "KiB" for kilobyte and kibibyte, respectively, "MB" and "MiB" for
68 megabyte and mebibyte, "GB" and "GiB" for gigabyte and gigibyte, and so
69 on. Such arguments are designated by byte-size in the following text.
70 Refer to the NIST, IEC, and other relevant national and international
71 standards for the full listing and explanation of the binary and
72 decimal byte size prefixes.
73
75 Option Summary
76 Here is a summary of all the options, grouped by type. Explanations
77 are in the following sections.
78 Overall Options
80 -c -S -E -o file -x language -v -### --help[=class[,...]]
81 --target-help --version -pass-exit-codes -pipe -specs=file
82 -wrapper @file -ffile-prefix-map=old=new -fplugin=file
83 -fplugin-arg-name=arg -fdump-ada-spec[-slim]
84 -fada-spec-parent=unit -fdump-go-spec=file
85 C Language Options
87 -ansi -std=standard -fgnu89-inline
88 -fpermitted-flt-eval-methods=standard -aux-info filename
89 -fallow-parameterless-variadic-functions -fno-asm -fno-builtin
90 -fno-builtin-function -fgimple -fhosted -ffreestanding -fopenacc
91 -fopenacc-dim=geom -fopenmp -fopenmp-simd -fms-extensions
92 -fplan9-extensions -fsso-struct=endianness
93 -fallow-single-precision -fcond-mismatch -flax-vector-conversions
94 -fsigned-bitfields -fsigned-char -funsigned-bitfields
95 -funsigned-char
96 C++ Language Options
98 -fabi-version=n -fno-access-control -faligned-new=n
99 -fargs-in-order=n -fchar8_t -fcheck-new -fconstexpr-depth=n
100 -fconstexpr-cache-depth=n -fconstexpr-loop-limit=n
101 -fconstexpr-ops-limit=n -fno-elide-constructors
102 -fno-enforce-eh-specs -fno-gnu-keywords -fno-implicit-templates
103 -fno-implicit-inline-templates -fno-implement-inlines
104 -fms-extensions -fnew-inheriting-ctors -fnew-ttp-matching
105 -fno-nonansi-builtins -fnothrow-opt -fno-operator-names
106 -fno-optional-diags -fpermissive -fno-pretty-templates -fno-rtti
107 -fsized-deallocation -ftemplate-backtrace-limit=n
108 -ftemplate-depth=n -fno-threadsafe-statics -fuse-cxa-atexit
109 -fno-weak -nostdinc++ -fvisibility-inlines-hidden
110 -fvisibility-ms-compat -fext-numeric-literals -Wabi-tag
111 -Wcatch-value -Wcatch-value=n -Wno-class-conversion
112 -Wclass-memaccess -Wcomma-subscript -Wconditionally-supported
113 -Wno-conversion-null -Wctor-dtor-privacy -Wno-delete-incomplete
114 -Wdelete-non-virtual-dtor -Wdeprecated-copy
115 -Wdeprecated-copy-dtor -Weffc++ -Wextra-semi
116 -Wno-inaccessible-base -Wno-inherited-variadic-ctor
117 -Wno-init-list-lifetime -Wno-invalid-offsetof -Wno-literal-suffix
118 -Wmismatched-tags -Wmultiple-inheritance -Wnamespaces -Wnarrowing
119 -Wnoexcept -Wnoexcept-type -Wnon-virtual-dtor -Wpessimizing-move
120 -Wno-placement-new -Wplacement-new=n -Wredundant-move
121 -Wredundant-tags -Wreorder -Wregister -Wstrict-null-sentinel
122 -Wno-subobject-linkage -Wtemplates -Wno-non-template-friend
123 -Wold-style-cast -Woverloaded-virtual -Wno-pmf-conversions
124 -Wsign-promo -Wsized-deallocation -Wsuggest-final-methods
125 -Wsuggest-final-types -Wsuggest-override -Wno-terminate
126 -Wuseless-cast -Wvirtual-inheritance -Wno-virtual-move-assign
127 -Wvolatile -Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant
128 Objective-C and Objective-C++ Language Options
130 -fconstant-string-class=class-name -fgnu-runtime -fnext-runtime
131 -fno-nil-receivers -fobjc-abi-version=n -fobjc-call-cxx-cdtors
132 -fobjc-direct-dispatch -fobjc-exceptions -fobjc-gc -fobjc-nilcheck
133 -fobjc-std=objc1 -fno-local-ivars
134 -fivar-visibility=[public|protected|private|package]
135 -freplace-objc-classes -fzero-link -gen-decls -Wassign-intercept
136 -Wno-property-assign-default -Wno-protocol -Wselector
137 -Wstrict-selector-match -Wundeclared-selector
138 Diagnostic Message Formatting Options
140 -fmessage-length=n -fdiagnostics-show-location=[once|every-line]
141 -fdiagnostics-color=[auto|never|always]
142 -fdiagnostics-urls=[auto|never|always]
143 -fdiagnostics-format=[text|json] -fno-diagnostics-show-option
144 -fno-diagnostics-show-caret -fno-diagnostics-show-labels
145 -fno-diagnostics-show-line-numbers -fno-diagnostics-show-cwe
146 -fdiagnostics-minimum-margin-width=width
147 -fdiagnostics-parseable-fixits -fdiagnostics-generate-patch
148 -fdiagnostics-show-template-tree -fno-elide-type
149 -fdiagnostics-path-format=[none|separate-events|inline-events]
150 -fdiagnostics-show-path-depths -fno-show-column
151 Warning Options
153 -fsyntax-only -fmax-errors=n -Wpedantic -pedantic-errors -w
154 -Wextra -Wall -Wabi=n -Waddress -Wno-address-of-packed-member
155 -Waggregate-return -Walloc-size-larger-than=byte-size -Walloc-zero
156 -Walloca -Walloca-larger-than=byte-size
157 -Wno-aggressive-loop-optimizations -Warith-conversion
158 -Warray-bounds -Warray-bounds=n -Wno-attributes
159 -Wattribute-alias=n -Wno-attribute-alias -Wno-attribute-warning
160 -Wbool-compare -Wbool-operation -Wno-builtin-declaration-mismatch
161 -Wno-builtin-macro-redefined -Wc90-c99-compat -Wc99-c11-compat
162 -Wc11-c2x-compat -Wc++-compat -Wc++11-compat -Wc++14-compat
163 -Wc++17-compat -Wc++20-compat -Wcast-align -Wcast-align=strict
164 -Wcast-function-type -Wcast-qual -Wchar-subscripts -Wclobbered
165 -Wcomment -Wconversion -Wno-coverage-mismatch -Wno-cpp
166 -Wdangling-else -Wdate-time -Wno-deprecated
167 -Wno-deprecated-declarations -Wno-designated-init
168 -Wdisabled-optimization -Wno-discarded-array-qualifiers
169 -Wno-discarded-qualifiers -Wno-div-by-zero -Wdouble-promotion
170 -Wduplicated-branches -Wduplicated-cond -Wempty-body
171 -Wno-endif-labels -Wenum-compare -Wenum-conversion -Werror
172 -Werror=* -Wexpansion-to-defined -Wfatal-errors
173 -Wfloat-conversion -Wfloat-equal -Wformat -Wformat=2
174 -Wno-format-contains-nul -Wno-format-extra-args
175 -Wformat-nonliteral -Wformat-overflow=n -Wformat-security
176 -Wformat-signedness -Wformat-truncation=n -Wformat-y2k
177 -Wframe-address -Wframe-larger-than=byte-size
178 -Wno-free-nonheap-object -Wno-hsa -Wno-if-not-aligned
179 -Wno-ignored-attributes -Wignored-qualifiers
180 -Wno-incompatible-pointer-types -Wimplicit -Wimplicit-fallthrough
181 -Wimplicit-fallthrough=n -Wno-implicit-function-declaration
182 -Wno-implicit-int -Winit-self -Winline -Wno-int-conversion
183 -Wint-in-bool-context -Wno-int-to-pointer-cast
184 -Wno-invalid-memory-model -Winvalid-pch -Wjump-misses-init
185 -Wlarger-than=byte-size -Wlogical-not-parentheses -Wlogical-op
186 -Wlong-long -Wno-lto-type-mismatch -Wmain -Wmaybe-uninitialized
187 -Wmemset-elt-size -Wmemset-transposed-args
188 -Wmisleading-indentation -Wmissing-attributes -Wmissing-braces
189 -Wmissing-field-initializers -Wmissing-format-attribute
190 -Wmissing-include-dirs -Wmissing-noreturn -Wno-missing-profile
191 -Wno-multichar -Wmultistatement-macros -Wnonnull
192 -Wnonnull-compare -Wnormalized=[none|id|nfc|nfkc]
193 -Wnull-dereference -Wno-odr -Wopenmp-simd -Wno-overflow
194 -Woverlength-strings -Wno-override-init-side-effects -Wpacked
195 -Wno-packed-bitfield-compat -Wpacked-not-aligned -Wpadded
196 -Wparentheses -Wno-pedantic-ms-format -Wpointer-arith
197 -Wno-pointer-compare -Wno-pointer-to-int-cast -Wno-pragmas
198 -Wno-prio-ctor-dtor -Wredundant-decls -Wrestrict
199 -Wno-return-local-addr -Wreturn-type -Wno-scalar-storage-order
200 -Wsequence-point -Wshadow -Wshadow=global -Wshadow=local
201 -Wshadow=compatible-local -Wno-shadow-ivar
202 -Wno-shift-count-negative -Wno-shift-count-overflow
203 -Wshift-negative-value -Wno-shift-overflow -Wshift-overflow=n
204 -Wsign-compare -Wsign-conversion -Wno-sizeof-array-argument
205 -Wsizeof-pointer-div -Wsizeof-pointer-memaccess -Wstack-protector
206 -Wstack-usage=byte-size -Wstrict-aliasing -Wstrict-aliasing=n
207 -Wstrict-overflow -Wstrict-overflow=n -Wstring-compare
208 -Wstringop-overflow=n -Wno-stringop-truncation
209 -Wsuggest-attribute=[pure|const|noreturn|format|malloc] -Wswitch
210 -Wno-switch-bool -Wswitch-default -Wswitch-enum
211 -Wno-switch-outside-range -Wno-switch-unreachable -Wsync-nand
212 -Wsystem-headers -Wtautological-compare -Wtrampolines
213 -Wtrigraphs -Wtype-limits -Wundef -Wuninitialized
214 -Wunknown-pragmas -Wunsuffixed-float-constants -Wunused
215 -Wunused-but-set-parameter -Wunused-but-set-variable
216 -Wunused-const-variable -Wunused-const-variable=n
217 -Wunused-function -Wunused-label -Wunused-local-typedefs
218 -Wunused-macros -Wunused-parameter -Wno-unused-result
219 -Wunused-value -Wunused-variable -Wno-varargs -Wvariadic-macros
220 -Wvector-operation-performance -Wvla -Wvla-larger-than=byte-size
221 -Wno-vla-larger-than -Wvolatile-register-var -Wwrite-strings
222 -Wzero-length-bounds
223 Static Analyzer Options
225 -fanalyzer -fanalyzer-call-summaries -fanalyzer-checker=name
226 -fanalyzer-fine-grained -fanalyzer-state-merge
227 -fanalyzer-state-purge -fanalyzer-transitivity
228 -fanalyzer-verbose-edges -fanalyzer-verbose-state-changes
229 -fanalyzer-verbosity=level -fdump-analyzer -fdump-analyzer-stderr
230 -fdump-analyzer-callgraph -fdump-analyzer-exploded-graph
231 -fdump-analyzer-exploded-nodes -fdump-analyzer-exploded-nodes-2
232 -fdump-analyzer-exploded-nodes-3 -fdump-analyzer-state-purge
233 -fdump-analyzer-supergraph -Wno-analyzer-double-fclose
234 -Wno-analyzer-double-free
235 -Wno-analyzer-exposure-through-output-file -Wno-analyzer-file-leak
236 -Wno-analyzer-free-of-non-heap -Wno-analyzer-malloc-leak
237 -Wno-analyzer-null-argument -Wno-analyzer-null-dereference
238 -Wno-analyzer-possible-null-argument
239 -Wno-analyzer-possible-null-dereference
240 -Wno-analyzer-stale-setjmp-buffer -Wno-analyzer-tainted-array-index
241 -Wanalyzer-too-complex
242 -Wno-analyzer-unsafe-call-within-signal-handler
243 -Wno-analyzer-use-after-free
244 -Wno-analyzer-use-of-pointer-in-stale-stack-frame
245 -Wno-analyzer-use-of-uninitialized-value
246 C and Objective-C-only Warning Options
248 -Wbad-function-cast -Wmissing-declarations
249 -Wmissing-parameter-type -Wmissing-prototypes -Wnested-externs
250 -Wold-style-declaration -Wold-style-definition -Wstrict-prototypes
251 -Wtraditional -Wtraditional-conversion
252 -Wdeclaration-after-statement -Wpointer-sign
253 Debugging Options
255 -g -glevel -gdwarf -gdwarf-version -ggdb -grecord-gcc-switches
256 -gno-record-gcc-switches -gstabs -gstabs+ -gstrict-dwarf
257 -gno-strict-dwarf -gas-loc-support -gno-as-loc-support
258 -gas-locview-support -gno-as-locview-support -gcolumn-info
259 -gno-column-info -gstatement-frontiers -gno-statement-frontiers
260 -gvariable-location-views -gno-variable-location-views
261 -ginternal-reset-location-views -gno-internal-reset-location-views
262 -ginline-points -gno-inline-points -gvms -gxcoff -gxcoff+
263 -gz[=type] -gsplit-dwarf -gdescribe-dies -gno-describe-dies
264 -fdebug-prefix-map=old=new -fdebug-types-section
265 -fno-eliminate-unused-debug-types -femit-struct-debug-baseonly
266 -femit-struct-debug-reduced -femit-struct-debug-detailed[=spec-
267 list] -fno-eliminate-unused-debug-symbols
268 -femit-class-debug-always -fno-merge-debug-strings
269 -fno-dwarf2-cfi-asm -fvar-tracking -fvar-tracking-assignments
270 Optimization Options
272 -faggressive-loop-optimizations -falign-functions[=n[:m:[n2[:m2]]]]
273 -falign-jumps[=n[:m:[n2[:m2]]]] -falign-labels[=n[:m:[n2[:m2]]]]
274 -falign-loops[=n[:m:[n2[:m2]]]] -fno-allocation-dce
275 -fallow-store-data-races -fassociative-math -fauto-profile
276 -fauto-profile[=path] -fauto-inc-dec -fbranch-probabilities
277 -fcaller-saves -fcombine-stack-adjustments -fconserve-stack
278 -fcompare-elim -fcprop-registers -fcrossjumping
279 -fcse-follow-jumps -fcse-skip-blocks -fcx-fortran-rules
280 -fcx-limited-range -fdata-sections -fdce -fdelayed-branch
281 -fdelete-null-pointer-checks -fdevirtualize
282 -fdevirtualize-speculatively -fdevirtualize-at-ltrans -fdse
283 -fearly-inlining -fipa-sra -fexpensive-optimizations
284 -ffat-lto-objects -ffast-math -ffinite-math-only -ffloat-store
285 -fexcess-precision=style -ffinite-loops -fforward-propagate
286 -ffp-contract=style -ffunction-sections -fgcse
287 -fgcse-after-reload -fgcse-las -fgcse-lm -fgraphite-identity
288 -fgcse-sm -fhoist-adjacent-loads -fif-conversion -fif-conversion2
289 -findirect-inlining -finline-functions
290 -finline-functions-called-once -finline-limit=n
291 -finline-small-functions -fipa-cp -fipa-cp-clone -fipa-bit-cp
292 -fipa-vrp -fipa-pta -fipa-profile -fipa-pure-const
293 -fipa-reference -fipa-reference-addressable -fipa-stack-alignment
294 -fipa-icf -fira-algorithm=algorithm -flive-patching=level
295 -fira-region=region -fira-hoist-pressure -fira-loop-pressure
296 -fno-ira-share-save-slots -fno-ira-share-spill-slots
297 -fisolate-erroneous-paths-dereference
298 -fisolate-erroneous-paths-attribute -fivopts
299 -fkeep-inline-functions -fkeep-static-functions
300 -fkeep-static-consts -flimit-function-alignment
301 -flive-range-shrinkage -floop-block -floop-interchange
302 -floop-strip-mine -floop-unroll-and-jam -floop-nest-optimize
303 -floop-parallelize-all -flra-remat -flto -flto-compression-level
304 -flto-partition=alg -fmerge-all-constants -fmerge-constants
305 -fmodulo-sched -fmodulo-sched-allow-regmoves
306 -fmove-loop-invariants -fno-branch-count-reg -fno-defer-pop
307 -fno-fp-int-builtin-inexact -fno-function-cse
308 -fno-guess-branch-probability -fno-inline -fno-math-errno
309 -fno-peephole -fno-peephole2 -fno-printf-return-value
310 -fno-sched-interblock -fno-sched-spec -fno-signed-zeros
311 -fno-toplevel-reorder -fno-trapping-math
312 -fno-zero-initialized-in-bss -fomit-frame-pointer
313 -foptimize-sibling-calls -fpartial-inlining -fpeel-loops
314 -fpredictive-commoning -fprefetch-loop-arrays -fprofile-correction
315 -fprofile-use -fprofile-use=path -fprofile-partial-training
316 -fprofile-values -fprofile-reorder-functions -freciprocal-math
317 -free -frename-registers -freorder-blocks
318 -freorder-blocks-algorithm=algorithm -freorder-blocks-and-partition
319 -freorder-functions -frerun-cse-after-loop
320 -freschedule-modulo-scheduled-loops -frounding-math
321 -fsave-optimization-record -fsched2-use-superblocks
322 -fsched-pressure -fsched-spec-load -fsched-spec-load-dangerous
323 -fsched-stalled-insns-dep[=n] -fsched-stalled-insns[=n]
324 -fsched-group-heuristic -fsched-critical-path-heuristic
325 -fsched-spec-insn-heuristic -fsched-rank-heuristic
326 -fsched-last-insn-heuristic -fsched-dep-count-heuristic
327 -fschedule-fusion -fschedule-insns -fschedule-insns2
328 -fsection-anchors -fselective-scheduling -fselective-scheduling2
329 -fsel-sched-pipelining -fsel-sched-pipelining-outer-loops
330 -fsemantic-interposition -fshrink-wrap -fshrink-wrap-separate
331 -fsignaling-nans -fsingle-precision-constant
332 -fsplit-ivs-in-unroller -fsplit-loops -fsplit-paths
333 -fsplit-wide-types -fsplit-wide-types-early -fssa-backprop
334 -fssa-phiopt -fstdarg-opt -fstore-merging -fstrict-aliasing
335 -fthread-jumps -ftracer -ftree-bit-ccp -ftree-builtin-call-dce
336 -ftree-ccp -ftree-ch -ftree-coalesce-vars -ftree-copy-prop
337 -ftree-dce -ftree-dominator-opts -ftree-dse -ftree-forwprop
338 -ftree-fre -fcode-hoisting -ftree-loop-if-convert -ftree-loop-im
339 -ftree-phiprop -ftree-loop-distribution
340 -ftree-loop-distribute-patterns -ftree-loop-ivcanon
341 -ftree-loop-linear -ftree-loop-optimize -ftree-loop-vectorize
342 -ftree-parallelize-loops=n -ftree-pre -ftree-partial-pre
343 -ftree-pta -ftree-reassoc -ftree-scev-cprop -ftree-sink
344 -ftree-slsr -ftree-sra -ftree-switch-conversion -ftree-tail-merge
345 -ftree-ter -ftree-vectorize -ftree-vrp -funconstrained-commons
346 -funit-at-a-time -funroll-all-loops -funroll-loops
347 -funsafe-math-optimizations -funswitch-loops -fipa-ra
348 -fvariable-expansion-in-unroller -fvect-cost-model -fvpt -fweb
349 -fwhole-program -fwpa -fuse-linker-plugin --param name=value -O
350 -O0 -O1 -O2 -O3 -Os -Ofast -Og
351 Program Instrumentation Options
353 -p -pg -fprofile-arcs --coverage -ftest-coverage
354 -fprofile-abs-path -fprofile-dir=path -fprofile-generate
355 -fprofile-generate=path -fprofile-note=path
356 -fprofile-prefix-path=path -fprofile-update=method
357 -fprofile-filter-files=regex -fprofile-exclude-files=regex
358 -fprofile-reproducible=[multithreaded|parallel-runs|serial]
359 -fsanitize=style -fsanitize-recover -fsanitize-recover=style
360 -fasan-shadow-offset=number -fsanitize-sections=s1,s2,...
361 -fsanitize-undefined-trap-on-error -fbounds-check
362 -fcf-protection=[full|branch|return|none|check] -fstack-protector
363 -fstack-protector-all -fstack-protector-strong
364 -fstack-protector-explicit -fstack-check
365 -fstack-limit-register=reg -fstack-limit-symbol=sym
366 -fno-stack-limit -fsplit-stack -fvtable-verify=[std|preinit|none]
367 -fvtv-counts -fvtv-debug -finstrument-functions
368 -finstrument-functions-exclude-function-list=sym,sym,...
369 -finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list=file,file,...
370 Preprocessor Options
372 -Aquestion=answer -A-question[=answer] -C -CC -Dmacro[=defn] -dD
373 -dI -dM -dN -dU -fdebug-cpp -fdirectives-only
374 -fdollars-in-identifiers -fexec-charset=charset
375 -fextended-identifiers -finput-charset=charset
376 -fmacro-prefix-map=old=new -fmax-include-depth=depth
377 -fno-canonical-system-headers -fpch-deps -fpch-preprocess
378 -fpreprocessed -ftabstop=width -ftrack-macro-expansion
379 -fwide-exec-charset=charset -fworking-directory -H -imacros file
380 -include file -M -MD -MF -MG -MM -MMD -MP -MQ -MT
381 -no-integrated-cpp -P -pthread -remap -traditional
382 -traditional-cpp -trigraphs -Umacro -undef -Wp,option
383 -Xpreprocessor option
384 Assembler Options
386 -Wa,option -Xassembler option
387 Linker Options
389 object-file-name -fuse-ld=linker -llibrary -nostartfiles
390 -nodefaultlibs -nolibc -nostdlib -e entry --entry=entry -pie
391 -pthread -r -rdynamic -s -static -static-pie -static-libgcc
392 -static-libstdc++ -static-libasan -static-libtsan -static-liblsan
393 -static-libubsan -shared -shared-libgcc -symbolic -T script
394 -Wl,option -Xlinker option -u symbol -z keyword
395 Directory Options
397 -Bprefix -Idir -I- -idirafter dir -imacros file -imultilib dir
398 -iplugindir=dir -iprefix file -iquote dir -isysroot dir -isystem
399 dir -iwithprefix dir -iwithprefixbefore dir -Ldir
400 -no-canonical-prefixes --no-sysroot-suffix -nostdinc -nostdinc++
401 --sysroot=dir
402 Code Generation Options
404 -fcall-saved-reg -fcall-used-reg -ffixed-reg -fexceptions
405 -fnon-call-exceptions -fdelete-dead-exceptions -funwind-tables
406 -fasynchronous-unwind-tables -fno-gnu-unique
407 -finhibit-size-directive -fcommon -fno-ident -fpcc-struct-return
408 -fpic -fPIC -fpie -fPIE -fno-plt -fno-jump-tables
409 -frecord-gcc-switches -freg-struct-return -fshort-enums
410 -fshort-wchar -fverbose-asm -fpack-struct[=n] -fleading-underscore
411 -ftls-model=model -fstack-reuse=reuse_level -ftrampolines -ftrapv
412 -fwrapv -fvisibility=[default|internal|hidden|protected]
413 -fstrict-volatile-bitfields -fsync-libcalls
414 Developer Options
416 -dletters -dumpspecs -dumpmachine -dumpversion -dumpfullversion
417 -fcallgraph-info[=su,da] -fchecking -fchecking=n -fdbg-cnt-list
418 -fdbg-cnt=counter-value-list -fdisable-ipa-pass_name
419 -fdisable-rtl-pass_name -fdisable-rtl-pass-name=range-list
420 -fdisable-tree-pass_name -fdisable-tree-pass-name=range-list
421 -fdump-debug -fdump-earlydebug -fdump-noaddr -fdump-unnumbered
422 -fdump-unnumbered-links -fdump-final-insns[=file] -fdump-ipa-all
423 -fdump-ipa-cgraph -fdump-ipa-inline -fdump-lang-all
424 -fdump-lang-switch -fdump-lang-switch-options
425 -fdump-lang-switch-options=filename -fdump-passes -fdump-rtl-pass
426 -fdump-rtl-pass=filename -fdump-statistics -fdump-tree-all
427 -fdump-tree-switch -fdump-tree-switch-options
428 -fdump-tree-switch-options=filename -fcompare-debug[=opts]
429 -fcompare-debug-second -fenable-kind-pass -fenable-kind-pass=range-
430 list -fira-verbose=n -flto-report -flto-report-wpa
431 -fmem-report-wpa -fmem-report -fpre-ipa-mem-report
432 -fpost-ipa-mem-report -fopt-info -fopt-info-options[=file]
433 -fprofile-report -frandom-seed=string -fsched-verbose=n
434 -fsel-sched-verbose -fsel-sched-dump-cfg
435 -fsel-sched-pipelining-verbose -fstats -fstack-usage
436 -ftime-report -ftime-report-details
437 -fvar-tracking-assignments-toggle -gtoggle
438 -print-file-name=library -print-libgcc-file-name
439 -print-multi-directory -print-multi-lib -print-multi-os-directory
440 -print-prog-name=program -print-search-dirs -Q -print-sysroot
441 -print-sysroot-headers-suffix -save-temps -save-temps=cwd
442 -save-temps=obj -time[=file]
443 Machine-Dependent Options
445 AArch64 Options -mabi=name -mbig-endian -mlittle-endian
446 -mgeneral-regs-only -mcmodel=tiny -mcmodel=small -mcmodel=large
447 -mstrict-align -mno-strict-align -momit-leaf-frame-pointer
448 -mtls-dialect=desc -mtls-dialect=traditional -mtls-size=size
449 -mfix-cortex-a53-835769 -mfix-cortex-a53-843419
450 -mlow-precision-recip-sqrt -mlow-precision-sqrt
451 -mlow-precision-div -mpc-relative-literal-loads
452 -msign-return-address=scope -mbranch-protection=none|standard|pac-
453 ret[+leaf +b-key]|bti -mharden-sls=opts -march=name -mcpu=name
454 -mtune=name -moverride=string -mverbose-cost-dump
455 -mstack-protector-guard=guard -mstack-protector-guard-reg=sysreg
456 -mstack-protector-guard-offset=offset -mtrack-speculation
457 -moutline-atomics
458 Adapteva Epiphany Options -mhalf-reg-file -mprefer-short-insn-regs
460 -mbranch-cost=num -mcmove -mnops=num -msoft-cmpsf -msplit-lohi
461 -mpost-inc -mpost-modify -mstack-offset=num -mround-nearest
462 -mlong-calls -mshort-calls -msmall16 -mfp-mode=mode
463 -mvect-double -max-vect-align=num -msplit-vecmove-early
464 -m1reg-reg
465 AMD GCN Options -march=gpu -mtune=gpu -mstack-size=bytes
467 ARC Options -mbarrel-shifter -mjli-always -mcpu=cpu -mA6
469 -mARC600 -mA7 -mARC700 -mdpfp -mdpfp-compact -mdpfp-fast
470 -mno-dpfp-lrsr -mea -mno-mpy -mmul32x16 -mmul64 -matomic -mnorm
471 -mspfp -mspfp-compact -mspfp-fast -msimd -msoft-float -mswap
472 -mcrc -mdsp-packa -mdvbf -mlock -mmac-d16 -mmac-24 -mrtsc
473 -mswape -mtelephony -mxy -misize -mannotate-align -marclinux
474 -marclinux_prof -mlong-calls -mmedium-calls -msdata
475 -mirq-ctrl-saved -mrgf-banked-regs -mlpc-width=width -G num
476 -mvolatile-cache -mtp-regno=regno -malign-call -mauto-modify-reg
477 -mbbit-peephole -mno-brcc -mcase-vector-pcrel -mcompact-casesi
478 -mno-cond-exec -mearly-cbranchsi -mexpand-adddi -mindexed-loads
479 -mlra -mlra-priority-none -mlra-priority-compact mlra-priority-
480 noncompact -mmillicode -mmixed-code -mq-class -mRcq -mRcw
481 -msize-level=level -mtune=cpu -mmultcost=num -mcode-density-frame
482 -munalign-prob-threshold=probability -mmpy-option=multo -mdiv-rem
483 -mcode-density -mll64 -mfpu=fpu -mrf16 -mbranch-index
484 ARM Options -mapcs-frame -mno-apcs-frame -mabi=name
486 -mapcs-stack-check -mno-apcs-stack-check -mapcs-reentrant
487 -mno-apcs-reentrant -mgeneral-regs-only -msched-prolog
488 -mno-sched-prolog -mlittle-endian -mbig-endian -mbe8 -mbe32
489 -mfloat-abi=name -mfp16-format=name -mthumb-interwork
490 -mno-thumb-interwork -mcpu=name -march=name -mfpu=name
491 -mtune=name -mprint-tune-info -mstructure-size-boundary=n
492 -mabort-on-noreturn -mlong-calls -mno-long-calls -msingle-pic-base
493 -mno-single-pic-base -mpic-register=reg -mnop-fun-dllimport
494 -mpoke-function-name -mthumb -marm -mflip-thumb -mtpcs-frame
495 -mtpcs-leaf-frame -mcaller-super-interworking
496 -mcallee-super-interworking -mtp=name -mtls-dialect=dialect
497 -mword-relocations -mfix-cortex-m3-ldrd -munaligned-access
498 -mneon-for-64bits -mslow-flash-data -masm-syntax-unified
499 -mrestrict-it -mverbose-cost-dump -mpure-code -mcmse -mfdpic
500 AVR Options -mmcu=mcu -mabsdata -maccumulate-args
502 -mbranch-cost=cost -mcall-prologues -mgas-isr-prologues -mint8
503 -mdouble=bits -mlong-double=bits -mn_flash=size -mno-interrupts
504 -mmain-is-OS_task -mrelax -mrmw -mstrict-X -mtiny-stack
505 -mfract-convert-truncate -mshort-calls -nodevicelib
506 -nodevicespecs -Waddr-space-convert -Wmisspelled-isr
507 Blackfin Options -mcpu=cpu[-sirevision] -msim
509 -momit-leaf-frame-pointer -mno-omit-leaf-frame-pointer
510 -mspecld-anomaly -mno-specld-anomaly -mcsync-anomaly
511 -mno-csync-anomaly -mlow-64k -mno-low64k -mstack-check-l1
512 -mid-shared-library -mno-id-shared-library -mshared-library-id=n
513 -mleaf-id-shared-library -mno-leaf-id-shared-library -msep-data
514 -mno-sep-data -mlong-calls -mno-long-calls -mfast-fp
515 -minline-plt -mmulticore -mcorea -mcoreb -msdram -micplb
516 C6X Options -mbig-endian -mlittle-endian -march=cpu -msim
518 -msdata=sdata-type
519 CRIS Options -mcpu=cpu -march=cpu -mtune=cpu -mmax-stack-frame=n
521 -melinux-stacksize=n -metrax4 -metrax100 -mpdebug -mcc-init
522 -mno-side-effects -mstack-align -mdata-align -mconst-align
523 -m32-bit -m16-bit -m8-bit -mno-prologue-epilogue -mno-gotplt
524 -melf -maout -melinux -mlinux -sim -sim2 -mmul-bug-workaround
525 -mno-mul-bug-workaround
526 CR16 Options -mmac -mcr16cplus -mcr16c -msim -mint32 -mbit-ops
528 -mdata-model=model
529 C-SKY Options -march=arch -mcpu=cpu -mbig-endian -EB
531 -mlittle-endian -EL -mhard-float -msoft-float -mfpu=fpu
532 -mdouble-float -mfdivdu -melrw -mistack -mmp -mcp -mcache
533 -msecurity -mtrust -mdsp -medsp -mvdsp -mdiv -msmart
534 -mhigh-registers -manchor -mpushpop -mmultiple-stld -mconstpool
535 -mstack-size -mccrt -mbranch-cost=n -mcse-cc -msched-prolog
536 Darwin Options -all_load -allowable_client -arch
538 -arch_errors_fatal -arch_only -bind_at_load -bundle
539 -bundle_loader -client_name -compatibility_version
540 -current_version -dead_strip -dependency-file -dylib_file
541 -dylinker_install_name -dynamic -dynamiclib
542 -exported_symbols_list -filelist -flat_namespace
543 -force_cpusubtype_ALL -force_flat_namespace
544 -headerpad_max_install_names -iframework -image_base -init
545 -install_name -keep_private_externs -multi_module
546 -multiply_defined -multiply_defined_unused -noall_load
547 -no_dead_strip_inits_and_terms -nofixprebinding -nomultidefs
548 -noprebind -noseglinkedit -pagezero_size -prebind
549 -prebind_all_twolevel_modules -private_bundle -read_only_relocs
550 -sectalign -sectobjectsymbols -whyload -seg1addr -sectcreate
551 -sectobjectsymbols -sectorder -segaddr -segs_read_only_addr
552 -segs_read_write_addr -seg_addr_table -seg_addr_table_filename
553 -seglinkedit -segprot -segs_read_only_addr -segs_read_write_addr
554 -single_module -static -sub_library -sub_umbrella
555 -twolevel_namespace -umbrella -undefined -unexported_symbols_list
556 -weak_reference_mismatches -whatsloaded -F -gused -gfull
557 -mmacosx-version-min=version -mkernel -mone-byte-bool
558 DEC Alpha Options -mno-fp-regs -msoft-float -mieee
560 -mieee-with-inexact -mieee-conformant -mfp-trap-mode=mode
561 -mfp-rounding-mode=mode -mtrap-precision=mode -mbuild-constants
562 -mcpu=cpu-type -mtune=cpu-type -mbwx -mmax -mfix -mcix
563 -mfloat-vax -mfloat-ieee -mexplicit-relocs -msmall-data
564 -mlarge-data -msmall-text -mlarge-text -mmemory-latency=time
565 eBPF Options -mbig-endian -mlittle-endian -mkernel=version
567 -mframe-limit=bytes -mxbpf
568 FR30 Options -msmall-model -mno-lsim
570 FT32 Options -msim -mlra -mnodiv -mft32b -mcompress -mnopm
572 FRV Options -mgpr-32 -mgpr-64 -mfpr-32 -mfpr-64 -mhard-float
574 -msoft-float -malloc-cc -mfixed-cc -mdword -mno-dword -mdouble
575 -mno-double -mmedia -mno-media -mmuladd -mno-muladd -mfdpic
576 -minline-plt -mgprel-ro -multilib-library-pic -mlinked-fp
577 -mlong-calls -malign-labels -mlibrary-pic -macc-4 -macc-8 -mpack
578 -mno-pack -mno-eflags -mcond-move -mno-cond-move
579 -moptimize-membar -mno-optimize-membar -mscc -mno-scc
580 -mcond-exec -mno-cond-exec -mvliw-branch -mno-vliw-branch
581 -mmulti-cond-exec -mno-multi-cond-exec -mnested-cond-exec
582 -mno-nested-cond-exec -mtomcat-stats -mTLS -mtls -mcpu=cpu
583 GNU/Linux Options -mglibc -muclibc -mmusl -mbionic -mandroid
585 -tno-android-cc -tno-android-ld
586 H8/300 Options -mrelax -mh -ms -mn -mexr -mno-exr -mint32
588 -malign-300
589 HPPA Options -march=architecture-type -mcaller-copies
591 -mdisable-fpregs -mdisable-indexing -mfast-indirect-calls -mgas
592 -mgnu-ld -mhp-ld -mfixed-range=register-range -mjump-in-delay
593 -mlinker-opt -mlong-calls -mlong-load-store -mno-disable-fpregs
594 -mno-disable-indexing -mno-fast-indirect-calls -mno-gas
595 -mno-jump-in-delay -mno-long-load-store -mno-portable-runtime
596 -mno-soft-float -mno-space-regs -msoft-float -mpa-risc-1-0
597 -mpa-risc-1-1 -mpa-risc-2-0 -mportable-runtime -mschedule=cpu-
598 type -mspace-regs -msio -mwsio -munix=unix-std -nolibdld
599 -static -threads
600 IA-64 Options -mbig-endian -mlittle-endian -mgnu-as -mgnu-ld
602 -mno-pic -mvolatile-asm-stop -mregister-names -msdata -mno-sdata
603 -mconstant-gp -mauto-pic -mfused-madd
604 -minline-float-divide-min-latency
605 -minline-float-divide-max-throughput -mno-inline-float-divide
606 -minline-int-divide-min-latency -minline-int-divide-max-throughput
607 -mno-inline-int-divide -minline-sqrt-min-latency
608 -minline-sqrt-max-throughput -mno-inline-sqrt -mdwarf2-asm
609 -mearly-stop-bits -mfixed-range=register-range -mtls-size=tls-size
610 -mtune=cpu-type -milp32 -mlp64 -msched-br-data-spec
611 -msched-ar-data-spec -msched-control-spec -msched-br-in-data-spec
612 -msched-ar-in-data-spec -msched-in-control-spec -msched-spec-ldc
613 -msched-spec-control-ldc -msched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns
614 -msched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns
615 -msched-stop-bits-after-every-cycle
616 -msched-count-spec-in-critical-path
617 -msel-sched-dont-check-control-spec -msched-fp-mem-deps-zero-cost
618 -msched-max-memory-insns-hard-limit -msched-max-memory-insns=max-
619 insns
620 LM32 Options -mbarrel-shift-enabled -mdivide-enabled
622 -mmultiply-enabled -msign-extend-enabled -muser-enabled
623 M32R/D Options -m32r2 -m32rx -m32r -mdebug -malign-loops
625 -mno-align-loops -missue-rate=number -mbranch-cost=number
626 -mmodel=code-size-model-type -msdata=sdata-type -mno-flush-func
627 -mflush-func=name -mno-flush-trap -mflush-trap=number -G num
628 M32C Options -mcpu=cpu -msim -memregs=number
630 M680x0 Options -march=arch -mcpu=cpu -mtune=tune -m68000 -m68020
632 -m68020-40 -m68020-60 -m68030 -m68040 -m68060 -mcpu32 -m5200
633 -m5206e -m528x -m5307 -m5407 -mcfv4e -mbitfield -mno-bitfield
634 -mc68000 -mc68020 -mnobitfield -mrtd -mno-rtd -mdiv -mno-div
635 -mshort -mno-short -mhard-float -m68881 -msoft-float -mpcrel
636 -malign-int -mstrict-align -msep-data -mno-sep-data
637 -mshared-library-id=n -mid-shared-library -mno-id-shared-library
638 -mxgot -mno-xgot -mlong-jump-table-offsets
639 MCore Options -mhardlit -mno-hardlit -mdiv -mno-div
641 -mrelax-immediates -mno-relax-immediates -mwide-bitfields
642 -mno-wide-bitfields -m4byte-functions -mno-4byte-functions
643 -mcallgraph-data -mno-callgraph-data -mslow-bytes -mno-slow-bytes
644 -mno-lsim -mlittle-endian -mbig-endian -m210 -m340
645 -mstack-increment
646 MeP Options -mabsdiff -mall-opts -maverage -mbased=n -mbitops
648 -mc=n -mclip -mconfig=name -mcop -mcop32 -mcop64 -mivc2 -mdc
649 -mdiv -meb -mel -mio-volatile -ml -mleadz -mm -mminmax
650 -mmult -mno-opts -mrepeat -ms -msatur -msdram -msim
651 -msimnovec -mtf -mtiny=n
652 MicroBlaze Options -msoft-float -mhard-float -msmall-divides
654 -mcpu=cpu -mmemcpy -mxl-soft-mul -mxl-soft-div -mxl-barrel-shift
655 -mxl-pattern-compare -mxl-stack-check -mxl-gp-opt -mno-clearbss
656 -mxl-multiply-high -mxl-float-convert -mxl-float-sqrt
657 -mbig-endian -mlittle-endian -mxl-reorder -mxl-mode-app-model
658 -mpic-data-is-text-relative
659 MIPS Options -EL -EB -march=arch -mtune=arch -mips1 -mips2
661 -mips3 -mips4 -mips32 -mips32r2 -mips32r3 -mips32r5 -mips32r6
662 -mips64 -mips64r2 -mips64r3 -mips64r5 -mips64r6 -mips16
663 -mno-mips16 -mflip-mips16 -minterlink-compressed
664 -mno-interlink-compressed -minterlink-mips16 -mno-interlink-mips16
665 -mabi=abi -mabicalls -mno-abicalls -mshared -mno-shared -mplt
666 -mno-plt -mxgot -mno-xgot -mgp32 -mgp64 -mfp32 -mfpxx -mfp64
667 -mhard-float -msoft-float -mno-float -msingle-float
668 -mdouble-float -modd-spreg -mno-odd-spreg -mabs=mode
669 -mnan=encoding -mdsp -mno-dsp -mdspr2 -mno-dspr2 -mmcu
670 -mmno-mcu -meva -mno-eva -mvirt -mno-virt -mxpa -mno-xpa -mcrc
671 -mno-crc -mginv -mno-ginv -mmicromips -mno-micromips -mmsa
672 -mno-msa -mloongson-mmi -mno-loongson-mmi -mloongson-ext
673 -mno-loongson-ext -mloongson-ext2 -mno-loongson-ext2 -mfpu=fpu-
674 type -msmartmips -mno-smartmips -mpaired-single
675 -mno-paired-single -mdmx -mno-mdmx -mips3d -mno-mips3d -mmt
676 -mno-mt -mllsc -mno-llsc -mlong64 -mlong32 -msym32 -mno-sym32
677 -Gnum -mlocal-sdata -mno-local-sdata -mextern-sdata
678 -mno-extern-sdata -mgpopt -mno-gopt -membedded-data
679 -mno-embedded-data -muninit-const-in-rodata
680 -mno-uninit-const-in-rodata -mcode-readable=setting
681 -msplit-addresses -mno-split-addresses -mexplicit-relocs
682 -mno-explicit-relocs -mcheck-zero-division
683 -mno-check-zero-division -mdivide-traps -mdivide-breaks
684 -mload-store-pairs -mno-load-store-pairs -mmemcpy -mno-memcpy
685 -mlong-calls -mno-long-calls -mmad -mno-mad -mimadd -mno-imadd
686 -mfused-madd -mno-fused-madd -nocpp -mfix-24k -mno-fix-24k
687 -mfix-r4000 -mno-fix-r4000 -mfix-r4400 -mno-fix-r4400
688 -mfix-r5900 -mno-fix-r5900 -mfix-r10000 -mno-fix-r10000
689 -mfix-rm7000 -mno-fix-rm7000 -mfix-vr4120 -mno-fix-vr4120
690 -mfix-vr4130 -mno-fix-vr4130 -mfix-sb1 -mno-fix-sb1
691 -mflush-func=func -mno-flush-func -mbranch-cost=num
692 -mbranch-likely -mno-branch-likely -mcompact-branches=policy
693 -mfp-exceptions -mno-fp-exceptions -mvr4130-align
694 -mno-vr4130-align -msynci -mno-synci -mlxc1-sxc1 -mno-lxc1-sxc1
695 -mmadd4 -mno-madd4 -mrelax-pic-calls -mno-relax-pic-calls
696 -mmcount-ra-address -mframe-header-opt -mno-frame-header-opt
697 MMIX Options -mlibfuncs -mno-libfuncs -mepsilon -mno-epsilon
699 -mabi=gnu -mabi=mmixware -mzero-extend -mknuthdiv
700 -mtoplevel-symbols -melf -mbranch-predict -mno-branch-predict
701 -mbase-addresses -mno-base-addresses -msingle-exit
702 -mno-single-exit
703 MN10300 Options -mmult-bug -mno-mult-bug -mno-am33 -mam33
705 -mam33-2 -mam34 -mtune=cpu-type -mreturn-pointer-on-d0 -mno-crt0
706 -mrelax -mliw -msetlb
707 Moxie Options -meb -mel -mmul.x -mno-crt0
709 MSP430 Options -msim -masm-hex -mmcu= -mcpu= -mlarge -msmall
711 -mrelax -mwarn-mcu -mcode-region= -mdata-region= -msilicon-errata=
712 -msilicon-errata-warn= -mhwmult= -minrt -mtiny-printf
713 NDS32 Options -mbig-endian -mlittle-endian -mreduced-regs
715 -mfull-regs -mcmov -mno-cmov -mext-perf -mno-ext-perf -mext-perf2
716 -mno-ext-perf2 -mext-string -mno-ext-string -mv3push -mno-v3push
717 -m16bit -mno-16bit -misr-vector-size=num -mcache-block-size=num
718 -march=arch -mcmodel=code-model -mctor-dtor -mrelax
719 Nios II Options -G num -mgpopt=option -mgpopt -mno-gpopt
721 -mgprel-sec=regexp -mr0rel-sec=regexp -mel -meb -mno-bypass-cache
722 -mbypass-cache -mno-cache-volatile -mcache-volatile
723 -mno-fast-sw-div -mfast-sw-div -mhw-mul -mno-hw-mul -mhw-mulx
724 -mno-hw-mulx -mno-hw-div -mhw-div -mcustom-insn=N
725 -mno-custom-insn -mcustom-fpu-cfg=name -mhal -msmallc
726 -msys-crt0=name -msys-lib=name -march=arch -mbmx -mno-bmx -mcdx
727 -mno-cdx
728 Nvidia PTX Options -m32 -m64 -mmainkernel -moptimize
730 OpenRISC Options -mboard=name -mnewlib -mhard-mul -mhard-div
732 -msoft-mul -msoft-div -msoft-float -mhard-float -mdouble-float
733 -munordered-float -mcmov -mror -mrori -msext -msfimm -mshftimm
734 PDP-11 Options -mfpu -msoft-float -mac0 -mno-ac0 -m40 -m45
736 -m10 -mint32 -mno-int16 -mint16 -mno-int32 -msplit -munix-asm
737 -mdec-asm -mgnu-asm -mlra
738 picoChip Options -mae=ae_type -mvliw-lookahead=N
740 -msymbol-as-address -mno-inefficient-warnings
741 PowerPC Options See RS/6000 and PowerPC Options.
743 PRU Options -mmcu=mcu -minrt -mno-relax -mloop -mabi=variant
745 RISC-V Options -mbranch-cost=N-instruction -mplt -mno-plt
747 -mabi=ABI-string -mfdiv -mno-fdiv -mdiv -mno-div -march=ISA-
748 string -mtune=processor-string -mpreferred-stack-boundary=num
749 -msmall-data-limit=N-bytes -msave-restore -mno-save-restore
750 -mstrict-align -mno-strict-align -mcmodel=medlow -mcmodel=medany
751 -mexplicit-relocs -mno-explicit-relocs -mrelax -mno-relax
752 -mriscv-attribute -mmo-riscv-attribute -malign-data=type
753 RL78 Options -msim -mmul=none -mmul=g13 -mmul=g14 -mallregs
755 -mcpu=g10 -mcpu=g13 -mcpu=g14 -mg10 -mg13 -mg14
756 -m64bit-doubles -m32bit-doubles -msave-mduc-in-interrupts
757 RS/6000 and PowerPC Options -mcpu=cpu-type -mtune=cpu-type
759 -mcmodel=code-model -mpowerpc64 -maltivec -mno-altivec
760 -mpowerpc-gpopt -mno-powerpc-gpopt -mpowerpc-gfxopt
761 -mno-powerpc-gfxopt -mmfcrf -mno-mfcrf -mpopcntb -mno-popcntb
762 -mpopcntd -mno-popcntd -mfprnd -mno-fprnd -mcmpb -mno-cmpb
763 -mhard-dfp -mno-hard-dfp -mfull-toc -mminimal-toc
764 -mno-fp-in-toc -mno-sum-in-toc -m64 -m32 -mxl-compat
765 -mno-xl-compat -mpe -malign-power -malign-natural -msoft-float
766 -mhard-float -mmultiple -mno-multiple -mupdate -mno-update
767 -mavoid-indexed-addresses -mno-avoid-indexed-addresses
768 -mfused-madd -mno-fused-madd -mbit-align -mno-bit-align
769 -mstrict-align -mno-strict-align -mrelocatable -mno-relocatable
770 -mrelocatable-lib -mno-relocatable-lib -mtoc -mno-toc -mlittle
771 -mlittle-endian -mbig -mbig-endian -mdynamic-no-pic -mswdiv
772 -msingle-pic-base -mprioritize-restricted-insns=priority
773 -msched-costly-dep=dependence_type -minsert-sched-nops=scheme
774 -mcall-aixdesc -mcall-eabi -mcall-freebsd -mcall-linux
775 -mcall-netbsd -mcall-openbsd -mcall-sysv -mcall-sysv-eabi
776 -mcall-sysv-noeabi -mtraceback=traceback_type -maix-struct-return
777 -msvr4-struct-return -mabi=abi-type -msecure-plt -mbss-plt
778 -mlongcall -mno-longcall -mpltseq -mno-pltseq
779 -mblock-move-inline-limit=num -mblock-compare-inline-limit=num
780 -mblock-compare-inline-loop-limit=num
781 -mstring-compare-inline-limit=num -misel -mno-isel -mvrsave
782 -mno-vrsave -mmulhw -mno-mulhw -mdlmzb -mno-dlmzb -mprototype
783 -mno-prototype -msim -mmvme -mads -myellowknife -memb -msdata
784 -msdata=opt -mreadonly-in-sdata -mvxworks -G num -mrecip
785 -mrecip=opt -mno-recip -mrecip-precision -mno-recip-precision
786 -mveclibabi=type -mfriz -mno-friz -mpointers-to-nested-functions
787 -mno-pointers-to-nested-functions -msave-toc-indirect
788 -mno-save-toc-indirect -mpower8-fusion -mno-mpower8-fusion
789 -mpower8-vector -mno-power8-vector -mcrypto -mno-crypto -mhtm
790 -mno-htm -mquad-memory -mno-quad-memory -mquad-memory-atomic
791 -mno-quad-memory-atomic -mcompat-align-parm -mno-compat-align-parm
792 -mfloat128 -mno-float128 -mfloat128-hardware
793 -mno-float128-hardware -mgnu-attribute -mno-gnu-attribute
794 -mstack-protector-guard=guard -mstack-protector-guard-reg=reg
795 -mstack-protector-guard-offset=offset -mprefixed -mno-prefixed
796 -mpcrel -mno-pcrel -mmma -mno-mmma
797 RX Options -m64bit-doubles -m32bit-doubles -fpu -nofpu -mcpu=
799 -mbig-endian-data -mlittle-endian-data -msmall-data -msim
800 -mno-sim -mas100-syntax -mno-as100-syntax -mrelax
801 -mmax-constant-size= -mint-register= -mpid -mallow-string-insns
802 -mno-allow-string-insns -mjsr -mno-warn-multiple-fast-interrupts
803 -msave-acc-in-interrupts
804 S/390 and zSeries Options -mtune=cpu-type -march=cpu-type
806 -mhard-float -msoft-float -mhard-dfp -mno-hard-dfp
807 -mlong-double-64 -mlong-double-128 -mbackchain -mno-backchain
808 -mpacked-stack -mno-packed-stack -msmall-exec -mno-small-exec
809 -mmvcle -mno-mvcle -m64 -m31 -mdebug -mno-debug -mesa -mzarch
810 -mhtm -mvx -mzvector -mtpf-trace -mno-tpf-trace
811 -mtpf-trace-skip -mno-tpf-trace-skip -mfused-madd -mno-fused-madd
812 -mwarn-framesize -mwarn-dynamicstack -mstack-size -mstack-guard
813 -mhotpatch=halfwords,halfwords
814 Score Options -meb -mel -mnhwloop -muls -mmac -mscore5 -mscore5u
816 -mscore7 -mscore7d
817 SH Options -m1 -m2 -m2e -m2a-nofpu -m2a-single-only -m2a-single
819 -m2a -m3 -m3e -m4-nofpu -m4-single-only -m4-single -m4
820 -m4a-nofpu -m4a-single-only -m4a-single -m4a -m4al -mb -ml
821 -mdalign -mrelax -mbigtable -mfmovd -mrenesas -mno-renesas
822 -mnomacsave -mieee -mno-ieee -mbitops -misize
823 -minline-ic_invalidate -mpadstruct -mprefergot -musermode
824 -multcost=number -mdiv=strategy -mdivsi3_libfunc=name
825 -mfixed-range=register-range -maccumulate-outgoing-args
826 -matomic-model=atomic-model -mbranch-cost=num -mzdcbranch
827 -mno-zdcbranch -mcbranch-force-delay-slot -mfused-madd
828 -mno-fused-madd -mfsca -mno-fsca -mfsrra -mno-fsrra
829 -mpretend-cmove -mtas
830 Solaris 2 Options -mclear-hwcap -mno-clear-hwcap -mimpure-text
832 -mno-impure-text -pthreads
833 SPARC Options -mcpu=cpu-type -mtune=cpu-type -mcmodel=code-model
835 -mmemory-model=mem-model -m32 -m64 -mapp-regs -mno-app-regs
836 -mfaster-structs -mno-faster-structs -mflat -mno-flat -mfpu
837 -mno-fpu -mhard-float -msoft-float -mhard-quad-float
838 -msoft-quad-float -mstack-bias -mno-stack-bias -mstd-struct-return
839 -mno-std-struct-return -munaligned-doubles -mno-unaligned-doubles
840 -muser-mode -mno-user-mode -mv8plus -mno-v8plus -mvis -mno-vis
841 -mvis2 -mno-vis2 -mvis3 -mno-vis3 -mvis4 -mno-vis4 -mvis4b
842 -mno-vis4b -mcbcond -mno-cbcond -mfmaf -mno-fmaf -mfsmuld
843 -mno-fsmuld -mpopc -mno-popc -msubxc -mno-subxc -mfix-at697f
844 -mfix-ut699 -mfix-ut700 -mfix-gr712rc -mlra -mno-lra
845 System V Options -Qy -Qn -YP,paths -Ym,dir
847 TILE-Gx Options -mcpu=CPU -m32 -m64 -mbig-endian
849 -mlittle-endian -mcmodel=code-model
850 TILEPro Options -mcpu=cpu -m32
852 V850 Options -mlong-calls -mno-long-calls -mep -mno-ep
854 -mprolog-function -mno-prolog-function -mspace -mtda=n -msda=n
855 -mzda=n -mapp-regs -mno-app-regs -mdisable-callt
856 -mno-disable-callt -mv850e2v3 -mv850e2 -mv850e1 -mv850es -mv850e
857 -mv850 -mv850e3v5 -mloop -mrelax -mlong-jumps -msoft-float
858 -mhard-float -mgcc-abi -mrh850-abi -mbig-switch
859 VAX Options -mg -mgnu -munix
861 Visium Options -mdebug -msim -mfpu -mno-fpu -mhard-float
863 -msoft-float -mcpu=cpu-type -mtune=cpu-type -msv-mode
864 -muser-mode
865 VMS Options -mvms-return-codes -mdebug-main=prefix -mmalloc64
867 -mpointer-size=size
868 VxWorks Options -mrtp -non-static -Bstatic -Bdynamic -Xbind-lazy
870 -Xbind-now
871 x86 Options -mtune=cpu-type -march=cpu-type -mtune-ctrl=feature-
873 list -mdump-tune-features -mno-default -mfpmath=unit
874 -masm=dialect -mno-fancy-math-387 -mno-fp-ret-in-387 -m80387
875 -mhard-float -msoft-float -mno-wide-multiply -mrtd
876 -malign-double -mpreferred-stack-boundary=num
877 -mincoming-stack-boundary=num -mcld -mcx16 -msahf -mmovbe
878 -mcrc32 -mrecip -mrecip=opt -mvzeroupper -mprefer-avx128
879 -mprefer-vector-width=opt -mmmx -msse -msse2 -msse3 -mssse3
880 -msse4.1 -msse4.2 -msse4 -mavx -mavx2 -mavx512f -mavx512pf
881 -mavx512er -mavx512cd -mavx512vl -mavx512bw -mavx512dq
882 -mavx512ifma -mavx512vbmi -msha -maes -mpclmul -mfsgsbase
883 -mrdrnd -mf16c -mfma -mpconfig -mwbnoinvd -mptwrite
884 -mprefetchwt1 -mclflushopt -mclwb -mxsavec -mxsaves -msse4a
885 -m3dnow -m3dnowa -mpopcnt -mabm -mbmi -mtbm -mfma4 -mxop
886 -madx -mlzcnt -mbmi2 -mfxsr -mxsave -mxsaveopt -mrtm -mhle
887 -mlwp -mmwaitx -mclzero -mpku -mthreads -mgfni -mvaes
888 -mwaitpkg -mshstk -mmanual-endbr -mforce-indirect-call
889 -mavx512vbmi2 -mavx512bf16 -menqcmd -mvpclmulqdq -mavx512bitalg
890 -mmovdiri -mmovdir64b -mavx512vpopcntdq -mavx5124fmaps
891 -mavx512vnni -mavx5124vnniw -mprfchw -mrdpid -mrdseed -msgx
892 -mavx512vp2intersect -mcldemote -mms-bitfields
893 -mno-align-stringops -minline-all-stringops
894 -minline-stringops-dynamically -mstringop-strategy=alg
895 -mmemcpy-strategy=strategy -mmemset-strategy=strategy -mpush-args
896 -maccumulate-outgoing-args -m128bit-long-double
897 -m96bit-long-double -mlong-double-64 -mlong-double-80
898 -mlong-double-128 -mregparm=num -msseregparm -mveclibabi=type
899 -mvect8-ret-in-mem -mpc32 -mpc64 -mpc80 -mstackrealign
900 -momit-leaf-frame-pointer -mno-red-zone -mno-tls-direct-seg-refs
901 -mcmodel=code-model -mabi=name -maddress-mode=mode -m32 -m64
902 -mx32 -m16 -miamcu -mlarge-data-threshold=num -msse2avx
903 -mfentry -mrecord-mcount -mnop-mcount -m8bit-idiv
904 -minstrument-return=type -mfentry-name=name -mfentry-section=name
905 -mavx256-split-unaligned-load -mavx256-split-unaligned-store
906 -malign-data=type -mstack-protector-guard=guard
907 -mstack-protector-guard-reg=reg
908 -mstack-protector-guard-offset=offset
909 -mstack-protector-guard-symbol=symbol -mgeneral-regs-only
910 -mcall-ms2sysv-xlogues -mindirect-branch=choice
911 -mfunction-return=choice -mindirect-branch-register
912 x86 Windows Options -mconsole -mcygwin -mno-cygwin -mdll
914 -mnop-fun-dllimport -mthread -municode -mwin32 -mwindows
915 -fno-set-stack-executable
916 Xstormy16 Options -msim
918 Xtensa Options -mconst16 -mno-const16 -mfused-madd
920 -mno-fused-madd -mforce-no-pic -mserialize-volatile
921 -mno-serialize-volatile -mtext-section-literals
922 -mno-text-section-literals -mauto-litpools -mno-auto-litpools
923 -mtarget-align -mno-target-align -mlongcalls -mno-longcalls
924 zSeries Options See S/390 and zSeries Options.
926 Options Controlling the Kind of Output
928 Compilation can involve up to four stages: preprocessing, compilation
929 proper, assembly and linking, always in that order. GCC is capable of
930 preprocessing and compiling several files either into several assembler
931 input files, or into one assembler input file; then each assembler
932 input file produces an object file, and linking combines all the object
933 files (those newly compiled, and those specified as input) into an
934 executable file.
935 For any given input file, the file name suffix determines what kind of
937 compilation is done:
938 file.c
940 C source code that must be preprocessed.
941 file.i
943 C source code that should not be preprocessed.
944 file.ii
946 C++ source code that should not be preprocessed.
947 file.m
949 Objective-C source code. Note that you must link with the libobjc
950 library to make an Objective-C program work.
951 file.mi
953 Objective-C source code that should not be preprocessed.
954 file.mm
956 file.M
957 Objective-C++ source code. Note that you must link with the
958 libobjc library to make an Objective-C++ program work. Note that
959 .M refers to a literal capital M.
960 file.mii
962 Objective-C++ source code that should not be preprocessed.
963 file.h
965 C, C++, Objective-C or Objective-C++ header file to be turned into
966 a precompiled header (default), or C, C++ header file to be turned
967 into an Ada spec (via the -fdump-ada-spec switch).
968 file.cc
970 file.cp
971 file.cxx
972 file.cpp
973 file.CPP
974 file.c++
975 file.C
976 C++ source code that must be preprocessed. Note that in .cxx, the
977 last two letters must both be literally x. Likewise, .C refers to
978 a literal capital C.
979 file.mm
981 file.M
982 Objective-C++ source code that must be preprocessed.
983 file.mii
985 Objective-C++ source code that should not be preprocessed.
986 file.hh
988 file.H
989 file.hp
990 file.hxx
991 file.hpp
992 file.HPP
993 file.h++
994 file.tcc
995 C++ header file to be turned into a precompiled header or Ada spec.
996 file.f
998 file.for
999 file.ftn
1000 Fixed form Fortran source code that should not be preprocessed.
1001 file.F
1003 file.FOR
1004 file.fpp
1005 file.FPP
1006 file.FTN
1007 Fixed form Fortran source code that must be preprocessed (with the
1008 traditional preprocessor).
1009 file.f90
1011 file.f95
1012 file.f03
1013 file.f08
1014 Free form Fortran source code that should not be preprocessed.
1015 file.F90
1017 file.F95
1018 file.F03
1019 file.F08
1020 Free form Fortran source code that must be preprocessed (with the
1021 traditional preprocessor).
1022 file.go
1024 Go source code.
1025 file.brig
1027 BRIG files (binary representation of HSAIL).
1028 file.d
1030 D source code.
1031 file.di
1033 D interface file.
1034 file.dd
1036 D documentation code (Ddoc).
1037 file.ads
1039 Ada source code file that contains a library unit declaration (a
1040 declaration of a package, subprogram, or generic, or a generic
1041 instantiation), or a library unit renaming declaration (a package,
1042 generic, or subprogram renaming declaration). Such files are also
1043 called specs.
1044 file.adb
1046 Ada source code file containing a library unit body (a subprogram
1047 or package body). Such files are also called bodies.
1048 file.s
1050 Assembler code.
1051 file.S
1053 file.sx
1054 Assembler code that must be preprocessed.
1055 other
1057 An object file to be fed straight into linking. Any file name with
1058 no recognized suffix is treated this way.
1059 You can specify the input language explicitly with the -x option:
1061 -x language
1063 Specify explicitly the language for the following input files
1064 (rather than letting the compiler choose a default based on the
1065 file name suffix). This option applies to all following input
1066 files until the next -x option. Possible values for language are:
1067 c c-header cpp-output
1069 c++ c++-header c++-cpp-output
1070 objective-c objective-c-header objective-c-cpp-output
1071 objective-c++ objective-c++-header objective-c++-cpp-output
1072 assembler assembler-with-cpp
1073 ada
1074 d
1075 f77 f77-cpp-input f95 f95-cpp-input
1076 go
1077 brig
1078 -x none
1080 Turn off any specification of a language, so that subsequent files
1081 are handled according to their file name suffixes (as they are if
1082 -x has not been used at all).
1083 If you only want some of the stages of compilation, you can use -x (or
1085 filename suffixes) to tell gcc where to start, and one of the options
1086 -c, -S, or -E to say where gcc is to stop. Note that some combinations
1087 (for example, -x cpp-output -E) instruct gcc to do nothing at all.
1088 -c Compile or assemble the source files, but do not link. The linking
1090 stage simply is not done. The ultimate output is in the form of an
1091 object file for each source file.
1092 By default, the object file name for a source file is made by
1094 replacing the suffix .c, .i, .s, etc., with .o.
1095 Unrecognized input files, not requiring compilation or assembly,
1097 are ignored.
1098 -S Stop after the stage of compilation proper; do not assemble. The
1100 output is in the form of an assembler code file for each non-
1101 assembler input file specified.
1102 By default, the assembler file name for a source file is made by
1104 replacing the suffix .c, .i, etc., with .s.
1105 Input files that don't require compilation are ignored.
1107 -E Stop after the preprocessing stage; do not run the compiler proper.
1109 The output is in the form of preprocessed source code, which is
1110 sent to the standard output.
1111 Input files that don't require preprocessing are ignored.
1113 -o file
1115 Place output in file file. This applies to whatever sort of output
1116 is being produced, whether it be an executable file, an object
1117 file, an assembler file or preprocessed C code.
1118 If -o is not specified, the default is to put an executable file in
1120 a.out, the object file for source.suffix in source.o, its assembler
1121 file in source.s, a precompiled header file in source.suffix.gch,
1122 and all preprocessed C source on standard output.
1123 -v Print (on standard error output) the commands executed to run the
1125 stages of compilation. Also print the version number of the
1126 compiler driver program and of the preprocessor and the compiler
1127 proper.
1128 -###
1130 Like -v except the commands are not executed and arguments are
1131 quoted unless they contain only alphanumeric characters or "./-_".
1132 This is useful for shell scripts to capture the driver-generated
1133 command lines.
1134 --help
1136 Print (on the standard output) a description of the command-line
1137 options understood by gcc. If the -v option is also specified then
1138 --help is also passed on to the various processes invoked by gcc,
1139 so that they can display the command-line options they accept. If
1140 the -Wextra option has also been specified (prior to the --help
1141 option), then command-line options that have no documentation
1142 associated with them are also displayed.
1143 --target-help
1145 Print (on the standard output) a description of target-specific
1146 command-line options for each tool. For some targets extra target-
1147 specific information may also be printed.
1148 --help={class|[^]qualifier}[,...]
1150 Print (on the standard output) a description of the command-line
1151 options understood by the compiler that fit into all specified
1152 classes and qualifiers. These are the supported classes:
1153 optimizers
1155 Display all of the optimization options supported by the
1156 compiler.
1157 warnings
1159 Display all of the options controlling warning messages
1160 produced by the compiler.
1161 target
1163 Display target-specific options. Unlike the --target-help
1164 option however, target-specific options of the linker and
1165 assembler are not displayed. This is because those tools do
1166 not currently support the extended --help= syntax.
1167 params
1169 Display the values recognized by the --param option.
1170 language
1172 Display the options supported for language, where language is
1173 the name of one of the languages supported in this version of
1174 GCC. If an option is supported by all languages, one needs to
1175 select common class.
1176 common
1178 Display the options that are common to all languages.
1179 These are the supported qualifiers:
1181 undocumented
1183 Display only those options that are undocumented.
1184 joined
1186 Display options taking an argument that appears after an equal
1187 sign in the same continuous piece of text, such as:
1188 --help=target.
1189 separate
1191 Display options taking an argument that appears as a separate
1192 word following the original option, such as: -o output-file.
1193 Thus for example to display all the undocumented target-specific
1195 switches supported by the compiler, use:
1196 --help=target,undocumented
1198 The sense of a qualifier can be inverted by prefixing it with the ^
1200 character, so for example to display all binary warning options
1201 (i.e., ones that are either on or off and that do not take an
1202 argument) that have a description, use:
1203 --help=warnings,^joined,^undocumented
1205 The argument to --help= should not consist solely of inverted
1207 qualifiers.
1208 Combining several classes is possible, although this usually
1210 restricts the output so much that there is nothing to display. One
1211 case where it does work, however, is when one of the classes is
1212 target. For example, to display all the target-specific
1213 optimization options, use:
1214 --help=target,optimizers
1216 The --help= option can be repeated on the command line. Each
1218 successive use displays its requested class of options, skipping
1219 those that have already been displayed. If --help is also
1220 specified anywhere on the command line then this takes precedence
1221 over any --help= option.
1222 If the -Q option appears on the command line before the --help=
1224 option, then the descriptive text displayed by --help= is changed.
1225 Instead of describing the displayed options, an indication is given
1226 as to whether the option is enabled, disabled or set to a specific
1227 value (assuming that the compiler knows this at the point where the
1228 --help= option is used).
1229 Here is a truncated example from the ARM port of gcc:
1231 % gcc -Q -mabi=2 --help=target -c
1233 The following options are target specific:
1234 -mabi= 2
1235 -mabort-on-noreturn [disabled]
1236 -mapcs [disabled]
1237 The output is sensitive to the effects of previous command-line
1239 options, so for example it is possible to find out which
1240 optimizations are enabled at -O2 by using:
1241 -Q -O2 --help=optimizers
1243 Alternatively you can discover which binary optimizations are
1245 enabled by -O3 by using:
1246 gcc -c -Q -O3 --help=optimizers > /tmp/O3-opts
1248 gcc -c -Q -O2 --help=optimizers > /tmp/O2-opts
1249 diff /tmp/O2-opts /tmp/O3-opts | grep enabled
1250 --version
1252 Display the version number and copyrights of the invoked GCC.
1253 -pass-exit-codes
1255 Normally the gcc program exits with the code of 1 if any phase of
1256 the compiler returns a non-success return code. If you specify
1257 -pass-exit-codes, the gcc program instead returns with the
1258 numerically highest error produced by any phase returning an error
1259 indication. The C, C++, and Fortran front ends return 4 if an
1260 internal compiler error is encountered.
1261 -pipe
1263 Use pipes rather than temporary files for communication between the
1264 various stages of compilation. This fails to work on some systems
1265 where the assembler is unable to read from a pipe; but the GNU
1266 assembler has no trouble.
1267 -specs=file
1269 Process file after the compiler reads in the standard specs file,
1270 in order to override the defaults which the gcc driver program uses
1271 when determining what switches to pass to cc1, cc1plus, as, ld,
1272 etc. More than one -specs=file can be specified on the command
1273 line, and they are processed in order, from left to right.
1274 -wrapper
1276 Invoke all subcommands under a wrapper program. The name of the
1277 wrapper program and its parameters are passed as a comma separated
1278 list.
1279 gcc -c t.c -wrapper gdb,--args
1281 This invokes all subprograms of gcc under gdb --args, thus the
1283 invocation of cc1 is gdb --args cc1 ....
1284 -ffile-prefix-map=old=new
1286 When compiling files residing in directory old, record any
1287 references to them in the result of the compilation as if the files
1288 resided in directory new instead. Specifying this option is
1289 equivalent to specifying all the individual -f*-prefix-map options.
1290 This can be used to make reproducible builds that are location
1291 independent. See also -fmacro-prefix-map and -fdebug-prefix-map.
1292 -fplugin=name.so
1294 Load the plugin code in file name.so, assumed to be a shared object
1295 to be dlopen'd by the compiler. The base name of the shared object
1296 file is used to identify the plugin for the purposes of argument
1297 parsing (See -fplugin-arg-name-key=value below). Each plugin
1298 should define the callback functions specified in the Plugins API.
1299 -fplugin-arg-name-key=value
1301 Define an argument called key with a value of value for the plugin
1302 called name.
1303 -fdump-ada-spec[-slim]
1305 For C and C++ source and include files, generate corresponding Ada
1306 specs.
1307 -fada-spec-parent=unit
1309 In conjunction with -fdump-ada-spec[-slim] above, generate Ada
1310 specs as child units of parent unit.
1311 -fdump-go-spec=file
1313 For input files in any language, generate corresponding Go
1314 declarations in file. This generates Go "const", "type", "var",
1315 and "func" declarations which may be a useful way to start writing
1316 a Go interface to code written in some other language.
1317 @file
1319 Read command-line options from file. The options read are inserted
1320 in place of the original @file option. If file does not exist, or
1321 cannot be read, then the option will be treated literally, and not
1322 removed.
1323 Options in file are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
1325 character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
1326 option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including
1327 a backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be
1328 included with a backslash. The file may itself contain additional
1329 @file options; any such options will be processed recursively.
1330 Compiling C++ Programs
1332 C++ source files conventionally use one of the suffixes .C, .cc, .cpp,
1333 .CPP, .c++, .cp, or .cxx; C++ header files often use .hh, .hpp, .H, or
1334 (for shared template code) .tcc; and preprocessed C++ files use the
1335 suffix .ii. GCC recognizes files with these names and compiles them as
1336 C++ programs even if you call the compiler the same way as for
1337 compiling C programs (usually with the name gcc).
1338 However, the use of gcc does not add the C++ library. g++ is a program
1340 that calls GCC and automatically specifies linking against the C++
1341 library. It treats .c, .h and .i files as C++ source files instead of
1342 C source files unless -x is used. This program is also useful when
1343 precompiling a C header file with a .h extension for use in C++
1344 compilations. On many systems, g++ is also installed with the name
1345 c++.
1346 When you compile C++ programs, you may specify many of the same
1348 command-line options that you use for compiling programs in any
1349 language; or command-line options meaningful for C and related
1350 languages; or options that are meaningful only for C++ programs.
1351 Options Controlling C Dialect
1353 The following options control the dialect of C (or languages derived
1354 from C, such as C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++) that the compiler
1355 accepts:
1356 -ansi
1358 In C mode, this is equivalent to -std=c90. In C++ mode, it is
1359 equivalent to -std=c++98.
1360 This turns off certain features of GCC that are incompatible with
1362 ISO C90 (when compiling C code), or of standard C++ (when compiling
1363 C++ code), such as the "asm" and "typeof" keywords, and predefined
1364 macros such as "unix" and "vax" that identify the type of system
1365 you are using. It also enables the undesirable and rarely used ISO
1366 trigraph feature. For the C compiler, it disables recognition of
1367 C++ style // comments as well as the "inline" keyword.
1368 The alternate keywords "__asm__", "__extension__", "__inline__" and
1370 "__typeof__" continue to work despite -ansi. You would not want to
1371 use them in an ISO C program, of course, but it is useful to put
1372 them in header files that might be included in compilations done
1373 with -ansi. Alternate predefined macros such as "__unix__" and
1374 "__vax__" are also available, with or without -ansi.
1375 The -ansi option does not cause non-ISO programs to be rejected
1377 gratuitously. For that, -Wpedantic is required in addition to
1378 -ansi.
1379 The macro "__STRICT_ANSI__" is predefined when the -ansi option is
1381 used. Some header files may notice this macro and refrain from
1382 declaring certain functions or defining certain macros that the ISO
1383 standard doesn't call for; this is to avoid interfering with any
1384 programs that might use these names for other things.
1385 Functions that are normally built in but do not have semantics
1387 defined by ISO C (such as "alloca" and "ffs") are not built-in
1388 functions when -ansi is used.
1389 -std=
1391 Determine the language standard. This option is currently only
1392 supported when compiling C or C++.
1393 The compiler can accept several base standards, such as c90 or
1395 c++98, and GNU dialects of those standards, such as gnu90 or
1396 gnu++98. When a base standard is specified, the compiler accepts
1397 all programs following that standard plus those using GNU
1398 extensions that do not contradict it. For example, -std=c90 turns
1399 off certain features of GCC that are incompatible with ISO C90,
1400 such as the "asm" and "typeof" keywords, but not other GNU
1401 extensions that do not have a meaning in ISO C90, such as omitting
1402 the middle term of a "?:" expression. On the other hand, when a GNU
1403 dialect of a standard is specified, all features supported by the
1404 compiler are enabled, even when those features change the meaning
1405 of the base standard. As a result, some strict-conforming programs
1406 may be rejected. The particular standard is used by -Wpedantic to
1407 identify which features are GNU extensions given that version of
1408 the standard. For example -std=gnu90 -Wpedantic warns about C++
1409 style // comments, while -std=gnu99 -Wpedantic does not.
1410 A value for this option must be provided; possible values are
1412 c90
1414 c89
1415 iso9899:1990
1416 Support all ISO C90 programs (certain GNU extensions that
1417 conflict with ISO C90 are disabled). Same as -ansi for C code.
1418 iso9899:199409
1420 ISO C90 as modified in amendment 1.
1421 c99
1423 c9x
1424 iso9899:1999
1425 iso9899:199x
1426 ISO C99. This standard is substantially completely supported,
1427 modulo bugs and floating-point issues (mainly but not entirely
1428 relating to optional C99 features from Annexes F and G). See
1429 <http://gcc.gnu.org/c99status.html> for more information. The
1430 names c9x and iso9899:199x are deprecated.
1431 c11
1433 c1x
1434 iso9899:2011
1435 ISO C11, the 2011 revision of the ISO C standard. This
1436 standard is substantially completely supported, modulo bugs,
1437 floating-point issues (mainly but not entirely relating to
1438 optional C11 features from Annexes F and G) and the optional
1439 Annexes K (Bounds-checking interfaces) and L (Analyzability).
1440 The name c1x is deprecated.
1441 c17
1443 c18
1444 iso9899:2017
1445 iso9899:2018
1446 ISO C17, the 2017 revision of the ISO C standard (published in
1447 2018). This standard is same as C11 except for corrections of
1448 defects (all of which are also applied with -std=c11) and a new
1449 value of "__STDC_VERSION__", and so is supported to the same
1450 extent as C11.
1451 c2x The next version of the ISO C standard, still under
1453 development. The support for this version is experimental and
1454 incomplete.
1455 gnu90
1457 gnu89
1458 GNU dialect of ISO C90 (including some C99 features).
1459 gnu99
1461 gnu9x
1462 GNU dialect of ISO C99. The name gnu9x is deprecated.
1463 gnu11
1465 gnu1x
1466 GNU dialect of ISO C11. The name gnu1x is deprecated.
1467 gnu17
1469 gnu18
1470 GNU dialect of ISO C17. This is the default for C code.
1471 gnu2x
1473 The next version of the ISO C standard, still under
1474 development, plus GNU extensions. The support for this version
1475 is experimental and incomplete.
1476 c++98
1478 c++03
1479 The 1998 ISO C++ standard plus the 2003 technical corrigendum
1480 and some additional defect reports. Same as -ansi for C++ code.
1481 gnu++98
1483 gnu++03
1484 GNU dialect of -std=c++98.
1485 c++11
1487 c++0x
1488 The 2011 ISO C++ standard plus amendments. The name c++0x is
1489 deprecated.
1490 gnu++11
1492 gnu++0x
1493 GNU dialect of -std=c++11. The name gnu++0x is deprecated.
1494 c++14
1496 c++1y
1497 The 2014 ISO C++ standard plus amendments. The name c++1y is
1498 deprecated.
1499 gnu++14
1501 gnu++1y
1502 GNU dialect of -std=c++14. This is the default for C++ code.
1503 The name gnu++1y is deprecated.
1504 c++17
1506 c++1z
1507 The 2017 ISO C++ standard plus amendments. The name c++1z is
1508 deprecated.
1509 gnu++17
1511 gnu++1z
1512 GNU dialect of -std=c++17. The name gnu++1z is deprecated.
1513 c++20
1515 c++2a
1516 The next revision of the ISO C++ standard, planned for 2020.
1517 Support is highly experimental, and will almost certainly
1518 change in incompatible ways in future releases.
1519 gnu++20
1521 gnu++2a
1522 GNU dialect of -std=c++20. Support is highly experimental, and
1523 will almost certainly change in incompatible ways in future
1524 releases.
1525 -fgnu89-inline
1527 The option -fgnu89-inline tells GCC to use the traditional GNU
1528 semantics for "inline" functions when in C99 mode.
1529 Using this option is roughly equivalent to adding the "gnu_inline"
1531 function attribute to all inline functions.
1532 The option -fno-gnu89-inline explicitly tells GCC to use the C99
1534 semantics for "inline" when in C99 or gnu99 mode (i.e., it
1535 specifies the default behavior). This option is not supported in
1536 -std=c90 or -std=gnu90 mode.
1537 The preprocessor macros "__GNUC_GNU_INLINE__" and
1539 "__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__" may be used to check which semantics are in
1540 effect for "inline" functions.
1541 -fpermitted-flt-eval-methods=style
1543 ISO/IEC TS 18661-3 defines new permissible values for
1544 "FLT_EVAL_METHOD" that indicate that operations and constants with
1545 a semantic type that is an interchange or extended format should be
1546 evaluated to the precision and range of that type. These new
1547 values are a superset of those permitted under C99/C11, which does
1548 not specify the meaning of other positive values of
1549 "FLT_EVAL_METHOD". As such, code conforming to C11 may not have
1550 been written expecting the possibility of the new values.
1551 -fpermitted-flt-eval-methods specifies whether the compiler should
1553 allow only the values of "FLT_EVAL_METHOD" specified in C99/C11, or
1554 the extended set of values specified in ISO/IEC TS 18661-3.
1555 style is either "c11" or "ts-18661-3" as appropriate.
1557 The default when in a standards compliant mode (-std=c11 or
1559 similar) is -fpermitted-flt-eval-methods=c11. The default when in
1560 a GNU dialect (-std=gnu11 or similar) is
1561 -fpermitted-flt-eval-methods=ts-18661-3.
1562 -aux-info filename
1564 Output to the given filename prototyped declarations for all
1565 functions declared and/or defined in a translation unit, including
1566 those in header files. This option is silently ignored in any
1567 language other than C.
1568 Besides declarations, the file indicates, in comments, the origin
1570 of each declaration (source file and line), whether the declaration
1571 was implicit, prototyped or unprototyped (I, N for new or O for
1572 old, respectively, in the first character after the line number and
1573 the colon), and whether it came from a declaration or a definition
1574 (C or F, respectively, in the following character). In the case of
1575 function definitions, a K&R-style list of arguments followed by
1576 their declarations is also provided, inside comments, after the
1577 declaration.
1578 -fallow-parameterless-variadic-functions
1580 Accept variadic functions without named parameters.
1581 Although it is possible to define such a function, this is not very
1583 useful as it is not possible to read the arguments. This is only
1584 supported for C as this construct is allowed by C++.
1585 -fno-asm
1587 Do not recognize "asm", "inline" or "typeof" as a keyword, so that
1588 code can use these words as identifiers. You can use the keywords
1589 "__asm__", "__inline__" and "__typeof__" instead. -ansi implies
1590 -fno-asm.
1591 In C++, this switch only affects the "typeof" keyword, since "asm"
1593 and "inline" are standard keywords. You may want to use the
1594 -fno-gnu-keywords flag instead, which has the same effect. In C99
1595 mode (-std=c99 or -std=gnu99), this switch only affects the "asm"
1596 and "typeof" keywords, since "inline" is a standard keyword in ISO
1597 C99.
1598 -fno-builtin
1600 -fno-builtin-function
1601 Don't recognize built-in functions that do not begin with
1602 __builtin_ as prefix.
1603 GCC normally generates special code to handle certain built-in
1605 functions more efficiently; for instance, calls to "alloca" may
1606 become single instructions which adjust the stack directly, and
1607 calls to "memcpy" may become inline copy loops. The resulting code
1608 is often both smaller and faster, but since the function calls no
1609 longer appear as such, you cannot set a breakpoint on those calls,
1610 nor can you change the behavior of the functions by linking with a
1611 different library. In addition, when a function is recognized as a
1612 built-in function, GCC may use information about that function to
1613 warn about problems with calls to that function, or to generate
1614 more efficient code, even if the resulting code still contains
1615 calls to that function. For example, warnings are given with
1616 -Wformat for bad calls to "printf" when "printf" is built in and
1617 "strlen" is known not to modify global memory.
1618 With the -fno-builtin-function option only the built-in function
1620 function is disabled. function must not begin with __builtin_. If
1621 a function is named that is not built-in in this version of GCC,
1622 this option is ignored. There is no corresponding
1623 -fbuiltin-function option; if you wish to enable built-in functions
1624 selectively when using -fno-builtin or -ffreestanding, you may
1625 define macros such as:
1626 #define abs(n) __builtin_abs ((n))
1628 #define strcpy(d, s) __builtin_strcpy ((d), (s))
1629 -fgimple
1631 Enable parsing of function definitions marked with "__GIMPLE".
1632 This is an experimental feature that allows unit testing of GIMPLE
1633 passes.
1634 -fhosted
1636 Assert that compilation targets a hosted environment. This implies
1637 -fbuiltin. A hosted environment is one in which the entire
1638 standard library is available, and in which "main" has a return
1639 type of "int". Examples are nearly everything except a kernel.
1640 This is equivalent to -fno-freestanding.
1641 -ffreestanding
1643 Assert that compilation targets a freestanding environment. This
1644 implies -fno-builtin. A freestanding environment is one in which
1645 the standard library may not exist, and program startup may not
1646 necessarily be at "main". The most obvious example is an OS
1647 kernel. This is equivalent to -fno-hosted.
1648 -fopenacc
1650 Enable handling of OpenACC directives "#pragma acc" in C/C++ and
1651 "!$acc" in Fortran. When -fopenacc is specified, the compiler
1652 generates accelerated code according to the OpenACC Application
1653 Programming Interface v2.6 <https://www.openacc.org>. This option
1654 implies -pthread, and thus is only supported on targets that have
1655 support for -pthread.
1656 -fopenacc-dim=geom
1658 Specify default compute dimensions for parallel offload regions
1659 that do not explicitly specify. The geom value is a triple of
1660 ':'-separated sizes, in order 'gang', 'worker' and, 'vector'. A
1661 size can be omitted, to use a target-specific default value.
1662 -fopenmp
1664 Enable handling of OpenMP directives "#pragma omp" in C/C++ and
1665 "!$omp" in Fortran. When -fopenmp is specified, the compiler
1666 generates parallel code according to the OpenMP Application Program
1667 Interface v4.5 <https://www.openmp.org>. This option implies
1668 -pthread, and thus is only supported on targets that have support
1669 for -pthread. -fopenmp implies -fopenmp-simd.
1670 -fopenmp-simd
1672 Enable handling of OpenMP's SIMD directives with "#pragma omp" in
1673 C/C++ and "!$omp" in Fortran. Other OpenMP directives are ignored.
1674 -fgnu-tm
1676 When the option -fgnu-tm is specified, the compiler generates code
1677 for the Linux variant of Intel's current Transactional Memory ABI
1678 specification document (Revision 1.1, May 6 2009). This is an
1679 experimental feature whose interface may change in future versions
1680 of GCC, as the official specification changes. Please note that
1681 not all architectures are supported for this feature.
1682 For more information on GCC's support for transactional memory,
1684 Note that the transactional memory feature is not supported with
1686 non-call exceptions (-fnon-call-exceptions).
1687 -fms-extensions
1689 Accept some non-standard constructs used in Microsoft header files.
1690 In C++ code, this allows member names in structures to be similar
1692 to previous types declarations.
1693 typedef int UOW;
1695 struct ABC {
1696 UOW UOW;
1697 };
1698 Some cases of unnamed fields in structures and unions are only
1700 accepted with this option.
1701 Note that this option is off for all targets except for x86 targets
1703 using ms-abi.
1704 -fplan9-extensions
1706 Accept some non-standard constructs used in Plan 9 code.
1707 This enables -fms-extensions, permits passing pointers to
1709 structures with anonymous fields to functions that expect pointers
1710 to elements of the type of the field, and permits referring to
1711 anonymous fields declared using a typedef. This is only
1712 supported for C, not C++.
1713 -fcond-mismatch
1715 Allow conditional expressions with mismatched types in the second
1716 and third arguments. The value of such an expression is void.
1717 This option is not supported for C++.
1718 -flax-vector-conversions
1720 Allow implicit conversions between vectors with differing numbers
1721 of elements and/or incompatible element types. This option should
1722 not be used for new code.
1723 -funsigned-char
1725 Let the type "char" be unsigned, like "unsigned char".
1726 Each kind of machine has a default for what "char" should be. It
1728 is either like "unsigned char" by default or like "signed char" by
1729 default.
1730 Ideally, a portable program should always use "signed char" or
1732 "unsigned char" when it depends on the signedness of an object.
1733 But many programs have been written to use plain "char" and expect
1734 it to be signed, or expect it to be unsigned, depending on the
1735 machines they were written for. This option, and its inverse, let
1736 you make such a program work with the opposite default.
1737 The type "char" is always a distinct type from each of "signed
1739 char" or "unsigned char", even though its behavior is always just
1740 like one of those two.
1741 -fsigned-char
1743 Let the type "char" be signed, like "signed char".
1744 Note that this is equivalent to -fno-unsigned-char, which is the
1746 negative form of -funsigned-char. Likewise, the option
1747 -fno-signed-char is equivalent to -funsigned-char.
1748 -fsigned-bitfields
1750 -funsigned-bitfields
1751 -fno-signed-bitfields
1752 -fno-unsigned-bitfields
1753 These options control whether a bit-field is signed or unsigned,
1754 when the declaration does not use either "signed" or "unsigned".
1755 By default, such a bit-field is signed, because this is consistent:
1756 the basic integer types such as "int" are signed types.
1757 -fsso-struct=endianness
1759 Set the default scalar storage order of structures and unions to
1760 the specified endianness. The accepted values are big-endian,
1761 little-endian and native for the native endianness of the target
1762 (the default). This option is not supported for C++.
1763 Warning: the -fsso-struct switch causes GCC to generate code that
1765 is not binary compatible with code generated without it if the
1766 specified endianness is not the native endianness of the target.
1767 Options Controlling C++ Dialect
1769 This section describes the command-line options that are only
1770 meaningful for C++ programs. You can also use most of the GNU compiler
1771 options regardless of what language your program is in. For example,
1772 you might compile a file firstClass.C like this:
1773 g++ -g -fstrict-enums -O -c firstClass.C
1775 In this example, only -fstrict-enums is an option meant only for C++
1777 programs; you can use the other options with any language supported by
1778 GCC.
1779 Some options for compiling C programs, such as -std, are also relevant
1781 for C++ programs.
1782 Here is a list of options that are only for compiling C++ programs:
1784 -fabi-version=n
1786 Use version n of the C++ ABI. The default is version 0.
1787 Version 0 refers to the version conforming most closely to the C++
1789 ABI specification. Therefore, the ABI obtained using version 0
1790 will change in different versions of G++ as ABI bugs are fixed.
1791 Version 1 is the version of the C++ ABI that first appeared in G++
1793 3.2.
1794 Version 2 is the version of the C++ ABI that first appeared in G++
1796 3.4, and was the default through G++ 4.9.
1797 Version 3 corrects an error in mangling a constant address as a
1799 template argument.
1800 Version 4, which first appeared in G++ 4.5, implements a standard
1802 mangling for vector types.
1803 Version 5, which first appeared in G++ 4.6, corrects the mangling
1805 of attribute const/volatile on function pointer types, decltype of
1806 a plain decl, and use of a function parameter in the declaration of
1807 another parameter.
1808 Version 6, which first appeared in G++ 4.7, corrects the promotion
1810 behavior of C++11 scoped enums and the mangling of template
1811 argument packs, const/static_cast, prefix ++ and --, and a class
1812 scope function used as a template argument.
1813 Version 7, which first appeared in G++ 4.8, that treats nullptr_t
1815 as a builtin type and corrects the mangling of lambdas in default
1816 argument scope.
1817 Version 8, which first appeared in G++ 4.9, corrects the
1819 substitution behavior of function types with function-cv-
1820 qualifiers.
1821 Version 9, which first appeared in G++ 5.2, corrects the alignment
1823 of "nullptr_t".
1824 Version 10, which first appeared in G++ 6.1, adds mangling of
1826 attributes that affect type identity, such as ia32 calling
1827 convention attributes (e.g. stdcall).
1828 Version 11, which first appeared in G++ 7, corrects the mangling of
1830 sizeof... expressions and operator names. For multiple entities
1831 with the same name within a function, that are declared in
1832 different scopes, the mangling now changes starting with the
1833 twelfth occurrence. It also implies -fnew-inheriting-ctors.
1834 Version 12, which first appeared in G++ 8, corrects the calling
1836 conventions for empty classes on the x86_64 target and for classes
1837 with only deleted copy/move constructors. It accidentally changes
1838 the calling convention for classes with a deleted copy constructor
1839 and a trivial move constructor.
1840 Version 13, which first appeared in G++ 8.2, fixes the accidental
1842 change in version 12.
1843 Version 14, which first appeared in G++ 10, corrects the mangling
1845 of the nullptr expression.
1846 See also -Wabi.
1848 -fabi-compat-version=n
1850 On targets that support strong aliases, G++ works around mangling
1851 changes by creating an alias with the correct mangled name when
1852 defining a symbol with an incorrect mangled name. This switch
1853 specifies which ABI version to use for the alias.
1854 With -fabi-version=0 (the default), this defaults to 11 (GCC 7
1856 compatibility). If another ABI version is explicitly selected,
1857 this defaults to 0. For compatibility with GCC versions 3.2
1858 through 4.9, use -fabi-compat-version=2.
1859 If this option is not provided but -Wabi=n is, that version is used
1861 for compatibility aliases. If this option is provided along with
1862 -Wabi (without the version), the version from this option is used
1863 for the warning.
1864 -fno-access-control
1866 Turn off all access checking. This switch is mainly useful for
1867 working around bugs in the access control code.
1868 -faligned-new
1870 Enable support for C++17 "new" of types that require more alignment
1871 than "void* ::operator new(std::size_t)" provides. A numeric
1872 argument such as "-faligned-new=32" can be used to specify how much
1873 alignment (in bytes) is provided by that function, but few users
1874 will need to override the default of "alignof(std::max_align_t)".
1875 This flag is enabled by default for -std=c++17.
1877 -fchar8_t
1879 -fno-char8_t
1880 Enable support for "char8_t" as adopted for C++2a. This includes
1881 the addition of a new "char8_t" fundamental type, changes to the
1882 types of UTF-8 string and character literals, new signatures for
1883 user-defined literals, associated standard library updates, and new
1884 "__cpp_char8_t" and "__cpp_lib_char8_t" feature test macros.
1885 This option enables functions to be overloaded for ordinary and
1887 UTF-8 strings:
1888 int f(const char *); // #1
1890 int f(const char8_t *); // #2
1891 int v1 = f("text"); // Calls #1
1892 int v2 = f(u8"text"); // Calls #2
1893 and introduces new signatures for user-defined literals:
1895 int operator""_udl1(char8_t);
1897 int v3 = u8'x'_udl1;
1898 int operator""_udl2(const char8_t*, std::size_t);
1899 int v4 = u8"text"_udl2;
1900 template<typename T, T...> int operator""_udl3();
1901 int v5 = u8"text"_udl3;
1902 The change to the types of UTF-8 string and character literals
1904 introduces incompatibilities with ISO C++11 and later standards.
1905 For example, the following code is well-formed under ISO C++11, but
1906 is ill-formed when -fchar8_t is specified.
1907 char ca[] = u8"xx"; // error: char-array initialized from wide
1909 // string
1910 const char *cp = u8"xx";// error: invalid conversion from
1911 // `const char8_t*' to `const char*'
1912 int f(const char*);
1913 auto v = f(u8"xx"); // error: invalid conversion from
1914 // `const char8_t*' to `const char*'
1915 std::string s{u8"xx"}; // error: no matching function for call to
1916 // `std::basic_string<char>::basic_string()'
1917 using namespace std::literals;
1918 s = u8"xx"s; // error: conversion from
1919 // `basic_string<char8_t>' to non-scalar
1920 // type `basic_string<char>' requested
1921 -fcheck-new
1923 Check that the pointer returned by "operator new" is non-null
1924 before attempting to modify the storage allocated. This check is
1925 normally unnecessary because the C++ standard specifies that
1926 "operator new" only returns 0 if it is declared "throw()", in which
1927 case the compiler always checks the return value even without this
1928 option. In all other cases, when "operator new" has a non-empty
1929 exception specification, memory exhaustion is signalled by throwing
1930 "std::bad_alloc". See also new (nothrow).
1931 -fconcepts
1933 -fconcepts-ts
1934 Below -std=c++2a, -fconcepts enables support for the C++ Extensions
1935 for Concepts Technical Specification, ISO 19217 (2015).
1936 With -std=c++2a and above, Concepts are part of the language
1938 standard, so -fconcepts defaults to on. But the standard
1939 specification of Concepts differs significantly from the TS, so
1940 some constructs that were allowed in the TS but didn't make it into
1941 the standard can still be enabled by -fconcepts-ts.
1942 -fconstexpr-depth=n
1944 Set the maximum nested evaluation depth for C++11 constexpr
1945 functions to n. A limit is needed to detect endless recursion
1946 during constant expression evaluation. The minimum specified by
1947 the standard is 512.
1948 -fconstexpr-cache-depth=n
1950 Set the maximum level of nested evaluation depth for C++11
1951 constexpr functions that will be cached to n. This is a heuristic
1952 that trades off compilation speed (when the cache avoids repeated
1953 calculations) against memory consumption (when the cache grows very
1954 large from highly recursive evaluations). The default is 8. Very
1955 few users are likely to want to adjust it, but if your code does
1956 heavy constexpr calculations you might want to experiment to find
1957 which value works best for you.
1958 -fconstexpr-loop-limit=n
1960 Set the maximum number of iterations for a loop in C++14 constexpr
1961 functions to n. A limit is needed to detect infinite loops during
1962 constant expression evaluation. The default is 262144 (1<<18).
1963 -fconstexpr-ops-limit=n
1965 Set the maximum number of operations during a single constexpr
1966 evaluation. Even when number of iterations of a single loop is
1967 limited with the above limit, if there are several nested loops and
1968 each of them has many iterations but still smaller than the above
1969 limit, or if in a body of some loop or even outside of a loop too
1970 many expressions need to be evaluated, the resulting constexpr
1971 evaluation might take too long. The default is 33554432 (1<<25).
1972 -fcoroutines
1974 Enable support for the C++ coroutines extension (experimental).
1975 -fno-elide-constructors
1977 The C++ standard allows an implementation to omit creating a
1978 temporary that is only used to initialize another object of the
1979 same type. Specifying this option disables that optimization, and
1980 forces G++ to call the copy constructor in all cases. This option
1981 also causes G++ to call trivial member functions which otherwise
1982 would be expanded inline.
1983 In C++17, the compiler is required to omit these temporaries, but
1985 this option still affects trivial member functions.
1986 -fno-enforce-eh-specs
1988 Don't generate code to check for violation of exception
1989 specifications at run time. This option violates the C++ standard,
1990 but may be useful for reducing code size in production builds, much
1991 like defining "NDEBUG". This does not give user code permission to
1992 throw exceptions in violation of the exception specifications; the
1993 compiler still optimizes based on the specifications, so throwing
1994 an unexpected exception results in undefined behavior at run time.
1995 -fextern-tls-init
1997 -fno-extern-tls-init
1998 The C++11 and OpenMP standards allow "thread_local" and
1999 "threadprivate" variables to have dynamic (runtime) initialization.
2000 To support this, any use of such a variable goes through a wrapper
2001 function that performs any necessary initialization. When the use
2002 and definition of the variable are in the same translation unit,
2003 this overhead can be optimized away, but when the use is in a
2004 different translation unit there is significant overhead even if
2005 the variable doesn't actually need dynamic initialization. If the
2006 programmer can be sure that no use of the variable in a non-
2007 defining TU needs to trigger dynamic initialization (either because
2008 the variable is statically initialized, or a use of the variable in
2009 the defining TU will be executed before any uses in another TU),
2010 they can avoid this overhead with the -fno-extern-tls-init option.
2011 On targets that support symbol aliases, the default is
2013 -fextern-tls-init. On targets that do not support symbol aliases,
2014 the default is -fno-extern-tls-init.
2015 -fno-gnu-keywords
2017 Do not recognize "typeof" as a keyword, so that code can use this
2018 word as an identifier. You can use the keyword "__typeof__"
2019 instead. This option is implied by the strict ISO C++ dialects:
2020 -ansi, -std=c++98, -std=c++11, etc.
2021 -fno-implicit-templates
2023 Never emit code for non-inline templates that are instantiated
2024 implicitly (i.e. by use); only emit code for explicit
2025 instantiations. If you use this option, you must take care to
2026 structure your code to include all the necessary explicit
2027 instantiations to avoid getting undefined symbols at link time.
2028 -fno-implicit-inline-templates
2030 Don't emit code for implicit instantiations of inline templates,
2031 either. The default is to handle inlines differently so that
2032 compiles with and without optimization need the same set of
2033 explicit instantiations.
2034 -fno-implement-inlines
2036 To save space, do not emit out-of-line copies of inline functions
2037 controlled by "#pragma implementation". This causes linker errors
2038 if these functions are not inlined everywhere they are called.
2039 -fms-extensions
2041 Disable Wpedantic warnings about constructs used in MFC, such as
2042 implicit int and getting a pointer to member function via non-
2043 standard syntax.
2044 -fnew-inheriting-ctors
2046 Enable the P0136 adjustment to the semantics of C++11 constructor
2047 inheritance. This is part of C++17 but also considered to be a
2048 Defect Report against C++11 and C++14. This flag is enabled by
2049 default unless -fabi-version=10 or lower is specified.
2050 -fnew-ttp-matching
2052 Enable the P0522 resolution to Core issue 150, template template
2053 parameters and default arguments: this allows a template with
2054 default template arguments as an argument for a template template
2055 parameter with fewer template parameters. This flag is enabled by
2056 default for -std=c++17.
2057 -fno-nonansi-builtins
2059 Disable built-in declarations of functions that are not mandated by
2060 ANSI/ISO C. These include "ffs", "alloca", "_exit", "index",
2061 "bzero", "conjf", and other related functions.
2062 -fnothrow-opt
2064 Treat a "throw()" exception specification as if it were a
2065 "noexcept" specification to reduce or eliminate the text size
2066 overhead relative to a function with no exception specification.
2067 If the function has local variables of types with non-trivial
2068 destructors, the exception specification actually makes the
2069 function smaller because the EH cleanups for those variables can be
2070 optimized away. The semantic effect is that an exception thrown
2071 out of a function with such an exception specification results in a
2072 call to "terminate" rather than "unexpected".
2073 -fno-operator-names
2075 Do not treat the operator name keywords "and", "bitand", "bitor",
2076 "compl", "not", "or" and "xor" as synonyms as keywords.
2077 -fno-optional-diags
2079 Disable diagnostics that the standard says a compiler does not need
2080 to issue. Currently, the only such diagnostic issued by G++ is the
2081 one for a name having multiple meanings within a class.
2082 -fpermissive
2084 Downgrade some diagnostics about nonconformant code from errors to
2085 warnings. Thus, using -fpermissive allows some nonconforming code
2086 to compile.
2087 -fno-pretty-templates
2089 When an error message refers to a specialization of a function
2090 template, the compiler normally prints the signature of the
2091 template followed by the template arguments and any typedefs or
2092 typenames in the signature (e.g. "void f(T) [with T = int]" rather
2093 than "void f(int)") so that it's clear which template is involved.
2094 When an error message refers to a specialization of a class
2095 template, the compiler omits any template arguments that match the
2096 default template arguments for that template. If either of these
2097 behaviors make it harder to understand the error message rather
2098 than easier, you can use -fno-pretty-templates to disable them.
2099 -fno-rtti
2101 Disable generation of information about every class with virtual
2102 functions for use by the C++ run-time type identification features
2103 ("dynamic_cast" and "typeid"). If you don't use those parts of the
2104 language, you can save some space by using this flag. Note that
2105 exception handling uses the same information, but G++ generates it
2106 as needed. The "dynamic_cast" operator can still be used for casts
2107 that do not require run-time type information, i.e. casts to "void
2108 *" or to unambiguous base classes.
2109 Mixing code compiled with -frtti with that compiled with -fno-rtti
2111 may not work. For example, programs may fail to link if a class
2112 compiled with -fno-rtti is used as a base for a class compiled with
2113 -frtti.
2114 -fsized-deallocation
2116 Enable the built-in global declarations
2117 void operator delete (void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2119 void operator delete[] (void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2120 as introduced in C++14. This is useful for user-defined
2122 replacement deallocation functions that, for example, use the size
2123 of the object to make deallocation faster. Enabled by default
2124 under -std=c++14 and above. The flag -Wsized-deallocation warns
2125 about places that might want to add a definition.
2126 -fstrict-enums
2128 Allow the compiler to optimize using the assumption that a value of
2129 enumerated type can only be one of the values of the enumeration
2130 (as defined in the C++ standard; basically, a value that can be
2131 represented in the minimum number of bits needed to represent all
2132 the enumerators). This assumption may not be valid if the program
2133 uses a cast to convert an arbitrary integer value to the enumerated
2134 type.
2135 -fstrong-eval-order
2137 Evaluate member access, array subscripting, and shift expressions
2138 in left-to-right order, and evaluate assignment in right-to-left
2139 order, as adopted for C++17. Enabled by default with -std=c++17.
2140 -fstrong-eval-order=some enables just the ordering of member access
2141 and shift expressions, and is the default without -std=c++17.
2142 -ftemplate-backtrace-limit=n
2144 Set the maximum number of template instantiation notes for a single
2145 warning or error to n. The default value is 10.
2146 -ftemplate-depth=n
2148 Set the maximum instantiation depth for template classes to n. A
2149 limit on the template instantiation depth is needed to detect
2150 endless recursions during template class instantiation. ANSI/ISO
2151 C++ conforming programs must not rely on a maximum depth greater
2152 than 17 (changed to 1024 in C++11). The default value is 900, as
2153 the compiler can run out of stack space before hitting 1024 in some
2154 situations.
2155 -fno-threadsafe-statics
2157 Do not emit the extra code to use the routines specified in the C++
2158 ABI for thread-safe initialization of local statics. You can use
2159 this option to reduce code size slightly in code that doesn't need
2160 to be thread-safe.
2161 -fuse-cxa-atexit
2163 Register destructors for objects with static storage duration with
2164 the "__cxa_atexit" function rather than the "atexit" function.
2165 This option is required for fully standards-compliant handling of
2166 static destructors, but only works if your C library supports
2167 "__cxa_atexit".
2168 -fno-use-cxa-get-exception-ptr
2170 Don't use the "__cxa_get_exception_ptr" runtime routine. This
2171 causes "std::uncaught_exception" to be incorrect, but is necessary
2172 if the runtime routine is not available.
2173 -fvisibility-inlines-hidden
2175 This switch declares that the user does not attempt to compare
2176 pointers to inline functions or methods where the addresses of the
2177 two functions are taken in different shared objects.
2178 The effect of this is that GCC may, effectively, mark inline
2180 methods with "__attribute__ ((visibility ("hidden")))" so that they
2181 do not appear in the export table of a DSO and do not require a PLT
2182 indirection when used within the DSO. Enabling this option can
2183 have a dramatic effect on load and link times of a DSO as it
2184 massively reduces the size of the dynamic export table when the
2185 library makes heavy use of templates.
2186 The behavior of this switch is not quite the same as marking the
2188 methods as hidden directly, because it does not affect static
2189 variables local to the function or cause the compiler to deduce
2190 that the function is defined in only one shared object.
2191 You may mark a method as having a visibility explicitly to negate
2193 the effect of the switch for that method. For example, if you do
2194 want to compare pointers to a particular inline method, you might
2195 mark it as having default visibility. Marking the enclosing class
2196 with explicit visibility has no effect.
2197 Explicitly instantiated inline methods are unaffected by this
2199 option as their linkage might otherwise cross a shared library
2200 boundary.
2201 -fvisibility-ms-compat
2203 This flag attempts to use visibility settings to make GCC's C++
2204 linkage model compatible with that of Microsoft Visual Studio.
2205 The flag makes these changes to GCC's linkage model:
2207 1. It sets the default visibility to "hidden", like
2209 -fvisibility=hidden.
2210 2. Types, but not their members, are not hidden by default.
2212 3. The One Definition Rule is relaxed for types without explicit
2214 visibility specifications that are defined in more than one
2215 shared object: those declarations are permitted if they are
2216 permitted when this option is not used.
2217 In new code it is better to use -fvisibility=hidden and export
2219 those classes that are intended to be externally visible.
2220 Unfortunately it is possible for code to rely, perhaps
2221 accidentally, on the Visual Studio behavior.
2222 Among the consequences of these changes are that static data
2224 members of the same type with the same name but defined in
2225 different shared objects are different, so changing one does not
2226 change the other; and that pointers to function members defined in
2227 different shared objects may not compare equal. When this flag is
2228 given, it is a violation of the ODR to define types with the same
2229 name differently.
2230 -fno-weak
2232 Do not use weak symbol support, even if it is provided by the
2233 linker. By default, G++ uses weak symbols if they are available.
2234 This option exists only for testing, and should not be used by end-
2235 users; it results in inferior code and has no benefits. This
2236 option may be removed in a future release of G++.
2237 -fext-numeric-literals (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2239 Accept imaginary, fixed-point, or machine-defined literal number
2240 suffixes as GNU extensions. When this option is turned off these
2241 suffixes are treated as C++11 user-defined literal numeric
2242 suffixes. This is on by default for all pre-C++11 dialects and all
2243 GNU dialects: -std=c++98, -std=gnu++98, -std=gnu++11, -std=gnu++14.
2244 This option is off by default for ISO C++11 onwards (-std=c++11,
2245 ...).
2246 -nostdinc++
2248 Do not search for header files in the standard directories specific
2249 to C++, but do still search the other standard directories. (This
2250 option is used when building the C++ library.)
2251 In addition, these warning options have meanings only for C++ programs:
2253 -Wabi-tag (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2255 Warn when a type with an ABI tag is used in a context that does not
2256 have that ABI tag. See C++ Attributes for more information about
2257 ABI tags.
2258 -Wcomma-subscript (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2260 Warn about uses of a comma expression within a subscripting
2261 expression. This usage was deprecated in C++2a. However, a comma
2262 expression wrapped in "( )" is not deprecated. Example:
2263 void f(int *a, int b, int c) {
2265 a[b,c]; // deprecated
2266 a[(b,c)]; // OK
2267 }
2268 Enabled by default with -std=c++2a.
2270 -Wctor-dtor-privacy (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2272 Warn when a class seems unusable because all the constructors or
2273 destructors in that class are private, and it has neither friends
2274 nor public static member functions. Also warn if there are no non-
2275 private methods, and there's at least one private member function
2276 that isn't a constructor or destructor.
2277 -Wdelete-non-virtual-dtor (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2279 Warn when "delete" is used to destroy an instance of a class that
2280 has virtual functions and non-virtual destructor. It is unsafe to
2281 delete an instance of a derived class through a pointer to a base
2282 class if the base class does not have a virtual destructor. This
2283 warning is enabled by -Wall.
2284 -Wdeprecated-copy (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2286 Warn that the implicit declaration of a copy constructor or copy
2287 assignment operator is deprecated if the class has a user-provided
2288 copy constructor or copy assignment operator, in C++11 and up.
2289 This warning is enabled by -Wextra. With -Wdeprecated-copy-dtor,
2290 also deprecate if the class has a user-provided destructor.
2291 -Wno-init-list-lifetime (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2293 Do not warn about uses of "std::initializer_list" that are likely
2294 to result in dangling pointers. Since the underlying array for an
2295 "initializer_list" is handled like a normal C++ temporary object,
2296 it is easy to inadvertently keep a pointer to the array past the
2297 end of the array's lifetime. For example:
2298 * If a function returns a temporary "initializer_list", or a
2300 local "initializer_list" variable, the array's lifetime ends at
2301 the end of the return statement, so the value returned has a
2302 dangling pointer.
2303 * If a new-expression creates an "initializer_list", the array
2305 only lives until the end of the enclosing full-expression, so
2306 the "initializer_list" in the heap has a dangling pointer.
2307 * When an "initializer_list" variable is assigned from a brace-
2309 enclosed initializer list, the temporary array created for the
2310 right side of the assignment only lives until the end of the
2311 full-expression, so at the next statement the
2312 "initializer_list" variable has a dangling pointer.
2313 // li's initial underlying array lives as long as li
2315 std::initializer_list<int> li = { 1,2,3 };
2316 // assignment changes li to point to a temporary array
2317 li = { 4, 5 };
2318 // now the temporary is gone and li has a dangling pointer
2319 int i = li.begin()[0] // undefined behavior
2320 * When a list constructor stores the "begin" pointer from the
2322 "initializer_list" argument, this doesn't extend the lifetime
2323 of the array, so if a class variable is constructed from a
2324 temporary "initializer_list", the pointer is left dangling by
2325 the end of the variable declaration statement.
2326 -Wno-literal-suffix (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2328 Do not warn when a string or character literal is followed by a ud-
2329 suffix which does not begin with an underscore. As a conforming
2330 extension, GCC treats such suffixes as separate preprocessing
2331 tokens in order to maintain backwards compatibility with code that
2332 uses formatting macros from "<inttypes.h>". For example:
2333 #define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS
2335 #include <inttypes.h>
2336 #include <stdio.h>
2337 int main() {
2339 int64_t i64 = 123;
2340 printf("My int64: %" PRId64"\n", i64);
2341 }
2342 In this case, "PRId64" is treated as a separate preprocessing
2344 token.
2345 This option also controls warnings when a user-defined literal
2347 operator is declared with a literal suffix identifier that doesn't
2348 begin with an underscore. Literal suffix identifiers that don't
2349 begin with an underscore are reserved for future standardization.
2350 These warnings are enabled by default.
2352 -Wno-narrowing (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2354 For C++11 and later standards, narrowing conversions are diagnosed
2355 by default, as required by the standard. A narrowing conversion
2356 from a constant produces an error, and a narrowing conversion from
2357 a non-constant produces a warning, but -Wno-narrowing suppresses
2358 the diagnostic. Note that this does not affect the meaning of
2359 well-formed code; narrowing conversions are still considered ill-
2360 formed in SFINAE contexts.
2361 With -Wnarrowing in C++98, warn when a narrowing conversion
2363 prohibited by C++11 occurs within { }, e.g.
2364 int i = { 2.2 }; // error: narrowing from double to int
2366 This flag is included in -Wall and -Wc++11-compat.
2368 -Wnoexcept (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2370 Warn when a noexcept-expression evaluates to false because of a
2371 call to a function that does not have a non-throwing exception
2372 specification (i.e. "throw()" or "noexcept") but is known by the
2373 compiler to never throw an exception.
2374 -Wnoexcept-type (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2376 Warn if the C++17 feature making "noexcept" part of a function type
2377 changes the mangled name of a symbol relative to C++14. Enabled by
2378 -Wabi and -Wc++17-compat.
2379 As an example:
2381 template <class T> void f(T t) { t(); };
2383 void g() noexcept;
2384 void h() { f(g); }
2385 In C++14, "f" calls "f<void(*)()>", but in C++17 it calls
2387 "f<void(*)()noexcept>".
2388 -Wclass-memaccess (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2390 Warn when the destination of a call to a raw memory function such
2391 as "memset" or "memcpy" is an object of class type, and when
2392 writing into such an object might bypass the class non-trivial or
2393 deleted constructor or copy assignment, violate const-correctness
2394 or encapsulation, or corrupt virtual table pointers. Modifying the
2395 representation of such objects may violate invariants maintained by
2396 member functions of the class. For example, the call to "memset"
2397 below is undefined because it modifies a non-trivial class object
2398 and is, therefore, diagnosed. The safe way to either initialize or
2399 clear the storage of objects of such types is by using the
2400 appropriate constructor or assignment operator, if one is
2401 available.
2402 std::string str = "abc";
2404 memset (&str, 0, sizeof str);
2405 The -Wclass-memaccess option is enabled by -Wall. Explicitly
2407 casting the pointer to the class object to "void *" or to a type
2408 that can be safely accessed by the raw memory function suppresses
2409 the warning.
2410 -Wnon-virtual-dtor (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2412 Warn when a class has virtual functions and an accessible non-
2413 virtual destructor itself or in an accessible polymorphic base
2414 class, in which case it is possible but unsafe to delete an
2415 instance of a derived class through a pointer to the class itself
2416 or base class. This warning is automatically enabled if -Weffc++
2417 is specified.
2418 -Wregister (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2420 Warn on uses of the "register" storage class specifier, except when
2421 it is part of the GNU Explicit Register Variables extension. The
2422 use of the "register" keyword as storage class specifier has been
2423 deprecated in C++11 and removed in C++17. Enabled by default with
2424 -std=c++17.
2425 -Wreorder (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2427 Warn when the order of member initializers given in the code does
2428 not match the order in which they must be executed. For instance:
2429 struct A {
2431 int i;
2432 int j;
2433 A(): j (0), i (1) { }
2434 };
2435 The compiler rearranges the member initializers for "i" and "j" to
2437 match the declaration order of the members, emitting a warning to
2438 that effect. This warning is enabled by -Wall.
2439 -Wno-pessimizing-move (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2441 This warning warns when a call to "std::move" prevents copy
2442 elision. A typical scenario when copy elision can occur is when
2443 returning in a function with a class return type, when the
2444 expression being returned is the name of a non-volatile automatic
2445 object, and is not a function parameter, and has the same type as
2446 the function return type.
2447 struct T {
2449 ...
2450 };
2451 T fn()
2452 {
2453 T t;
2454 ...
2455 return std::move (t);
2456 }
2457 But in this example, the "std::move" call prevents copy elision.
2459 This warning is enabled by -Wall.
2461 -Wno-redundant-move (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2463 This warning warns about redundant calls to "std::move"; that is,
2464 when a move operation would have been performed even without the
2465 "std::move" call. This happens because the compiler is forced to
2466 treat the object as if it were an rvalue in certain situations such
2467 as returning a local variable, where copy elision isn't applicable.
2468 Consider:
2469 struct T {
2471 ...
2472 };
2473 T fn(T t)
2474 {
2475 ...
2476 return std::move (t);
2477 }
2478 Here, the "std::move" call is redundant. Because G++ implements
2480 Core Issue 1579, another example is:
2481 struct T { // convertible to U
2483 ...
2484 };
2485 struct U {
2486 ...
2487 };
2488 U fn()
2489 {
2490 T t;
2491 ...
2492 return std::move (t);
2493 }
2494 In this example, copy elision isn't applicable because the type of
2496 the expression being returned and the function return type differ,
2497 yet G++ treats the return value as if it were designated by an
2498 rvalue.
2499 This warning is enabled by -Wextra.
2501 -Wredundant-tags (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2503 Warn about redundant class-key and enum-key in references to class
2504 types and enumerated types in contexts where the key can be
2505 eliminated without causing an ambiguity. For example:
2506 struct foo;
2508 struct foo *p; // warn that keyword struct can be eliminated
2509 On the other hand, in this example there is no warning:
2511 struct foo;
2513 void foo (); // "hides" struct foo
2514 void bar (struct foo&); // no warning, keyword struct is necessary
2515 -Wno-subobject-linkage (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2517 Do not warn if a class type has a base or a field whose type uses
2518 the anonymous namespace or depends on a type with no linkage. If a
2519 type A depends on a type B with no or internal linkage, defining it
2520 in multiple translation units would be an ODR violation because the
2521 meaning of B is different in each translation unit. If A only
2522 appears in a single translation unit, the best way to silence the
2523 warning is to give it internal linkage by putting it in an
2524 anonymous namespace as well. The compiler doesn't give this
2525 warning for types defined in the main .C file, as those are
2526 unlikely to have multiple definitions. -Wsubobject-linkage is
2527 enabled by default.
2528 -Weffc++ (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2530 Warn about violations of the following style guidelines from Scott
2531 Meyers' Effective C++ series of books:
2532 * Define a copy constructor and an assignment operator for
2534 classes with dynamically-allocated memory.
2535 * Prefer initialization to assignment in constructors.
2537 * Have "operator=" return a reference to *this.
2539 * Don't try to return a reference when you must return an object.
2541 * Distinguish between prefix and postfix forms of increment and
2543 decrement operators.
2544 * Never overload "&&", "||", or ",".
2546 This option also enables -Wnon-virtual-dtor, which is also one of
2548 the effective C++ recommendations. However, the check is extended
2549 to warn about the lack of virtual destructor in accessible non-
2550 polymorphic bases classes too.
2551 When selecting this option, be aware that the standard library
2553 headers do not obey all of these guidelines; use grep -v to filter
2554 out those warnings.
2555 -Wstrict-null-sentinel (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2557 Warn about the use of an uncasted "NULL" as sentinel. When
2558 compiling only with GCC this is a valid sentinel, as "NULL" is
2559 defined to "__null". Although it is a null pointer constant rather
2560 than a null pointer, it is guaranteed to be of the same size as a
2561 pointer. But this use is not portable across different compilers.
2562 -Wno-non-template-friend (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2564 Disable warnings when non-template friend functions are declared
2565 within a template. In very old versions of GCC that predate
2566 implementation of the ISO standard, declarations such as friend int
2567 foo(int), where the name of the friend is an unqualified-id, could
2568 be interpreted as a particular specialization of a template
2569 function; the warning exists to diagnose compatibility problems,
2570 and is enabled by default.
2571 -Wold-style-cast (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2573 Warn if an old-style (C-style) cast to a non-void type is used
2574 within a C++ program. The new-style casts ("dynamic_cast",
2575 "static_cast", "reinterpret_cast", and "const_cast") are less
2576 vulnerable to unintended effects and much easier to search for.
2577 -Woverloaded-virtual (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2579 Warn when a function declaration hides virtual functions from a
2580 base class. For example, in:
2581 struct A {
2583 virtual void f();
2584 };
2585 struct B: public A {
2587 void f(int);
2588 };
2589 the "A" class version of "f" is hidden in "B", and code like:
2591 B* b;
2593 b->f();
2594 fails to compile.
2596 -Wno-pmf-conversions (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2598 Disable the diagnostic for converting a bound pointer to member
2599 function to a plain pointer.
2600 -Wsign-promo (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2602 Warn when overload resolution chooses a promotion from unsigned or
2603 enumerated type to a signed type, over a conversion to an unsigned
2604 type of the same size. Previous versions of G++ tried to preserve
2605 unsignedness, but the standard mandates the current behavior.
2606 -Wtemplates (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2608 Warn when a primary template declaration is encountered. Some
2609 coding rules disallow templates, and this may be used to enforce
2610 that rule. The warning is inactive inside a system header file,
2611 such as the STL, so one can still use the STL. One may also
2612 instantiate or specialize templates.
2613 -Wmismatched-tags (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2615 Warn for declarations of structs, classes, and class templates and
2616 their specializations with a class-key that does not match either
2617 the definition or the first declaration if no definition is
2618 provided.
2619 For example, the declaration of "struct Object" in the argument
2621 list of "draw" triggers the warning. To avoid it, either remove
2622 the redundant class-key "struct" or replace it with "class" to
2623 match its definition.
2624 class Object {
2626 public:
2627 virtual ~Object () = 0;
2628 };
2629 void draw (struct Object*);
2630 It is not wrong to declare a class with the class-key "struct" as
2632 the example above shows. The -Wmismatched-tags option is intended
2633 to help achieve a consistent style of class declarations. In code
2634 that is intended to be portable to Windows-based compilers the
2635 warning helps prevent unresolved references due to the difference
2636 in the mangling of symbols declared with different class-keys. The
2637 option can be used either on its own or in conjunction with
2638 -Wredundant-tags.
2639 -Wmultiple-inheritance (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2641 Warn when a class is defined with multiple direct base classes.
2642 Some coding rules disallow multiple inheritance, and this may be
2643 used to enforce that rule. The warning is inactive inside a system
2644 header file, such as the STL, so one can still use the STL. One
2645 may also define classes that indirectly use multiple inheritance.
2646 -Wvirtual-inheritance
2648 Warn when a class is defined with a virtual direct base class.
2649 Some coding rules disallow multiple inheritance, and this may be
2650 used to enforce that rule. The warning is inactive inside a system
2651 header file, such as the STL, so one can still use the STL. One
2652 may also define classes that indirectly use virtual inheritance.
2653 -Wno-virtual-move-assign
2655 Suppress warnings about inheriting from a virtual base with a non-
2656 trivial C++11 move assignment operator. This is dangerous because
2657 if the virtual base is reachable along more than one path, it is
2658 moved multiple times, which can mean both objects end up in the
2659 moved-from state. If the move assignment operator is written to
2660 avoid moving from a moved-from object, this warning can be
2661 disabled.
2662 -Wnamespaces
2664 Warn when a namespace definition is opened. Some coding rules
2665 disallow namespaces, and this may be used to enforce that rule.
2666 The warning is inactive inside a system header file, such as the
2667 STL, so one can still use the STL. One may also use using
2668 directives and qualified names.
2669 -Wno-terminate (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2671 Disable the warning about a throw-expression that will immediately
2672 result in a call to "terminate".
2673 -Wno-class-conversion (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2675 Do not warn when a conversion function converts an object to the
2676 same type, to a base class of that type, or to void; such a
2677 conversion function will never be called.
2678 -Wvolatile (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2680 Warn about deprecated uses of the "volatile" qualifier. This
2681 includes postfix and prefix "++" and "--" expressions of
2682 "volatile"-qualified types, using simple assignments where the left
2683 operand is a "volatile"-qualified non-class type for their value,
2684 compound assignments where the left operand is a
2685 "volatile"-qualified non-class type, "volatile"-qualified function
2686 return type, "volatile"-qualified parameter type, and structured
2687 bindings of a "volatile"-qualified type. This usage was deprecated
2688 in C++20.
2689 Enabled by default with -std=c++2a.
2691 -Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2693 Warn when a literal 0 is used as null pointer constant. This can
2694 be useful to facilitate the conversion to "nullptr" in C++11.
2695 -Waligned-new
2697 Warn about a new-expression of a type that requires greater
2698 alignment than the "alignof(std::max_align_t)" but uses an
2699 allocation function without an explicit alignment parameter. This
2700 option is enabled by -Wall.
2701 Normally this only warns about global allocation functions, but
2703 -Waligned-new=all also warns about class member allocation
2704 functions.
2705 -Wno-placement-new
2707 -Wplacement-new=n
2708 Warn about placement new expressions with undefined behavior, such
2709 as constructing an object in a buffer that is smaller than the type
2710 of the object. For example, the placement new expression below is
2711 diagnosed because it attempts to construct an array of 64 integers
2712 in a buffer only 64 bytes large.
2713 char buf [64];
2715 new (buf) int[64];
2716 This warning is enabled by default.
2718 -Wplacement-new=1
2720 This is the default warning level of -Wplacement-new. At this
2721 level the warning is not issued for some strictly undefined
2722 constructs that GCC allows as extensions for compatibility with
2723 legacy code. For example, the following "new" expression is
2724 not diagnosed at this level even though it has undefined
2725 behavior according to the C++ standard because it writes past
2726 the end of the one-element array.
2727 struct S { int n, a[1]; };
2729 S *s = (S *)malloc (sizeof *s + 31 * sizeof s->a[0]);
2730 new (s->a)int [32]();
2731 -Wplacement-new=2
2733 At this level, in addition to diagnosing all the same
2734 constructs as at level 1, a diagnostic is also issued for
2735 placement new expressions that construct an object in the last
2736 member of structure whose type is an array of a single element
2737 and whose size is less than the size of the object being
2738 constructed. While the previous example would be diagnosed,
2739 the following construct makes use of the flexible member array
2740 extension to avoid the warning at level 2.
2741 struct S { int n, a[]; };
2743 S *s = (S *)malloc (sizeof *s + 32 * sizeof s->a[0]);
2744 new (s->a)int [32]();
2745 -Wcatch-value
2747 -Wcatch-value=n (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2748 Warn about catch handlers that do not catch via reference. With
2749 -Wcatch-value=1 (or -Wcatch-value for short) warn about polymorphic
2750 class types that are caught by value. With -Wcatch-value=2 warn
2751 about all class types that are caught by value. With
2752 -Wcatch-value=3 warn about all types that are not caught by
2753 reference. -Wcatch-value is enabled by -Wall.
2754 -Wconditionally-supported (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2756 Warn for conditionally-supported (C++11 [intro.defs]) constructs.
2757 -Wno-delete-incomplete (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2759 Do not warn when deleting a pointer to incomplete type, which may
2760 cause undefined behavior at runtime. This warning is enabled by
2761 default.
2762 -Wextra-semi (C++, Objective-C++ only)
2764 Warn about redundant semicolons after in-class function
2765 definitions.
2766 -Wno-inaccessible-base (C++, Objective-C++ only)
2768 This option controls warnings when a base class is inaccessible in
2769 a class derived from it due to ambiguity. The warning is enabled
2770 by default. Note that the warning for ambiguous virtual bases is
2771 enabled by the -Wextra option.
2772 struct A { int a; };
2774 struct B : A { };
2776 struct C : B, A { };
2778 -Wno-inherited-variadic-ctor
2780 Suppress warnings about use of C++11 inheriting constructors when
2781 the base class inherited from has a C variadic constructor; the
2782 warning is on by default because the ellipsis is not inherited.
2783 -Wno-invalid-offsetof (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2785 Suppress warnings from applying the "offsetof" macro to a non-POD
2786 type. According to the 2014 ISO C++ standard, applying "offsetof"
2787 to a non-standard-layout type is undefined. In existing C++
2788 implementations, however, "offsetof" typically gives meaningful
2789 results. This flag is for users who are aware that they are
2790 writing nonportable code and who have deliberately chosen to ignore
2791 the warning about it.
2792 The restrictions on "offsetof" may be relaxed in a future version
2794 of the C++ standard.
2795 -Wsized-deallocation (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2797 Warn about a definition of an unsized deallocation function
2798 void operator delete (void *) noexcept;
2800 void operator delete[] (void *) noexcept;
2801 without a definition of the corresponding sized deallocation
2803 function
2804 void operator delete (void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2806 void operator delete[] (void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2807 or vice versa. Enabled by -Wextra along with -fsized-deallocation.
2809 -Wsuggest-final-types
2811 Warn about types with virtual methods where code quality would be
2812 improved if the type were declared with the C++11 "final"
2813 specifier, or, if possible, declared in an anonymous namespace.
2814 This allows GCC to more aggressively devirtualize the polymorphic
2815 calls. This warning is more effective with link-time optimization,
2816 where the information about the class hierarchy graph is more
2817 complete.
2818 -Wsuggest-final-methods
2820 Warn about virtual methods where code quality would be improved if
2821 the method were declared with the C++11 "final" specifier, or, if
2822 possible, its type were declared in an anonymous namespace or with
2823 the "final" specifier. This warning is more effective with link-
2824 time optimization, where the information about the class hierarchy
2825 graph is more complete. It is recommended to first consider
2826 suggestions of -Wsuggest-final-types and then rebuild with new
2827 annotations.
2828 -Wsuggest-override
2830 Warn about overriding virtual functions that are not marked with
2831 the "override" keyword.
2832 -Wuseless-cast (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2834 Warn when an expression is casted to its own type.
2835 -Wno-conversion-null (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
2837 Do not warn for conversions between "NULL" and non-pointer types.
2838 -Wconversion-null is enabled by default.
2839 Options Controlling Objective-C and Objective-C++ Dialects
2841 (NOTE: This manual does not describe the Objective-C and Objective-C++
2842 languages themselves.
2843 This section describes the command-line options that are only
2845 meaningful for Objective-C and Objective-C++ programs. You can also
2846 use most of the language-independent GNU compiler options. For
2847 example, you might compile a file some_class.m like this:
2848 gcc -g -fgnu-runtime -O -c some_class.m
2850 In this example, -fgnu-runtime is an option meant only for Objective-C
2852 and Objective-C++ programs; you can use the other options with any
2853 language supported by GCC.
2854 Note that since Objective-C is an extension of the C language,
2856 Objective-C compilations may also use options specific to the C front-
2857 end (e.g., -Wtraditional). Similarly, Objective-C++ compilations may
2858 use C++-specific options (e.g., -Wabi).
2859 Here is a list of options that are only for compiling Objective-C and
2861 Objective-C++ programs:
2862 -fconstant-string-class=class-name
2864 Use class-name as the name of the class to instantiate for each
2865 literal string specified with the syntax "@"..."". The default
2866 class name is "NXConstantString" if the GNU runtime is being used,
2867 and "NSConstantString" if the NeXT runtime is being used (see
2868 below). The -fconstant-cfstrings option, if also present,
2869 overrides the -fconstant-string-class setting and cause "@"...""
2870 literals to be laid out as constant CoreFoundation strings.
2871 -fgnu-runtime
2873 Generate object code compatible with the standard GNU Objective-C
2874 runtime. This is the default for most types of systems.
2875 -fnext-runtime
2877 Generate output compatible with the NeXT runtime. This is the
2878 default for NeXT-based systems, including Darwin and Mac OS X. The
2879 macro "__NEXT_RUNTIME__" is predefined if (and only if) this option
2880 is used.
2881 -fno-nil-receivers
2883 Assume that all Objective-C message dispatches ("[receiver
2884 message:arg]") in this translation unit ensure that the receiver is
2885 not "nil". This allows for more efficient entry points in the
2886 runtime to be used. This option is only available in conjunction
2887 with the NeXT runtime and ABI version 0 or 1.
2888 -fobjc-abi-version=n
2890 Use version n of the Objective-C ABI for the selected runtime.
2891 This option is currently supported only for the NeXT runtime. In
2892 that case, Version 0 is the traditional (32-bit) ABI without
2893 support for properties and other Objective-C 2.0 additions.
2894 Version 1 is the traditional (32-bit) ABI with support for
2895 properties and other Objective-C 2.0 additions. Version 2 is the
2896 modern (64-bit) ABI. If nothing is specified, the default is
2897 Version 0 on 32-bit target machines, and Version 2 on 64-bit target
2898 machines.
2899 -fobjc-call-cxx-cdtors
2901 For each Objective-C class, check if any of its instance variables
2902 is a C++ object with a non-trivial default constructor. If so,
2903 synthesize a special "- (id) .cxx_construct" instance method which
2904 runs non-trivial default constructors on any such instance
2905 variables, in order, and then return "self". Similarly, check if
2906 any instance variable is a C++ object with a non-trivial
2907 destructor, and if so, synthesize a special "- (void)
2908 .cxx_destruct" method which runs all such default destructors, in
2909 reverse order.
2910 The "- (id) .cxx_construct" and "- (void) .cxx_destruct" methods
2912 thusly generated only operate on instance variables declared in the
2913 current Objective-C class, and not those inherited from
2914 superclasses. It is the responsibility of the Objective-C runtime
2915 to invoke all such methods in an object's inheritance hierarchy.
2916 The "- (id) .cxx_construct" methods are invoked by the runtime
2917 immediately after a new object instance is allocated; the "- (void)
2918 .cxx_destruct" methods are invoked immediately before the runtime
2919 deallocates an object instance.
2920 As of this writing, only the NeXT runtime on Mac OS X 10.4 and
2922 later has support for invoking the "- (id) .cxx_construct" and "-
2923 (void) .cxx_destruct" methods.
2924 -fobjc-direct-dispatch
2926 Allow fast jumps to the message dispatcher. On Darwin this is
2927 accomplished via the comm page.
2928 -fobjc-exceptions
2930 Enable syntactic support for structured exception handling in
2931 Objective-C, similar to what is offered by C++. This option is
2932 required to use the Objective-C keywords @try, @throw, @catch,
2933 @finally and @synchronized. This option is available with both the
2934 GNU runtime and the NeXT runtime (but not available in conjunction
2935 with the NeXT runtime on Mac OS X 10.2 and earlier).
2936 -fobjc-gc
2938 Enable garbage collection (GC) in Objective-C and Objective-C++
2939 programs. This option is only available with the NeXT runtime; the
2940 GNU runtime has a different garbage collection implementation that
2941 does not require special compiler flags.
2942 -fobjc-nilcheck
2944 For the NeXT runtime with version 2 of the ABI, check for a nil
2945 receiver in method invocations before doing the actual method call.
2946 This is the default and can be disabled using -fno-objc-nilcheck.
2947 Class methods and super calls are never checked for nil in this way
2948 no matter what this flag is set to. Currently this flag does
2949 nothing when the GNU runtime, or an older version of the NeXT
2950 runtime ABI, is used.
2951 -fobjc-std=objc1
2953 Conform to the language syntax of Objective-C 1.0, the language
2954 recognized by GCC 4.0. This only affects the Objective-C additions
2955 to the C/C++ language; it does not affect conformance to C/C++
2956 standards, which is controlled by the separate C/C++ dialect option
2957 flags. When this option is used with the Objective-C or
2958 Objective-C++ compiler, any Objective-C syntax that is not
2959 recognized by GCC 4.0 is rejected. This is useful if you need to
2960 make sure that your Objective-C code can be compiled with older
2961 versions of GCC.
2962 -freplace-objc-classes
2964 Emit a special marker instructing ld(1) not to statically link in
2965 the resulting object file, and allow dyld(1) to load it in at run
2966 time instead. This is used in conjunction with the Fix-and-
2967 Continue debugging mode, where the object file in question may be
2968 recompiled and dynamically reloaded in the course of program
2969 execution, without the need to restart the program itself.
2970 Currently, Fix-and-Continue functionality is only available in
2971 conjunction with the NeXT runtime on Mac OS X 10.3 and later.
2972 -fzero-link
2974 When compiling for the NeXT runtime, the compiler ordinarily
2975 replaces calls to "objc_getClass("...")" (when the name of the
2976 class is known at compile time) with static class references that
2977 get initialized at load time, which improves run-time performance.
2978 Specifying the -fzero-link flag suppresses this behavior and causes
2979 calls to "objc_getClass("...")" to be retained. This is useful in
2980 Zero-Link debugging mode, since it allows for individual class
2981 implementations to be modified during program execution. The GNU
2982 runtime currently always retains calls to "objc_get_class("...")"
2983 regardless of command-line options.
2984 -fno-local-ivars
2986 By default instance variables in Objective-C can be accessed as if
2987 they were local variables from within the methods of the class
2988 they're declared in. This can lead to shadowing between instance
2989 variables and other variables declared either locally inside a
2990 class method or globally with the same name. Specifying the
2991 -fno-local-ivars flag disables this behavior thus avoiding variable
2992 shadowing issues.
2993 -fivar-visibility=[public|protected|private|package]
2995 Set the default instance variable visibility to the specified
2996 option so that instance variables declared outside the scope of any
2997 access modifier directives default to the specified visibility.
2998 -gen-decls
3000 Dump interface declarations for all classes seen in the source file
3001 to a file named sourcename.decl.
3002 -Wassign-intercept (Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
3004 Warn whenever an Objective-C assignment is being intercepted by the
3005 garbage collector.
3006 -Wno-property-assign-default (Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
3008 Do not warn if a property for an Objective-C object has no assign
3009 semantics specified.
3010 -Wno-protocol (Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
3012 If a class is declared to implement a protocol, a warning is issued
3013 for every method in the protocol that is not implemented by the
3014 class. The default behavior is to issue a warning for every method
3015 not explicitly implemented in the class, even if a method
3016 implementation is inherited from the superclass. If you use the
3017 -Wno-protocol option, then methods inherited from the superclass
3018 are considered to be implemented, and no warning is issued for
3019 them.
3020 -Wselector (Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
3022 Warn if multiple methods of different types for the same selector
3023 are found during compilation. The check is performed on the list
3024 of methods in the final stage of compilation. Additionally, a
3025 check is performed for each selector appearing in a
3026 "@selector(...)" expression, and a corresponding method for that
3027 selector has been found during compilation. Because these checks
3028 scan the method table only at the end of compilation, these
3029 warnings are not produced if the final stage of compilation is not
3030 reached, for example because an error is found during compilation,
3031 or because the -fsyntax-only option is being used.
3032 -Wstrict-selector-match (Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
3034 Warn if multiple methods with differing argument and/or return
3035 types are found for a given selector when attempting to send a
3036 message using this selector to a receiver of type "id" or "Class".
3037 When this flag is off (which is the default behavior), the compiler
3038 omits such warnings if any differences found are confined to types
3039 that share the same size and alignment.
3040 -Wundeclared-selector (Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
3042 Warn if a "@selector(...)" expression referring to an undeclared
3043 selector is found. A selector is considered undeclared if no
3044 method with that name has been declared before the "@selector(...)"
3045 expression, either explicitly in an @interface or @protocol
3046 declaration, or implicitly in an @implementation section. This
3047 option always performs its checks as soon as a "@selector(...)"
3048 expression is found, while -Wselector only performs its checks in
3049 the final stage of compilation. This also enforces the coding
3050 style convention that methods and selectors must be declared before
3051 being used.
3052 -print-objc-runtime-info
3054 Generate C header describing the largest structure that is passed
3055 by value, if any.
3056 Options to Control Diagnostic Messages Formatting
3058 Traditionally, diagnostic messages have been formatted irrespective of
3059 the output device's aspect (e.g. its width, ...). You can use the
3060 options described below to control the formatting algorithm for
3061 diagnostic messages, e.g. how many characters per line, how often
3062 source location information should be reported. Note that some
3063 language front ends may not honor these options.
3064 -fmessage-length=n
3066 Try to format error messages so that they fit on lines of about n
3067 characters. If n is zero, then no line-wrapping is done; each
3068 error message appears on a single line. This is the default for
3069 all front ends.
3070 Note - this option also affects the display of the #error and
3072 #warning pre-processor directives, and the deprecated
3073 function/type/variable attribute. It does not however affect the
3074 pragma GCC warning and pragma GCC error pragmas.
3075 -fdiagnostics-show-location=once
3077 Only meaningful in line-wrapping mode. Instructs the diagnostic
3078 messages reporter to emit source location information once; that
3079 is, in case the message is too long to fit on a single physical
3080 line and has to be wrapped, the source location won't be emitted
3081 (as prefix) again, over and over, in subsequent continuation lines.
3082 This is the default behavior.
3083 -fdiagnostics-show-location=every-line
3085 Only meaningful in line-wrapping mode. Instructs the diagnostic
3086 messages reporter to emit the same source location information (as
3087 prefix) for physical lines that result from the process of breaking
3088 a message which is too long to fit on a single line.
3089 -fdiagnostics-color[=WHEN]
3091 -fno-diagnostics-color
3092 Use color in diagnostics. WHEN is never, always, or auto. The
3093 default depends on how the compiler has been configured, it can be
3094 any of the above WHEN options or also never if GCC_COLORS
3095 environment variable isn't present in the environment, and auto
3096 otherwise. auto makes GCC use color only when the standard error
3097 is a terminal, and when not executing in an emacs shell. The forms
3098 -fdiagnostics-color and -fno-diagnostics-color are aliases for
3099 -fdiagnostics-color=always and -fdiagnostics-color=never,
3100 respectively.
3101 The colors are defined by the environment variable GCC_COLORS. Its
3103 value is a colon-separated list of capabilities and Select Graphic
3104 Rendition (SGR) substrings. SGR commands are interpreted by the
3105 terminal or terminal emulator. (See the section in the
3106 documentation of your text terminal for permitted values and their
3107 meanings as character attributes.) These substring values are
3108 integers in decimal representation and can be concatenated with
3109 semicolons. Common values to concatenate include 1 for bold, 4 for
3110 underline, 5 for blink, 7 for inverse, 39 for default foreground
3111 color, 30 to 37 for foreground colors, 90 to 97 for 16-color mode
3112 foreground colors, 38;5;0 to 38;5;255 for 88-color and 256-color
3113 modes foreground colors, 49 for default background color, 40 to 47
3114 for background colors, 100 to 107 for 16-color mode background
3115 colors, and 48;5;0 to 48;5;255 for 88-color and 256-color modes
3116 background colors.
3117 The default GCC_COLORS is
3119 error=01;31:warning=01;35:note=01;36:range1=32:range2=34:locus=01:\
3121 quote=01:path=01;36:fixit-insert=32:fixit-delete=31:\
3122 diff-filename=01:diff-hunk=32:diff-delete=31:diff-insert=32:\
3123 type-diff=01;32
3124 where 01;31 is bold red, 01;35 is bold magenta, 01;36 is bold cyan,
3126 32 is green, 34 is blue, 01 is bold, and 31 is red. Setting
3127 GCC_COLORS to the empty string disables colors. Supported
3128 capabilities are as follows.
3129 "error="
3131 SGR substring for error: markers.
3132 "warning="
3134 SGR substring for warning: markers.
3135 "note="
3137 SGR substring for note: markers.
3138 "path="
3140 SGR substring for colorizing paths of control-flow events as
3141 printed via -fdiagnostics-path-format=, such as the identifiers
3142 of individual events and lines indicating interprocedural calls
3143 and returns.
3144 "range1="
3146 SGR substring for first additional range.
3147 "range2="
3149 SGR substring for second additional range.
3150 "locus="
3152 SGR substring for location information, file:line or
3153 file:line:column etc.
3154 "quote="
3156 SGR substring for information printed within quotes.
3157 "fixit-insert="
3159 SGR substring for fix-it hints suggesting text to be inserted
3160 or replaced.
3161 "fixit-delete="
3163 SGR substring for fix-it hints suggesting text to be deleted.
3164 "diff-filename="
3166 SGR substring for filename headers within generated patches.
3167 "diff-hunk="
3169 SGR substring for the starts of hunks within generated patches.
3170 "diff-delete="
3172 SGR substring for deleted lines within generated patches.
3173 "diff-insert="
3175 SGR substring for inserted lines within generated patches.
3176 "type-diff="
3178 SGR substring for highlighting mismatching types within
3179 template arguments in the C++ frontend.
3180 -fdiagnostics-urls[=WHEN]
3182 Use escape sequences to embed URLs in diagnostics. For example,
3183 when -fdiagnostics-show-option emits text showing the command-line
3184 option controlling a diagnostic, embed a URL for documentation of
3185 that option.
3186 WHEN is never, always, or auto. auto makes GCC use URL escape
3188 sequences only when the standard error is a terminal, and when not
3189 executing in an emacs shell or any graphical terminal which is
3190 known to be incompatible with this feature, see below.
3191 The default depends on how the compiler has been configured. It
3193 can be any of the above WHEN options.
3194 GCC can also be configured (via the
3196 --with-diagnostics-urls=auto-if-env configure-time option) so that
3197 the default is affected by environment variables. Under such a
3198 configuration, GCC defaults to using auto if either GCC_URLS or
3199 TERM_URLS environment variables are present and non-empty in the
3200 environment of the compiler, or never if neither are.
3201 However, even with -fdiagnostics-urls=always the behavior is
3203 dependent on those environment variables: If GCC_URLS is set to
3204 empty or no, do not embed URLs in diagnostics. If set to st, URLs
3205 use ST escape sequences. If set to bel, the default, URLs use BEL
3206 escape sequences. Any other non-empty value enables the feature.
3207 If GCC_URLS is not set, use TERM_URLS as a fallback. Note: ST is
3208 an ANSI escape sequence, string terminator ESC \, BEL is an ASCII
3209 character, CTRL-G that usually sounds like a beep.
3210 At this time GCC tries to detect also a few terminals that are
3212 known to not implement the URL feature, and have bugs or at least
3213 had bugs in some versions that are still in use, where the URL
3214 escapes are likely to misbehave, i.e. print garbage on the screen.
3215 That list is currently xfce4-terminal, certain known to be buggy
3216 gnome-terminal versions, the linux console, and mingw. This check
3217 can be skipped with the -fdiagnostics-urls=always.
3218 -fno-diagnostics-show-option
3220 By default, each diagnostic emitted includes text indicating the
3221 command-line option that directly controls the diagnostic (if such
3222 an option is known to the diagnostic machinery). Specifying the
3223 -fno-diagnostics-show-option flag suppresses that behavior.
3224 -fno-diagnostics-show-caret
3226 By default, each diagnostic emitted includes the original source
3227 line and a caret ^ indicating the column. This option suppresses
3228 this information. The source line is truncated to n characters, if
3229 the -fmessage-length=n option is given. When the output is done to
3230 the terminal, the width is limited to the width given by the
3231 COLUMNS environment variable or, if not set, to the terminal width.
3232 -fno-diagnostics-show-labels
3234 By default, when printing source code (via
3235 -fdiagnostics-show-caret), diagnostics can label ranges of source
3236 code with pertinent information, such as the types of expressions:
3237 printf ("foo %s bar", long_i + long_j);
3239 ~^ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
3240 | |
3241 char * long int
3242 This option suppresses the printing of these labels (in the example
3244 above, the vertical bars and the "char *" and "long int" text).
3245 -fno-diagnostics-show-cwe
3247 Diagnostic messages can optionally have an associated
3248 @url{https://cwe.mitre.org/index.html, CWE} identifier. GCC itself
3249 only provides such metadata for some of the -fanalyzer diagnostics.
3250 GCC plugins may also provide diagnostics with such metadata. By
3251 default, if this information is present, it will be printed with
3252 the diagnostic. This option suppresses the printing of this
3253 metadata.
3254 -fno-diagnostics-show-line-numbers
3256 By default, when printing source code (via
3257 -fdiagnostics-show-caret), a left margin is printed, showing line
3258 numbers. This option suppresses this left margin.
3259 -fdiagnostics-minimum-margin-width=width
3261 This option controls the minimum width of the left margin printed
3262 by -fdiagnostics-show-line-numbers. It defaults to 6.
3263 -fdiagnostics-parseable-fixits
3265 Emit fix-it hints in a machine-parseable format, suitable for
3266 consumption by IDEs. For each fix-it, a line will be printed after
3267 the relevant diagnostic, starting with the string "fix-it:". For
3268 example:
3269 fix-it:"test.c":{45:3-45:21}:"gtk_widget_show_all"
3271 The location is expressed as a half-open range, expressed as a
3273 count of bytes, starting at byte 1 for the initial column. In the
3274 above example, bytes 3 through 20 of line 45 of "test.c" are to be
3275 replaced with the given string:
3276 00000000011111111112222222222
3278 12345678901234567890123456789
3279 gtk_widget_showall (dlg);
3280 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
3281 gtk_widget_show_all
3282 The filename and replacement string escape backslash as "\\", tab
3284 as "\t", newline as "\n", double quotes as "\"", non-printable
3285 characters as octal (e.g. vertical tab as "\013").
3286 An empty replacement string indicates that the given range is to be
3288 removed. An empty range (e.g. "45:3-45:3") indicates that the
3289 string is to be inserted at the given position.
3290 -fdiagnostics-generate-patch
3292 Print fix-it hints to stderr in unified diff format, after any
3293 diagnostics are printed. For example:
3294 --- test.c
3296 +++ test.c
3297 @ -42,5 +42,5 @
3298 void show_cb(GtkDialog *dlg)
3300 {
3301 - gtk_widget_showall(dlg);
3302 + gtk_widget_show_all(dlg);
3303 }
3304 The diff may or may not be colorized, following the same rules as
3306 for diagnostics (see -fdiagnostics-color).
3307 -fdiagnostics-show-template-tree
3309 In the C++ frontend, when printing diagnostics showing mismatching
3310 template types, such as:
3311 could not convert 'std::map<int, std::vector<double> >()'
3313 from 'map<[...],vector<double>>' to 'map<[...],vector<float>>
3314 the -fdiagnostics-show-template-tree flag enables printing a tree-
3316 like structure showing the common and differing parts of the types,
3317 such as:
3318 map<
3320 [...],
3321 vector<
3322 [double != float]>>
3323 The parts that differ are highlighted with color ("double" and
3325 "float" in this case).
3326 -fno-elide-type
3328 By default when the C++ frontend prints diagnostics showing
3329 mismatching template types, common parts of the types are printed
3330 as "[...]" to simplify the error message. For example:
3331 could not convert 'std::map<int, std::vector<double> >()'
3333 from 'map<[...],vector<double>>' to 'map<[...],vector<float>>
3334 Specifying the -fno-elide-type flag suppresses that behavior. This
3336 flag also affects the output of the
3337 -fdiagnostics-show-template-tree flag.
3338 -fdiagnostics-path-format=KIND
3340 Specify how to print paths of control-flow events for diagnostics
3341 that have such a path associated with them.
3342 KIND is none, separate-events, or inline-events, the default.
3344 none means to not print diagnostic paths.
3346 separate-events means to print a separate "note" diagnostic for
3348 each event within the diagnostic. For example:
3349 test.c:29:5: error: passing NULL as argument 1 to 'PyList_Append' which requires a non-NULL parameter
3351 test.c:25:10: note: (1) when 'PyList_New' fails, returning NULL
3352 test.c:27:3: note: (2) when 'i < count'
3353 test.c:29:5: note: (3) when calling 'PyList_Append', passing NULL from (1) as argument 1
3354 inline-events means to print the events "inline" within the source
3356 code. This view attempts to consolidate the events into runs of
3357 sufficiently-close events, printing them as labelled ranges within
3358 the source.
3359 For example, the same events as above might be printed as:
3361 'test': events 1-3
3363 |
3364 | 25 | list = PyList_New(0);
3365 | | ^~~~~~~~~~~~~
3366 | | |
3367 | | (1) when 'PyList_New' fails, returning NULL
3368 | 26 |
3369 | 27 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
3370 | | ~~~
3371 | | |
3372 | | (2) when 'i < count'
3373 | 28 | item = PyLong_FromLong(random());
3374 | 29 | PyList_Append(list, item);
3375 | | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
3376 | | |
3377 | | (3) when calling 'PyList_Append', passing NULL from (1) as argument 1
3378 |
3379 Interprocedural control flow is shown by grouping the events by
3381 stack frame, and using indentation to show how stack frames are
3382 nested, pushed, and popped.
3383 For example:
3385 'test': events 1-2
3387 |
3388 | 133 | {
3389 | | ^
3390 | | |
3391 | | (1) entering 'test'
3392 | 134 | boxed_int *obj = make_boxed_int (i);
3393 | | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
3394 | | |
3395 | | (2) calling 'make_boxed_int'
3396 |
3397 +--> 'make_boxed_int': events 3-4
3398 |
3399 | 120 | {
3400 | | ^
3401 | | |
3402 | | (3) entering 'make_boxed_int'
3403 | 121 | boxed_int *result = (boxed_int *)wrapped_malloc (sizeof (boxed_int));
3404 | | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
3405 | | |
3406 | | (4) calling 'wrapped_malloc'
3407 |
3408 +--> 'wrapped_malloc': events 5-6
3409 |
3410 | 7 | {
3411 | | ^
3412 | | |
3413 | | (5) entering 'wrapped_malloc'
3414 | 8 | return malloc (size);
3415 | | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~
3416 | | |
3417 | | (6) calling 'malloc'
3418 |
3419 <-------------+
3420 |
3421 'test': event 7
3422 |
3423 | 138 | free_boxed_int (obj);
3424 | | ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
3425 | | |
3426 | | (7) calling 'free_boxed_int'
3427 |
3428 (etc)
3429 -fdiagnostics-show-path-depths
3431 This option provides additional information when printing control-
3432 flow paths associated with a diagnostic.
3433 If this is option is provided then the stack depth will be printed
3435 for each run of events within
3436 -fdiagnostics-path-format=separate-events.
3437 This is intended for use by GCC developers and plugin developers
3439 when debugging diagnostics that report interprocedural control
3440 flow.
3441 -fno-show-column
3443 Do not print column numbers in diagnostics. This may be necessary
3444 if diagnostics are being scanned by a program that does not
3445 understand the column numbers, such as dejagnu.
3446 -fdiagnostics-format=FORMAT
3448 Select a different format for printing diagnostics. FORMAT is text
3449 or json. The default is text.
3450 The json format consists of a top-level JSON array containing JSON
3452 objects representing the diagnostics.
3453 The JSON is emitted as one line, without formatting; the examples
3455 below have been formatted for clarity.
3456 Diagnostics can have child diagnostics. For example, this error
3458 and note:
3459 misleading-indentation.c:15:3: warning: this 'if' clause does not
3461 guard... [-Wmisleading-indentation]
3462 15 | if (flag)
3463 | ^~
3464 misleading-indentation.c:17:5: note: ...this statement, but the latter
3465 is misleadingly indented as if it were guarded by the 'if'
3466 17 | y = 2;
3467 | ^
3468 might be printed in JSON form (after formatting) like this:
3470 [
3472 {
3473 "kind": "warning",
3474 "locations": [
3475 {
3476 "caret": {
3477 "column": 3,
3478 "file": "misleading-indentation.c",
3479 "line": 15
3480 },
3481 "finish": {
3482 "column": 4,
3483 "file": "misleading-indentation.c",
3484 "line": 15
3485 }
3486 }
3487 ],
3488 "message": "this \u2018if\u2019 clause does not guard...",
3489 "option": "-Wmisleading-indentation",
3490 "option_url": "https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Warning-Options.html#index-Wmisleading-indentation",
3491 "children": [
3492 {
3493 "kind": "note",
3494 "locations": [
3495 {
3496 "caret": {
3497 "column": 5,
3498 "file": "misleading-indentation.c",
3499 "line": 17
3500 }
3501 }
3502 ],
3503 "message": "...this statement, but the latter is ..."
3504 }
3505 ]
3506 },
3507 ...
3508 ]
3509 where the "note" is a child of the "warning".
3511 A diagnostic has a "kind". If this is "warning", then there is an
3513 "option" key describing the command-line option controlling the
3514 warning.
3515 A diagnostic can contain zero or more locations. Each location has
3517 up to three positions within it: a "caret" position and optional
3518 "start" and "finish" positions. A location can also have an
3519 optional "label" string. For example, this error:
3520 bad-binary-ops.c:64:23: error: invalid operands to binary + (have 'S' {aka
3522 'struct s'} and 'T' {aka 'struct t'})
3523 64 | return callee_4a () + callee_4b ();
3524 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~ ^ ~~~~~~~~~~~~
3525 | | |
3526 | | T {aka struct t}
3527 | S {aka struct s}
3528 has three locations. Its primary location is at the "+" token at
3530 column 23. It has two secondary locations, describing the left and
3531 right-hand sides of the expression, which have labels. It might be
3532 printed in JSON form as:
3533 {
3535 "children": [],
3536 "kind": "error",
3537 "locations": [
3538 {
3539 "caret": {
3540 "column": 23, "file": "bad-binary-ops.c", "line": 64
3541 }
3542 },
3543 {
3544 "caret": {
3545 "column": 10, "file": "bad-binary-ops.c", "line": 64
3546 },
3547 "finish": {
3548 "column": 21, "file": "bad-binary-ops.c", "line": 64
3549 },
3550 "label": "S {aka struct s}"
3551 },
3552 {
3553 "caret": {
3554 "column": 25, "file": "bad-binary-ops.c", "line": 64
3555 },
3556 "finish": {
3557 "column": 36, "file": "bad-binary-ops.c", "line": 64
3558 },
3559 "label": "T {aka struct t}"
3560 }
3561 ],
3562 "message": "invalid operands to binary + ..."
3563 }
3564 If a diagnostic contains fix-it hints, it has a "fixits" array,
3566 consisting of half-open intervals, similar to the output of
3567 -fdiagnostics-parseable-fixits. For example, this diagnostic with
3568 a replacement fix-it hint:
3569 demo.c:8:15: error: 'struct s' has no member named 'colour'; did you
3571 mean 'color'?
3572 8 | return ptr->colour;
3573 | ^~~~~~
3574 | color
3575 might be printed in JSON form as:
3577 {
3579 "children": [],
3580 "fixits": [
3581 {
3582 "next": {
3583 "column": 21,
3584 "file": "demo.c",
3585 "line": 8
3586 },
3587 "start": {
3588 "column": 15,
3589 "file": "demo.c",
3590 "line": 8
3591 },
3592 "string": "color"
3593 }
3594 ],
3595 "kind": "error",
3596 "locations": [
3597 {
3598 "caret": {
3599 "column": 15,
3600 "file": "demo.c",
3601 "line": 8
3602 },
3603 "finish": {
3604 "column": 20,
3605 "file": "demo.c",
3606 "line": 8
3607 }
3608 }
3609 ],
3610 "message": "\u2018struct s\u2019 has no member named ..."
3611 }
3612 where the fix-it hint suggests replacing the text from "start" up
3614 to but not including "next" with "string"'s value. Deletions are
3615 expressed via an empty value for "string", insertions by having
3616 "start" equal "next".
3617 If the diagnostic has a path of control-flow events associated with
3619 it, it has a "path" array of objects representing the events. Each
3620 event object has a "description" string, a "location" object, along
3621 with a "function" string and a "depth" number for representing
3622 interprocedural paths. The "function" represents the current
3623 function at that event, and the "depth" represents the stack depth
3624 relative to some baseline: the higher, the more frames are within
3625 the stack.
3626 For example, the intraprocedural example shown for
3628 -fdiagnostics-path-format= might have this JSON for its path:
3629 "path": [
3631 {
3632 "depth": 0,
3633 "description": "when 'PyList_New' fails, returning NULL",
3634 "function": "test",
3635 "location": {
3636 "column": 10,
3637 "file": "test.c",
3638 "line": 25
3639 }
3640 },
3641 {
3642 "depth": 0,
3643 "description": "when 'i < count'",
3644 "function": "test",
3645 "location": {
3646 "column": 3,
3647 "file": "test.c",
3648 "line": 27
3649 }
3650 },
3651 {
3652 "depth": 0,
3653 "description": "when calling 'PyList_Append', passing NULL from (1) as argument 1",
3654 "function": "test",
3655 "location": {
3656 "column": 5,
3657 "file": "test.c",
3658 "line": 29
3659 }
3660 }
3661 ]
3662 Options to Request or Suppress Warnings
3664 Warnings are diagnostic messages that report constructions that are not
3665 inherently erroneous but that are risky or suggest there may have been
3666 an error.
3667 The following language-independent options do not enable specific
3669 warnings but control the kinds of diagnostics produced by GCC.
3670 -fsyntax-only
3672 Check the code for syntax errors, but don't do anything beyond
3673 that.
3674 -fmax-errors=n
3676 Limits the maximum number of error messages to n, at which point
3677 GCC bails out rather than attempting to continue processing the
3678 source code. If n is 0 (the default), there is no limit on the
3679 number of error messages produced. If -Wfatal-errors is also
3680 specified, then -Wfatal-errors takes precedence over this option.
3681 -w Inhibit all warning messages.
3683 -Werror
3685 Make all warnings into errors.
3686 -Werror=
3688 Make the specified warning into an error. The specifier for a
3689 warning is appended; for example -Werror=switch turns the warnings
3690 controlled by -Wswitch into errors. This switch takes a negative
3691 form, to be used to negate -Werror for specific warnings; for
3692 example -Wno-error=switch makes -Wswitch warnings not be errors,
3693 even when -Werror is in effect.
3694 The warning message for each controllable warning includes the
3696 option that controls the warning. That option can then be used
3697 with -Werror= and -Wno-error= as described above. (Printing of the
3698 option in the warning message can be disabled using the
3699 -fno-diagnostics-show-option flag.)
3700 Note that specifying -Werror=foo automatically implies -Wfoo.
3702 However, -Wno-error=foo does not imply anything.
3703 -Wfatal-errors
3705 This option causes the compiler to abort compilation on the first
3706 error occurred rather than trying to keep going and printing
3707 further error messages.
3708 You can request many specific warnings with options beginning with -W,
3710 for example -Wimplicit to request warnings on implicit declarations.
3711 Each of these specific warning options also has a negative form
3712 beginning -Wno- to turn off warnings; for example, -Wno-implicit. This
3713 manual lists only one of the two forms, whichever is not the default.
3714 For further language-specific options also refer to C++ Dialect Options
3715 and Objective-C and Objective-C++ Dialect Options. Additional warnings
3716 can be produced by enabling the static analyzer;
3717 Some options, such as -Wall and -Wextra, turn on other options, such as
3719 -Wunused, which may turn on further options, such as -Wunused-value.
3720 The combined effect of positive and negative forms is that more
3721 specific options have priority over less specific ones, independently
3722 of their position in the command-line. For options of the same
3723 specificity, the last one takes effect. Options enabled or disabled via
3724 pragmas take effect as if they appeared at the end of the command-line.
3725 When an unrecognized warning option is requested (e.g.,
3727 -Wunknown-warning), GCC emits a diagnostic stating that the option is
3728 not recognized. However, if the -Wno- form is used, the behavior is
3729 slightly different: no diagnostic is produced for -Wno-unknown-warning
3730 unless other diagnostics are being produced. This allows the use of
3731 new -Wno- options with old compilers, but if something goes wrong, the
3732 compiler warns that an unrecognized option is present.
3733 The effectiveness of some warnings depends on optimizations also being
3735 enabled. For example -Wsuggest-final-types is more effective with link-
3736 time optimization and -Wmaybe-uninitialized does not warn at all unless
3737 optimization is enabled.
3738 -Wpedantic
3740 -pedantic
3741 Issue all the warnings demanded by strict ISO C and ISO C++; reject
3742 all programs that use forbidden extensions, and some other programs
3743 that do not follow ISO C and ISO C++. For ISO C, follows the
3744 version of the ISO C standard specified by any -std option used.
3745 Valid ISO C and ISO C++ programs should compile properly with or
3747 without this option (though a rare few require -ansi or a -std
3748 option specifying the required version of ISO C). However, without
3749 this option, certain GNU extensions and traditional C and C++
3750 features are supported as well. With this option, they are
3751 rejected.
3752 -Wpedantic does not cause warning messages for use of the alternate
3754 keywords whose names begin and end with __. This alternate format
3755 can also be used to disable warnings for non-ISO __intN types, i.e.
3756 __intN__. Pedantic warnings are also disabled in the expression
3757 that follows "__extension__". However, only system header files
3758 should use these escape routes; application programs should avoid
3759 them.
3760 Some users try to use -Wpedantic to check programs for strict ISO C
3762 conformance. They soon find that it does not do quite what they
3763 want: it finds some non-ISO practices, but not all---only those for
3764 which ISO C requires a diagnostic, and some others for which
3765 diagnostics have been added.
3766 A feature to report any failure to conform to ISO C might be useful
3768 in some instances, but would require considerable additional work
3769 and would be quite different from -Wpedantic. We don't have plans
3770 to support such a feature in the near future.
3771 Where the standard specified with -std represents a GNU extended
3773 dialect of C, such as gnu90 or gnu99, there is a corresponding base
3774 standard, the version of ISO C on which the GNU extended dialect is
3775 based. Warnings from -Wpedantic are given where they are required
3776 by the base standard. (It does not make sense for such warnings to
3777 be given only for features not in the specified GNU C dialect,
3778 since by definition the GNU dialects of C include all features the
3779 compiler supports with the given option, and there would be nothing
3780 to warn about.)
3781 -pedantic-errors
3783 Give an error whenever the base standard (see -Wpedantic) requires
3784 a diagnostic, in some cases where there is undefined behavior at
3785 compile-time and in some other cases that do not prevent
3786 compilation of programs that are valid according to the standard.
3787 This is not equivalent to -Werror=pedantic, since there are errors
3788 enabled by this option and not enabled by the latter and vice
3789 versa.
3790 -Wall
3792 This enables all the warnings about constructions that some users
3793 consider questionable, and that are easy to avoid (or modify to
3794 prevent the warning), even in conjunction with macros. This also
3795 enables some language-specific warnings described in C++ Dialect
3796 Options and Objective-C and Objective-C++ Dialect Options.
3797 -Wall turns on the following warning flags:
3799 -Waddress -Warray-bounds=1 (only with -O2) -Wbool-compare
3801 -Wbool-operation -Wc++11-compat -Wc++14-compat -Wcatch-value (C++
3802 and Objective-C++ only) -Wchar-subscripts -Wcomment
3803 -Wduplicate-decl-specifier (C and Objective-C only) -Wenum-compare
3804 (in C/ObjC; this is on by default in C++) -Wenum-conversion in
3805 C/ObjC; -Wformat -Wformat-overflow -Wformat-truncation
3806 -Wint-in-bool-context -Wimplicit (C and Objective-C only)
3807 -Wimplicit-int (C and Objective-C only)
3808 -Wimplicit-function-declaration (C and Objective-C only)
3809 -Winit-self (only for C++) -Wlogical-not-parentheses -Wmain (only
3810 for C/ObjC and unless -ffreestanding) -Wmaybe-uninitialized
3811 -Wmemset-elt-size -Wmemset-transposed-args -Wmisleading-indentation
3812 (only for C/C++) -Wmissing-attributes -Wmissing-braces (only for
3813 C/ObjC) -Wmultistatement-macros -Wnarrowing (only for C++)
3814 -Wnonnull -Wnonnull-compare -Wopenmp-simd -Wparentheses
3815 -Wpessimizing-move (only for C++) -Wpointer-sign -Wreorder
3816 -Wrestrict -Wreturn-type -Wsequence-point -Wsign-compare (only in
3817 C++) -Wsizeof-pointer-div -Wsizeof-pointer-memaccess
3818 -Wstrict-aliasing -Wstrict-overflow=1 -Wswitch
3819 -Wtautological-compare -Wtrigraphs -Wuninitialized
3820 -Wunknown-pragmas -Wunused-function -Wunused-label -Wunused-value
3821 -Wunused-variable -Wvolatile-register-var -Wzero-length-bounds
3822 Note that some warning flags are not implied by -Wall. Some of
3824 them warn about constructions that users generally do not consider
3825 questionable, but which occasionally you might wish to check for;
3826 others warn about constructions that are necessary or hard to avoid
3827 in some cases, and there is no simple way to modify the code to
3828 suppress the warning. Some of them are enabled by -Wextra but many
3829 of them must be enabled individually.
3830 -Wextra
3832 This enables some extra warning flags that are not enabled by
3833 -Wall. (This option used to be called -W. The older name is still
3834 supported, but the newer name is more descriptive.)
3835 -Wclobbered -Wcast-function-type -Wdeprecated-copy (C++ only)
3837 -Wempty-body -Wignored-qualifiers -Wimplicit-fallthrough=3
3838 -Wmissing-field-initializers -Wmissing-parameter-type (C only)
3839 -Wold-style-declaration (C only) -Woverride-init -Wsign-compare (C
3840 only) -Wstring-compare -Wredundant-move (only for C++)
3841 -Wtype-limits -Wuninitialized -Wshift-negative-value (in C++03 and
3842 in C99 and newer) -Wunused-parameter (only with -Wunused or -Wall)
3843 -Wunused-but-set-parameter (only with -Wunused or -Wall)
3844 The option -Wextra also prints warning messages for the following
3846 cases:
3847 * A pointer is compared against integer zero with "<", "<=", ">",
3849 or ">=".
3850 * (C++ only) An enumerator and a non-enumerator both appear in a
3852 conditional expression.
3853 * (C++ only) Ambiguous virtual bases.
3855 * (C++ only) Subscripting an array that has been declared
3857 "register".
3858 * (C++ only) Taking the address of a variable that has been
3860 declared "register".
3861 * (C++ only) A base class is not initialized in the copy
3863 constructor of a derived class.
3864 -Wabi (C, Objective-C, C++ and Objective-C++ only)
3866 Warn about code affected by ABI changes. This includes code that
3867 may not be compatible with the vendor-neutral C++ ABI as well as
3868 the psABI for the particular target.
3869 Since G++ now defaults to updating the ABI with each major release,
3871 normally -Wabi warns only about C++ ABI compatibility problems if
3872 there is a check added later in a release series for an ABI issue
3873 discovered since the initial release. -Wabi warns about more
3874 things if an older ABI version is selected (with -fabi-version=n).
3875 -Wabi can also be used with an explicit version number to warn
3877 about C++ ABI compatibility with a particular -fabi-version level,
3878 e.g. -Wabi=2 to warn about changes relative to -fabi-version=2.
3879 If an explicit version number is provided and -fabi-compat-version
3881 is not specified, the version number from this option is used for
3882 compatibility aliases. If no explicit version number is provided
3883 with this option, but -fabi-compat-version is specified, that
3884 version number is used for C++ ABI warnings.
3885 Although an effort has been made to warn about all such cases,
3887 there are probably some cases that are not warned about, even
3888 though G++ is generating incompatible code. There may also be
3889 cases where warnings are emitted even though the code that is
3890 generated is compatible.
3891 You should rewrite your code to avoid these warnings if you are
3893 concerned about the fact that code generated by G++ may not be
3894 binary compatible with code generated by other compilers.
3895 Known incompatibilities in -fabi-version=2 (which was the default
3897 from GCC 3.4 to 4.9) include:
3898 * A template with a non-type template parameter of reference type
3900 was mangled incorrectly:
3901 extern int N;
3903 template <int &> struct S {};
3904 void n (S<N>) {2}
3905 This was fixed in -fabi-version=3.
3907 * SIMD vector types declared using "__attribute ((vector_size))"
3909 were mangled in a non-standard way that does not allow for
3910 overloading of functions taking vectors of different sizes.
3911 The mangling was changed in -fabi-version=4.
3913 * "__attribute ((const))" and "noreturn" were mangled as type
3915 qualifiers, and "decltype" of a plain declaration was folded
3916 away.
3917 These mangling issues were fixed in -fabi-version=5.
3919 * Scoped enumerators passed as arguments to a variadic function
3921 are promoted like unscoped enumerators, causing "va_arg" to
3922 complain. On most targets this does not actually affect the
3923 parameter passing ABI, as there is no way to pass an argument
3924 smaller than "int".
3925 Also, the ABI changed the mangling of template argument packs,
3927 "const_cast", "static_cast", prefix increment/decrement, and a
3928 class scope function used as a template argument.
3929 These issues were corrected in -fabi-version=6.
3931 * Lambdas in default argument scope were mangled incorrectly, and
3933 the ABI changed the mangling of "nullptr_t".
3934 These issues were corrected in -fabi-version=7.
3936 * When mangling a function type with function-cv-qualifiers, the
3938 un-qualified function type was incorrectly treated as a
3939 substitution candidate.
3940 This was fixed in -fabi-version=8, the default for GCC 5.1.
3942 * "decltype(nullptr)" incorrectly had an alignment of 1, leading
3944 to unaligned accesses. Note that this did not affect the ABI
3945 of a function with a "nullptr_t" parameter, as parameters have
3946 a minimum alignment.
3947 This was fixed in -fabi-version=9, the default for GCC 5.2.
3949 * Target-specific attributes that affect the identity of a type,
3951 such as ia32 calling conventions on a function type (stdcall,
3952 regparm, etc.), did not affect the mangled name, leading to
3953 name collisions when function pointers were used as template
3954 arguments.
3955 This was fixed in -fabi-version=10, the default for GCC 6.1.
3957 This option also enables warnings about psABI-related changes. The
3959 known psABI changes at this point include:
3960 * For SysV/x86-64, unions with "long double" members are passed
3962 in memory as specified in psABI. Prior to GCC 4.4, this was
3963 not the case. For example:
3964 union U {
3966 long double ld;
3967 int i;
3968 };
3969 "union U" is now always passed in memory.
3971 -Wchar-subscripts
3973 Warn if an array subscript has type "char". This is a common cause
3974 of error, as programmers often forget that this type is signed on
3975 some machines. This warning is enabled by -Wall.
3976 -Wno-coverage-mismatch
3978 Warn if feedback profiles do not match when using the -fprofile-use
3979 option. If a source file is changed between compiling with
3980 -fprofile-generate and with -fprofile-use, the files with the
3981 profile feedback can fail to match the source file and GCC cannot
3982 use the profile feedback information. By default, this warning is
3983 enabled and is treated as an error. -Wno-coverage-mismatch can be
3984 used to disable the warning or -Wno-error=coverage-mismatch can be
3985 used to disable the error. Disabling the error for this warning
3986 can result in poorly optimized code and is useful only in the case
3987 of very minor changes such as bug fixes to an existing code-base.
3988 Completely disabling the warning is not recommended.
3989 -Wno-cpp
3991 (C, Objective-C, C++, Objective-C++ and Fortran only) Suppress
3992 warning messages emitted by "#warning" directives.
3993 -Wdouble-promotion (C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
3995 Give a warning when a value of type "float" is implicitly promoted
3996 to "double". CPUs with a 32-bit "single-precision" floating-point
3997 unit implement "float" in hardware, but emulate "double" in
3998 software. On such a machine, doing computations using "double"
3999 values is much more expensive because of the overhead required for
4000 software emulation.
4001 It is easy to accidentally do computations with "double" because
4003 floating-point literals are implicitly of type "double". For
4004 example, in:
4005 float area(float radius)
4007 {
4008 return 3.14159 * radius * radius;
4009 }
4010 the compiler performs the entire computation with "double" because
4012 the floating-point literal is a "double".
4013 -Wduplicate-decl-specifier (C and Objective-C only)
4015 Warn if a declaration has duplicate "const", "volatile", "restrict"
4016 or "_Atomic" specifier. This warning is enabled by -Wall.
4017 -Wformat
4019 -Wformat=n
4020 Check calls to "printf" and "scanf", etc., to make sure that the
4021 arguments supplied have types appropriate to the format string
4022 specified, and that the conversions specified in the format string
4023 make sense. This includes standard functions, and others specified
4024 by format attributes, in the "printf", "scanf", "strftime" and
4025 "strfmon" (an X/Open extension, not in the C standard) families (or
4026 other target-specific families). Which functions are checked
4027 without format attributes having been specified depends on the
4028 standard version selected, and such checks of functions without the
4029 attribute specified are disabled by -ffreestanding or -fno-builtin.
4030 The formats are checked against the format features supported by
4032 GNU libc version 2.2. These include all ISO C90 and C99 features,
4033 as well as features from the Single Unix Specification and some BSD
4034 and GNU extensions. Other library implementations may not support
4035 all these features; GCC does not support warning about features
4036 that go beyond a particular library's limitations. However, if
4037 -Wpedantic is used with -Wformat, warnings are given about format
4038 features not in the selected standard version (but not for
4039 "strfmon" formats, since those are not in any version of the C
4040 standard).
4041 -Wformat=1
4043 -Wformat
4044 Option -Wformat is equivalent to -Wformat=1, and -Wno-format is
4045 equivalent to -Wformat=0. Since -Wformat also checks for null
4046 format arguments for several functions, -Wformat also implies
4047 -Wnonnull. Some aspects of this level of format checking can
4048 be disabled by the options: -Wno-format-contains-nul,
4049 -Wno-format-extra-args, and -Wno-format-zero-length. -Wformat
4050 is enabled by -Wall.
4051 -Wformat=2
4053 Enable -Wformat plus additional format checks. Currently
4054 equivalent to -Wformat -Wformat-nonliteral -Wformat-security
4055 -Wformat-y2k.
4056 -Wno-format-contains-nul
4058 If -Wformat is specified, do not warn about format strings that
4059 contain NUL bytes.
4060 -Wno-format-extra-args
4062 If -Wformat is specified, do not warn about excess arguments to a
4063 "printf" or "scanf" format function. The C standard specifies that
4064 such arguments are ignored.
4065 Where the unused arguments lie between used arguments that are
4067 specified with $ operand number specifications, normally warnings
4068 are still given, since the implementation could not know what type
4069 to pass to "va_arg" to skip the unused arguments. However, in the
4070 case of "scanf" formats, this option suppresses the warning if the
4071 unused arguments are all pointers, since the Single Unix
4072 Specification says that such unused arguments are allowed.
4073 -Wformat-overflow
4075 -Wformat-overflow=level
4076 Warn about calls to formatted input/output functions such as
4077 "sprintf" and "vsprintf" that might overflow the destination
4078 buffer. When the exact number of bytes written by a format
4079 directive cannot be determined at compile-time it is estimated
4080 based on heuristics that depend on the level argument and on
4081 optimization. While enabling optimization will in most cases
4082 improve the accuracy of the warning, it may also result in false
4083 positives.
4084 -Wformat-overflow
4086 -Wformat-overflow=1
4087 Level 1 of -Wformat-overflow enabled by -Wformat employs a
4088 conservative approach that warns only about calls that most
4089 likely overflow the buffer. At this level, numeric arguments
4090 to format directives with unknown values are assumed to have
4091 the value of one, and strings of unknown length to be empty.
4092 Numeric arguments that are known to be bounded to a subrange of
4093 their type, or string arguments whose output is bounded either
4094 by their directive's precision or by a finite set of string
4095 literals, are assumed to take on the value within the range
4096 that results in the most bytes on output. For example, the
4097 call to "sprintf" below is diagnosed because even with both a
4098 and b equal to zero, the terminating NUL character ('\0')
4099 appended by the function to the destination buffer will be
4100 written past its end. Increasing the size of the buffer by a
4101 single byte is sufficient to avoid the warning, though it may
4102 not be sufficient to avoid the overflow.
4103 void f (int a, int b)
4105 {
4106 char buf [13];
4107 sprintf (buf, "a = %i, b = %i\n", a, b);
4108 }
4109 -Wformat-overflow=2
4111 Level 2 warns also about calls that might overflow the
4112 destination buffer given an argument of sufficient length or
4113 magnitude. At level 2, unknown numeric arguments are assumed
4114 to have the minimum representable value for signed types with a
4115 precision greater than 1, and the maximum representable value
4116 otherwise. Unknown string arguments whose length cannot be
4117 assumed to be bounded either by the directive's precision, or
4118 by a finite set of string literals they may evaluate to, or the
4119 character array they may point to, are assumed to be 1
4120 character long.
4121 At level 2, the call in the example above is again diagnosed,
4123 but this time because with a equal to a 32-bit "INT_MIN" the
4124 first %i directive will write some of its digits beyond the end
4125 of the destination buffer. To make the call safe regardless of
4126 the values of the two variables, the size of the destination
4127 buffer must be increased to at least 34 bytes. GCC includes
4128 the minimum size of the buffer in an informational note
4129 following the warning.
4130 An alternative to increasing the size of the destination buffer
4132 is to constrain the range of formatted values. The maximum
4133 length of string arguments can be bounded by specifying the
4134 precision in the format directive. When numeric arguments of
4135 format directives can be assumed to be bounded by less than the
4136 precision of their type, choosing an appropriate length
4137 modifier to the format specifier will reduce the required
4138 buffer size. For example, if a and b in the example above can
4139 be assumed to be within the precision of the "short int" type
4140 then using either the %hi format directive or casting the
4141 argument to "short" reduces the maximum required size of the
4142 buffer to 24 bytes.
4143 void f (int a, int b)
4145 {
4146 char buf [23];
4147 sprintf (buf, "a = %hi, b = %i\n", a, (short)b);
4148 }
4149 -Wno-format-zero-length
4151 If -Wformat is specified, do not warn about zero-length formats.
4152 The C standard specifies that zero-length formats are allowed.
4153 -Wformat-nonliteral
4155 If -Wformat is specified, also warn if the format string is not a
4156 string literal and so cannot be checked, unless the format function
4157 takes its format arguments as a "va_list".
4158 -Wformat-security
4160 If -Wformat is specified, also warn about uses of format functions
4161 that represent possible security problems. At present, this warns
4162 about calls to "printf" and "scanf" functions where the format
4163 string is not a string literal and there are no format arguments,
4164 as in "printf (foo);". This may be a security hole if the format
4165 string came from untrusted input and contains %n. (This is
4166 currently a subset of what -Wformat-nonliteral warns about, but in
4167 future warnings may be added to -Wformat-security that are not
4168 included in -Wformat-nonliteral.)
4169 -Wformat-signedness
4171 If -Wformat is specified, also warn if the format string requires
4172 an unsigned argument and the argument is signed and vice versa.
4173 -Wformat-truncation
4175 -Wformat-truncation=level
4176 Warn about calls to formatted input/output functions such as
4177 "snprintf" and "vsnprintf" that might result in output truncation.
4178 When the exact number of bytes written by a format directive cannot
4179 be determined at compile-time it is estimated based on heuristics
4180 that depend on the level argument and on optimization. While
4181 enabling optimization will in most cases improve the accuracy of
4182 the warning, it may also result in false positives. Except as
4183 noted otherwise, the option uses the same logic -Wformat-overflow.
4184 -Wformat-truncation
4186 -Wformat-truncation=1
4187 Level 1 of -Wformat-truncation enabled by -Wformat employs a
4188 conservative approach that warns only about calls to bounded
4189 functions whose return value is unused and that will most
4190 likely result in output truncation.
4191 -Wformat-truncation=2
4193 Level 2 warns also about calls to bounded functions whose
4194 return value is used and that might result in truncation given
4195 an argument of sufficient length or magnitude.
4196 -Wformat-y2k
4198 If -Wformat is specified, also warn about "strftime" formats that
4199 may yield only a two-digit year.
4200 -Wnonnull
4202 Warn about passing a null pointer for arguments marked as requiring
4203 a non-null value by the "nonnull" function attribute.
4204 -Wnonnull is included in -Wall and -Wformat. It can be disabled
4206 with the -Wno-nonnull option.
4207 -Wnonnull-compare
4209 Warn when comparing an argument marked with the "nonnull" function
4210 attribute against null inside the function.
4211 -Wnonnull-compare is included in -Wall. It can be disabled with
4213 the -Wno-nonnull-compare option.
4214 -Wnull-dereference
4216 Warn if the compiler detects paths that trigger erroneous or
4217 undefined behavior due to dereferencing a null pointer. This
4218 option is only active when -fdelete-null-pointer-checks is active,
4219 which is enabled by optimizations in most targets. The precision
4220 of the warnings depends on the optimization options used.
4221 -Winit-self (C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
4223 Warn about uninitialized variables that are initialized with
4224 themselves. Note this option can only be used with the
4225 -Wuninitialized option.
4226 For example, GCC warns about "i" being uninitialized in the
4228 following snippet only when -Winit-self has been specified:
4229 int f()
4231 {
4232 int i = i;
4233 return i;
4234 }
4235 This warning is enabled by -Wall in C++.
4237 -Wno-implicit-int (C and Objective-C only)
4239 This option controls warnings when a declaration does not specify a
4240 type. This warning is enabled by default in C99 and later dialects
4241 of C, and also by -Wall.
4242 -Wno-implicit-function-declaration (C and Objective-C only)
4244 This option controls warnings when a function is used before being
4245 declared. This warning is enabled by default in C99 and later
4246 dialects of C, and also by -Wall. The warning is made into an
4247 error by -pedantic-errors.
4248 -Wimplicit (C and Objective-C only)
4250 Same as -Wimplicit-int and -Wimplicit-function-declaration. This
4251 warning is enabled by -Wall.
4252 -Wimplicit-fallthrough
4254 -Wimplicit-fallthrough is the same as -Wimplicit-fallthrough=3 and
4255 -Wno-implicit-fallthrough is the same as -Wimplicit-fallthrough=0.
4256 -Wimplicit-fallthrough=n
4258 Warn when a switch case falls through. For example:
4259 switch (cond)
4261 {
4262 case 1:
4263 a = 1;
4264 break;
4265 case 2:
4266 a = 2;
4267 case 3:
4268 a = 3;
4269 break;
4270 }
4271 This warning does not warn when the last statement of a case cannot
4273 fall through, e.g. when there is a return statement or a call to
4274 function declared with the noreturn attribute.
4275 -Wimplicit-fallthrough= also takes into account control flow
4276 statements, such as ifs, and only warns when appropriate. E.g.
4277 switch (cond)
4279 {
4280 case 1:
4281 if (i > 3) {
4282 bar (5);
4283 break;
4284 } else if (i < 1) {
4285 bar (0);
4286 } else
4287 return;
4288 default:
4289 ...
4290 }
4291 Since there are occasions where a switch case fall through is
4293 desirable, GCC provides an attribute, "__attribute__
4294 ((fallthrough))", that is to be used along with a null statement to
4295 suppress this warning that would normally occur:
4296 switch (cond)
4298 {
4299 case 1:
4300 bar (0);
4301 __attribute__ ((fallthrough));
4302 default:
4303 ...
4304 }
4305 C++17 provides a standard way to suppress the
4307 -Wimplicit-fallthrough warning using "[[fallthrough]];" instead of
4308 the GNU attribute. In C++11 or C++14 users can use
4309 "[[gnu::fallthrough]];", which is a GNU extension. Instead of
4310 these attributes, it is also possible to add a fallthrough comment
4311 to silence the warning. The whole body of the C or C++ style
4312 comment should match the given regular expressions listed below.
4313 The option argument n specifies what kind of comments are accepted:
4314 *<-Wimplicit-fallthrough=0 disables the warning altogether.>
4316 *<-Wimplicit-fallthrough=1 matches ".*" regular>
4317 expression, any comment is used as fallthrough comment.
4318 *<-Wimplicit-fallthrough=2 case insensitively matches>
4320 ".*falls?[ \t-]*thr(ough|u).*" regular expression.
4321 *<-Wimplicit-fallthrough=3 case sensitively matches one of the>
4323 following regular expressions:
4324 *<"-fallthrough">
4326 *<"@fallthrough@">
4327 *<"lint -fallthrough[ \t]*">
4328 *<"[ \t.!]*(ELSE,? |INTENTIONAL(LY)? )?FALL(S |
4329 |-)?THR(OUGH|U)[ \t.!]*(-[^\n\r]*)?">
4330 *<"[ \t.!]*(Else,? |Intentional(ly)? )?Fall((s |
4331 |-)[Tt]|t)hr(ough|u)[ \t.!]*(-[^\n\r]*)?">
4332 *<"[ \t.!]*([Ee]lse,? |[Ii]ntentional(ly)? )?fall(s |
4333 |-)?thr(ough|u)[ \t.!]*(-[^\n\r]*)?">
4334 *<-Wimplicit-fallthrough=4 case sensitively matches one of the>
4335 following regular expressions:
4336 *<"-fallthrough">
4338 *<"@fallthrough@">
4339 *<"lint -fallthrough[ \t]*">
4340 *<"[ \t]*FALLTHR(OUGH|U)[ \t]*">
4341 *<-Wimplicit-fallthrough=5 doesn't recognize any comments as>
4342 fallthrough comments, only attributes disable the warning.
4343 The comment needs to be followed after optional whitespace and
4345 other comments by "case" or "default" keywords or by a user label
4346 that precedes some "case" or "default" label.
4347 switch (cond)
4349 {
4350 case 1:
4351 bar (0);
4352 /* FALLTHRU */
4353 default:
4354 ...
4355 }
4356 The -Wimplicit-fallthrough=3 warning is enabled by -Wextra.
4358 -Wno-if-not-aligned (C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
4360 Control if warnings triggered by the "warn_if_not_aligned"
4361 attribute should be issued. These warnings are enabled by default.
4362 -Wignored-qualifiers (C and C++ only)
4364 Warn if the return type of a function has a type qualifier such as
4365 "const". For ISO C such a type qualifier has no effect, since the
4366 value returned by a function is not an lvalue. For C++, the
4367 warning is only emitted for scalar types or "void". ISO C
4368 prohibits qualified "void" return types on function definitions, so
4369 such return types always receive a warning even without this
4370 option.
4371 This warning is also enabled by -Wextra.
4373 -Wno-ignored-attributes (C and C++ only)
4375 This option controls warnings when an attribute is ignored. This
4376 is different from the -Wattributes option in that it warns whenever
4377 the compiler decides to drop an attribute, not that the attribute
4378 is either unknown, used in a wrong place, etc. This warning is
4379 enabled by default.
4380 -Wmain
4382 Warn if the type of "main" is suspicious. "main" should be a
4383 function with external linkage, returning int, taking either zero
4384 arguments, two, or three arguments of appropriate types. This
4385 warning is enabled by default in C++ and is enabled by either -Wall
4386 or -Wpedantic.
4387 -Wmisleading-indentation (C and C++ only)
4389 Warn when the indentation of the code does not reflect the block
4390 structure. Specifically, a warning is issued for "if", "else",
4391 "while", and "for" clauses with a guarded statement that does not
4392 use braces, followed by an unguarded statement with the same
4393 indentation.
4394 In the following example, the call to "bar" is misleadingly
4396 indented as if it were guarded by the "if" conditional.
4397 if (some_condition ())
4399 foo ();
4400 bar (); /* Gotcha: this is not guarded by the "if". */
4401 In the case of mixed tabs and spaces, the warning uses the
4403 -ftabstop= option to determine if the statements line up
4404 (defaulting to 8).
4405 The warning is not issued for code involving multiline preprocessor
4407 logic such as the following example.
4408 if (flagA)
4410 foo (0);
4411 #if SOME_CONDITION_THAT_DOES_NOT_HOLD
4412 if (flagB)
4413 #endif
4414 foo (1);
4415 The warning is not issued after a "#line" directive, since this
4417 typically indicates autogenerated code, and no assumptions can be
4418 made about the layout of the file that the directive references.
4419 This warning is enabled by -Wall in C and C++.
4421 -Wmissing-attributes
4423 Warn when a declaration of a function is missing one or more
4424 attributes that a related function is declared with and whose
4425 absence may adversely affect the correctness or efficiency of
4426 generated code. For example, the warning is issued for
4427 declarations of aliases that use attributes to specify less
4428 restrictive requirements than those of their targets. This
4429 typically represents a potential optimization opportunity. By
4430 contrast, the -Wattribute-alias=2 option controls warnings issued
4431 when the alias is more restrictive than the target, which could
4432 lead to incorrect code generation. Attributes considered include
4433 "alloc_align", "alloc_size", "cold", "const", "hot", "leaf",
4434 "malloc", "nonnull", "noreturn", "nothrow", "pure",
4435 "returns_nonnull", and "returns_twice".
4436 In C++, the warning is issued when an explicit specialization of a
4438 primary template declared with attribute "alloc_align",
4439 "alloc_size", "assume_aligned", "format", "format_arg", "malloc",
4440 or "nonnull" is declared without it. Attributes "deprecated",
4441 "error", and "warning" suppress the warning..
4442 You can use the "copy" attribute to apply the same set of
4444 attributes to a declaration as that on another declaration without
4445 explicitly enumerating the attributes. This attribute can be
4446 applied to declarations of functions, variables, or types.
4447 -Wmissing-attributes is enabled by -Wall.
4449 For example, since the declaration of the primary function template
4451 below makes use of both attribute "malloc" and "alloc_size" the
4452 declaration of the explicit specialization of the template is
4453 diagnosed because it is missing one of the attributes.
4454 template <class T>
4456 T* __attribute__ ((malloc, alloc_size (1)))
4457 allocate (size_t);
4458 template <>
4460 void* __attribute__ ((malloc)) // missing alloc_size
4461 allocate<void> (size_t);
4462 -Wmissing-braces
4464 Warn if an aggregate or union initializer is not fully bracketed.
4465 In the following example, the initializer for "a" is not fully
4466 bracketed, but that for "b" is fully bracketed.
4467 int a[2][2] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
4469 int b[2][2] = { { 0, 1 }, { 2, 3 } };
4470 This warning is enabled by -Wall.
4472 -Wmissing-include-dirs (C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
4474 Warn if a user-supplied include directory does not exist.
4475 -Wno-missing-profile
4477 This option controls warnings if feedback profiles are missing when
4478 using the -fprofile-use option. This option diagnoses those cases
4479 where a new function or a new file is added between compiling with
4480 -fprofile-generate and with -fprofile-use, without regenerating the
4481 profiles. In these cases, the profile feedback data files do not
4482 contain any profile feedback information for the newly added
4483 function or file respectively. Also, in the case when profile
4484 count data (.gcda) files are removed, GCC cannot use any profile
4485 feedback information. In all these cases, warnings are issued to
4486 inform you that a profile generation step is due. Ignoring the
4487 warning can result in poorly optimized code. -Wno-missing-profile
4488 can be used to disable the warning, but this is not recommended and
4489 should be done only when non-existent profile data is justified.
4490 -Wmultistatement-macros
4492 Warn about unsafe multiple statement macros that appear to be
4493 guarded by a clause such as "if", "else", "for", "switch", or
4494 "while", in which only the first statement is actually guarded
4495 after the macro is expanded.
4496 For example:
4498 #define DOIT x++; y++
4500 if (c)
4501 DOIT;
4502 will increment "y" unconditionally, not just when "c" holds. The
4504 can usually be fixed by wrapping the macro in a do-while loop:
4505 #define DOIT do { x++; y++; } while (0)
4507 if (c)
4508 DOIT;
4509 This warning is enabled by -Wall in C and C++.
4511 -Wparentheses
4513 Warn if parentheses are omitted in certain contexts, such as when
4514 there is an assignment in a context where a truth value is
4515 expected, or when operators are nested whose precedence people
4516 often get confused about.
4517 Also warn if a comparison like "x<=y<=z" appears; this is
4519 equivalent to "(x<=y ? 1 : 0) <= z", which is a different
4520 interpretation from that of ordinary mathematical notation.
4521 Also warn for dangerous uses of the GNU extension to "?:" with
4523 omitted middle operand. When the condition in the "?": operator is
4524 a boolean expression, the omitted value is always 1. Often
4525 programmers expect it to be a value computed inside the conditional
4526 expression instead.
4527 For C++ this also warns for some cases of unnecessary parentheses
4529 in declarations, which can indicate an attempt at a function call
4530 instead of a declaration:
4531 {
4533 // Declares a local variable called mymutex.
4534 std::unique_lock<std::mutex> (mymutex);
4535 // User meant std::unique_lock<std::mutex> lock (mymutex);
4536 }
4537 This warning is enabled by -Wall.
4539 -Wsequence-point
4541 Warn about code that may have undefined semantics because of
4542 violations of sequence point rules in the C and C++ standards.
4543 The C and C++ standards define the order in which expressions in a
4545 C/C++ program are evaluated in terms of sequence points, which
4546 represent a partial ordering between the execution of parts of the
4547 program: those executed before the sequence point, and those
4548 executed after it. These occur after the evaluation of a full
4549 expression (one which is not part of a larger expression), after
4550 the evaluation of the first operand of a "&&", "||", "? :" or ","
4551 (comma) operator, before a function is called (but after the
4552 evaluation of its arguments and the expression denoting the called
4553 function), and in certain other places. Other than as expressed by
4554 the sequence point rules, the order of evaluation of subexpressions
4555 of an expression is not specified. All these rules describe only a
4556 partial order rather than a total order, since, for example, if two
4557 functions are called within one expression with no sequence point
4558 between them, the order in which the functions are called is not
4559 specified. However, the standards committee have ruled that
4560 function calls do not overlap.
4561 It is not specified when between sequence points modifications to
4563 the values of objects take effect. Programs whose behavior depends
4564 on this have undefined behavior; the C and C++ standards specify
4565 that "Between the previous and next sequence point an object shall
4566 have its stored value modified at most once by the evaluation of an
4567 expression. Furthermore, the prior value shall be read only to
4568 determine the value to be stored.". If a program breaks these
4569 rules, the results on any particular implementation are entirely
4570 unpredictable.
4571 Examples of code with undefined behavior are "a = a++;", "a[n] =
4573 b[n++]" and "a[i++] = i;". Some more complicated cases are not
4574 diagnosed by this option, and it may give an occasional false
4575 positive result, but in general it has been found fairly effective
4576 at detecting this sort of problem in programs.
4577 The C++17 standard will define the order of evaluation of operands
4579 in more cases: in particular it requires that the right-hand side
4580 of an assignment be evaluated before the left-hand side, so the
4581 above examples are no longer undefined. But this option will still
4582 warn about them, to help people avoid writing code that is
4583 undefined in C and earlier revisions of C++.
4584 The standard is worded confusingly, therefore there is some debate
4586 over the precise meaning of the sequence point rules in subtle
4587 cases. Links to discussions of the problem, including proposed
4588 formal definitions, may be found on the GCC readings page, at
4589 <http://gcc.gnu.org/readings.html>.
4590 This warning is enabled by -Wall for C and C++.
4592 -Wno-return-local-addr
4594 Do not warn about returning a pointer (or in C++, a reference) to a
4595 variable that goes out of scope after the function returns.
4596 -Wreturn-type
4598 Warn whenever a function is defined with a return type that
4599 defaults to "int". Also warn about any "return" statement with no
4600 return value in a function whose return type is not "void" (falling
4601 off the end of the function body is considered returning without a
4602 value).
4603 For C only, warn about a "return" statement with an expression in a
4605 function whose return type is "void", unless the expression type is
4606 also "void". As a GNU extension, the latter case is accepted
4607 without a warning unless -Wpedantic is used. Attempting to use the
4608 return value of a non-"void" function other than "main" that flows
4609 off the end by reaching the closing curly brace that terminates the
4610 function is undefined.
4611 Unlike in C, in C++, flowing off the end of a non-"void" function
4613 other than "main" results in undefined behavior even when the value
4614 of the function is not used.
4615 This warning is enabled by default in C++ and by -Wall otherwise.
4617 -Wno-shift-count-negative
4619 Controls warnings if a shift count is negative. This warning is
4620 enabled by default.
4621 -Wno-shift-count-overflow
4623 Controls warnings if a shift count is greater than or equal to the
4624 bit width of the type. This warning is enabled by default.
4625 -Wshift-negative-value
4627 Warn if left shifting a negative value. This warning is enabled by
4628 -Wextra in C99 and C++11 modes (and newer).
4629 -Wno-shift-overflow
4631 -Wshift-overflow=n
4632 These options control warnings about left shift overflows.
4633 -Wshift-overflow=1
4635 This is the warning level of -Wshift-overflow and is enabled by
4636 default in C99 and C++11 modes (and newer). This warning level
4637 does not warn about left-shifting 1 into the sign bit.
4638 (However, in C, such an overflow is still rejected in contexts
4639 where an integer constant expression is required.) No warning
4640 is emitted in C++2A mode (and newer), as signed left shifts
4641 always wrap.
4642 -Wshift-overflow=2
4644 This warning level also warns about left-shifting 1 into the
4645 sign bit, unless C++14 mode (or newer) is active.
4646 -Wswitch
4648 Warn whenever a "switch" statement has an index of enumerated type
4649 and lacks a "case" for one or more of the named codes of that
4650 enumeration. (The presence of a "default" label prevents this
4651 warning.) "case" labels outside the enumeration range also provoke
4652 warnings when this option is used (even if there is a "default"
4653 label). This warning is enabled by -Wall.
4654 -Wswitch-default
4656 Warn whenever a "switch" statement does not have a "default" case.
4657 -Wswitch-enum
4659 Warn whenever a "switch" statement has an index of enumerated type
4660 and lacks a "case" for one or more of the named codes of that
4661 enumeration. "case" labels outside the enumeration range also
4662 provoke warnings when this option is used. The only difference
4663 between -Wswitch and this option is that this option gives a
4664 warning about an omitted enumeration code even if there is a
4665 "default" label.
4666 -Wno-switch-bool
4668 Do not warn when a "switch" statement has an index of boolean type
4669 and the case values are outside the range of a boolean type. It is
4670 possible to suppress this warning by casting the controlling
4671 expression to a type other than "bool". For example:
4672 switch ((int) (a == 4))
4674 {
4675 ...
4676 }
4677 This warning is enabled by default for C and C++ programs.
4679 -Wno-switch-outside-range
4681 This option controls warnings when a "switch" case has a value that
4682 is outside of its respective type range. This warning is enabled
4683 by default for C and C++ programs.
4684 -Wno-switch-unreachable
4686 Do not warn when a "switch" statement contains statements between
4687 the controlling expression and the first case label, which will
4688 never be executed. For example:
4689 switch (cond)
4691 {
4692 i = 15;
4693 ...
4694 case 5:
4695 ...
4696 }
4697 -Wswitch-unreachable does not warn if the statement between the
4699 controlling expression and the first case label is just a
4700 declaration:
4701 switch (cond)
4703 {
4704 int i;
4705 ...
4706 case 5:
4707 i = 5;
4708 ...
4709 }
4710 This warning is enabled by default for C and C++ programs.
4712 -Wsync-nand (C and C++ only)
4714 Warn when "__sync_fetch_and_nand" and "__sync_nand_and_fetch"
4715 built-in functions are used. These functions changed semantics in
4716 GCC 4.4.
4717 -Wunused-but-set-parameter
4719 Warn whenever a function parameter is assigned to, but otherwise
4720 unused (aside from its declaration).
4721 To suppress this warning use the "unused" attribute.
4723 This warning is also enabled by -Wunused together with -Wextra.
4725 -Wunused-but-set-variable
4727 Warn whenever a local variable is assigned to, but otherwise unused
4728 (aside from its declaration). This warning is enabled by -Wall.
4729 To suppress this warning use the "unused" attribute.
4731 This warning is also enabled by -Wunused, which is enabled by
4733 -Wall.
4734 -Wunused-function
4736 Warn whenever a static function is declared but not defined or a
4737 non-inline static function is unused. This warning is enabled by
4738 -Wall.
4739 -Wunused-label
4741 Warn whenever a label is declared but not used. This warning is
4742 enabled by -Wall.
4743 To suppress this warning use the "unused" attribute.
4745 -Wunused-local-typedefs (C, Objective-C, C++ and Objective-C++ only)
4747 Warn when a typedef locally defined in a function is not used.
4748 This warning is enabled by -Wall.
4749 -Wunused-parameter
4751 Warn whenever a function parameter is unused aside from its
4752 declaration.
4753 To suppress this warning use the "unused" attribute.
4755 -Wno-unused-result
4757 Do not warn if a caller of a function marked with attribute
4758 "warn_unused_result" does not use its return value. The default is
4759 -Wunused-result.
4760 -Wunused-variable
4762 Warn whenever a local or static variable is unused aside from its
4763 declaration. This option implies -Wunused-const-variable=1 for C,
4764 but not for C++. This warning is enabled by -Wall.
4765 To suppress this warning use the "unused" attribute.
4767 -Wunused-const-variable
4769 -Wunused-const-variable=n
4770 Warn whenever a constant static variable is unused aside from its
4771 declaration. -Wunused-const-variable=1 is enabled by
4772 -Wunused-variable for C, but not for C++. In C this declares
4773 variable storage, but in C++ this is not an error since const
4774 variables take the place of "#define"s.
4775 To suppress this warning use the "unused" attribute.
4777 -Wunused-const-variable=1
4779 This is the warning level that is enabled by -Wunused-variable
4780 for C. It warns only about unused static const variables
4781 defined in the main compilation unit, but not about static
4782 const variables declared in any header included.
4783 -Wunused-const-variable=2
4785 This warning level also warns for unused constant static
4786 variables in headers (excluding system headers). This is the
4787 warning level of -Wunused-const-variable and must be explicitly
4788 requested since in C++ this isn't an error and in C it might be
4789 harder to clean up all headers included.
4790 -Wunused-value
4792 Warn whenever a statement computes a result that is explicitly not
4793 used. To suppress this warning cast the unused expression to
4794 "void". This includes an expression-statement or the left-hand side
4795 of a comma expression that contains no side effects. For example,
4796 an expression such as "x[i,j]" causes a warning, while
4797 "x[(void)i,j]" does not.
4798 This warning is enabled by -Wall.
4800 -Wunused
4802 All the above -Wunused options combined.
4803 In order to get a warning about an unused function parameter, you
4805 must either specify -Wextra -Wunused (note that -Wall implies
4806 -Wunused), or separately specify -Wunused-parameter.
4807 -Wuninitialized
4809 Warn if an automatic variable is used without first being
4810 initialized. In C++, warn if a non-static reference or non-static
4811 "const" member appears in a class without constructors.
4812 If you want to warn about code that uses the uninitialized value of
4814 the variable in its own initializer, use the -Winit-self option.
4815 These warnings occur for individual uninitialized elements of
4817 structure, union or array variables as well as for variables that
4818 are uninitialized as a whole. They do not occur for variables or
4819 elements declared "volatile". Because these warnings depend on
4820 optimization, the exact variables or elements for which there are
4821 warnings depend on the precise optimization options and version of
4822 GCC used.
4823 Note that there may be no warning about a variable that is used
4825 only to compute a value that itself is never used, because such
4826 computations may be deleted by data flow analysis before the
4827 warnings are printed.
4828 -Wno-invalid-memory-model
4830 This option controls warnings for invocations of __atomic Builtins,
4831 __sync Builtins, and the C11 atomic generic functions with a memory
4832 consistency argument that is either invalid for the operation or
4833 outside the range of values of the "memory_order" enumeration. For
4834 example, since the "__atomic_store" and "__atomic_store_n" built-
4835 ins are only defined for the relaxed, release, and sequentially
4836 consistent memory orders the following code is diagnosed:
4837 void store (int *i)
4839 {
4840 __atomic_store_n (i, 0, memory_order_consume);
4841 }
4842 -Winvalid-memory-model is enabled by default.
4844 -Wmaybe-uninitialized
4846 For an automatic (i.e. local) variable, if there exists a path from
4847 the function entry to a use of the variable that is initialized,
4848 but there exist some other paths for which the variable is not
4849 initialized, the compiler emits a warning if it cannot prove the
4850 uninitialized paths are not executed at run time.
4851 These warnings are only possible in optimizing compilation, because
4853 otherwise GCC does not keep track of the state of variables.
4854 These warnings are made optional because GCC may not be able to
4856 determine when the code is correct in spite of appearing to have an
4857 error. Here is one example of how this can happen:
4858 {
4860 int x;
4861 switch (y)
4862 {
4863 case 1: x = 1;
4864 break;
4865 case 2: x = 4;
4866 break;
4867 case 3: x = 5;
4868 }
4869 foo (x);
4870 }
4871 If the value of "y" is always 1, 2 or 3, then "x" is always
4873 initialized, but GCC doesn't know this. To suppress the warning,
4874 you need to provide a default case with assert(0) or similar code.
4875 This option also warns when a non-volatile automatic variable might
4877 be changed by a call to "longjmp". The compiler sees only the
4878 calls to "setjmp". It cannot know where "longjmp" will be called;
4879 in fact, a signal handler could call it at any point in the code.
4880 As a result, you may get a warning even when there is in fact no
4881 problem because "longjmp" cannot in fact be called at the place
4882 that would cause a problem.
4883 Some spurious warnings can be avoided if you declare all the
4885 functions you use that never return as "noreturn".
4886 This warning is enabled by -Wall or -Wextra.
4888 -Wunknown-pragmas
4890 Warn when a "#pragma" directive is encountered that is not
4891 understood by GCC. If this command-line option is used, warnings
4892 are even issued for unknown pragmas in system header files. This
4893 is not the case if the warnings are only enabled by the -Wall
4894 command-line option.
4895 -Wno-pragmas
4897 Do not warn about misuses of pragmas, such as incorrect parameters,
4898 invalid syntax, or conflicts between pragmas. See also
4899 -Wunknown-pragmas.
4900 -Wno-prio-ctor-dtor
4902 Do not warn if a priority from 0 to 100 is used for constructor or
4903 destructor. The use of constructor and destructor attributes allow
4904 you to assign a priority to the constructor/destructor to control
4905 its order of execution before "main" is called or after it returns.
4906 The priority values must be greater than 100 as the compiler
4907 reserves priority values between 0--100 for the implementation.
4908 -Wstrict-aliasing
4910 This option is only active when -fstrict-aliasing is active. It
4911 warns about code that might break the strict aliasing rules that
4912 the compiler is using for optimization. The warning does not catch
4913 all cases, but does attempt to catch the more common pitfalls. It
4914 is included in -Wall. It is equivalent to -Wstrict-aliasing=3
4915 -Wstrict-aliasing=n
4917 This option is only active when -fstrict-aliasing is active. It
4918 warns about code that might break the strict aliasing rules that
4919 the compiler is using for optimization. Higher levels correspond
4920 to higher accuracy (fewer false positives). Higher levels also
4921 correspond to more effort, similar to the way -O works.
4922 -Wstrict-aliasing is equivalent to -Wstrict-aliasing=3.
4923 Level 1: Most aggressive, quick, least accurate. Possibly useful
4925 when higher levels do not warn but -fstrict-aliasing still breaks
4926 the code, as it has very few false negatives. However, it has many
4927 false positives. Warns for all pointer conversions between
4928 possibly incompatible types, even if never dereferenced. Runs in
4929 the front end only.
4930 Level 2: Aggressive, quick, not too precise. May still have many
4932 false positives (not as many as level 1 though), and few false
4933 negatives (but possibly more than level 1). Unlike level 1, it
4934 only warns when an address is taken. Warns about incomplete types.
4935 Runs in the front end only.
4936 Level 3 (default for -Wstrict-aliasing): Should have very few false
4938 positives and few false negatives. Slightly slower than levels 1
4939 or 2 when optimization is enabled. Takes care of the common
4940 pun+dereference pattern in the front end: "*(int*)&some_float". If
4941 optimization is enabled, it also runs in the back end, where it
4942 deals with multiple statement cases using flow-sensitive points-to
4943 information. Only warns when the converted pointer is
4944 dereferenced. Does not warn about incomplete types.
4945 -Wstrict-overflow
4947 -Wstrict-overflow=n
4948 This option is only active when signed overflow is undefined. It
4949 warns about cases where the compiler optimizes based on the
4950 assumption that signed overflow does not occur. Note that it does
4951 not warn about all cases where the code might overflow: it only
4952 warns about cases where the compiler implements some optimization.
4953 Thus this warning depends on the optimization level.
4954 An optimization that assumes that signed overflow does not occur is
4956 perfectly safe if the values of the variables involved are such
4957 that overflow never does, in fact, occur. Therefore this warning
4958 can easily give a false positive: a warning about code that is not
4959 actually a problem. To help focus on important issues, several
4960 warning levels are defined. No warnings are issued for the use of
4961 undefined signed overflow when estimating how many iterations a
4962 loop requires, in particular when determining whether a loop will
4963 be executed at all.
4964 -Wstrict-overflow=1
4966 Warn about cases that are both questionable and easy to avoid.
4967 For example the compiler simplifies "x + 1 > x" to 1. This
4968 level of -Wstrict-overflow is enabled by -Wall; higher levels
4969 are not, and must be explicitly requested.
4970 -Wstrict-overflow=2
4972 Also warn about other cases where a comparison is simplified to
4973 a constant. For example: "abs (x) >= 0". This can only be
4974 simplified when signed integer overflow is undefined, because
4975 "abs (INT_MIN)" overflows to "INT_MIN", which is less than
4976 zero. -Wstrict-overflow (with no level) is the same as
4977 -Wstrict-overflow=2.
4978 -Wstrict-overflow=3
4980 Also warn about other cases where a comparison is simplified.
4981 For example: "x + 1 > 1" is simplified to "x > 0".
4982 -Wstrict-overflow=4
4984 Also warn about other simplifications not covered by the above
4985 cases. For example: "(x * 10) / 5" is simplified to "x * 2".
4986 -Wstrict-overflow=5
4988 Also warn about cases where the compiler reduces the magnitude
4989 of a constant involved in a comparison. For example: "x + 2 >
4990 y" is simplified to "x + 1 >= y". This is reported only at the
4991 highest warning level because this simplification applies to
4992 many comparisons, so this warning level gives a very large
4993 number of false positives.
4994 -Wstring-compare
4996 Warn for calls to "strcmp" and "strncmp" whose result is determined
4997 to be either zero or non-zero in tests for such equality owing to
4998 the length of one argument being greater than the size of the array
4999 the other argument is stored in (or the bound in the case of
5000 "strncmp"). Such calls could be mistakes. For example, the call
5001 to "strcmp" below is diagnosed because its result is necessarily
5002 non-zero irrespective of the contents of the array "a".
5003 extern char a[4];
5005 void f (char *d)
5006 {
5007 strcpy (d, "string");
5008 ...
5009 if (0 == strcmp (a, d)) // cannot be true
5010 puts ("a and d are the same");
5011 }
5012 -Wstring-compare is enabled by -Wextra.
5014 -Wstringop-overflow
5016 -Wstringop-overflow=type
5017 Warn for calls to string manipulation functions such as "memcpy"
5018 and "strcpy" that are determined to overflow the destination
5019 buffer. The optional argument is one greater than the type of
5020 Object Size Checking to perform to determine the size of the
5021 destination. The argument is meaningful only for functions that
5022 operate on character arrays but not for raw memory functions like
5023 "memcpy" which always make use of Object Size type-0. The option
5024 also warns for calls that specify a size in excess of the largest
5025 possible object or at most "SIZE_MAX / 2" bytes. The option
5026 produces the best results with optimization enabled but can detect
5027 a small subset of simple buffer overflows even without optimization
5028 in calls to the GCC built-in functions like "__builtin_memcpy" that
5029 correspond to the standard functions. In any case, the option
5030 warns about just a subset of buffer overflows detected by the
5031 corresponding overflow checking built-ins. For example, the option
5032 issues a warning for the "strcpy" call below because it copies at
5033 least 5 characters (the string "blue" including the terminating
5034 NUL) into the buffer of size 4.
5035 enum Color { blue, purple, yellow };
5037 const char* f (enum Color clr)
5038 {
5039 static char buf [4];
5040 const char *str;
5041 switch (clr)
5042 {
5043 case blue: str = "blue"; break;
5044 case purple: str = "purple"; break;
5045 case yellow: str = "yellow"; break;
5046 }
5047 return strcpy (buf, str); // warning here
5049 }
5050 Option -Wstringop-overflow=2 is enabled by default.
5052 -Wstringop-overflow
5054 -Wstringop-overflow=1
5055 The -Wstringop-overflow=1 option uses type-zero Object Size
5056 Checking to determine the sizes of destination objects. This
5057 is the default setting of the option. At this setting the
5058 option does not warn for writes past the end of subobjects of
5059 larger objects accessed by pointers unless the size of the
5060 largest surrounding object is known. When the destination may
5061 be one of several objects it is assumed to be the largest one
5062 of them. On Linux systems, when optimization is enabled at
5063 this setting the option warns for the same code as when the
5064 "_FORTIFY_SOURCE" macro is defined to a non-zero value.
5065 -Wstringop-overflow=2
5067 The -Wstringop-overflow=2 option uses type-one Object Size
5068 Checking to determine the sizes of destination objects. At
5069 this setting the option warna about overflows when writing to
5070 members of the largest complete objects whose exact size is
5071 known. However, it does not warn for excessive writes to the
5072 same members of unknown objects referenced by pointers since
5073 they may point to arrays containing unknown numbers of
5074 elements.
5075 -Wstringop-overflow=3
5077 The -Wstringop-overflow=3 option uses type-two Object Size
5078 Checking to determine the sizes of destination objects. At
5079 this setting the option warns about overflowing the smallest
5080 object or data member. This is the most restrictive setting of
5081 the option that may result in warnings for safe code.
5082 -Wstringop-overflow=4
5084 The -Wstringop-overflow=4 option uses type-three Object Size
5085 Checking to determine the sizes of destination objects. At
5086 this setting the option warns about overflowing any data
5087 members, and when the destination is one of several objects it
5088 uses the size of the largest of them to decide whether to issue
5089 a warning. Similarly to -Wstringop-overflow=3 this setting of
5090 the option may result in warnings for benign code.
5091 -Wno-stringop-truncation
5093 Do not warn for calls to bounded string manipulation functions such
5094 as "strncat", "strncpy", and "stpncpy" that may either truncate the
5095 copied string or leave the destination unchanged.
5096 In the following example, the call to "strncat" specifies a bound
5098 that is less than the length of the source string. As a result,
5099 the copy of the source will be truncated and so the call is
5100 diagnosed. To avoid the warning use "bufsize - strlen (buf) - 1)"
5101 as the bound.
5102 void append (char *buf, size_t bufsize)
5104 {
5105 strncat (buf, ".txt", 3);
5106 }
5107 As another example, the following call to "strncpy" results in
5109 copying to "d" just the characters preceding the terminating NUL,
5110 without appending the NUL to the end. Assuming the result of
5111 "strncpy" is necessarily a NUL-terminated string is a common
5112 mistake, and so the call is diagnosed. To avoid the warning when
5113 the result is not expected to be NUL-terminated, call "memcpy"
5114 instead.
5115 void copy (char *d, const char *s)
5117 {
5118 strncpy (d, s, strlen (s));
5119 }
5120 In the following example, the call to "strncpy" specifies the size
5122 of the destination buffer as the bound. If the length of the
5123 source string is equal to or greater than this size the result of
5124 the copy will not be NUL-terminated. Therefore, the call is also
5125 diagnosed. To avoid the warning, specify "sizeof buf - 1" as the
5126 bound and set the last element of the buffer to "NUL".
5127 void copy (const char *s)
5129 {
5130 char buf[80];
5131 strncpy (buf, s, sizeof buf);
5132 ...
5133 }
5134 In situations where a character array is intended to store a
5136 sequence of bytes with no terminating "NUL" such an array may be
5137 annotated with attribute "nonstring" to avoid this warning. Such
5138 arrays, however, are not suitable arguments to functions that
5139 expect "NUL"-terminated strings. To help detect accidental misuses
5140 of such arrays GCC issues warnings unless it can prove that the use
5141 is safe.
5142 -Wsuggest-attribute=[pure|const|noreturn|format|cold|malloc]
5144 Warn for cases where adding an attribute may be beneficial. The
5145 attributes currently supported are listed below.
5146 -Wsuggest-attribute=pure
5148 -Wsuggest-attribute=const
5149 -Wsuggest-attribute=noreturn
5150 -Wmissing-noreturn
5151 -Wsuggest-attribute=malloc
5152 Warn about functions that might be candidates for attributes
5153 "pure", "const" or "noreturn" or "malloc". The compiler only
5154 warns for functions visible in other compilation units or (in
5155 the case of "pure" and "const") if it cannot prove that the
5156 function returns normally. A function returns normally if it
5157 doesn't contain an infinite loop or return abnormally by
5158 throwing, calling "abort" or trapping. This analysis requires
5159 option -fipa-pure-const, which is enabled by default at -O and
5160 higher. Higher optimization levels improve the accuracy of the
5161 analysis.
5162 -Wsuggest-attribute=format
5164 -Wmissing-format-attribute
5165 Warn about function pointers that might be candidates for
5166 "format" attributes. Note these are only possible candidates,
5167 not absolute ones. GCC guesses that function pointers with
5168 "format" attributes that are used in assignment,
5169 initialization, parameter passing or return statements should
5170 have a corresponding "format" attribute in the resulting type.
5171 I.e. the left-hand side of the assignment or initialization,
5172 the type of the parameter variable, or the return type of the
5173 containing function respectively should also have a "format"
5174 attribute to avoid the warning.
5175 GCC also warns about function definitions that might be
5177 candidates for "format" attributes. Again, these are only
5178 possible candidates. GCC guesses that "format" attributes
5179 might be appropriate for any function that calls a function
5180 like "vprintf" or "vscanf", but this might not always be the
5181 case, and some functions for which "format" attributes are
5182 appropriate may not be detected.
5183 -Wsuggest-attribute=cold
5185 Warn about functions that might be candidates for "cold"
5186 attribute. This is based on static detection and generally
5187 only warns about functions which always leads to a call to
5188 another "cold" function such as wrappers of C++ "throw" or
5189 fatal error reporting functions leading to "abort".
5190 -Walloc-zero
5192 Warn about calls to allocation functions decorated with attribute
5193 "alloc_size" that specify zero bytes, including those to the built-
5194 in forms of the functions "aligned_alloc", "alloca", "calloc",
5195 "malloc", and "realloc". Because the behavior of these functions
5196 when called with a zero size differs among implementations (and in
5197 the case of "realloc" has been deprecated) relying on it may result
5198 in subtle portability bugs and should be avoided.
5199 -Walloc-size-larger-than=byte-size
5201 Warn about calls to functions decorated with attribute "alloc_size"
5202 that attempt to allocate objects larger than the specified number
5203 of bytes, or where the result of the size computation in an integer
5204 type with infinite precision would exceed the value of PTRDIFF_MAX
5205 on the target. -Walloc-size-larger-than=PTRDIFF_MAX is enabled by
5206 default. Warnings controlled by the option can be disabled either
5207 by specifying byte-size of SIZE_MAX or more or by
5208 -Wno-alloc-size-larger-than.
5209 -Wno-alloc-size-larger-than
5211 Disable -Walloc-size-larger-than= warnings. The option is
5212 equivalent to -Walloc-size-larger-than=SIZE_MAX or larger.
5213 -Walloca
5215 This option warns on all uses of "alloca" in the source.
5216 -Walloca-larger-than=byte-size
5218 This option warns on calls to "alloca" with an integer argument
5219 whose value is either zero, or that is not bounded by a controlling
5220 predicate that limits its value to at most byte-size. It also
5221 warns for calls to "alloca" where the bound value is unknown.
5222 Arguments of non-integer types are considered unbounded even if
5223 they appear to be constrained to the expected range.
5224 For example, a bounded case of "alloca" could be:
5226 void func (size_t n)
5228 {
5229 void *p;
5230 if (n <= 1000)
5231 p = alloca (n);
5232 else
5233 p = malloc (n);
5234 f (p);
5235 }
5236 In the above example, passing "-Walloca-larger-than=1000" would not
5238 issue a warning because the call to "alloca" is known to be at most
5239 1000 bytes. However, if "-Walloca-larger-than=500" were passed,
5240 the compiler would emit a warning.
5241 Unbounded uses, on the other hand, are uses of "alloca" with no
5243 controlling predicate constraining its integer argument. For
5244 example:
5245 void func ()
5247 {
5248 void *p = alloca (n);
5249 f (p);
5250 }
5251 If "-Walloca-larger-than=500" were passed, the above would trigger
5253 a warning, but this time because of the lack of bounds checking.
5254 Note, that even seemingly correct code involving signed integers
5256 could cause a warning:
5257 void func (signed int n)
5259 {
5260 if (n < 500)
5261 {
5262 p = alloca (n);
5263 f (p);
5264 }
5265 }
5266 In the above example, n could be negative, causing a larger than
5268 expected argument to be implicitly cast into the "alloca" call.
5269 This option also warns when "alloca" is used in a loop.
5271 -Walloca-larger-than=PTRDIFF_MAX is enabled by default but is
5273 usually only effective when -ftree-vrp is active (default for -O2
5274 and above).
5275 See also -Wvla-larger-than=byte-size.
5277 -Wno-alloca-larger-than
5279 Disable -Walloca-larger-than= warnings. The option is equivalent
5280 to -Walloca-larger-than=SIZE_MAX or larger.
5281 -Warith-conversion
5283 Do warn about implicit conversions from arithmetic operations even
5284 when conversion of the operands to the same type cannot change
5285 their values. This affects warnings from -Wconversion,
5286 -Wfloat-conversion, and -Wsign-conversion.
5287 void f (char c, int i)
5289 {
5290 c = c + i; // warns with B<-Wconversion>
5291 c = c + 1; // only warns with B<-Warith-conversion>
5292 }
5293 -Warray-bounds
5295 -Warray-bounds=n
5296 This option is only active when -ftree-vrp is active (default for
5297 -O2 and above). It warns about subscripts to arrays that are always
5298 out of bounds. This warning is enabled by -Wall.
5299 -Warray-bounds=1
5301 This is the warning level of -Warray-bounds and is enabled by
5302 -Wall; higher levels are not, and must be explicitly requested.
5303 -Warray-bounds=2
5305 This warning level also warns about out of bounds access for
5306 arrays at the end of a struct and for arrays accessed through
5307 pointers. This warning level may give a larger number of false
5308 positives and is deactivated by default.
5309 -Wattribute-alias=n
5311 -Wno-attribute-alias
5312 Warn about declarations using the "alias" and similar attributes
5313 whose target is incompatible with the type of the alias.
5314 -Wattribute-alias=1
5316 The default warning level of the -Wattribute-alias option
5317 diagnoses incompatibilities between the type of the alias
5318 declaration and that of its target. Such incompatibilities are
5319 typically indicative of bugs.
5320 -Wattribute-alias=2
5322 At this level -Wattribute-alias also diagnoses cases where the
5323 attributes of the alias declaration are more restrictive than
5324 the attributes applied to its target. These mismatches can
5325 potentially result in incorrect code generation. In other
5326 cases they may be benign and could be resolved simply by adding
5327 the missing attribute to the target. For comparison, see the
5328 -Wmissing-attributes option, which controls diagnostics when
5329 the alias declaration is less restrictive than the target,
5330 rather than more restrictive.
5331 Attributes considered include "alloc_align", "alloc_size",
5333 "cold", "const", "hot", "leaf", "malloc", "nonnull",
5334 "noreturn", "nothrow", "pure", "returns_nonnull", and
5335 "returns_twice".
5336 -Wattribute-alias is equivalent to -Wattribute-alias=1. This is
5338 the default. You can disable these warnings with either
5339 -Wno-attribute-alias or -Wattribute-alias=0.
5340 -Wbool-compare
5342 Warn about boolean expression compared with an integer value
5343 different from "true"/"false". For instance, the following
5344 comparison is always false:
5345 int n = 5;
5347 ...
5348 if ((n > 1) == 2) { ... }
5349 This warning is enabled by -Wall.
5351 -Wbool-operation
5353 Warn about suspicious operations on expressions of a boolean type.
5354 For instance, bitwise negation of a boolean is very likely a bug in
5355 the program. For C, this warning also warns about incrementing or
5356 decrementing a boolean, which rarely makes sense. (In C++,
5357 decrementing a boolean is always invalid. Incrementing a boolean
5358 is invalid in C++17, and deprecated otherwise.)
5359 This warning is enabled by -Wall.
5361 -Wduplicated-branches
5363 Warn when an if-else has identical branches. This warning detects
5364 cases like
5365 if (p != NULL)
5367 return 0;
5368 else
5369 return 0;
5370 It doesn't warn when both branches contain just a null statement.
5372 This warning also warn for conditional operators:
5373 int i = x ? *p : *p;
5375 -Wduplicated-cond
5377 Warn about duplicated conditions in an if-else-if chain. For
5378 instance, warn for the following code:
5379 if (p->q != NULL) { ... }
5381 else if (p->q != NULL) { ... }
5382 -Wframe-address
5384 Warn when the __builtin_frame_address or __builtin_return_address
5385 is called with an argument greater than 0. Such calls may return
5386 indeterminate values or crash the program. The warning is included
5387 in -Wall.
5388 -Wno-discarded-qualifiers (C and Objective-C only)
5390 Do not warn if type qualifiers on pointers are being discarded.
5391 Typically, the compiler warns if a "const char *" variable is
5392 passed to a function that takes a "char *" parameter. This option
5393 can be used to suppress such a warning.
5394 -Wno-discarded-array-qualifiers (C and Objective-C only)
5396 Do not warn if type qualifiers on arrays which are pointer targets
5397 are being discarded. Typically, the compiler warns if a "const int
5398 (*)[]" variable is passed to a function that takes a "int (*)[]"
5399 parameter. This option can be used to suppress such a warning.
5400 -Wno-incompatible-pointer-types (C and Objective-C only)
5402 Do not warn when there is a conversion between pointers that have
5403 incompatible types. This warning is for cases not covered by
5404 -Wno-pointer-sign, which warns for pointer argument passing or
5405 assignment with different signedness.
5406 -Wno-int-conversion (C and Objective-C only)
5408 Do not warn about incompatible integer to pointer and pointer to
5409 integer conversions. This warning is about implicit conversions;
5410 for explicit conversions the warnings -Wno-int-to-pointer-cast and
5411 -Wno-pointer-to-int-cast may be used.
5412 -Wzero-length-bounds
5414 Warn about accesses to elements of zero-length array members that
5415 might overlap other members of the same object. Declaring interior
5416 zero-length arrays is discouraged because accesses to them are
5417 undefined. See
5418 For example, the first two stores in function "bad" are diagnosed
5420 because the array elements overlap the subsequent members "b" and
5421 "c". The third store is diagnosed by -Warray-bounds because it is
5422 beyond the bounds of the enclosing object.
5423 struct X { int a[0]; int b, c; };
5425 struct X x;
5426 void bad (void)
5428 {
5429 x.a[0] = 0; // -Wzero-length-bounds
5430 x.a[1] = 1; // -Wzero-length-bounds
5431 x.a[2] = 2; // -Warray-bounds
5432 }
5433 Option -Wzero-length-bounds is enabled by -Warray-bounds.
5435 -Wno-div-by-zero
5437 Do not warn about compile-time integer division by zero. Floating-
5438 point division by zero is not warned about, as it can be a
5439 legitimate way of obtaining infinities and NaNs.
5440 -Wsystem-headers
5442 Print warning messages for constructs found in system header files.
5443 Warnings from system headers are normally suppressed, on the
5444 assumption that they usually do not indicate real problems and
5445 would only make the compiler output harder to read. Using this
5446 command-line option tells GCC to emit warnings from system headers
5447 as if they occurred in user code. However, note that using -Wall
5448 in conjunction with this option does not warn about unknown pragmas
5449 in system headers---for that, -Wunknown-pragmas must also be used.
5450 -Wtautological-compare
5452 Warn if a self-comparison always evaluates to true or false. This
5453 warning detects various mistakes such as:
5454 int i = 1;
5456 ...
5457 if (i > i) { ... }
5458 This warning also warns about bitwise comparisons that always
5460 evaluate to true or false, for instance:
5461 if ((a & 16) == 10) { ... }
5463 will always be false.
5465 This warning is enabled by -Wall.
5467 -Wtrampolines
5469 Warn about trampolines generated for pointers to nested functions.
5470 A trampoline is a small piece of data or code that is created at
5471 run time on the stack when the address of a nested function is
5472 taken, and is used to call the nested function indirectly. For
5473 some targets, it is made up of data only and thus requires no
5474 special treatment. But, for most targets, it is made up of code
5475 and thus requires the stack to be made executable in order for the
5476 program to work properly.
5477 -Wfloat-equal
5479 Warn if floating-point values are used in equality comparisons.
5480 The idea behind this is that sometimes it is convenient (for the
5482 programmer) to consider floating-point values as approximations to
5483 infinitely precise real numbers. If you are doing this, then you
5484 need to compute (by analyzing the code, or in some other way) the
5485 maximum or likely maximum error that the computation introduces,
5486 and allow for it when performing comparisons (and when producing
5487 output, but that's a different problem). In particular, instead of
5488 testing for equality, you should check to see whether the two
5489 values have ranges that overlap; and this is done with the
5490 relational operators, so equality comparisons are probably
5491 mistaken.
5492 -Wtraditional (C and Objective-C only)
5494 Warn about certain constructs that behave differently in
5495 traditional and ISO C. Also warn about ISO C constructs that have
5496 no traditional C equivalent, and/or problematic constructs that
5497 should be avoided.
5498 * Macro parameters that appear within string literals in the
5500 macro body. In traditional C macro replacement takes place
5501 within string literals, but in ISO C it does not.
5502 * In traditional C, some preprocessor directives did not exist.
5504 Traditional preprocessors only considered a line to be a
5505 directive if the # appeared in column 1 on the line. Therefore
5506 -Wtraditional warns about directives that traditional C
5507 understands but ignores because the # does not appear as the
5508 first character on the line. It also suggests you hide
5509 directives like "#pragma" not understood by traditional C by
5510 indenting them. Some traditional implementations do not
5511 recognize "#elif", so this option suggests avoiding it
5512 altogether.
5513 * A function-like macro that appears without arguments.
5515 * The unary plus operator.
5517 * The U integer constant suffix, or the F or L floating-point
5519 constant suffixes. (Traditional C does support the L suffix on
5520 integer constants.) Note, these suffixes appear in macros
5521 defined in the system headers of most modern systems, e.g. the
5522 _MIN/_MAX macros in "<limits.h>". Use of these macros in user
5523 code might normally lead to spurious warnings, however GCC's
5524 integrated preprocessor has enough context to avoid warning in
5525 these cases.
5526 * A function declared external in one block and then used after
5528 the end of the block.
5529 * A "switch" statement has an operand of type "long".
5531 * A non-"static" function declaration follows a "static" one.
5533 This construct is not accepted by some traditional C compilers.
5534 * The ISO type of an integer constant has a different width or
5536 signedness from its traditional type. This warning is only
5537 issued if the base of the constant is ten. I.e. hexadecimal or
5538 octal values, which typically represent bit patterns, are not
5539 warned about.
5540 * Usage of ISO string concatenation is detected.
5542 * Initialization of automatic aggregates.
5544 * Identifier conflicts with labels. Traditional C lacks a
5546 separate namespace for labels.
5547 * Initialization of unions. If the initializer is zero, the
5549 warning is omitted. This is done under the assumption that the
5550 zero initializer in user code appears conditioned on e.g.
5551 "__STDC__" to avoid missing initializer warnings and relies on
5552 default initialization to zero in the traditional C case.
5553 * Conversions by prototypes between fixed/floating-point values
5555 and vice versa. The absence of these prototypes when compiling
5556 with traditional C causes serious problems. This is a subset
5557 of the possible conversion warnings; for the full set use
5558 -Wtraditional-conversion.
5559 * Use of ISO C style function definitions. This warning
5561 intentionally is not issued for prototype declarations or
5562 variadic functions because these ISO C features appear in your
5563 code when using libiberty's traditional C compatibility macros,
5564 "PARAMS" and "VPARAMS". This warning is also bypassed for
5565 nested functions because that feature is already a GCC
5566 extension and thus not relevant to traditional C compatibility.
5567 -Wtraditional-conversion (C and Objective-C only)
5569 Warn if a prototype causes a type conversion that is different from
5570 what would happen to the same argument in the absence of a
5571 prototype. This includes conversions of fixed point to floating
5572 and vice versa, and conversions changing the width or signedness of
5573 a fixed-point argument except when the same as the default
5574 promotion.
5575 -Wdeclaration-after-statement (C and Objective-C only)
5577 Warn when a declaration is found after a statement in a block.
5578 This construct, known from C++, was introduced with ISO C99 and is
5579 by default allowed in GCC. It is not supported by ISO C90.
5580 -Wshadow
5582 Warn whenever a local variable or type declaration shadows another
5583 variable, parameter, type, class member (in C++), or instance
5584 variable (in Objective-C) or whenever a built-in function is
5585 shadowed. Note that in C++, the compiler warns if a local variable
5586 shadows an explicit typedef, but not if it shadows a
5587 struct/class/enum. If this warning is enabled, it includes also
5588 all instances of local shadowing. This means that
5589 -Wno-shadow=local and -Wno-shadow=compatible-local are ignored when
5590 -Wshadow is used. Same as -Wshadow=global.
5591 -Wno-shadow-ivar (Objective-C only)
5593 Do not warn whenever a local variable shadows an instance variable
5594 in an Objective-C method.
5595 -Wshadow=global
5597 Warn for any shadowing. Same as -Wshadow.
5598 -Wshadow=local
5600 Warn when a local variable shadows another local variable or
5601 parameter.
5602 -Wshadow=compatible-local
5604 Warn when a local variable shadows another local variable or
5605 parameter whose type is compatible with that of the shadowing
5606 variable. In C++, type compatibility here means the type of the
5607 shadowing variable can be converted to that of the shadowed
5608 variable. The creation of this flag (in addition to
5609 -Wshadow=local) is based on the idea that when a local variable
5610 shadows another one of incompatible type, it is most likely
5611 intentional, not a bug or typo, as shown in the following example:
5612 for (SomeIterator i = SomeObj.begin(); i != SomeObj.end(); ++i)
5614 {
5615 for (int i = 0; i < N; ++i)
5616 {
5617 ...
5618 }
5619 ...
5620 }
5621 Since the two variable "i" in the example above have incompatible
5623 types, enabling only -Wshadow=compatible-local does not emit a
5624 warning. Because their types are incompatible, if a programmer
5625 accidentally uses one in place of the other, type checking is
5626 expected to catch that and emit an error or warning. Use of this
5627 flag instead of -Wshadow=local can possibly reduce the number of
5628 warnings triggered by intentional shadowing. Note that this also
5629 means that shadowing "const char *i" by "char *i" does not emit a
5630 warning.
5631 This warning is also enabled by -Wshadow=local.
5633 -Wlarger-than=byte-size
5635 Warn whenever an object is defined whose size exceeds byte-size.
5636 -Wlarger-than=PTRDIFF_MAX is enabled by default. Warnings
5637 controlled by the option can be disabled either by specifying byte-
5638 size of SIZE_MAX or more or by -Wno-larger-than.
5639 -Wno-larger-than
5641 Disable -Wlarger-than= warnings. The option is equivalent to
5642 -Wlarger-than=SIZE_MAX or larger.
5643 -Wframe-larger-than=byte-size
5645 Warn if the size of a function frame exceeds byte-size. The
5646 computation done to determine the stack frame size is approximate
5647 and not conservative. The actual requirements may be somewhat
5648 greater than byte-size even if you do not get a warning. In
5649 addition, any space allocated via "alloca", variable-length arrays,
5650 or related constructs is not included by the compiler when
5651 determining whether or not to issue a warning.
5652 -Wframe-larger-than=PTRDIFF_MAX is enabled by default. Warnings
5653 controlled by the option can be disabled either by specifying byte-
5654 size of SIZE_MAX or more or by -Wno-frame-larger-than.
5655 -Wno-frame-larger-than
5657 Disable -Wframe-larger-than= warnings. The option is equivalent to
5658 -Wframe-larger-than=SIZE_MAX or larger.
5659 -Wno-free-nonheap-object
5661 Do not warn when attempting to free an object that was not
5662 allocated on the heap.
5663 -Wstack-usage=byte-size
5665 Warn if the stack usage of a function might exceed byte-size. The
5666 computation done to determine the stack usage is conservative. Any
5667 space allocated via "alloca", variable-length arrays, or related
5668 constructs is included by the compiler when determining whether or
5669 not to issue a warning.
5670 The message is in keeping with the output of -fstack-usage.
5672 * If the stack usage is fully static but exceeds the specified
5674 amount, it's:
5675 warning: stack usage is 1120 bytes
5677 * If the stack usage is (partly) dynamic but bounded, it's:
5679 warning: stack usage might be 1648 bytes
5681 * If the stack usage is (partly) dynamic and not bounded, it's:
5683 warning: stack usage might be unbounded
5685 -Wstack-usage=PTRDIFF_MAX is enabled by default. Warnings
5687 controlled by the option can be disabled either by specifying byte-
5688 size of SIZE_MAX or more or by -Wno-stack-usage.
5689 -Wno-stack-usage
5691 Disable -Wstack-usage= warnings. The option is equivalent to
5692 -Wstack-usage=SIZE_MAX or larger.
5693 -Wunsafe-loop-optimizations
5695 Warn if the loop cannot be optimized because the compiler cannot
5696 assume anything on the bounds of the loop indices. With
5697 -funsafe-loop-optimizations warn if the compiler makes such
5698 assumptions.
5699 -Wno-pedantic-ms-format (MinGW targets only)
5701 When used in combination with -Wformat and -pedantic without GNU
5702 extensions, this option disables the warnings about non-ISO
5703 "printf" / "scanf" format width specifiers "I32", "I64", and "I"
5704 used on Windows targets, which depend on the MS runtime.
5705 -Wpointer-arith
5707 Warn about anything that depends on the "size of" a function type
5708 or of "void". GNU C assigns these types a size of 1, for
5709 convenience in calculations with "void *" pointers and pointers to
5710 functions. In C++, warn also when an arithmetic operation involves
5711 "NULL". This warning is also enabled by -Wpedantic.
5712 -Wno-pointer-compare
5714 Do not warn if a pointer is compared with a zero character
5715 constant. This usually means that the pointer was meant to be
5716 dereferenced. For example:
5717 const char *p = foo ();
5719 if (p == '\0')
5720 return 42;
5721 Note that the code above is invalid in C++11.
5723 This warning is enabled by default.
5725 -Wtype-limits
5727 Warn if a comparison is always true or always false due to the
5728 limited range of the data type, but do not warn for constant
5729 expressions. For example, warn if an unsigned variable is compared
5730 against zero with "<" or ">=". This warning is also enabled by
5731 -Wextra.
5732 -Wabsolute-value (C and Objective-C only)
5734 Warn for calls to standard functions that compute the absolute
5735 value of an argument when a more appropriate standard function is
5736 available. For example, calling "abs(3.14)" triggers the warning
5737 because the appropriate function to call to compute the absolute
5738 value of a double argument is "fabs". The option also triggers
5739 warnings when the argument in a call to such a function has an
5740 unsigned type. This warning can be suppressed with an explicit
5741 type cast and it is also enabled by -Wextra.
5742 -Wcomment
5744 -Wcomments
5745 Warn whenever a comment-start sequence /* appears in a /* comment,
5746 or whenever a backslash-newline appears in a // comment. This
5747 warning is enabled by -Wall.
5748 -Wtrigraphs
5750 Warn if any trigraphs are encountered that might change the meaning
5751 of the program. Trigraphs within comments are not warned about,
5752 except those that would form escaped newlines.
5753 This option is implied by -Wall. If -Wall is not given, this
5755 option is still enabled unless trigraphs are enabled. To get
5756 trigraph conversion without warnings, but get the other -Wall
5757 warnings, use -trigraphs -Wall -Wno-trigraphs.
5758 -Wundef
5760 Warn if an undefined identifier is evaluated in an "#if" directive.
5761 Such identifiers are replaced with zero.
5762 -Wexpansion-to-defined
5764 Warn whenever defined is encountered in the expansion of a macro
5765 (including the case where the macro is expanded by an #if
5766 directive). Such usage is not portable. This warning is also
5767 enabled by -Wpedantic and -Wextra.
5768 -Wunused-macros
5770 Warn about macros defined in the main file that are unused. A
5771 macro is used if it is expanded or tested for existence at least
5772 once. The preprocessor also warns if the macro has not been used
5773 at the time it is redefined or undefined.
5774 Built-in macros, macros defined on the command line, and macros
5776 defined in include files are not warned about.
5777 Note: If a macro is actually used, but only used in skipped
5779 conditional blocks, then the preprocessor reports it as unused. To
5780 avoid the warning in such a case, you might improve the scope of
5781 the macro's definition by, for example, moving it into the first
5782 skipped block. Alternatively, you could provide a dummy use with
5783 something like:
5784 #if defined the_macro_causing_the_warning
5786 #endif
5787 -Wno-endif-labels
5789 Do not warn whenever an "#else" or an "#endif" are followed by
5790 text. This sometimes happens in older programs with code of the
5791 form
5792 #if FOO
5794 ...
5795 #else FOO
5796 ...
5797 #endif FOO
5798 The second and third "FOO" should be in comments. This warning is
5800 on by default.
5801 -Wbad-function-cast (C and Objective-C only)
5803 Warn when a function call is cast to a non-matching type. For
5804 example, warn if a call to a function returning an integer type is
5805 cast to a pointer type.
5806 -Wc90-c99-compat (C and Objective-C only)
5808 Warn about features not present in ISO C90, but present in ISO C99.
5809 For instance, warn about use of variable length arrays, "long long"
5810 type, "bool" type, compound literals, designated initializers, and
5811 so on. This option is independent of the standards mode. Warnings
5812 are disabled in the expression that follows "__extension__".
5813 -Wc99-c11-compat (C and Objective-C only)
5815 Warn about features not present in ISO C99, but present in ISO C11.
5816 For instance, warn about use of anonymous structures and unions,
5817 "_Atomic" type qualifier, "_Thread_local" storage-class specifier,
5818 "_Alignas" specifier, "Alignof" operator, "_Generic" keyword, and
5819 so on. This option is independent of the standards mode. Warnings
5820 are disabled in the expression that follows "__extension__".
5821 -Wc11-c2x-compat (C and Objective-C only)
5823 Warn about features not present in ISO C11, but present in ISO C2X.
5824 For instance, warn about omitting the string in "_Static_assert",
5825 use of [[]] syntax for attributes, use of decimal floating-point
5826 types, and so on. This option is independent of the standards
5827 mode. Warnings are disabled in the expression that follows
5828 "__extension__".
5829 -Wc++-compat (C and Objective-C only)
5831 Warn about ISO C constructs that are outside of the common subset
5832 of ISO C and ISO C++, e.g. request for implicit conversion from
5833 "void *" to a pointer to non-"void" type.
5834 -Wc++11-compat (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
5836 Warn about C++ constructs whose meaning differs between ISO C++
5837 1998 and ISO C++ 2011, e.g., identifiers in ISO C++ 1998 that are
5838 keywords in ISO C++ 2011. This warning turns on -Wnarrowing and is
5839 enabled by -Wall.
5840 -Wc++14-compat (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
5842 Warn about C++ constructs whose meaning differs between ISO C++
5843 2011 and ISO C++ 2014. This warning is enabled by -Wall.
5844 -Wc++17-compat (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
5846 Warn about C++ constructs whose meaning differs between ISO C++
5847 2014 and ISO C++ 2017. This warning is enabled by -Wall.
5848 -Wc++20-compat (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
5850 Warn about C++ constructs whose meaning differs between ISO C++
5851 2017 and ISO C++ 2020. This warning is enabled by -Wall.
5852 -Wcast-qual
5854 Warn whenever a pointer is cast so as to remove a type qualifier
5855 from the target type. For example, warn if a "const char *" is
5856 cast to an ordinary "char *".
5857 Also warn when making a cast that introduces a type qualifier in an
5859 unsafe way. For example, casting "char **" to "const char **" is
5860 unsafe, as in this example:
5861 /* p is char ** value. */
5863 const char **q = (const char **) p;
5864 /* Assignment of readonly string to const char * is OK. */
5865 *q = "string";
5866 /* Now char** pointer points to read-only memory. */
5867 **p = 'b';
5868 -Wcast-align
5870 Warn whenever a pointer is cast such that the required alignment of
5871 the target is increased. For example, warn if a "char *" is cast
5872 to an "int *" on machines where integers can only be accessed at
5873 two- or four-byte boundaries.
5874 -Wcast-align=strict
5876 Warn whenever a pointer is cast such that the required alignment of
5877 the target is increased. For example, warn if a "char *" is cast
5878 to an "int *" regardless of the target machine.
5879 -Wcast-function-type
5881 Warn when a function pointer is cast to an incompatible function
5882 pointer. In a cast involving function types with a variable
5883 argument list only the types of initial arguments that are provided
5884 are considered. Any parameter of pointer-type matches any other
5885 pointer-type. Any benign differences in integral types are
5886 ignored, like "int" vs. "long" on ILP32 targets. Likewise type
5887 qualifiers are ignored. The function type "void (*) (void)" is
5888 special and matches everything, which can be used to suppress this
5889 warning. In a cast involving pointer to member types this warning
5890 warns whenever the type cast is changing the pointer to member
5891 type. This warning is enabled by -Wextra.
5892 -Wwrite-strings
5894 When compiling C, give string constants the type "const
5895 char[length]" so that copying the address of one into a non-"const"
5896 "char *" pointer produces a warning. These warnings help you find
5897 at compile time code that can try to write into a string constant,
5898 but only if you have been very careful about using "const" in
5899 declarations and prototypes. Otherwise, it is just a nuisance.
5900 This is why we did not make -Wall request these warnings.
5901 When compiling C++, warn about the deprecated conversion from
5903 string literals to "char *". This warning is enabled by default
5904 for C++ programs.
5905 -Wclobbered
5907 Warn for variables that might be changed by "longjmp" or "vfork".
5908 This warning is also enabled by -Wextra.
5909 -Wconversion
5911 Warn for implicit conversions that may alter a value. This includes
5912 conversions between real and integer, like "abs (x)" when "x" is
5913 "double"; conversions between signed and unsigned, like "unsigned
5914 ui = -1"; and conversions to smaller types, like "sqrtf (M_PI)". Do
5915 not warn for explicit casts like "abs ((int) x)" and "ui =
5916 (unsigned) -1", or if the value is not changed by the conversion
5917 like in "abs (2.0)". Warnings about conversions between signed and
5918 unsigned integers can be disabled by using -Wno-sign-conversion.
5919 For C++, also warn for confusing overload resolution for user-
5921 defined conversions; and conversions that never use a type
5922 conversion operator: conversions to "void", the same type, a base
5923 class or a reference to them. Warnings about conversions between
5924 signed and unsigned integers are disabled by default in C++ unless
5925 -Wsign-conversion is explicitly enabled.
5926 Warnings about conversion from arithmetic on a small type back to
5928 that type are only given with -Warith-conversion.
5929 -Wdangling-else
5931 Warn about constructions where there may be confusion to which "if"
5932 statement an "else" branch belongs. Here is an example of such a
5933 case:
5934 {
5936 if (a)
5937 if (b)
5938 foo ();
5939 else
5940 bar ();
5941 }
5942 In C/C++, every "else" branch belongs to the innermost possible
5944 "if" statement, which in this example is "if (b)". This is often
5945 not what the programmer expected, as illustrated in the above
5946 example by indentation the programmer chose. When there is the
5947 potential for this confusion, GCC issues a warning when this flag
5948 is specified. To eliminate the warning, add explicit braces around
5949 the innermost "if" statement so there is no way the "else" can
5950 belong to the enclosing "if". The resulting code looks like this:
5951 {
5953 if (a)
5954 {
5955 if (b)
5956 foo ();
5957 else
5958 bar ();
5959 }
5960 }
5961 This warning is enabled by -Wparentheses.
5963 -Wdate-time
5965 Warn when macros "__TIME__", "__DATE__" or "__TIMESTAMP__" are
5966 encountered as they might prevent bit-wise-identical reproducible
5967 compilations.
5968 -Wempty-body
5970 Warn if an empty body occurs in an "if", "else" or "do while"
5971 statement. This warning is also enabled by -Wextra.
5972 -Wno-endif-labels
5974 Do not warn about stray tokens after "#else" and "#endif".
5975 -Wenum-compare
5977 Warn about a comparison between values of different enumerated
5978 types. In C++ enumerated type mismatches in conditional
5979 expressions are also diagnosed and the warning is enabled by
5980 default. In C this warning is enabled by -Wall.
5981 -Wenum-conversion (C, Objective-C only)
5983 Warn when a value of enumerated type is implicitly converted to a
5984 different enumerated type. This warning is enabled by -Wextra.
5985 -Wjump-misses-init (C, Objective-C only)
5987 Warn if a "goto" statement or a "switch" statement jumps forward
5988 across the initialization of a variable, or jumps backward to a
5989 label after the variable has been initialized. This only warns
5990 about variables that are initialized when they are declared. This
5991 warning is only supported for C and Objective-C; in C++ this sort
5992 of branch is an error in any case.
5993 -Wjump-misses-init is included in -Wc++-compat. It can be disabled
5995 with the -Wno-jump-misses-init option.
5996 -Wsign-compare
5998 Warn when a comparison between signed and unsigned values could
5999 produce an incorrect result when the signed value is converted to
6000 unsigned. In C++, this warning is also enabled by -Wall. In C, it
6001 is also enabled by -Wextra.
6002 -Wsign-conversion
6004 Warn for implicit conversions that may change the sign of an
6005 integer value, like assigning a signed integer expression to an
6006 unsigned integer variable. An explicit cast silences the warning.
6007 In C, this option is enabled also by -Wconversion.
6008 -Wfloat-conversion
6010 Warn for implicit conversions that reduce the precision of a real
6011 value. This includes conversions from real to integer, and from
6012 higher precision real to lower precision real values. This option
6013 is also enabled by -Wconversion.
6014 -Wno-scalar-storage-order
6016 Do not warn on suspicious constructs involving reverse scalar
6017 storage order.
6018 -Wsizeof-pointer-div
6020 Warn for suspicious divisions of two sizeof expressions that divide
6021 the pointer size by the element size, which is the usual way to
6022 compute the array size but won't work out correctly with pointers.
6023 This warning warns e.g. about "sizeof (ptr) / sizeof (ptr[0])" if
6024 "ptr" is not an array, but a pointer. This warning is enabled by
6025 -Wall.
6026 -Wsizeof-pointer-memaccess
6028 Warn for suspicious length parameters to certain string and memory
6029 built-in functions if the argument uses "sizeof". This warning
6030 triggers for example for "memset (ptr, 0, sizeof (ptr));" if "ptr"
6031 is not an array, but a pointer, and suggests a possible fix, or
6032 about "memcpy (&foo, ptr, sizeof (&foo));".
6033 -Wsizeof-pointer-memaccess also warns about calls to bounded string
6034 copy functions like "strncat" or "strncpy" that specify as the
6035 bound a "sizeof" expression of the source array. For example, in
6036 the following function the call to "strncat" specifies the size of
6037 the source string as the bound. That is almost certainly a mistake
6038 and so the call is diagnosed.
6039 void make_file (const char *name)
6041 {
6042 char path[PATH_MAX];
6043 strncpy (path, name, sizeof path - 1);
6044 strncat (path, ".text", sizeof ".text");
6045 ...
6046 }
6047 The -Wsizeof-pointer-memaccess option is enabled by -Wall.
6049 -Wno-sizeof-array-argument
6051 Do not warn when the "sizeof" operator is applied to a parameter
6052 that is declared as an array in a function definition. This
6053 warning is enabled by default for C and C++ programs.
6054 -Wmemset-elt-size
6056 Warn for suspicious calls to the "memset" built-in function, if the
6057 first argument references an array, and the third argument is a
6058 number equal to the number of elements, but not equal to the size
6059 of the array in memory. This indicates that the user has omitted a
6060 multiplication by the element size. This warning is enabled by
6061 -Wall.
6062 -Wmemset-transposed-args
6064 Warn for suspicious calls to the "memset" built-in function where
6065 the second argument is not zero and the third argument is zero.
6066 For example, the call "memset (buf, sizeof buf, 0)" is diagnosed
6067 because "memset (buf, 0, sizeof buf)" was meant instead. The
6068 diagnostic is only emitted if the third argument is a literal zero.
6069 Otherwise, if it is an expression that is folded to zero, or a cast
6070 of zero to some type, it is far less likely that the arguments have
6071 been mistakenly transposed and no warning is emitted. This warning
6072 is enabled by -Wall.
6073 -Waddress
6075 Warn about suspicious uses of memory addresses. These include using
6076 the address of a function in a conditional expression, such as
6077 "void func(void); if (func)", and comparisons against the memory
6078 address of a string literal, such as "if (x == "abc")". Such uses
6079 typically indicate a programmer error: the address of a function
6080 always evaluates to true, so their use in a conditional usually
6081 indicate that the programmer forgot the parentheses in a function
6082 call; and comparisons against string literals result in unspecified
6083 behavior and are not portable in C, so they usually indicate that
6084 the programmer intended to use "strcmp". This warning is enabled
6085 by -Wall.
6086 -Wno-address-of-packed-member
6088 Do not warn when the address of packed member of struct or union is
6089 taken, which usually results in an unaligned pointer value. This
6090 is enabled by default.
6091 -Wlogical-op
6093 Warn about suspicious uses of logical operators in expressions.
6094 This includes using logical operators in contexts where a bit-wise
6095 operator is likely to be expected. Also warns when the operands of
6096 a logical operator are the same:
6097 extern int a;
6099 if (a < 0 && a < 0) { ... }
6100 -Wlogical-not-parentheses
6102 Warn about logical not used on the left hand side operand of a
6103 comparison. This option does not warn if the right operand is
6104 considered to be a boolean expression. Its purpose is to detect
6105 suspicious code like the following:
6106 int a;
6108 ...
6109 if (!a > 1) { ... }
6110 It is possible to suppress the warning by wrapping the LHS into
6112 parentheses:
6113 if ((!a) > 1) { ... }
6115 This warning is enabled by -Wall.
6117 -Waggregate-return
6119 Warn if any functions that return structures or unions are defined
6120 or called. (In languages where you can return an array, this also
6121 elicits a warning.)
6122 -Wno-aggressive-loop-optimizations
6124 Warn if in a loop with constant number of iterations the compiler
6125 detects undefined behavior in some statement during one or more of
6126 the iterations.
6127 -Wno-attributes
6129 Do not warn if an unexpected "__attribute__" is used, such as
6130 unrecognized attributes, function attributes applied to variables,
6131 etc. This does not stop errors for incorrect use of supported
6132 attributes.
6133 -Wno-builtin-declaration-mismatch
6135 Warn if a built-in function is declared with an incompatible
6136 signature or as a non-function, or when a built-in function
6137 declared with a type that does not include a prototype is called
6138 with arguments whose promoted types do not match those expected by
6139 the function. When -Wextra is specified, also warn when a built-in
6140 function that takes arguments is declared without a prototype. The
6141 -Wbuiltin-declaration-mismatch warning is enabled by default. To
6142 avoid the warning include the appropriate header to bring the
6143 prototypes of built-in functions into scope.
6144 For example, the call to "memset" below is diagnosed by the warning
6146 because the function expects a value of type "size_t" as its
6147 argument but the type of 32 is "int". With -Wextra, the
6148 declaration of the function is diagnosed as well.
6149 extern void* memset ();
6151 void f (void *d)
6152 {
6153 memset (d, '\0', 32);
6154 }
6155 -Wno-builtin-macro-redefined
6157 Do not warn if certain built-in macros are redefined. This
6158 suppresses warnings for redefinition of "__TIMESTAMP__",
6159 "__TIME__", "__DATE__", "__FILE__", and "__BASE_FILE__".
6160 -Wstrict-prototypes (C and Objective-C only)
6162 Warn if a function is declared or defined without specifying the
6163 argument types. (An old-style function definition is permitted
6164 without a warning if preceded by a declaration that specifies the
6165 argument types.)
6166 -Wold-style-declaration (C and Objective-C only)
6168 Warn for obsolescent usages, according to the C Standard, in a
6169 declaration. For example, warn if storage-class specifiers like
6170 "static" are not the first things in a declaration. This warning
6171 is also enabled by -Wextra.
6172 -Wold-style-definition (C and Objective-C only)
6174 Warn if an old-style function definition is used. A warning is
6175 given even if there is a previous prototype. A definition using ()
6176 is not considered an old-style definition in C2X mode, because it
6177 is equivalent to (void) in that case, but is considered an old-
6178 style definition for older standards.
6179 -Wmissing-parameter-type (C and Objective-C only)
6181 A function parameter is declared without a type specifier in
6182 K&R-style functions:
6183 void foo(bar) { }
6185 This warning is also enabled by -Wextra.
6187 -Wmissing-prototypes (C and Objective-C only)
6189 Warn if a global function is defined without a previous prototype
6190 declaration. This warning is issued even if the definition itself
6191 provides a prototype. Use this option to detect global functions
6192 that do not have a matching prototype declaration in a header file.
6193 This option is not valid for C++ because all function declarations
6194 provide prototypes and a non-matching declaration declares an
6195 overload rather than conflict with an earlier declaration. Use
6196 -Wmissing-declarations to detect missing declarations in C++.
6197 -Wmissing-declarations
6199 Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
6200 declaration. Do so even if the definition itself provides a
6201 prototype. Use this option to detect global functions that are not
6202 declared in header files. In C, no warnings are issued for
6203 functions with previous non-prototype declarations; use
6204 -Wmissing-prototypes to detect missing prototypes. In C++, no
6205 warnings are issued for function templates, or for inline
6206 functions, or for functions in anonymous namespaces.
6207 -Wmissing-field-initializers
6209 Warn if a structure's initializer has some fields missing. For
6210 example, the following code causes such a warning, because "x.h" is
6211 implicitly zero:
6212 struct s { int f, g, h; };
6214 struct s x = { 3, 4 };
6215 This option does not warn about designated initializers, so the
6217 following modification does not trigger a warning:
6218 struct s { int f, g, h; };
6220 struct s x = { .f = 3, .g = 4 };
6221 In C this option does not warn about the universal zero initializer
6223 { 0 }:
6224 struct s { int f, g, h; };
6226 struct s x = { 0 };
6227 Likewise, in C++ this option does not warn about the empty { }
6229 initializer, for example:
6230 struct s { int f, g, h; };
6232 s x = { };
6233 This warning is included in -Wextra. To get other -Wextra warnings
6235 without this one, use -Wextra -Wno-missing-field-initializers.
6236 -Wno-multichar
6238 Do not warn if a multicharacter constant ('FOOF') is used. Usually
6239 they indicate a typo in the user's code, as they have
6240 implementation-defined values, and should not be used in portable
6241 code.
6242 -Wnormalized=[none|id|nfc|nfkc]
6244 In ISO C and ISO C++, two identifiers are different if they are
6245 different sequences of characters. However, sometimes when
6246 characters outside the basic ASCII character set are used, you can
6247 have two different character sequences that look the same. To
6248 avoid confusion, the ISO 10646 standard sets out some normalization
6249 rules which when applied ensure that two sequences that look the
6250 same are turned into the same sequence. GCC can warn you if you
6251 are using identifiers that have not been normalized; this option
6252 controls that warning.
6253 There are four levels of warning supported by GCC. The default is
6255 -Wnormalized=nfc, which warns about any identifier that is not in
6256 the ISO 10646 "C" normalized form, NFC. NFC is the recommended
6257 form for most uses. It is equivalent to -Wnormalized.
6258 Unfortunately, there are some characters allowed in identifiers by
6260 ISO C and ISO C++ that, when turned into NFC, are not allowed in
6261 identifiers. That is, there's no way to use these symbols in
6262 portable ISO C or C++ and have all your identifiers in NFC.
6263 -Wnormalized=id suppresses the warning for these characters. It is
6264 hoped that future versions of the standards involved will correct
6265 this, which is why this option is not the default.
6266 You can switch the warning off for all characters by writing
6268 -Wnormalized=none or -Wno-normalized. You should only do this if
6269 you are using some other normalization scheme (like "D"), because
6270 otherwise you can easily create bugs that are literally impossible
6271 to see.
6272 Some characters in ISO 10646 have distinct meanings but look
6274 identical in some fonts or display methodologies, especially once
6275 formatting has been applied. For instance "\u207F", "SUPERSCRIPT
6276 LATIN SMALL LETTER N", displays just like a regular "n" that has
6277 been placed in a superscript. ISO 10646 defines the NFKC
6278 normalization scheme to convert all these into a standard form as
6279 well, and GCC warns if your code is not in NFKC if you use
6280 -Wnormalized=nfkc. This warning is comparable to warning about
6281 every identifier that contains the letter O because it might be
6282 confused with the digit 0, and so is not the default, but may be
6283 useful as a local coding convention if the programming environment
6284 cannot be fixed to display these characters distinctly.
6285 -Wno-attribute-warning
6287 Do not warn about usage of functions declared with "warning"
6288 attribute. By default, this warning is enabled.
6289 -Wno-attribute-warning can be used to disable the warning or
6290 -Wno-error=attribute-warning can be used to disable the error when
6291 compiled with -Werror flag.
6292 -Wno-deprecated
6294 Do not warn about usage of deprecated features.
6295 -Wno-deprecated-declarations
6297 Do not warn about uses of functions, variables, and types marked as
6298 deprecated by using the "deprecated" attribute.
6299 -Wno-overflow
6301 Do not warn about compile-time overflow in constant expressions.
6302 -Wno-odr
6304 Warn about One Definition Rule violations during link-time
6305 optimization. Enabled by default.
6306 -Wopenmp-simd
6308 Warn if the vectorizer cost model overrides the OpenMP simd
6309 directive set by user. The -fsimd-cost-model=unlimited option can
6310 be used to relax the cost model.
6311 -Woverride-init (C and Objective-C only)
6313 Warn if an initialized field without side effects is overridden
6314 when using designated initializers.
6315 This warning is included in -Wextra. To get other -Wextra warnings
6317 without this one, use -Wextra -Wno-override-init.
6318 -Wno-override-init-side-effects (C and Objective-C only)
6320 Do not warn if an initialized field with side effects is overridden
6321 when using designated initializers. This warning is enabled by
6322 default.
6323 -Wpacked
6325 Warn if a structure is given the packed attribute, but the packed
6326 attribute has no effect on the layout or size of the structure.
6327 Such structures may be mis-aligned for little benefit. For
6328 instance, in this code, the variable "f.x" in "struct bar" is
6329 misaligned even though "struct bar" does not itself have the packed
6330 attribute:
6331 struct foo {
6333 int x;
6334 char a, b, c, d;
6335 } __attribute__((packed));
6336 struct bar {
6337 char z;
6338 struct foo f;
6339 };
6340 -Wnopacked-bitfield-compat
6342 The 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 series of GCC ignore the "packed" attribute on
6343 bit-fields of type "char". This was fixed in GCC 4.4 but the
6344 change can lead to differences in the structure layout. GCC
6345 informs you when the offset of such a field has changed in GCC 4.4.
6346 For example there is no longer a 4-bit padding between field "a"
6347 and "b" in this structure:
6348 struct foo
6350 {
6351 char a:4;
6352 char b:8;
6353 } __attribute__ ((packed));
6354 This warning is enabled by default. Use
6356 -Wno-packed-bitfield-compat to disable this warning.
6357 -Wpacked-not-aligned (C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
6359 Warn if a structure field with explicitly specified alignment in a
6360 packed struct or union is misaligned. For example, a warning will
6361 be issued on "struct S", like, "warning: alignment 1 of 'struct S'
6362 is less than 8", in this code:
6363 struct __attribute__ ((aligned (8))) S8 { char a[8]; };
6365 struct __attribute__ ((packed)) S {
6366 struct S8 s8;
6367 };
6368 This warning is enabled by -Wall.
6370 -Wpadded
6372 Warn if padding is included in a structure, either to align an
6373 element of the structure or to align the whole structure.
6374 Sometimes when this happens it is possible to rearrange the fields
6375 of the structure to reduce the padding and so make the structure
6376 smaller.
6377 -Wredundant-decls
6379 Warn if anything is declared more than once in the same scope, even
6380 in cases where multiple declaration is valid and changes nothing.
6381 -Wrestrict
6383 Warn when an object referenced by a "restrict"-qualified parameter
6384 (or, in C++, a "__restrict"-qualified parameter) is aliased by
6385 another argument, or when copies between such objects overlap. For
6386 example, the call to the "strcpy" function below attempts to
6387 truncate the string by replacing its initial characters with the
6388 last four. However, because the call writes the terminating NUL
6389 into "a[4]", the copies overlap and the call is diagnosed.
6390 void foo (void)
6392 {
6393 char a[] = "abcd1234";
6394 strcpy (a, a + 4);
6395 ...
6396 }
6397 The -Wrestrict option detects some instances of simple overlap even
6399 without optimization but works best at -O2 and above. It is
6400 included in -Wall.
6401 -Wnested-externs (C and Objective-C only)
6403 Warn if an "extern" declaration is encountered within a function.
6404 -Winline
6406 Warn if a function that is declared as inline cannot be inlined.
6407 Even with this option, the compiler does not warn about failures to
6408 inline functions declared in system headers.
6409 The compiler uses a variety of heuristics to determine whether or
6411 not to inline a function. For example, the compiler takes into
6412 account the size of the function being inlined and the amount of
6413 inlining that has already been done in the current function.
6414 Therefore, seemingly insignificant changes in the source program
6415 can cause the warnings produced by -Winline to appear or disappear.
6416 -Wint-in-bool-context
6418 Warn for suspicious use of integer values where boolean values are
6419 expected, such as conditional expressions (?:) using non-boolean
6420 integer constants in boolean context, like "if (a <= b ? 2 : 3)".
6421 Or left shifting of signed integers in boolean context, like "for
6422 (a = 0; 1 << a; a++);". Likewise for all kinds of multiplications
6423 regardless of the data type. This warning is enabled by -Wall.
6424 -Wno-int-to-pointer-cast
6426 Suppress warnings from casts to pointer type of an integer of a
6427 different size. In C++, casting to a pointer type of smaller size
6428 is an error. Wint-to-pointer-cast is enabled by default.
6429 -Wno-pointer-to-int-cast (C and Objective-C only)
6431 Suppress warnings from casts from a pointer to an integer type of a
6432 different size.
6433 -Winvalid-pch
6435 Warn if a precompiled header is found in the search path but cannot
6436 be used.
6437 -Wlong-long
6439 Warn if "long long" type is used. This is enabled by either
6440 -Wpedantic or -Wtraditional in ISO C90 and C++98 modes. To inhibit
6441 the warning messages, use -Wno-long-long.
6442 -Wvariadic-macros
6444 Warn if variadic macros are used in ISO C90 mode, or if the GNU
6445 alternate syntax is used in ISO C99 mode. This is enabled by
6446 either -Wpedantic or -Wtraditional. To inhibit the warning
6447 messages, use -Wno-variadic-macros.
6448 -Wno-varargs
6450 Do not warn upon questionable usage of the macros used to handle
6451 variable arguments like "va_start". These warnings are enabled by
6452 default.
6453 -Wvector-operation-performance
6455 Warn if vector operation is not implemented via SIMD capabilities
6456 of the architecture. Mainly useful for the performance tuning.
6457 Vector operation can be implemented "piecewise", which means that
6458 the scalar operation is performed on every vector element; "in
6459 parallel", which means that the vector operation is implemented
6460 using scalars of wider type, which normally is more performance
6461 efficient; and "as a single scalar", which means that vector fits
6462 into a scalar type.
6463 -Wvla
6465 Warn if a variable-length array is used in the code. -Wno-vla
6466 prevents the -Wpedantic warning of the variable-length array.
6467 -Wvla-larger-than=byte-size
6469 If this option is used, the compiler warns for declarations of
6470 variable-length arrays whose size is either unbounded, or bounded
6471 by an argument that allows the array size to exceed byte-size
6472 bytes. This is similar to how -Walloca-larger-than=byte-size
6473 works, but with variable-length arrays.
6474 Note that GCC may optimize small variable-length arrays of a known
6476 value into plain arrays, so this warning may not get triggered for
6477 such arrays.
6478 -Wvla-larger-than=PTRDIFF_MAX is enabled by default but is
6480 typically only effective when -ftree-vrp is active (default for -O2
6481 and above).
6482 See also -Walloca-larger-than=byte-size.
6484 -Wno-vla-larger-than
6486 Disable -Wvla-larger-than= warnings. The option is equivalent to
6487 -Wvla-larger-than=SIZE_MAX or larger.
6488 -Wvolatile-register-var
6490 Warn if a register variable is declared volatile. The volatile
6491 modifier does not inhibit all optimizations that may eliminate
6492 reads and/or writes to register variables. This warning is enabled
6493 by -Wall.
6494 -Wdisabled-optimization
6496 Warn if a requested optimization pass is disabled. This warning
6497 does not generally indicate that there is anything wrong with your
6498 code; it merely indicates that GCC's optimizers are unable to
6499 handle the code effectively. Often, the problem is that your code
6500 is too big or too complex; GCC refuses to optimize programs when
6501 the optimization itself is likely to take inordinate amounts of
6502 time.
6503 -Wpointer-sign (C and Objective-C only)
6505 Warn for pointer argument passing or assignment with different
6506 signedness. This option is only supported for C and Objective-C.
6507 It is implied by -Wall and by -Wpedantic, which can be disabled
6508 with -Wno-pointer-sign.
6509 -Wstack-protector
6511 This option is only active when -fstack-protector is active. It
6512 warns about functions that are not protected against stack
6513 smashing.
6514 -Woverlength-strings
6516 Warn about string constants that are longer than the "minimum
6517 maximum" length specified in the C standard. Modern compilers
6518 generally allow string constants that are much longer than the
6519 standard's minimum limit, but very portable programs should avoid
6520 using longer strings.
6521 The limit applies after string constant concatenation, and does not
6523 count the trailing NUL. In C90, the limit was 509 characters; in
6524 C99, it was raised to 4095. C++98 does not specify a normative
6525 minimum maximum, so we do not diagnose overlength strings in C++.
6526 This option is implied by -Wpedantic, and can be disabled with
6528 -Wno-overlength-strings.
6529 -Wunsuffixed-float-constants (C and Objective-C only)
6531 Issue a warning for any floating constant that does not have a
6532 suffix. When used together with -Wsystem-headers it warns about
6533 such constants in system header files. This can be useful when
6534 preparing code to use with the "FLOAT_CONST_DECIMAL64" pragma from
6535 the decimal floating-point extension to C99.
6536 -Wno-lto-type-mismatch
6538 During the link-time optimization, do not warn about type
6539 mismatches in global declarations from different compilation units.
6540 Requires -flto to be enabled. Enabled by default.
6541 -Wno-designated-init (C and Objective-C only)
6543 Suppress warnings when a positional initializer is used to
6544 initialize a structure that has been marked with the
6545 "designated_init" attribute.
6546 -Wno-hsa
6548 Do not warn when HSAIL cannot be emitted for the compiled function
6549 or OpenMP construct. These warnings are enabled by default.
6550 Options That Control Static Analysis
6552 -fanalyzer
6553 This option enables an static analysis of program flow which looks
6554 for "interesting" interprocedural paths through the code, and
6555 issues warnings for problems found on them.
6556 This analysis is much more expensive than other GCC warnings.
6558 Enabling this option effectively enables the following warnings:
6560 -Wanalyzer-double-fclose -Wanalyzer-double-free
6562 -Wanalyzer-exposure-through-output-file -Wanalyzer-file-leak
6563 -Wanalyzer-free-of-non-heap -Wanalyzer-malloc-leak
6564 -Wanalyzer-possible-null-argument
6565 -Wanalyzer-possible-null-dereference -Wanalyzer-null-argument
6566 -Wanalyzer-null-dereference -Wanalyzer-stale-setjmp-buffer
6567 -Wanalyzer-tainted-array-index
6568 -Wanalyzer-unsafe-call-within-signal-handler
6569 -Wanalyzer-use-after-free
6570 -Wanalyzer-use-of-pointer-in-stale-stack-frame
6571 This option is only available if GCC was configured with analyzer
6573 support enabled.
6574 -Wanalyzer-too-complex
6576 If -fanalyzer is enabled, the analyzer uses various heuristics to
6577 attempt to explore the control flow and data flow in the program,
6578 but these can be defeated by sufficiently complicated code.
6579 By default, the analysis silently stops if the code is too
6581 complicated for the analyzer to fully explore and it reaches an
6582 internal limit. The -Wanalyzer-too-complex option warns if this
6583 occurs.
6584 -Wno-analyzer-double-fclose
6586 This warning requires -fanalyzer, which enables it; use
6587 -Wno-analyzer-double-fclose to disable it.
6588 This diagnostic warns for paths through the code in which a "FILE
6590 *" can have "fclose" called on it more than once.
6591 -Wno-analyzer-double-free
6593 This warning requires -fanalyzer, which enables it; use
6594 -Wno-analyzer-double-free to disable it.
6595 This diagnostic warns for paths through the code in which a pointer
6597 can have "free" called on it more than once.
6598 -Wno-analyzer-exposure-through-output-file
6600 This warning requires -fanalyzer, which enables it; use
6601 -Wno-analyzer-exposure-through-output-file to disable it.
6602 This diagnostic warns for paths through the code in which a
6604 security-sensitive value is written to an output file (such as
6605 writing a password to a log file).
6606 -Wno-analyzer-file-leak
6608 This warning requires -fanalyzer, which enables it; use
6609 -Wno-analyzer-file-leak to disable it.
6610 This diagnostic warns for paths through the code in which a
6612 "<stdio.h>" "FILE *" stream object is leaked.
6613 -Wno-analyzer-free-of-non-heap
6615 This warning requires -fanalyzer, which enables it; use
6616 -Wno-analyzer-free-of-non-heap to disable it.
6617 This diagnostic warns for paths through the code in which "free" is
6619 called on a non-heap pointer (e.g. an on-stack buffer, or a
6620 global).
6621 -Wno-analyzer-malloc-leak
6623 This warning requires -fanalyzer, which enables it; use
6624 -Wno-analyzer-malloc-leak to disable it.
6625 This diagnostic warns for paths through the code in which a pointer
6627 allocated via "malloc" is leaked.
6628 -Wno-analyzer-possible-null-argument
6630 This warning requires -fanalyzer, which enables it; use
6631 -Wno-analyzer-possible-null-argument to disable it.
6632 This diagnostic warns for paths through the code in which a
6634 possibly-NULL value is passed to a function argument marked with
6635 "__attribute__((nonnull))" as requiring a non-NULL value.
6636 -Wno-analyzer-possible-null-dereference
6638 This warning requires -fanalyzer, which enables it; use
6639 -Wno-analyzer-possible-null-dereference to disable it.
6640 This diagnostic warns for paths through the code in which a
6642 possibly-NULL value is dereferenced.
6643 -Wno-analyzer-null-argument
6645 This warning requires -fanalyzer, which enables it; use
6646 -Wno-analyzer-null-argument to disable it.
6647 This diagnostic warns for paths through the code in which a value
6649 known to be NULL is passed to a function argument marked with
6650 "__attribute__((nonnull))" as requiring a non-NULL value.
6651 -Wno-analyzer-null-dereference
6653 This warning requires -fanalyzer, which enables it; use
6654 -Wno-analyzer-null-dereference to disable it.
6655 This diagnostic warns for paths through the code in which a value
6657 known to be NULL is dereferenced.
6658 -Wno-analyzer-stale-setjmp-buffer
6660 This warning requires -fanalyzer, which enables it; use
6661 -Wno-analyzer-stale-setjmp-buffer to disable it.
6662 This diagnostic warns for paths through the code in which "longjmp"
6664 is called to rewind to a "jmp_buf" relating to a "setjmp" call in a
6665 function that has returned.
6666 When "setjmp" is called on a "jmp_buf" to record a rewind location,
6668 it records the stack frame. The stack frame becomes invalid when
6669 the function containing the "setjmp" call returns. Attempting to
6670 rewind to it via "longjmp" would reference a stack frame that no
6671 longer exists, and likely lead to a crash (or worse).
6672 -Wno-analyzer-tainted-array-index
6674 This warning requires both -fanalyzer and -fanalyzer-checker=taint
6675 to enable it; use -Wno-analyzer-tainted-array-index to disable it.
6676 This diagnostic warns for paths through the code in which a value
6678 that could be under an attacker's control is used as the index of
6679 an array access without being sanitized.
6680 -Wno-analyzer-unsafe-call-within-signal-handler
6682 This warning requires -fanalyzer, which enables it; use
6683 -Wno-analyzer-unsafe-call-within-signal-handler to disable it.
6684 This diagnostic warns for paths through the code in which a
6686 function known to be async-signal-unsafe (such as "fprintf") is
6687 called from a signal handler.
6688 -Wno-analyzer-use-after-free
6690 This warning requires -fanalyzer, which enables it; use
6691 -Wno-analyzer-use-after-free to disable it.
6692 This diagnostic warns for paths through the code in which a pointer
6694 is used after "free" is called on it.
6695 -Wno-analyzer-use-of-pointer-in-stale-stack-frame
6697 This warning requires -fanalyzer, which enables it; use
6698 -Wno-analyzer-use-of-pointer-in-stale-stack-frame to disable it.
6699 This diagnostic warns for paths through the code in which a pointer
6701 is dereferenced that points to a variable in a stale stack frame.
6702 Pertinent parameters for controlling the exploration are: --param
6704 analyzer-bb-explosion-factor=value, --param
6705 analyzer-max-enodes-per-program-point=value, --param
6706 analyzer-max-recursion-depth=value, and --param
6707 analyzer-min-snodes-for-call-summary=value.
6708 The following options control the analyzer.
6710 -fanalyzer-call-summaries
6712 Simplify interprocedural analysis by computing the effect of
6713 certain calls, rather than exploring all paths through the function
6714 from callsite to each possible return.
6715 If enabled, call summaries are only used for functions with more
6717 than one call site, and that are sufficiently complicated (as per
6718 --param analyzer-min-snodes-for-call-summary=value).
6719 -fanalyzer-checker=name
6721 Restrict the analyzer to run just the named checker, and enable it.
6722 Some checkers are disabled by default (even with -fanalyzer), such
6724 as the "taint" checker that implements
6725 -Wanalyzer-tainted-array-index, and this option is required to
6726 enable them.
6727 -fanalyzer-fine-grained
6729 This option is intended for analyzer developers.
6730 Internally the analyzer builds an "exploded graph" that combines
6732 control flow graphs with data flow information.
6733 By default, an edge in this graph can contain the effects of a run
6735 of multiple statements within a basic block. With
6736 -fanalyzer-fine-grained, each statement gets its own edge.
6737 -fanalyzer-show-duplicate-count
6739 This option is intended for analyzer developers: if multiple
6740 diagnostics have been detected as being duplicates of each other,
6741 it emits a note when reporting the best diagnostic, giving the
6742 number of additional diagnostics that were suppressed by the
6743 deduplication logic.
6744 -fno-analyzer-state-merge
6746 This option is intended for analyzer developers.
6747 By default the analyzer attempts to simplify analysis by merging
6749 sufficiently similar states at each program point as it builds its
6750 "exploded graph". With -fno-analyzer-state-merge this merging can
6751 be suppressed, for debugging state-handling issues.
6752 -fno-analyzer-state-purge
6754 This option is intended for analyzer developers.
6755 By default the analyzer attempts to simplify analysis by purging
6757 aspects of state at a program point that appear to no longer be
6758 relevant e.g. the values of locals that aren't accessed later in
6759 the function and which aren't relevant to leak analysis.
6760 With -fno-analyzer-state-purge this purging of state can be
6762 suppressed, for debugging state-handling issues.
6763 -fanalyzer-transitivity
6765 This option enables transitivity of constraints within the
6766 analyzer.
6767 -fanalyzer-verbose-edges
6769 This option is intended for analyzer developers. It enables more
6770 verbose, lower-level detail in the descriptions of control flow
6771 within diagnostic paths.
6772 -fanalyzer-verbose-state-changes
6774 This option is intended for analyzer developers. It enables more
6775 verbose, lower-level detail in the descriptions of events relating
6776 to state machines within diagnostic paths.
6777 -fanalyzer-verbosity=level
6779 This option controls the complexity of the control flow paths that
6780 are emitted for analyzer diagnostics.
6781 The level can be one of:
6783 0 At this level, interprocedural call and return events are
6785 displayed, along with the most pertinent state-change events
6786 relating to a diagnostic. For example, for a double-"free"
6787 diagnostic, both calls to "free" will be shown.
6788 1 As per the previous level, but also show events for the entry
6790 to each function.
6791 2 As per the previous level, but also show events relating to
6793 control flow that are significant to triggering the issue (e.g.
6794 "true path taken" at a conditional).
6795 This level is the default.
6797 3 As per the previous level, but show all control flow events,
6799 not just significant ones.
6800 4 This level is intended for analyzer developers; it adds various
6802 other events intended for debugging the analyzer.
6803 -fdump-analyzer
6805 Dump internal details about what the analyzer is doing to
6806 file.analyzer.txt. This option is overridden by
6807 -fdump-analyzer-stderr.
6808 -fdump-analyzer-stderr
6810 Dump internal details about what the analyzer is doing to stderr.
6811 This option overrides -fdump-analyzer.
6812 -fdump-analyzer-callgraph
6814 Dump a representation of the call graph suitable for viewing with
6815 GraphViz to file.callgraph.dot.
6816 -fdump-analyzer-exploded-graph
6818 Dump a representation of the "exploded graph" suitable for viewing
6819 with GraphViz to file.eg.dot. Nodes are color-coded based on
6820 state-machine states to emphasize state changes.
6821 -fdump-analyzer-exploded-nodes
6823 Emit diagnostics showing where nodes in the "exploded graph" are in
6824 relation to the program source.
6825 -fdump-analyzer-exploded-nodes-2
6827 Dump a textual representation of the "exploded graph" to
6828 file.eg.txt.
6829 -fdump-analyzer-exploded-nodes-3
6831 Dump a textual representation of the "exploded graph" to one dump
6832 file per node, to file.eg-id.txt. This is typically a large number
6833 of dump files.
6834 -fdump-analyzer-state-purge
6836 As per -fdump-analyzer-supergraph, dump a representation of the
6837 "supergraph" suitable for viewing with GraphViz, but annotate the
6838 graph with information on what state will be purged at each node.
6839 The graph is written to file.state-purge.dot.
6840 -fdump-analyzer-supergraph
6842 Dump representations of the "supergraph" suitable for viewing with
6843 GraphViz to file.supergraph.dot and to file.supergraph-eg.dot.
6844 These show all of the control flow graphs in the program, with
6845 interprocedural edges for calls and returns. The second dump
6846 contains annotations showing nodes in the "exploded graph" and
6847 diagnostics associated with them.
6848 Options for Debugging Your Program
6850 To tell GCC to emit extra information for use by a debugger, in almost
6851 all cases you need only to add -g to your other options.
6852 GCC allows you to use -g with -O. The shortcuts taken by optimized
6854 code may occasionally be surprising: some variables you declared may
6855 not exist at all; flow of control may briefly move where you did not
6856 expect it; some statements may not be executed because they compute
6857 constant results or their values are already at hand; some statements
6858 may execute in different places because they have been moved out of
6859 loops. Nevertheless it is possible to debug optimized output. This
6860 makes it reasonable to use the optimizer for programs that might have
6861 bugs.
6862 If you are not using some other optimization option, consider using -Og
6864 with -g. With no -O option at all, some compiler passes that collect
6865 information useful for debugging do not run at all, so that -Og may
6866 result in a better debugging experience.
6867 -g Produce debugging information in the operating system's native
6869 format (stabs, COFF, XCOFF, or DWARF). GDB can work with this
6870 debugging information.
6871 On most systems that use stabs format, -g enables use of extra
6873 debugging information that only GDB can use; this extra information
6874 makes debugging work better in GDB but probably makes other
6875 debuggers crash or refuse to read the program. If you want to
6876 control for certain whether to generate the extra information, use
6877 -gstabs+, -gstabs, -gxcoff+, -gxcoff, or -gvms (see below).
6878 -ggdb
6880 Produce debugging information for use by GDB. This means to use
6881 the most expressive format available (DWARF, stabs, or the native
6882 format if neither of those are supported), including GDB extensions
6883 if at all possible.
6884 -gdwarf
6886 -gdwarf-version
6887 Produce debugging information in DWARF format (if that is
6888 supported). The value of version may be either 2, 3, 4 or 5; the
6889 default version for most targets is 4. DWARF Version 5 is only
6890 experimental.
6891 Note that with DWARF Version 2, some ports require and always use
6893 some non-conflicting DWARF 3 extensions in the unwind tables.
6894 Version 4 may require GDB 7.0 and -fvar-tracking-assignments for
6896 maximum benefit.
6897 GCC no longer supports DWARF Version 1, which is substantially
6899 different than Version 2 and later. For historical reasons, some
6900 other DWARF-related options such as -fno-dwarf2-cfi-asm) retain a
6901 reference to DWARF Version 2 in their names, but apply to all
6902 currently-supported versions of DWARF.
6903 -gstabs
6905 Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is
6906 supported), without GDB extensions. This is the format used by DBX
6907 on most BSD systems. On MIPS, Alpha and System V Release 4 systems
6908 this option produces stabs debugging output that is not understood
6909 by DBX. On System V Release 4 systems this option requires the GNU
6910 assembler.
6911 -gstabs+
6913 Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is
6914 supported), using GNU extensions understood only by the GNU
6915 debugger (GDB). The use of these extensions is likely to make
6916 other debuggers crash or refuse to read the program.
6917 -gxcoff
6919 Produce debugging information in XCOFF format (if that is
6920 supported). This is the format used by the DBX debugger on IBM
6921 RS/6000 systems.
6922 -gxcoff+
6924 Produce debugging information in XCOFF format (if that is
6925 supported), using GNU extensions understood only by the GNU
6926 debugger (GDB). The use of these extensions is likely to make
6927 other debuggers crash or refuse to read the program, and may cause
6928 assemblers other than the GNU assembler (GAS) to fail with an
6929 error.
6930 -gvms
6932 Produce debugging information in Alpha/VMS debug format (if that is
6933 supported). This is the format used by DEBUG on Alpha/VMS systems.
6934 -glevel
6936 -ggdblevel
6937 -gstabslevel
6938 -gxcofflevel
6939 -gvmslevel
6940 Request debugging information and also use level to specify how
6941 much information. The default level is 2.
6942 Level 0 produces no debug information at all. Thus, -g0 negates
6944 -g.
6945 Level 1 produces minimal information, enough for making backtraces
6947 in parts of the program that you don't plan to debug. This
6948 includes descriptions of functions and external variables, and line
6949 number tables, but no information about local variables.
6950 Level 3 includes extra information, such as all the macro
6952 definitions present in the program. Some debuggers support macro
6953 expansion when you use -g3.
6954 If you use multiple -g options, with or without level numbers, the
6956 last such option is the one that is effective.
6957 -gdwarf does not accept a concatenated debug level, to avoid
6959 confusion with -gdwarf-level. Instead use an additional -glevel
6960 option to change the debug level for DWARF.
6961 -fno-eliminate-unused-debug-symbols
6963 By default, no debug information is produced for symbols that are
6964 not actually used. Use this option if you want debug information
6965 for all symbols.
6966 -femit-class-debug-always
6968 Instead of emitting debugging information for a C++ class in only
6969 one object file, emit it in all object files using the class. This
6970 option should be used only with debuggers that are unable to handle
6971 the way GCC normally emits debugging information for classes
6972 because using this option increases the size of debugging
6973 information by as much as a factor of two.
6974 -fno-merge-debug-strings
6976 Direct the linker to not merge together strings in the debugging
6977 information that are identical in different object files. Merging
6978 is not supported by all assemblers or linkers. Merging decreases
6979 the size of the debug information in the output file at the cost of
6980 increasing link processing time. Merging is enabled by default.
6981 -fdebug-prefix-map=old=new
6983 When compiling files residing in directory old, record debugging
6984 information describing them as if the files resided in directory
6985 new instead. This can be used to replace a build-time path with an
6986 install-time path in the debug info. It can also be used to change
6987 an absolute path to a relative path by using . for new. This can
6988 give more reproducible builds, which are location independent, but
6989 may require an extra command to tell GDB where to find the source
6990 files. See also -ffile-prefix-map.
6991 -fvar-tracking
6993 Run variable tracking pass. It computes where variables are stored
6994 at each position in code. Better debugging information is then
6995 generated (if the debugging information format supports this
6996 information).
6997 It is enabled by default when compiling with optimization (-Os, -O,
6999 -O2, ...), debugging information (-g) and the debug info format
7000 supports it.
7001 -fvar-tracking-assignments
7003 Annotate assignments to user variables early in the compilation and
7004 attempt to carry the annotations over throughout the compilation
7005 all the way to the end, in an attempt to improve debug information
7006 while optimizing. Use of -gdwarf-4 is recommended along with it.
7007 It can be enabled even if var-tracking is disabled, in which case
7009 annotations are created and maintained, but discarded at the end.
7010 By default, this flag is enabled together with -fvar-tracking,
7011 except when selective scheduling is enabled.
7012 -gsplit-dwarf
7014 Separate as much DWARF debugging information as possible into a
7015 separate output file with the extension .dwo. This option allows
7016 the build system to avoid linking files with debug information. To
7017 be useful, this option requires a debugger capable of reading .dwo
7018 files.
7019 -gdescribe-dies
7021 Add description attributes to some DWARF DIEs that have no name
7022 attribute, such as artificial variables, external references and
7023 call site parameter DIEs.
7024 -gpubnames
7026 Generate DWARF ".debug_pubnames" and ".debug_pubtypes" sections.
7027 -ggnu-pubnames
7029 Generate ".debug_pubnames" and ".debug_pubtypes" sections in a
7030 format suitable for conversion into a GDB index. This option is
7031 only useful with a linker that can produce GDB index version 7.
7032 -fdebug-types-section
7034 When using DWARF Version 4 or higher, type DIEs can be put into
7035 their own ".debug_types" section instead of making them part of the
7036 ".debug_info" section. It is more efficient to put them in a
7037 separate comdat section since the linker can then remove
7038 duplicates. But not all DWARF consumers support ".debug_types"
7039 sections yet and on some objects ".debug_types" produces larger
7040 instead of smaller debugging information.
7041 -grecord-gcc-switches
7043 -gno-record-gcc-switches
7044 This switch causes the command-line options used to invoke the
7045 compiler that may affect code generation to be appended to the
7046 DW_AT_producer attribute in DWARF debugging information. The
7047 options are concatenated with spaces separating them from each
7048 other and from the compiler version. It is enabled by default.
7049 See also -frecord-gcc-switches for another way of storing compiler
7050 options into the object file.
7051 -gstrict-dwarf
7053 Disallow using extensions of later DWARF standard version than
7054 selected with -gdwarf-version. On most targets using non-
7055 conflicting DWARF extensions from later standard versions is
7056 allowed.
7057 -gno-strict-dwarf
7059 Allow using extensions of later DWARF standard version than
7060 selected with -gdwarf-version.
7061 -gas-loc-support
7063 Inform the compiler that the assembler supports ".loc" directives.
7064 It may then use them for the assembler to generate DWARF2+ line
7065 number tables.
7066 This is generally desirable, because assembler-generated line-
7068 number tables are a lot more compact than those the compiler can
7069 generate itself.
7070 This option will be enabled by default if, at GCC configure time,
7072 the assembler was found to support such directives.
7073 -gno-as-loc-support
7075 Force GCC to generate DWARF2+ line number tables internally, if
7076 DWARF2+ line number tables are to be generated.
7077 -gas-locview-support
7079 Inform the compiler that the assembler supports "view" assignment
7080 and reset assertion checking in ".loc" directives.
7081 This option will be enabled by default if, at GCC configure time,
7083 the assembler was found to support them.
7084 -gno-as-locview-support
7086 Force GCC to assign view numbers internally, if
7087 -gvariable-location-views are explicitly requested.
7088 -gcolumn-info
7090 -gno-column-info
7091 Emit location column information into DWARF debugging information,
7092 rather than just file and line. This option is enabled by default.
7093 -gstatement-frontiers
7095 -gno-statement-frontiers
7096 This option causes GCC to create markers in the internal
7097 representation at the beginning of statements, and to keep them
7098 roughly in place throughout compilation, using them to guide the
7099 output of "is_stmt" markers in the line number table. This is
7100 enabled by default when compiling with optimization (-Os, -O, -O2,
7101 ...), and outputting DWARF 2 debug information at the normal level.
7102 -gvariable-location-views
7104 -gvariable-location-views=incompat5
7105 -gno-variable-location-views
7106 Augment variable location lists with progressive view numbers
7107 implied from the line number table. This enables debug information
7108 consumers to inspect state at certain points of the program, even
7109 if no instructions associated with the corresponding source
7110 locations are present at that point. If the assembler lacks
7111 support for view numbers in line number tables, this will cause the
7112 compiler to emit the line number table, which generally makes them
7113 somewhat less compact. The augmented line number tables and
7114 location lists are fully backward-compatible, so they can be
7115 consumed by debug information consumers that are not aware of these
7116 augmentations, but they won't derive any benefit from them either.
7117 This is enabled by default when outputting DWARF 2 debug
7119 information at the normal level, as long as there is assembler
7120 support, -fvar-tracking-assignments is enabled and -gstrict-dwarf
7121 is not. When assembler support is not available, this may still be
7122 enabled, but it will force GCC to output internal line number
7123 tables, and if -ginternal-reset-location-views is not enabled, that
7124 will most certainly lead to silently mismatching location views.
7125 There is a proposed representation for view numbers that is not
7127 backward compatible with the location list format introduced in
7128 DWARF 5, that can be enabled with
7129 -gvariable-location-views=incompat5. This option may be removed in
7130 the future, is only provided as a reference implementation of the
7131 proposed representation. Debug information consumers are not
7132 expected to support this extended format, and they would be
7133 rendered unable to decode location lists using it.
7134 -ginternal-reset-location-views
7136 -gno-internal-reset-location-views
7137 Attempt to determine location views that can be omitted from
7138 location view lists. This requires the compiler to have very
7139 accurate insn length estimates, which isn't always the case, and it
7140 may cause incorrect view lists to be generated silently when using
7141 an assembler that does not support location view lists. The GNU
7142 assembler will flag any such error as a "view number mismatch".
7143 This is only enabled on ports that define a reliable estimation
7144 function.
7145 -ginline-points
7147 -gno-inline-points
7148 Generate extended debug information for inlined functions.
7149 Location view tracking markers are inserted at inlined entry
7150 points, so that address and view numbers can be computed and output
7151 in debug information. This can be enabled independently of
7152 location views, in which case the view numbers won't be output, but
7153 it can only be enabled along with statement frontiers, and it is
7154 only enabled by default if location views are enabled.
7155 -gz[=type]
7157 Produce compressed debug sections in DWARF format, if that is
7158 supported. If type is not given, the default type depends on the
7159 capabilities of the assembler and linker used. type may be one of
7160 none (don't compress debug sections), zlib (use zlib compression in
7161 ELF gABI format), or zlib-gnu (use zlib compression in traditional
7162 GNU format). If the linker doesn't support writing compressed
7163 debug sections, the option is rejected. Otherwise, if the
7164 assembler does not support them, -gz is silently ignored when
7165 producing object files.
7166 -femit-struct-debug-baseonly
7168 Emit debug information for struct-like types only when the base
7169 name of the compilation source file matches the base name of file
7170 in which the struct is defined.
7171 This option substantially reduces the size of debugging
7173 information, but at significant potential loss in type information
7174 to the debugger. See -femit-struct-debug-reduced for a less
7175 aggressive option. See -femit-struct-debug-detailed for more
7176 detailed control.
7177 This option works only with DWARF debug output.
7179 -femit-struct-debug-reduced
7181 Emit debug information for struct-like types only when the base
7182 name of the compilation source file matches the base name of file
7183 in which the type is defined, unless the struct is a template or
7184 defined in a system header.
7185 This option significantly reduces the size of debugging
7187 information, with some potential loss in type information to the
7188 debugger. See -femit-struct-debug-baseonly for a more aggressive
7189 option. See -femit-struct-debug-detailed for more detailed
7190 control.
7191 This option works only with DWARF debug output.
7193 -femit-struct-debug-detailed[=spec-list]
7195 Specify the struct-like types for which the compiler generates
7196 debug information. The intent is to reduce duplicate struct debug
7197 information between different object files within the same program.
7198 This option is a detailed version of -femit-struct-debug-reduced
7200 and -femit-struct-debug-baseonly, which serves for most needs.
7201 A specification has the
7203 syntax[dir:|ind:][ord:|gen:](any|sys|base|none)
7204 The optional first word limits the specification to structs that
7206 are used directly (dir:) or used indirectly (ind:). A struct type
7207 is used directly when it is the type of a variable, member.
7208 Indirect uses arise through pointers to structs. That is, when use
7209 of an incomplete struct is valid, the use is indirect. An example
7210 is struct one direct; struct two * indirect;.
7211 The optional second word limits the specification to ordinary
7213 structs (ord:) or generic structs (gen:). Generic structs are a
7214 bit complicated to explain. For C++, these are non-explicit
7215 specializations of template classes, or non-template classes within
7216 the above. Other programming languages have generics, but
7217 -femit-struct-debug-detailed does not yet implement them.
7218 The third word specifies the source files for those structs for
7220 which the compiler should emit debug information. The values none
7221 and any have the normal meaning. The value base means that the
7222 base of name of the file in which the type declaration appears must
7223 match the base of the name of the main compilation file. In
7224 practice, this means that when compiling foo.c, debug information
7225 is generated for types declared in that file and foo.h, but not
7226 other header files. The value sys means those types satisfying
7227 base or declared in system or compiler headers.
7228 You may need to experiment to determine the best settings for your
7230 application.
7231 The default is -femit-struct-debug-detailed=all.
7233 This option works only with DWARF debug output.
7235 -fno-dwarf2-cfi-asm
7237 Emit DWARF unwind info as compiler generated ".eh_frame" section
7238 instead of using GAS ".cfi_*" directives.
7239 -fno-eliminate-unused-debug-types
7241 Normally, when producing DWARF output, GCC avoids producing debug
7242 symbol output for types that are nowhere used in the source file
7243 being compiled. Sometimes it is useful to have GCC emit debugging
7244 information for all types declared in a compilation unit,
7245 regardless of whether or not they are actually used in that
7246 compilation unit, for example if, in the debugger, you want to cast
7247 a value to a type that is not actually used in your program (but is
7248 declared). More often, however, this results in a significant
7249 amount of wasted space.
7250 Options That Control Optimization
7252 These options control various sorts of optimizations.
7253 Without any optimization option, the compiler's goal is to reduce the
7255 cost of compilation and to make debugging produce the expected results.
7256 Statements are independent: if you stop the program with a breakpoint
7257 between statements, you can then assign a new value to any variable or
7258 change the program counter to any other statement in the function and
7259 get exactly the results you expect from the source code.
7260 Turning on optimization flags makes the compiler attempt to improve the
7262 performance and/or code size at the expense of compilation time and
7263 possibly the ability to debug the program.
7264 The compiler performs optimization based on the knowledge it has of the
7266 program. Compiling multiple files at once to a single output file mode
7267 allows the compiler to use information gained from all of the files
7268 when compiling each of them.
7269 Not all optimizations are controlled directly by a flag. Only
7271 optimizations that have a flag are listed in this section.
7272 Most optimizations are completely disabled at -O0 or if an -O level is
7274 not set on the command line, even if individual optimization flags are
7275 specified. Similarly, -Og suppresses many optimization passes.
7276 Depending on the target and how GCC was configured, a slightly
7278 different set of optimizations may be enabled at each -O level than
7279 those listed here. You can invoke GCC with -Q --help=optimizers to
7280 find out the exact set of optimizations that are enabled at each level.
7281 -O
7283 -O1 Optimize. Optimizing compilation takes somewhat more time, and a
7284 lot more memory for a large function.
7285 With -O, the compiler tries to reduce code size and execution time,
7287 without performing any optimizations that take a great deal of
7288 compilation time.
7289 -O turns on the following optimization flags:
7291 -fauto-inc-dec -fbranch-count-reg -fcombine-stack-adjustments
7293 -fcompare-elim -fcprop-registers -fdce -fdefer-pop -fdelayed-branch
7294 -fdse -fforward-propagate -fguess-branch-probability
7295 -fif-conversion -fif-conversion2 -finline-functions-called-once
7296 -fipa-profile -fipa-pure-const -fipa-reference
7297 -fipa-reference-addressable -fmerge-constants
7298 -fmove-loop-invariants -fomit-frame-pointer -freorder-blocks
7299 -fshrink-wrap -fshrink-wrap-separate -fsplit-wide-types
7300 -fssa-backprop -fssa-phiopt -ftree-bit-ccp -ftree-ccp -ftree-ch
7301 -ftree-coalesce-vars -ftree-copy-prop -ftree-dce
7302 -ftree-dominator-opts -ftree-dse -ftree-forwprop -ftree-fre
7303 -ftree-phiprop -ftree-pta -ftree-scev-cprop -ftree-sink -ftree-slsr
7304 -ftree-sra -ftree-ter -funit-at-a-time
7305 -O2 Optimize even more. GCC performs nearly all supported
7307 optimizations that do not involve a space-speed tradeoff. As
7308 compared to -O, this option increases both compilation time and the
7309 performance of the generated code.
7310 -O2 turns on all optimization flags specified by -O. It also turns
7312 on the following optimization flags:
7313 -falign-functions -falign-jumps -falign-labels -falign-loops
7315 -fcaller-saves -fcode-hoisting -fcrossjumping -fcse-follow-jumps
7316 -fcse-skip-blocks -fdelete-null-pointer-checks -fdevirtualize
7317 -fdevirtualize-speculatively -fexpensive-optimizations
7318 -ffinite-loops -fgcse -fgcse-lm -fhoist-adjacent-loads
7319 -finline-functions -finline-small-functions -findirect-inlining
7320 -fipa-bit-cp -fipa-cp -fipa-icf -fipa-ra -fipa-sra -fipa-vrp
7321 -fisolate-erroneous-paths-dereference -flra-remat
7322 -foptimize-sibling-calls -foptimize-strlen -fpartial-inlining
7323 -fpeephole2 -freorder-blocks-algorithm=stc
7324 -freorder-blocks-and-partition -freorder-functions
7325 -frerun-cse-after-loop -fschedule-insns -fschedule-insns2
7326 -fsched-interblock -fsched-spec -fstore-merging -fstrict-aliasing
7327 -fthread-jumps -ftree-builtin-call-dce -ftree-pre
7328 -ftree-switch-conversion -ftree-tail-merge -ftree-vrp
7329 Please note the warning under -fgcse about invoking -O2 on programs
7331 that use computed gotos.
7332 -O3 Optimize yet more. -O3 turns on all optimizations specified by -O2
7334 and also turns on the following optimization flags:
7335 -fgcse-after-reload -fipa-cp-clone -floop-interchange
7337 -floop-unroll-and-jam -fpeel-loops -fpredictive-commoning
7338 -fsplit-loops -fsplit-paths -ftree-loop-distribution
7339 -ftree-loop-vectorize -ftree-partial-pre -ftree-slp-vectorize
7340 -funswitch-loops -fvect-cost-model -fvect-cost-model=dynamic
7341 -fversion-loops-for-strides
7342 -O0 Reduce compilation time and make debugging produce the expected
7344 results. This is the default.
7345 -Os Optimize for size. -Os enables all -O2 optimizations except those
7347 that often increase code size:
7348 -falign-functions -falign-jumps -falign-labels -falign-loops
7350 -fprefetch-loop-arrays -freorder-blocks-algorithm=stc
7351 It also enables -finline-functions, causes the compiler to tune for
7353 code size rather than execution speed, and performs further
7354 optimizations designed to reduce code size.
7355 -Ofast
7357 Disregard strict standards compliance. -Ofast enables all -O3
7358 optimizations. It also enables optimizations that are not valid
7359 for all standard-compliant programs. It turns on -ffast-math,
7360 -fallow-store-data-races and the Fortran-specific -fstack-arrays,
7361 unless -fmax-stack-var-size is specified, and -fno-protect-parens.
7362 -Og Optimize debugging experience. -Og should be the optimization
7364 level of choice for the standard edit-compile-debug cycle, offering
7365 a reasonable level of optimization while maintaining fast
7366 compilation and a good debugging experience. It is a better choice
7367 than -O0 for producing debuggable code because some compiler passes
7368 that collect debug information are disabled at -O0.
7369 Like -O0, -Og completely disables a number of optimization passes
7371 so that individual options controlling them have no effect.
7372 Otherwise -Og enables all -O1 optimization flags except for those
7373 that may interfere with debugging:
7374 -fbranch-count-reg -fdelayed-branch -fdse -fif-conversion
7376 -fif-conversion2 -finline-functions-called-once
7377 -fmove-loop-invariants -fssa-phiopt -ftree-bit-ccp -ftree-dse
7378 -ftree-pta -ftree-sra
7379 If you use multiple -O options, with or without level numbers, the last
7381 such option is the one that is effective.
7382 Options of the form -fflag specify machine-independent flags. Most
7384 flags have both positive and negative forms; the negative form of -ffoo
7385 is -fno-foo. In the table below, only one of the forms is listed---the
7386 one you typically use. You can figure out the other form by either
7387 removing no- or adding it.
7388 The following options control specific optimizations. They are either
7390 activated by -O options or are related to ones that are. You can use
7391 the following flags in the rare cases when "fine-tuning" of
7392 optimizations to be performed is desired.
7393 -fno-defer-pop
7395 For machines that must pop arguments after a function call, always
7396 pop the arguments as soon as each function returns. At levels -O1
7397 and higher, -fdefer-pop is the default; this allows the compiler to
7398 let arguments accumulate on the stack for several function calls
7399 and pop them all at once.
7400 -fforward-propagate
7402 Perform a forward propagation pass on RTL. The pass tries to
7403 combine two instructions and checks if the result can be
7404 simplified. If loop unrolling is active, two passes are performed
7405 and the second is scheduled after loop unrolling.
7406 This option is enabled by default at optimization levels -O, -O2,
7408 -O3, -Os.
7409 -ffp-contract=style
7411 -ffp-contract=off disables floating-point expression contraction.
7412 -ffp-contract=fast enables floating-point expression contraction
7413 such as forming of fused multiply-add operations if the target has
7414 native support for them. -ffp-contract=on enables floating-point
7415 expression contraction if allowed by the language standard. This
7416 is currently not implemented and treated equal to
7417 -ffp-contract=off.
7418 The default is -ffp-contract=fast.
7420 -fomit-frame-pointer
7422 Omit the frame pointer in functions that don't need one. This
7423 avoids the instructions to save, set up and restore the frame
7424 pointer; on many targets it also makes an extra register available.
7425 On some targets this flag has no effect because the standard
7427 calling sequence always uses a frame pointer, so it cannot be
7428 omitted.
7429 Note that -fno-omit-frame-pointer doesn't guarantee the frame
7431 pointer is used in all functions. Several targets always omit the
7432 frame pointer in leaf functions.
7433 Enabled by default at -O and higher.
7435 -foptimize-sibling-calls
7437 Optimize sibling and tail recursive calls.
7438 Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
7440 -foptimize-strlen
7442 Optimize various standard C string functions (e.g. "strlen",
7443 "strchr" or "strcpy") and their "_FORTIFY_SOURCE" counterparts into
7444 faster alternatives.
7445 Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.
7447 -fno-inline
7449 Do not expand any functions inline apart from those marked with the
7450 "always_inline" attribute. This is the default when not
7451 optimizing.
7452 Single functions can be exempted from inlining by marking them with
7454 the "noinline" attribute.
7455 -finline-small-functions
7457 Integrate functions into their callers when their body is smaller
7458 than expected function call code (so overall size of program gets
7459 smaller). The compiler heuristically decides which functions are
7460 simple enough to be worth integrating in this way. This inlining
7461 applies to all functions, even those not declared inline.
7462 Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
7464 -findirect-inlining
7466 Inline also indirect calls that are discovered to be known at
7467 compile time thanks to previous inlining. This option has any
7468 effect only when inlining itself is turned on by the
7469 -finline-functions or -finline-small-functions options.
7470 Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
7472 -finline-functions
7474 Consider all functions for inlining, even if they are not declared
7475 inline. The compiler heuristically decides which functions are
7476 worth integrating in this way.
7477 If all calls to a given function are integrated, and the function
7479 is declared "static", then the function is normally not output as
7480 assembler code in its own right.
7481 Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os. Also enabled by -fprofile-use and
7483 -fauto-profile.
7484 -finline-functions-called-once
7486 Consider all "static" functions called once for inlining into their
7487 caller even if they are not marked "inline". If a call to a given
7488 function is integrated, then the function is not output as
7489 assembler code in its own right.
7490 Enabled at levels -O1, -O2, -O3 and -Os, but not -Og.
7492 -fearly-inlining
7494 Inline functions marked by "always_inline" and functions whose body
7495 seems smaller than the function call overhead early before doing
7496 -fprofile-generate instrumentation and real inlining pass. Doing
7497 so makes profiling significantly cheaper and usually inlining
7498 faster on programs having large chains of nested wrapper functions.
7499 Enabled by default.
7501 -fipa-sra
7503 Perform interprocedural scalar replacement of aggregates, removal
7504 of unused parameters and replacement of parameters passed by
7505 reference by parameters passed by value.
7506 Enabled at levels -O2, -O3 and -Os.
7508 -finline-limit=n
7510 By default, GCC limits the size of functions that can be inlined.
7511 This flag allows coarse control of this limit. n is the size of
7512 functions that can be inlined in number of pseudo instructions.
7513 Inlining is actually controlled by a number of parameters, which
7515 may be specified individually by using --param name=value. The
7516 -finline-limit=n option sets some of these parameters as follows:
7517 max-inline-insns-single
7519 is set to n/2.
7520 max-inline-insns-auto
7522 is set to n/2.
7523 See below for a documentation of the individual parameters
7525 controlling inlining and for the defaults of these parameters.
7526 Note: there may be no value to -finline-limit that results in
7528 default behavior.
7529 Note: pseudo instruction represents, in this particular context, an
7531 abstract measurement of function's size. In no way does it
7532 represent a count of assembly instructions and as such its exact
7533 meaning might change from one release to an another.
7534 -fno-keep-inline-dllexport
7536 This is a more fine-grained version of -fkeep-inline-functions,
7537 which applies only to functions that are declared using the
7538 "dllexport" attribute or declspec.
7539 -fkeep-inline-functions
7541 In C, emit "static" functions that are declared "inline" into the
7542 object file, even if the function has been inlined into all of its
7543 callers. This switch does not affect functions using the "extern
7544 inline" extension in GNU C90. In C++, emit any and all inline
7545 functions into the object file.
7546 -fkeep-static-functions
7548 Emit "static" functions into the object file, even if the function
7549 is never used.
7550 -fkeep-static-consts
7552 Emit variables declared "static const" when optimization isn't
7553 turned on, even if the variables aren't referenced.
7554 GCC enables this option by default. If you want to force the
7556 compiler to check if a variable is referenced, regardless of
7557 whether or not optimization is turned on, use the
7558 -fno-keep-static-consts option.
7559 -fmerge-constants
7561 Attempt to merge identical constants (string constants and
7562 floating-point constants) across compilation units.
7563 This option is the default for optimized compilation if the
7565 assembler and linker support it. Use -fno-merge-constants to
7566 inhibit this behavior.
7567 Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.
7569 -fmerge-all-constants
7571 Attempt to merge identical constants and identical variables.
7572 This option implies -fmerge-constants. In addition to
7574 -fmerge-constants this considers e.g. even constant initialized
7575 arrays or initialized constant variables with integral or floating-
7576 point types. Languages like C or C++ require each variable,
7577 including multiple instances of the same variable in recursive
7578 calls, to have distinct locations, so using this option results in
7579 non-conforming behavior.
7580 -fmodulo-sched
7582 Perform swing modulo scheduling immediately before the first
7583 scheduling pass. This pass looks at innermost loops and reorders
7584 their instructions by overlapping different iterations.
7585 -fmodulo-sched-allow-regmoves
7587 Perform more aggressive SMS-based modulo scheduling with register
7588 moves allowed. By setting this flag certain anti-dependences edges
7589 are deleted, which triggers the generation of reg-moves based on
7590 the life-range analysis. This option is effective only with
7591 -fmodulo-sched enabled.
7592 -fno-branch-count-reg
7594 Disable the optimization pass that scans for opportunities to use
7595 "decrement and branch" instructions on a count register instead of
7596 instruction sequences that decrement a register, compare it against
7597 zero, and then branch based upon the result. This option is only
7598 meaningful on architectures that support such instructions, which
7599 include x86, PowerPC, IA-64 and S/390. Note that the
7600 -fno-branch-count-reg option doesn't remove the decrement and
7601 branch instructions from the generated instruction stream
7602 introduced by other optimization passes.
7603 The default is -fbranch-count-reg at -O1 and higher, except for
7605 -Og.
7606 -fno-function-cse
7608 Do not put function addresses in registers; make each instruction
7609 that calls a constant function contain the function's address
7610 explicitly.
7611 This option results in less efficient code, but some strange hacks
7613 that alter the assembler output may be confused by the
7614 optimizations performed when this option is not used.
7615 The default is -ffunction-cse
7617 -fno-zero-initialized-in-bss
7619 If the target supports a BSS section, GCC by default puts variables
7620 that are initialized to zero into BSS. This can save space in the
7621 resulting code.
7622 This option turns off this behavior because some programs
7624 explicitly rely on variables going to the data section---e.g., so
7625 that the resulting executable can find the beginning of that
7626 section and/or make assumptions based on that.
7627 The default is -fzero-initialized-in-bss.
7629 -fthread-jumps
7631 Perform optimizations that check to see if a jump branches to a
7632 location where another comparison subsumed by the first is found.
7633 If so, the first branch is redirected to either the destination of
7634 the second branch or a point immediately following it, depending on
7635 whether the condition is known to be true or false.
7636 Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
7638 -fsplit-wide-types
7640 When using a type that occupies multiple registers, such as "long
7641 long" on a 32-bit system, split the registers apart and allocate
7642 them independently. This normally generates better code for those
7643 types, but may make debugging more difficult.
7644 Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.
7646 -fsplit-wide-types-early
7648 Fully split wide types early, instead of very late. This option
7649 has no effect unless -fsplit-wide-types is turned on.
7650 This is the default on some targets.
7652 -fcse-follow-jumps
7654 In common subexpression elimination (CSE), scan through jump
7655 instructions when the target of the jump is not reached by any
7656 other path. For example, when CSE encounters an "if" statement
7657 with an "else" clause, CSE follows the jump when the condition
7658 tested is false.
7659 Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
7661 -fcse-skip-blocks
7663 This is similar to -fcse-follow-jumps, but causes CSE to follow
7664 jumps that conditionally skip over blocks. When CSE encounters a
7665 simple "if" statement with no else clause, -fcse-skip-blocks causes
7666 CSE to follow the jump around the body of the "if".
7667 Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
7669 -frerun-cse-after-loop
7671 Re-run common subexpression elimination after loop optimizations
7672 are performed.
7673 Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
7675 -fgcse
7677 Perform a global common subexpression elimination pass. This pass
7678 also performs global constant and copy propagation.
7679 Note: When compiling a program using computed gotos, a GCC
7681 extension, you may get better run-time performance if you disable
7682 the global common subexpression elimination pass by adding
7683 -fno-gcse to the command line.
7684 Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
7686 -fgcse-lm
7688 When -fgcse-lm is enabled, global common subexpression elimination
7689 attempts to move loads that are only killed by stores into
7690 themselves. This allows a loop containing a load/store sequence to
7691 be changed to a load outside the loop, and a copy/store within the
7692 loop.
7693 Enabled by default when -fgcse is enabled.
7695 -fgcse-sm
7697 When -fgcse-sm is enabled, a store motion pass is run after global
7698 common subexpression elimination. This pass attempts to move
7699 stores out of loops. When used in conjunction with -fgcse-lm,
7700 loops containing a load/store sequence can be changed to a load
7701 before the loop and a store after the loop.
7702 Not enabled at any optimization level.
7704 -fgcse-las
7706 When -fgcse-las is enabled, the global common subexpression
7707 elimination pass eliminates redundant loads that come after stores
7708 to the same memory location (both partial and full redundancies).
7709 Not enabled at any optimization level.
7711 -fgcse-after-reload
7713 When -fgcse-after-reload is enabled, a redundant load elimination
7714 pass is performed after reload. The purpose of this pass is to
7715 clean up redundant spilling.
7716 Enabled by -fprofile-use and -fauto-profile.
7718 -faggressive-loop-optimizations
7720 This option tells the loop optimizer to use language constraints to
7721 derive bounds for the number of iterations of a loop. This assumes
7722 that loop code does not invoke undefined behavior by for example
7723 causing signed integer overflows or out-of-bound array accesses.
7724 The bounds for the number of iterations of a loop are used to guide
7725 loop unrolling and peeling and loop exit test optimizations. This
7726 option is enabled by default.
7727 -funconstrained-commons
7729 This option tells the compiler that variables declared in common
7730 blocks (e.g. Fortran) may later be overridden with longer trailing
7731 arrays. This prevents certain optimizations that depend on knowing
7732 the array bounds.
7733 -fcrossjumping
7735 Perform cross-jumping transformation. This transformation unifies
7736 equivalent code and saves code size. The resulting code may or may
7737 not perform better than without cross-jumping.
7738 Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
7740 -fauto-inc-dec
7742 Combine increments or decrements of addresses with memory accesses.
7743 This pass is always skipped on architectures that do not have
7744 instructions to support this. Enabled by default at -O and higher
7745 on architectures that support this.
7746 -fdce
7748 Perform dead code elimination (DCE) on RTL. Enabled by default at
7749 -O and higher.
7750 -fdse
7752 Perform dead store elimination (DSE) on RTL. Enabled by default at
7753 -O and higher.
7754 -fif-conversion
7756 Attempt to transform conditional jumps into branch-less
7757 equivalents. This includes use of conditional moves, min, max, set
7758 flags and abs instructions, and some tricks doable by standard
7759 arithmetics. The use of conditional execution on chips where it is
7760 available is controlled by -fif-conversion2.
7761 Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os, but not with -Og.
7763 -fif-conversion2
7765 Use conditional execution (where available) to transform
7766 conditional jumps into branch-less equivalents.
7767 Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os, but not with -Og.
7769 -fdeclone-ctor-dtor
7771 The C++ ABI requires multiple entry points for constructors and
7772 destructors: one for a base subobject, one for a complete object,
7773 and one for a virtual destructor that calls operator delete
7774 afterwards. For a hierarchy with virtual bases, the base and
7775 complete variants are clones, which means two copies of the
7776 function. With this option, the base and complete variants are
7777 changed to be thunks that call a common implementation.
7778 Enabled by -Os.
7780 -fdelete-null-pointer-checks
7782 Assume that programs cannot safely dereference null pointers, and
7783 that no code or data element resides at address zero. This option
7784 enables simple constant folding optimizations at all optimization
7785 levels. In addition, other optimization passes in GCC use this
7786 flag to control global dataflow analyses that eliminate useless
7787 checks for null pointers; these assume that a memory access to
7788 address zero always results in a trap, so that if a pointer is
7789 checked after it has already been dereferenced, it cannot be null.
7790 Note however that in some environments this assumption is not true.
7792 Use -fno-delete-null-pointer-checks to disable this optimization
7793 for programs that depend on that behavior.
7794 This option is enabled by default on most targets. On Nios II ELF,
7796 it defaults to off. On AVR, CR16, and MSP430, this option is
7797 completely disabled.
7798 Passes that use the dataflow information are enabled independently
7800 at different optimization levels.
7801 -fdevirtualize
7803 Attempt to convert calls to virtual functions to direct calls.
7804 This is done both within a procedure and interprocedurally as part
7805 of indirect inlining (-findirect-inlining) and interprocedural
7806 constant propagation (-fipa-cp). Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
7807 -fdevirtualize-speculatively
7809 Attempt to convert calls to virtual functions to speculative direct
7810 calls. Based on the analysis of the type inheritance graph,
7811 determine for a given call the set of likely targets. If the set is
7812 small, preferably of size 1, change the call into a conditional
7813 deciding between direct and indirect calls. The speculative calls
7814 enable more optimizations, such as inlining. When they seem
7815 useless after further optimization, they are converted back into
7816 original form.
7817 -fdevirtualize-at-ltrans
7819 Stream extra information needed for aggressive devirtualization
7820 when running the link-time optimizer in local transformation mode.
7821 This option enables more devirtualization but significantly
7822 increases the size of streamed data. For this reason it is disabled
7823 by default.
7824 -fexpensive-optimizations
7826 Perform a number of minor optimizations that are relatively
7827 expensive.
7828 Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
7830 -free
7832 Attempt to remove redundant extension instructions. This is
7833 especially helpful for the x86-64 architecture, which implicitly
7834 zero-extends in 64-bit registers after writing to their lower
7835 32-bit half.
7836 Enabled for Alpha, AArch64 and x86 at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
7838 -fno-lifetime-dse
7840 In C++ the value of an object is only affected by changes within
7841 its lifetime: when the constructor begins, the object has an
7842 indeterminate value, and any changes during the lifetime of the
7843 object are dead when the object is destroyed. Normally dead store
7844 elimination will take advantage of this; if your code relies on the
7845 value of the object storage persisting beyond the lifetime of the
7846 object, you can use this flag to disable this optimization. To
7847 preserve stores before the constructor starts (e.g. because your
7848 operator new clears the object storage) but still treat the object
7849 as dead after the destructor, you can use -flifetime-dse=1. The
7850 default behavior can be explicitly selected with -flifetime-dse=2.
7851 -flifetime-dse=0 is equivalent to -fno-lifetime-dse.
7852 -flive-range-shrinkage
7854 Attempt to decrease register pressure through register live range
7855 shrinkage. This is helpful for fast processors with small or
7856 moderate size register sets.
7857 -fira-algorithm=algorithm
7859 Use the specified coloring algorithm for the integrated register
7860 allocator. The algorithm argument can be priority, which specifies
7861 Chow's priority coloring, or CB, which specifies Chaitin-Briggs
7862 coloring. Chaitin-Briggs coloring is not implemented for all
7863 architectures, but for those targets that do support it, it is the
7864 default because it generates better code.
7865 -fira-region=region
7867 Use specified regions for the integrated register allocator. The
7868 region argument should be one of the following:
7869 all Use all loops as register allocation regions. This can give
7871 the best results for machines with a small and/or irregular
7872 register set.
7873 mixed
7875 Use all loops except for loops with small register pressure as
7876 the regions. This value usually gives the best results in most
7877 cases and for most architectures, and is enabled by default
7878 when compiling with optimization for speed (-O, -O2, ...).
7879 one Use all functions as a single region. This typically results
7881 in the smallest code size, and is enabled by default for -Os or
7882 -O0.
7883 -fira-hoist-pressure
7885 Use IRA to evaluate register pressure in the code hoisting pass for
7886 decisions to hoist expressions. This option usually results in
7887 smaller code, but it can slow the compiler down.
7888 This option is enabled at level -Os for all targets.
7890 -fira-loop-pressure
7892 Use IRA to evaluate register pressure in loops for decisions to
7893 move loop invariants. This option usually results in generation of
7894 faster and smaller code on machines with large register files (>=
7895 32 registers), but it can slow the compiler down.
7896 This option is enabled at level -O3 for some targets.
7898 -fno-ira-share-save-slots
7900 Disable sharing of stack slots used for saving call-used hard
7901 registers living through a call. Each hard register gets a
7902 separate stack slot, and as a result function stack frames are
7903 larger.
7904 -fno-ira-share-spill-slots
7906 Disable sharing of stack slots allocated for pseudo-registers.
7907 Each pseudo-register that does not get a hard register gets a
7908 separate stack slot, and as a result function stack frames are
7909 larger.
7910 -flra-remat
7912 Enable CFG-sensitive rematerialization in LRA. Instead of loading
7913 values of spilled pseudos, LRA tries to rematerialize (recalculate)
7914 values if it is profitable.
7915 Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
7917 -fdelayed-branch
7919 If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder
7920 instructions to exploit instruction slots available after delayed
7921 branch instructions.
7922 Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os, but not at -Og.
7924 -fschedule-insns
7926 If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder
7927 instructions to eliminate execution stalls due to required data
7928 being unavailable. This helps machines that have slow floating
7929 point or memory load instructions by allowing other instructions to
7930 be issued until the result of the load or floating-point
7931 instruction is required.
7932 Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.
7934 -fschedule-insns2
7936 Similar to -fschedule-insns, but requests an additional pass of
7937 instruction scheduling after register allocation has been done.
7938 This is especially useful on machines with a relatively small
7939 number of registers and where memory load instructions take more
7940 than one cycle.
7941 Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
7943 -fno-sched-interblock
7945 Disable instruction scheduling across basic blocks, which is
7946 normally enabled when scheduling before register allocation, i.e.
7947 with -fschedule-insns or at -O2 or higher.
7948 -fno-sched-spec
7950 Disable speculative motion of non-load instructions, which is
7951 normally enabled when scheduling before register allocation, i.e.
7952 with -fschedule-insns or at -O2 or higher.
7953 -fsched-pressure
7955 Enable register pressure sensitive insn scheduling before register
7956 allocation. This only makes sense when scheduling before register
7957 allocation is enabled, i.e. with -fschedule-insns or at -O2 or
7958 higher. Usage of this option can improve the generated code and
7959 decrease its size by preventing register pressure increase above
7960 the number of available hard registers and subsequent spills in
7961 register allocation.
7962 -fsched-spec-load
7964 Allow speculative motion of some load instructions. This only
7965 makes sense when scheduling before register allocation, i.e. with
7966 -fschedule-insns or at -O2 or higher.
7967 -fsched-spec-load-dangerous
7969 Allow speculative motion of more load instructions. This only
7970 makes sense when scheduling before register allocation, i.e. with
7971 -fschedule-insns or at -O2 or higher.
7972 -fsched-stalled-insns
7974 -fsched-stalled-insns=n
7975 Define how many insns (if any) can be moved prematurely from the
7976 queue of stalled insns into the ready list during the second
7977 scheduling pass. -fno-sched-stalled-insns means that no insns are
7978 moved prematurely, -fsched-stalled-insns=0 means there is no limit
7979 on how many queued insns can be moved prematurely.
7980 -fsched-stalled-insns without a value is equivalent to
7981 -fsched-stalled-insns=1.
7982 -fsched-stalled-insns-dep
7984 -fsched-stalled-insns-dep=n
7985 Define how many insn groups (cycles) are examined for a dependency
7986 on a stalled insn that is a candidate for premature removal from
7987 the queue of stalled insns. This has an effect only during the
7988 second scheduling pass, and only if -fsched-stalled-insns is used.
7989 -fno-sched-stalled-insns-dep is equivalent to
7990 -fsched-stalled-insns-dep=0. -fsched-stalled-insns-dep without a
7991 value is equivalent to -fsched-stalled-insns-dep=1.
7992 -fsched2-use-superblocks
7994 When scheduling after register allocation, use superblock
7995 scheduling. This allows motion across basic block boundaries,
7996 resulting in faster schedules. This option is experimental, as not
7997 all machine descriptions used by GCC model the CPU closely enough
7998 to avoid unreliable results from the algorithm.
7999 This only makes sense when scheduling after register allocation,
8001 i.e. with -fschedule-insns2 or at -O2 or higher.
8002 -fsched-group-heuristic
8004 Enable the group heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic favors
8005 the instruction that belongs to a schedule group. This is enabled
8006 by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e. with -fschedule-insns
8007 or -fschedule-insns2 or at -O2 or higher.
8008 -fsched-critical-path-heuristic
8010 Enable the critical-path heuristic in the scheduler. This
8011 heuristic favors instructions on the critical path. This is
8012 enabled by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e. with
8013 -fschedule-insns or -fschedule-insns2 or at -O2 or higher.
8014 -fsched-spec-insn-heuristic
8016 Enable the speculative instruction heuristic in the scheduler.
8017 This heuristic favors speculative instructions with greater
8018 dependency weakness. This is enabled by default when scheduling is
8019 enabled, i.e. with -fschedule-insns or -fschedule-insns2 or at -O2
8020 or higher.
8021 -fsched-rank-heuristic
8023 Enable the rank heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic favors
8024 the instruction belonging to a basic block with greater size or
8025 frequency. This is enabled by default when scheduling is enabled,
8026 i.e. with -fschedule-insns or -fschedule-insns2 or at -O2 or
8027 higher.
8028 -fsched-last-insn-heuristic
8030 Enable the last-instruction heuristic in the scheduler. This
8031 heuristic favors the instruction that is less dependent on the last
8032 instruction scheduled. This is enabled by default when scheduling
8033 is enabled, i.e. with -fschedule-insns or -fschedule-insns2 or at
8034 -O2 or higher.
8035 -fsched-dep-count-heuristic
8037 Enable the dependent-count heuristic in the scheduler. This
8038 heuristic favors the instruction that has more instructions
8039 depending on it. This is enabled by default when scheduling is
8040 enabled, i.e. with -fschedule-insns or -fschedule-insns2 or at -O2
8041 or higher.
8042 -freschedule-modulo-scheduled-loops
8044 Modulo scheduling is performed before traditional scheduling. If a
8045 loop is modulo scheduled, later scheduling passes may change its
8046 schedule. Use this option to control that behavior.
8047 -fselective-scheduling
8049 Schedule instructions using selective scheduling algorithm.
8050 Selective scheduling runs instead of the first scheduler pass.
8051 -fselective-scheduling2
8053 Schedule instructions using selective scheduling algorithm.
8054 Selective scheduling runs instead of the second scheduler pass.
8055 -fsel-sched-pipelining
8057 Enable software pipelining of innermost loops during selective
8058 scheduling. This option has no effect unless one of
8059 -fselective-scheduling or -fselective-scheduling2 is turned on.
8060 -fsel-sched-pipelining-outer-loops
8062 When pipelining loops during selective scheduling, also pipeline
8063 outer loops. This option has no effect unless
8064 -fsel-sched-pipelining is turned on.
8065 -fsemantic-interposition
8067 Some object formats, like ELF, allow interposing of symbols by the
8068 dynamic linker. This means that for symbols exported from the DSO,
8069 the compiler cannot perform interprocedural propagation, inlining
8070 and other optimizations in anticipation that the function or
8071 variable in question may change. While this feature is useful, for
8072 example, to rewrite memory allocation functions by a debugging
8073 implementation, it is expensive in the terms of code quality. With
8074 -fno-semantic-interposition the compiler assumes that if
8075 interposition happens for functions the overwriting function will
8076 have precisely the same semantics (and side effects). Similarly if
8077 interposition happens for variables, the constructor of the
8078 variable will be the same. The flag has no effect for functions
8079 explicitly declared inline (where it is never allowed for
8080 interposition to change semantics) and for symbols explicitly
8081 declared weak.
8082 -fshrink-wrap
8084 Emit function prologues only before parts of the function that need
8085 it, rather than at the top of the function. This flag is enabled
8086 by default at -O and higher.
8087 -fshrink-wrap-separate
8089 Shrink-wrap separate parts of the prologue and epilogue separately,
8090 so that those parts are only executed when needed. This option is
8091 on by default, but has no effect unless -fshrink-wrap is also
8092 turned on and the target supports this.
8093 -fcaller-saves
8095 Enable allocation of values to registers that are clobbered by
8096 function calls, by emitting extra instructions to save and restore
8097 the registers around such calls. Such allocation is done only when
8098 it seems to result in better code.
8099 This option is always enabled by default on certain machines,
8101 usually those which have no call-preserved registers to use
8102 instead.
8103 Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
8105 -fcombine-stack-adjustments
8107 Tracks stack adjustments (pushes and pops) and stack memory
8108 references and then tries to find ways to combine them.
8109 Enabled by default at -O1 and higher.
8111 -fipa-ra
8113 Use caller save registers for allocation if those registers are not
8114 used by any called function. In that case it is not necessary to
8115 save and restore them around calls. This is only possible if
8116 called functions are part of same compilation unit as current
8117 function and they are compiled before it.
8118 Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os, however the option is disabled if
8120 generated code will be instrumented for profiling (-p, or -pg) or
8121 if callee's register usage cannot be known exactly (this happens on
8122 targets that do not expose prologues and epilogues in RTL).
8123 -fconserve-stack
8125 Attempt to minimize stack usage. The compiler attempts to use less
8126 stack space, even if that makes the program slower. This option
8127 implies setting the large-stack-frame parameter to 100 and the
8128 large-stack-frame-growth parameter to 400.
8129 -ftree-reassoc
8131 Perform reassociation on trees. This flag is enabled by default at
8132 -O and higher.
8133 -fcode-hoisting
8135 Perform code hoisting. Code hoisting tries to move the evaluation
8136 of expressions executed on all paths to the function exit as early
8137 as possible. This is especially useful as a code size
8138 optimization, but it often helps for code speed as well. This flag
8139 is enabled by default at -O2 and higher.
8140 -ftree-pre
8142 Perform partial redundancy elimination (PRE) on trees. This flag
8143 is enabled by default at -O2 and -O3.
8144 -ftree-partial-pre
8146 Make partial redundancy elimination (PRE) more aggressive. This
8147 flag is enabled by default at -O3.
8148 -ftree-forwprop
8150 Perform forward propagation on trees. This flag is enabled by
8151 default at -O and higher.
8152 -ftree-fre
8154 Perform full redundancy elimination (FRE) on trees. The difference
8155 between FRE and PRE is that FRE only considers expressions that are
8156 computed on all paths leading to the redundant computation. This
8157 analysis is faster than PRE, though it exposes fewer redundancies.
8158 This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.
8159 -ftree-phiprop
8161 Perform hoisting of loads from conditional pointers on trees. This
8162 pass is enabled by default at -O and higher.
8163 -fhoist-adjacent-loads
8165 Speculatively hoist loads from both branches of an if-then-else if
8166 the loads are from adjacent locations in the same structure and the
8167 target architecture has a conditional move instruction. This flag
8168 is enabled by default at -O2 and higher.
8169 -ftree-copy-prop
8171 Perform copy propagation on trees. This pass eliminates
8172 unnecessary copy operations. This flag is enabled by default at -O
8173 and higher.
8174 -fipa-pure-const
8176 Discover which functions are pure or constant. Enabled by default
8177 at -O and higher.
8178 -fipa-reference
8180 Discover which static variables do not escape the compilation unit.
8181 Enabled by default at -O and higher.
8182 -fipa-reference-addressable
8184 Discover read-only, write-only and non-addressable static
8185 variables. Enabled by default at -O and higher.
8186 -fipa-stack-alignment
8188 Reduce stack alignment on call sites if possible. Enabled by
8189 default.
8190 -fipa-pta
8192 Perform interprocedural pointer analysis and interprocedural
8193 modification and reference analysis. This option can cause
8194 excessive memory and compile-time usage on large compilation units.
8195 It is not enabled by default at any optimization level.
8196 -fipa-profile
8198 Perform interprocedural profile propagation. The functions called
8199 only from cold functions are marked as cold. Also functions
8200 executed once (such as "cold", "noreturn", static constructors or
8201 destructors) are identified. Cold functions and loop less parts of
8202 functions executed once are then optimized for size. Enabled by
8203 default at -O and higher.
8204 -fipa-cp
8206 Perform interprocedural constant propagation. This optimization
8207 analyzes the program to determine when values passed to functions
8208 are constants and then optimizes accordingly. This optimization
8209 can substantially increase performance if the application has
8210 constants passed to functions. This flag is enabled by default at
8211 -O2, -Os and -O3. It is also enabled by -fprofile-use and
8212 -fauto-profile.
8213 -fipa-cp-clone
8215 Perform function cloning to make interprocedural constant
8216 propagation stronger. When enabled, interprocedural constant
8217 propagation performs function cloning when externally visible
8218 function can be called with constant arguments. Because this
8219 optimization can create multiple copies of functions, it may
8220 significantly increase code size (see --param
8221 ipa-cp-unit-growth=value). This flag is enabled by default at -O3.
8222 It is also enabled by -fprofile-use and -fauto-profile.
8223 -fipa-bit-cp
8225 When enabled, perform interprocedural bitwise constant propagation.
8226 This flag is enabled by default at -O2 and by -fprofile-use and
8227 -fauto-profile. It requires that -fipa-cp is enabled.
8228 -fipa-vrp
8230 When enabled, perform interprocedural propagation of value ranges.
8231 This flag is enabled by default at -O2. It requires that -fipa-cp
8232 is enabled.
8233 -fipa-icf
8235 Perform Identical Code Folding for functions and read-only
8236 variables. The optimization reduces code size and may disturb
8237 unwind stacks by replacing a function by equivalent one with a
8238 different name. The optimization works more effectively with link-
8239 time optimization enabled.
8240 Although the behavior is similar to the Gold Linker's ICF
8242 optimization, GCC ICF works on different levels and thus the
8243 optimizations are not same - there are equivalences that are found
8244 only by GCC and equivalences found only by Gold.
8245 This flag is enabled by default at -O2 and -Os.
8247 -flive-patching=level
8249 Control GCC's optimizations to produce output suitable for live-
8250 patching.
8251 If the compiler's optimization uses a function's body or
8253 information extracted from its body to optimize/change another
8254 function, the latter is called an impacted function of the former.
8255 If a function is patched, its impacted functions should be patched
8256 too.
8257 The impacted functions are determined by the compiler's
8259 interprocedural optimizations. For example, a caller is impacted
8260 when inlining a function into its caller, cloning a function and
8261 changing its caller to call this new clone, or extracting a
8262 function's pureness/constness information to optimize its direct or
8263 indirect callers, etc.
8264 Usually, the more IPA optimizations enabled, the larger the number
8266 of impacted functions for each function. In order to control the
8267 number of impacted functions and more easily compute the list of
8268 impacted function, IPA optimizations can be partially enabled at
8269 two different levels.
8270 The level argument should be one of the following:
8272 inline-clone
8274 Only enable inlining and cloning optimizations, which includes
8275 inlining, cloning, interprocedural scalar replacement of
8276 aggregates and partial inlining. As a result, when patching a
8277 function, all its callers and its clones' callers are impacted,
8278 therefore need to be patched as well.
8279 -flive-patching=inline-clone disables the following
8281 optimization flags: -fwhole-program -fipa-pta -fipa-reference
8282 -fipa-ra -fipa-icf -fipa-icf-functions -fipa-icf-variables
8283 -fipa-bit-cp -fipa-vrp -fipa-pure-const
8284 -fipa-reference-addressable -fipa-stack-alignment
8285 inline-only-static
8287 Only enable inlining of static functions. As a result, when
8288 patching a static function, all its callers are impacted and so
8289 need to be patched as well.
8290 In addition to all the flags that -flive-patching=inline-clone
8292 disables, -flive-patching=inline-only-static disables the
8293 following additional optimization flags: -fipa-cp-clone
8294 -fipa-sra -fpartial-inlining -fipa-cp
8295 When -flive-patching is specified without any value, the default
8297 value is inline-clone.
8298 This flag is disabled by default.
8300 Note that -flive-patching is not supported with link-time
8302 optimization (-flto).
8303 -fisolate-erroneous-paths-dereference
8305 Detect paths that trigger erroneous or undefined behavior due to
8306 dereferencing a null pointer. Isolate those paths from the main
8307 control flow and turn the statement with erroneous or undefined
8308 behavior into a trap. This flag is enabled by default at -O2 and
8309 higher and depends on -fdelete-null-pointer-checks also being
8310 enabled.
8311 -fisolate-erroneous-paths-attribute
8313 Detect paths that trigger erroneous or undefined behavior due to a
8314 null value being used in a way forbidden by a "returns_nonnull" or
8315 "nonnull" attribute. Isolate those paths from the main control
8316 flow and turn the statement with erroneous or undefined behavior
8317 into a trap. This is not currently enabled, but may be enabled by
8318 -O2 in the future.
8319 -ftree-sink
8321 Perform forward store motion on trees. This flag is enabled by
8322 default at -O and higher.
8323 -ftree-bit-ccp
8325 Perform sparse conditional bit constant propagation on trees and
8326 propagate pointer alignment information. This pass only operates
8327 on local scalar variables and is enabled by default at -O1 and
8328 higher, except for -Og. It requires that -ftree-ccp is enabled.
8329 -ftree-ccp
8331 Perform sparse conditional constant propagation (CCP) on trees.
8332 This pass only operates on local scalar variables and is enabled by
8333 default at -O and higher.
8334 -fssa-backprop
8336 Propagate information about uses of a value up the definition chain
8337 in order to simplify the definitions. For example, this pass
8338 strips sign operations if the sign of a value never matters. The
8339 flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.
8340 -fssa-phiopt
8342 Perform pattern matching on SSA PHI nodes to optimize conditional
8343 code. This pass is enabled by default at -O1 and higher, except
8344 for -Og.
8345 -ftree-switch-conversion
8347 Perform conversion of simple initializations in a switch to
8348 initializations from a scalar array. This flag is enabled by
8349 default at -O2 and higher.
8350 -ftree-tail-merge
8352 Look for identical code sequences. When found, replace one with a
8353 jump to the other. This optimization is known as tail merging or
8354 cross jumping. This flag is enabled by default at -O2 and higher.
8355 The compilation time in this pass can be limited using max-tail-
8356 merge-comparisons parameter and max-tail-merge-iterations
8357 parameter.
8358 -ftree-dce
8360 Perform dead code elimination (DCE) on trees. This flag is enabled
8361 by default at -O and higher.
8362 -ftree-builtin-call-dce
8364 Perform conditional dead code elimination (DCE) for calls to built-
8365 in functions that may set "errno" but are otherwise free of side
8366 effects. This flag is enabled by default at -O2 and higher if -Os
8367 is not also specified.
8368 -ffinite-loops
8370 Assume that a loop with an exit will eventually take the exit and
8371 not loop indefinitely. This allows the compiler to remove loops
8372 that otherwise have no side-effects, not considering eventual
8373 endless looping as such.
8374 This option is enabled by default at -O2 for C++ with -std=c++11 or
8376 higher.
8377 -ftree-dominator-opts
8379 Perform a variety of simple scalar cleanups (constant/copy
8380 propagation, redundancy elimination, range propagation and
8381 expression simplification) based on a dominator tree traversal.
8382 This also performs jump threading (to reduce jumps to jumps). This
8383 flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.
8384 -ftree-dse
8386 Perform dead store elimination (DSE) on trees. A dead store is a
8387 store into a memory location that is later overwritten by another
8388 store without any intervening loads. In this case the earlier
8389 store can be deleted. This flag is enabled by default at -O and
8390 higher.
8391 -ftree-ch
8393 Perform loop header copying on trees. This is beneficial since it
8394 increases effectiveness of code motion optimizations. It also
8395 saves one jump. This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.
8396 It is not enabled for -Os, since it usually increases code size.
8397 -ftree-loop-optimize
8399 Perform loop optimizations on trees. This flag is enabled by
8400 default at -O and higher.
8401 -ftree-loop-linear
8403 -floop-strip-mine
8404 -floop-block
8405 Perform loop nest optimizations. Same as -floop-nest-optimize. To
8406 use this code transformation, GCC has to be configured with
8407 --with-isl to enable the Graphite loop transformation
8408 infrastructure.
8409 -fgraphite-identity
8411 Enable the identity transformation for graphite. For every SCoP we
8412 generate the polyhedral representation and transform it back to
8413 gimple. Using -fgraphite-identity we can check the costs or
8414 benefits of the GIMPLE -> GRAPHITE -> GIMPLE transformation. Some
8415 minimal optimizations are also performed by the code generator isl,
8416 like index splitting and dead code elimination in loops.
8417 -floop-nest-optimize
8419 Enable the isl based loop nest optimizer. This is a generic loop
8420 nest optimizer based on the Pluto optimization algorithms. It
8421 calculates a loop structure optimized for data-locality and
8422 parallelism. This option is experimental.
8423 -floop-parallelize-all
8425 Use the Graphite data dependence analysis to identify loops that
8426 can be parallelized. Parallelize all the loops that can be
8427 analyzed to not contain loop carried dependences without checking
8428 that it is profitable to parallelize the loops.
8429 -ftree-coalesce-vars
8431 While transforming the program out of the SSA representation,
8432 attempt to reduce copying by coalescing versions of different user-
8433 defined variables, instead of just compiler temporaries. This may
8434 severely limit the ability to debug an optimized program compiled
8435 with -fno-var-tracking-assignments. In the negated form, this flag
8436 prevents SSA coalescing of user variables. This option is enabled
8437 by default if optimization is enabled, and it does very little
8438 otherwise.
8439 -ftree-loop-if-convert
8441 Attempt to transform conditional jumps in the innermost loops to
8442 branch-less equivalents. The intent is to remove control-flow from
8443 the innermost loops in order to improve the ability of the
8444 vectorization pass to handle these loops. This is enabled by
8445 default if vectorization is enabled.
8446 -ftree-loop-distribution
8448 Perform loop distribution. This flag can improve cache performance
8449 on big loop bodies and allow further loop optimizations, like
8450 parallelization or vectorization, to take place. For example, the
8451 loop
8452 DO I = 1, N
8454 A(I) = B(I) + C
8455 D(I) = E(I) * F
8456 ENDDO
8457 is transformed to
8459 DO I = 1, N
8461 A(I) = B(I) + C
8462 ENDDO
8463 DO I = 1, N
8464 D(I) = E(I) * F
8465 ENDDO
8466 This flag is enabled by default at -O3. It is also enabled by
8468 -fprofile-use and -fauto-profile.
8469 -ftree-loop-distribute-patterns
8471 Perform loop distribution of patterns that can be code generated
8472 with calls to a library. This flag is enabled by default at -O2
8473 and higher, and by -fprofile-use and -fauto-profile.
8474 This pass distributes the initialization loops and generates a call
8476 to memset zero. For example, the loop
8477 DO I = 1, N
8479 A(I) = 0
8480 B(I) = A(I) + I
8481 ENDDO
8482 is transformed to
8484 DO I = 1, N
8486 A(I) = 0
8487 ENDDO
8488 DO I = 1, N
8489 B(I) = A(I) + I
8490 ENDDO
8491 and the initialization loop is transformed into a call to memset
8493 zero. This flag is enabled by default at -O3. It is also enabled
8494 by -fprofile-use and -fauto-profile.
8495 -floop-interchange
8497 Perform loop interchange outside of graphite. This flag can
8498 improve cache performance on loop nest and allow further loop
8499 optimizations, like vectorization, to take place. For example, the
8500 loop
8501 for (int i = 0; i < N; i++)
8503 for (int j = 0; j < N; j++)
8504 for (int k = 0; k < N; k++)
8505 c[i][j] = c[i][j] + a[i][k]*b[k][j];
8506 is transformed to
8508 for (int i = 0; i < N; i++)
8510 for (int k = 0; k < N; k++)
8511 for (int j = 0; j < N; j++)
8512 c[i][j] = c[i][j] + a[i][k]*b[k][j];
8513 This flag is enabled by default at -O3. It is also enabled by
8515 -fprofile-use and -fauto-profile.
8516 -floop-unroll-and-jam
8518 Apply unroll and jam transformations on feasible loops. In a loop
8519 nest this unrolls the outer loop by some factor and fuses the
8520 resulting multiple inner loops. This flag is enabled by default at
8521 -O3. It is also enabled by -fprofile-use and -fauto-profile.
8522 -ftree-loop-im
8524 Perform loop invariant motion on trees. This pass moves only
8525 invariants that are hard to handle at RTL level (function calls,
8526 operations that expand to nontrivial sequences of insns). With
8527 -funswitch-loops it also moves operands of conditions that are
8528 invariant out of the loop, so that we can use just trivial
8529 invariantness analysis in loop unswitching. The pass also includes
8530 store motion.
8531 -ftree-loop-ivcanon
8533 Create a canonical counter for number of iterations in loops for
8534 which determining number of iterations requires complicated
8535 analysis. Later optimizations then may determine the number
8536 easily. Useful especially in connection with unrolling.
8537 -ftree-scev-cprop
8539 Perform final value replacement. If a variable is modified in a
8540 loop in such a way that its value when exiting the loop can be
8541 determined using only its initial value and the number of loop
8542 iterations, replace uses of the final value by such a computation,
8543 provided it is sufficiently cheap. This reduces data dependencies
8544 and may allow further simplifications. Enabled by default at -O
8545 and higher.
8546 -fivopts
8548 Perform induction variable optimizations (strength reduction,
8549 induction variable merging and induction variable elimination) on
8550 trees.
8551 -ftree-parallelize-loops=n
8553 Parallelize loops, i.e., split their iteration space to run in n
8554 threads. This is only possible for loops whose iterations are
8555 independent and can be arbitrarily reordered. The optimization is
8556 only profitable on multiprocessor machines, for loops that are CPU-
8557 intensive, rather than constrained e.g. by memory bandwidth. This
8558 option implies -pthread, and thus is only supported on targets that
8559 have support for -pthread.
8560 -ftree-pta
8562 Perform function-local points-to analysis on trees. This flag is
8563 enabled by default at -O1 and higher, except for -Og.
8564 -ftree-sra
8566 Perform scalar replacement of aggregates. This pass replaces
8567 structure references with scalars to prevent committing structures
8568 to memory too early. This flag is enabled by default at -O1 and
8569 higher, except for -Og.
8570 -fstore-merging
8572 Perform merging of narrow stores to consecutive memory addresses.
8573 This pass merges contiguous stores of immediate values narrower
8574 than a word into fewer wider stores to reduce the number of
8575 instructions. This is enabled by default at -O2 and higher as well
8576 as -Os.
8577 -ftree-ter
8579 Perform temporary expression replacement during the SSA->normal
8580 phase. Single use/single def temporaries are replaced at their use
8581 location with their defining expression. This results in non-
8582 GIMPLE code, but gives the expanders much more complex trees to
8583 work on resulting in better RTL generation. This is enabled by
8584 default at -O and higher.
8585 -ftree-slsr
8587 Perform straight-line strength reduction on trees. This recognizes
8588 related expressions involving multiplications and replaces them by
8589 less expensive calculations when possible. This is enabled by
8590 default at -O and higher.
8591 -ftree-vectorize
8593 Perform vectorization on trees. This flag enables
8594 -ftree-loop-vectorize and -ftree-slp-vectorize if not explicitly
8595 specified.
8596 -ftree-loop-vectorize
8598 Perform loop vectorization on trees. This flag is enabled by
8599 default at -O3 and by -ftree-vectorize, -fprofile-use, and
8600 -fauto-profile.
8601 -ftree-slp-vectorize
8603 Perform basic block vectorization on trees. This flag is enabled by
8604 default at -O3 and by -ftree-vectorize, -fprofile-use, and
8605 -fauto-profile.
8606 -fvect-cost-model=model
8608 Alter the cost model used for vectorization. The model argument
8609 should be one of unlimited, dynamic or cheap. With the unlimited
8610 model the vectorized code-path is assumed to be profitable while
8611 with the dynamic model a runtime check guards the vectorized code-
8612 path to enable it only for iteration counts that will likely
8613 execute faster than when executing the original scalar loop. The
8614 cheap model disables vectorization of loops where doing so would be
8615 cost prohibitive for example due to required runtime checks for
8616 data dependence or alignment but otherwise is equal to the dynamic
8617 model. The default cost model depends on other optimization flags
8618 and is either dynamic or cheap.
8619 -fsimd-cost-model=model
8621 Alter the cost model used for vectorization of loops marked with
8622 the OpenMP simd directive. The model argument should be one of
8623 unlimited, dynamic, cheap. All values of model have the same
8624 meaning as described in -fvect-cost-model and by default a cost
8625 model defined with -fvect-cost-model is used.
8626 -ftree-vrp
8628 Perform Value Range Propagation on trees. This is similar to the
8629 constant propagation pass, but instead of values, ranges of values
8630 are propagated. This allows the optimizers to remove unnecessary
8631 range checks like array bound checks and null pointer checks. This
8632 is enabled by default at -O2 and higher. Null pointer check
8633 elimination is only done if -fdelete-null-pointer-checks is
8634 enabled.
8635 -fsplit-paths
8637 Split paths leading to loop backedges. This can improve dead code
8638 elimination and common subexpression elimination. This is enabled
8639 by default at -O3 and above.
8640 -fsplit-ivs-in-unroller
8642 Enables expression of values of induction variables in later
8643 iterations of the unrolled loop using the value in the first
8644 iteration. This breaks long dependency chains, thus improving
8645 efficiency of the scheduling passes.
8646 A combination of -fweb and CSE is often sufficient to obtain the
8648 same effect. However, that is not reliable in cases where the loop
8649 body is more complicated than a single basic block. It also does
8650 not work at all on some architectures due to restrictions in the
8651 CSE pass.
8652 This optimization is enabled by default.
8654 -fvariable-expansion-in-unroller
8656 With this option, the compiler creates multiple copies of some
8657 local variables when unrolling a loop, which can result in superior
8658 code.
8659 This optimization is enabled by default for PowerPC targets, but
8661 disabled by default otherwise.
8662 -fpartial-inlining
8664 Inline parts of functions. This option has any effect only when
8665 inlining itself is turned on by the -finline-functions or
8666 -finline-small-functions options.
8667 Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
8669 -fpredictive-commoning
8671 Perform predictive commoning optimization, i.e., reusing
8672 computations (especially memory loads and stores) performed in
8673 previous iterations of loops.
8674 This option is enabled at level -O3. It is also enabled by
8676 -fprofile-use and -fauto-profile.
8677 -fprefetch-loop-arrays
8679 If supported by the target machine, generate instructions to
8680 prefetch memory to improve the performance of loops that access
8681 large arrays.
8682 This option may generate better or worse code; results are highly
8684 dependent on the structure of loops within the source code.
8685 Disabled at level -Os.
8687 -fno-printf-return-value
8689 Do not substitute constants for known return value of formatted
8690 output functions such as "sprintf", "snprintf", "vsprintf", and
8691 "vsnprintf" (but not "printf" of "fprintf"). This transformation
8692 allows GCC to optimize or even eliminate branches based on the
8693 known return value of these functions called with arguments that
8694 are either constant, or whose values are known to be in a range
8695 that makes determining the exact return value possible. For
8696 example, when -fprintf-return-value is in effect, both the branch
8697 and the body of the "if" statement (but not the call to "snprint")
8698 can be optimized away when "i" is a 32-bit or smaller integer
8699 because the return value is guaranteed to be at most 8.
8700 char buf[9];
8702 if (snprintf (buf, "%08x", i) >= sizeof buf)
8703 ...
8704 The -fprintf-return-value option relies on other optimizations and
8706 yields best results with -O2 and above. It works in tandem with
8707 the -Wformat-overflow and -Wformat-truncation options. The
8708 -fprintf-return-value option is enabled by default.
8709 -fno-peephole
8711 -fno-peephole2
8712 Disable any machine-specific peephole optimizations. The
8713 difference between -fno-peephole and -fno-peephole2 is in how they
8714 are implemented in the compiler; some targets use one, some use the
8715 other, a few use both.
8716 -fpeephole is enabled by default. -fpeephole2 enabled at levels
8718 -O2, -O3, -Os.
8719 -fno-guess-branch-probability
8721 Do not guess branch probabilities using heuristics.
8722 GCC uses heuristics to guess branch probabilities if they are not
8724 provided by profiling feedback (-fprofile-arcs). These heuristics
8725 are based on the control flow graph. If some branch probabilities
8726 are specified by "__builtin_expect", then the heuristics are used
8727 to guess branch probabilities for the rest of the control flow
8728 graph, taking the "__builtin_expect" info into account. The
8729 interactions between the heuristics and "__builtin_expect" can be
8730 complex, and in some cases, it may be useful to disable the
8731 heuristics so that the effects of "__builtin_expect" are easier to
8732 understand.
8733 It is also possible to specify expected probability of the
8735 expression with "__builtin_expect_with_probability" built-in
8736 function.
8737 The default is -fguess-branch-probability at levels -O, -O2, -O3,
8739 -Os.
8740 -freorder-blocks
8742 Reorder basic blocks in the compiled function in order to reduce
8743 number of taken branches and improve code locality.
8744 Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.
8746 -freorder-blocks-algorithm=algorithm
8748 Use the specified algorithm for basic block reordering. The
8749 algorithm argument can be simple, which does not increase code size
8750 (except sometimes due to secondary effects like alignment), or stc,
8751 the "software trace cache" algorithm, which tries to put all often
8752 executed code together, minimizing the number of branches executed
8753 by making extra copies of code.
8754 The default is simple at levels -O, -Os, and stc at levels -O2,
8756 -O3.
8757 -freorder-blocks-and-partition
8759 In addition to reordering basic blocks in the compiled function, in
8760 order to reduce number of taken branches, partitions hot and cold
8761 basic blocks into separate sections of the assembly and .o files,
8762 to improve paging and cache locality performance.
8763 This optimization is automatically turned off in the presence of
8765 exception handling or unwind tables (on targets using
8766 setjump/longjump or target specific scheme), for linkonce sections,
8767 for functions with a user-defined section attribute and on any
8768 architecture that does not support named sections. When
8769 -fsplit-stack is used this option is not enabled by default (to
8770 avoid linker errors), but may be enabled explicitly (if using a
8771 working linker).
8772 Enabled for x86 at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
8774 -freorder-functions
8776 Reorder functions in the object file in order to improve code
8777 locality. This is implemented by using special subsections
8778 ".text.hot" for most frequently executed functions and
8779 ".text.unlikely" for unlikely executed functions. Reordering is
8780 done by the linker so object file format must support named
8781 sections and linker must place them in a reasonable way.
8782 This option isn't effective unless you either provide profile
8784 feedback (see -fprofile-arcs for details) or manually annotate
8785 functions with "hot" or "cold" attributes.
8786 Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
8788 -fstrict-aliasing
8790 Allow the compiler to assume the strictest aliasing rules
8791 applicable to the language being compiled. For C (and C++), this
8792 activates optimizations based on the type of expressions. In
8793 particular, an object of one type is assumed never to reside at the
8794 same address as an object of a different type, unless the types are
8795 almost the same. For example, an "unsigned int" can alias an
8796 "int", but not a "void*" or a "double". A character type may alias
8797 any other type.
8798 Pay special attention to code like this:
8800 union a_union {
8802 int i;
8803 double d;
8804 };
8805 int f() {
8807 union a_union t;
8808 t.d = 3.0;
8809 return t.i;
8810 }
8811 The practice of reading from a different union member than the one
8813 most recently written to (called "type-punning") is common. Even
8814 with -fstrict-aliasing, type-punning is allowed, provided the
8815 memory is accessed through the union type. So, the code above
8816 works as expected. However, this code might not:
8817 int f() {
8819 union a_union t;
8820 int* ip;
8821 t.d = 3.0;
8822 ip = &t.i;
8823 return *ip;
8824 }
8825 Similarly, access by taking the address, casting the resulting
8827 pointer and dereferencing the result has undefined behavior, even
8828 if the cast uses a union type, e.g.:
8829 int f() {
8831 double d = 3.0;
8832 return ((union a_union *) &d)->i;
8833 }
8834 The -fstrict-aliasing option is enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
8836 -falign-functions
8838 -falign-functions=n
8839 -falign-functions=n:m
8840 -falign-functions=n:m:n2
8841 -falign-functions=n:m:n2:m2
8842 Align the start of functions to the next power-of-two greater than
8843 or equal to n, skipping up to m-1 bytes. This ensures that at
8844 least the first m bytes of the function can be fetched by the CPU
8845 without crossing an n-byte alignment boundary.
8846 If m is not specified, it defaults to n.
8848 Examples: -falign-functions=32 aligns functions to the next 32-byte
8850 boundary, -falign-functions=24 aligns to the next 32-byte boundary
8851 only if this can be done by skipping 23 bytes or less,
8852 -falign-functions=32:7 aligns to the next 32-byte boundary only if
8853 this can be done by skipping 6 bytes or less.
8854 The second pair of n2:m2 values allows you to specify a secondary
8856 alignment: -falign-functions=64:7:32:3 aligns to the next 64-byte
8857 boundary if this can be done by skipping 6 bytes or less, otherwise
8858 aligns to the next 32-byte boundary if this can be done by skipping
8859 2 bytes or less. If m2 is not specified, it defaults to n2.
8860 Some assemblers only support this flag when n is a power of two; in
8862 that case, it is rounded up.
8863 -fno-align-functions and -falign-functions=1 are equivalent and
8865 mean that functions are not aligned.
8866 If n is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default.
8868 The maximum allowed n option value is 65536.
8869 Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.
8871 -flimit-function-alignment
8873 If this option is enabled, the compiler tries to avoid
8874 unnecessarily overaligning functions. It attempts to instruct the
8875 assembler to align by the amount specified by -falign-functions,
8876 but not to skip more bytes than the size of the function.
8877 -falign-labels
8879 -falign-labels=n
8880 -falign-labels=n:m
8881 -falign-labels=n:m:n2
8882 -falign-labels=n:m:n2:m2
8883 Align all branch targets to a power-of-two boundary.
8884 Parameters of this option are analogous to the -falign-functions
8886 option. -fno-align-labels and -falign-labels=1 are equivalent and
8887 mean that labels are not aligned.
8888 If -falign-loops or -falign-jumps are applicable and are greater
8890 than this value, then their values are used instead.
8891 If n is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default
8893 which is very likely to be 1, meaning no alignment. The maximum
8894 allowed n option value is 65536.
8895 Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.
8897 -falign-loops
8899 -falign-loops=n
8900 -falign-loops=n:m
8901 -falign-loops=n:m:n2
8902 -falign-loops=n:m:n2:m2
8903 Align loops to a power-of-two boundary. If the loops are executed
8904 many times, this makes up for any execution of the dummy padding
8905 instructions.
8906 If -falign-labels is greater than this value, then its value is
8908 used instead.
8909 Parameters of this option are analogous to the -falign-functions
8911 option. -fno-align-loops and -falign-loops=1 are equivalent and
8912 mean that loops are not aligned. The maximum allowed n option
8913 value is 65536.
8914 If n is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default.
8916 Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.
8918 -falign-jumps
8920 -falign-jumps=n
8921 -falign-jumps=n:m
8922 -falign-jumps=n:m:n2
8923 -falign-jumps=n:m:n2:m2
8924 Align branch targets to a power-of-two boundary, for branch targets
8925 where the targets can only be reached by jumping. In this case, no
8926 dummy operations need be executed.
8927 If -falign-labels is greater than this value, then its value is
8929 used instead.
8930 Parameters of this option are analogous to the -falign-functions
8932 option. -fno-align-jumps and -falign-jumps=1 are equivalent and
8933 mean that loops are not aligned.
8934 If n is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default.
8936 The maximum allowed n option value is 65536.
8937 Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.
8939 -fno-allocation-dce
8941 Do not remove unused C++ allocations in dead code elimination.
8942 -fallow-store-data-races
8944 Allow the compiler to introduce new data races on stores.
8945 Enabled at level -Ofast.
8947 -funit-at-a-time
8949 This option is left for compatibility reasons. -funit-at-a-time has
8950 no effect, while -fno-unit-at-a-time implies -fno-toplevel-reorder
8951 and -fno-section-anchors.
8952 Enabled by default.
8954 -fno-toplevel-reorder
8956 Do not reorder top-level functions, variables, and "asm"
8957 statements. Output them in the same order that they appear in the
8958 input file. When this option is used, unreferenced static
8959 variables are not removed. This option is intended to support
8960 existing code that relies on a particular ordering. For new code,
8961 it is better to use attributes when possible.
8962 -ftoplevel-reorder is the default at -O1 and higher, and also at
8964 -O0 if -fsection-anchors is explicitly requested. Additionally
8965 -fno-toplevel-reorder implies -fno-section-anchors.
8966 -fweb
8968 Constructs webs as commonly used for register allocation purposes
8969 and assign each web individual pseudo register. This allows the
8970 register allocation pass to operate on pseudos directly, but also
8971 strengthens several other optimization passes, such as CSE, loop
8972 optimizer and trivial dead code remover. It can, however, make
8973 debugging impossible, since variables no longer stay in a "home
8974 register".
8975 Enabled by default with -funroll-loops.
8977 -fwhole-program
8979 Assume that the current compilation unit represents the whole
8980 program being compiled. All public functions and variables with
8981 the exception of "main" and those merged by attribute
8982 "externally_visible" become static functions and in effect are
8983 optimized more aggressively by interprocedural optimizers.
8984 This option should not be used in combination with -flto. Instead
8986 relying on a linker plugin should provide safer and more precise
8987 information.
8988 -flto[=n]
8990 This option runs the standard link-time optimizer. When invoked
8991 with source code, it generates GIMPLE (one of GCC's internal
8992 representations) and writes it to special ELF sections in the
8993 object file. When the object files are linked together, all the
8994 function bodies are read from these ELF sections and instantiated
8995 as if they had been part of the same translation unit.
8996 To use the link-time optimizer, -flto and optimization options
8998 should be specified at compile time and during the final link. It
8999 is recommended that you compile all the files participating in the
9000 same link with the same options and also specify those options at
9001 link time. For example:
9002 gcc -c -O2 -flto foo.c
9004 gcc -c -O2 -flto bar.c
9005 gcc -o myprog -flto -O2 foo.o bar.o
9006 The first two invocations to GCC save a bytecode representation of
9008 GIMPLE into special ELF sections inside foo.o and bar.o. The final
9009 invocation reads the GIMPLE bytecode from foo.o and bar.o, merges
9010 the two files into a single internal image, and compiles the result
9011 as usual. Since both foo.o and bar.o are merged into a single
9012 image, this causes all the interprocedural analyses and
9013 optimizations in GCC to work across the two files as if they were a
9014 single one. This means, for example, that the inliner is able to
9015 inline functions in bar.o into functions in foo.o and vice-versa.
9016 Another (simpler) way to enable link-time optimization is:
9018 gcc -o myprog -flto -O2 foo.c bar.c
9020 The above generates bytecode for foo.c and bar.c, merges them
9022 together into a single GIMPLE representation and optimizes them as
9023 usual to produce myprog.
9024 The important thing to keep in mind is that to enable link-time
9026 optimizations you need to use the GCC driver to perform the link
9027 step. GCC automatically performs link-time optimization if any of
9028 the objects involved were compiled with the -flto command-line
9029 option. You can always override the automatic decision to do link-
9030 time optimization by passing -fno-lto to the link command.
9031 To make whole program optimization effective, it is necessary to
9033 make certain whole program assumptions. The compiler needs to know
9034 what functions and variables can be accessed by libraries and
9035 runtime outside of the link-time optimized unit. When supported by
9036 the linker, the linker plugin (see -fuse-linker-plugin) passes
9037 information to the compiler about used and externally visible
9038 symbols. When the linker plugin is not available, -fwhole-program
9039 should be used to allow the compiler to make these assumptions,
9040 which leads to more aggressive optimization decisions.
9041 When a file is compiled with -flto without -fuse-linker-plugin, the
9043 generated object file is larger than a regular object file because
9044 it contains GIMPLE bytecodes and the usual final code (see
9045 -ffat-lto-objects. This means that object files with LTO
9046 information can be linked as normal object files; if -fno-lto is
9047 passed to the linker, no interprocedural optimizations are applied.
9048 Note that when -fno-fat-lto-objects is enabled the compile stage is
9049 faster but you cannot perform a regular, non-LTO link on them.
9050 When producing the final binary, GCC only applies link-time
9052 optimizations to those files that contain bytecode. Therefore, you
9053 can mix and match object files and libraries with GIMPLE bytecodes
9054 and final object code. GCC automatically selects which files to
9055 optimize in LTO mode and which files to link without further
9056 processing.
9057 Generally, options specified at link time override those specified
9059 at compile time, although in some cases GCC attempts to infer link-
9060 time options from the settings used to compile the input files.
9061 If you do not specify an optimization level option -O at link time,
9063 then GCC uses the highest optimization level used when compiling
9064 the object files. Note that it is generally ineffective to specify
9065 an optimization level option only at link time and not at compile
9066 time, for two reasons. First, compiling without optimization
9067 suppresses compiler passes that gather information needed for
9068 effective optimization at link time. Second, some early
9069 optimization passes can be performed only at compile time and not
9070 at link time.
9071 There are some code generation flags preserved by GCC when
9073 generating bytecodes, as they need to be used during the final
9074 link. Currently, the following options and their settings are
9075 taken from the first object file that explicitly specifies them:
9076 -fPIC, -fpic, -fpie, -fcommon, -fexceptions, -fnon-call-exceptions,
9077 -fgnu-tm and all the -m target flags.
9078 Certain ABI-changing flags are required to match in all compilation
9080 units, and trying to override this at link time with a conflicting
9081 value is ignored. This includes options such as
9082 -freg-struct-return and -fpcc-struct-return.
9083 Other options such as -ffp-contract, -fno-strict-overflow, -fwrapv,
9085 -fno-trapv or -fno-strict-aliasing are passed through to the link
9086 stage and merged conservatively for conflicting translation units.
9087 Specifically -fno-strict-overflow, -fwrapv and -fno-trapv take
9088 precedence; and for example -ffp-contract=off takes precedence over
9089 -ffp-contract=fast. You can override them at link time.
9090 Diagnostic options such as -Wstringop-overflow are passed through
9092 to the link stage and their setting matches that of the compile-
9093 step at function granularity. Note that this matters only for
9094 diagnostics emitted during optimization. Note that code transforms
9095 such as inlining can lead to warnings being enabled or disabled for
9096 regions if code not consistent with the setting at compile time.
9097 When you need to pass options to the assembler via -Wa or
9099 -Xassembler make sure to either compile such translation units with
9100 -fno-lto or consistently use the same assembler options on all
9101 translation units. You can alternatively also specify assembler
9102 options at LTO link time.
9103 To enable debug info generation you need to supply -g at compile
9105 time. If any of the input files at link time were built with debug
9106 info generation enabled the link will enable debug info generation
9107 as well. Any elaborate debug info settings like the dwarf level
9108 -gdwarf-5 need to be explicitly repeated at the linker command line
9109 and mixing different settings in different translation units is
9110 discouraged.
9111 If LTO encounters objects with C linkage declared with incompatible
9113 types in separate translation units to be linked together
9114 (undefined behavior according to ISO C99 6.2.7), a non-fatal
9115 diagnostic may be issued. The behavior is still undefined at run
9116 time. Similar diagnostics may be raised for other languages.
9117 Another feature of LTO is that it is possible to apply
9119 interprocedural optimizations on files written in different
9120 languages:
9121 gcc -c -flto foo.c
9123 g++ -c -flto bar.cc
9124 gfortran -c -flto baz.f90
9125 g++ -o myprog -flto -O3 foo.o bar.o baz.o -lgfortran
9126 Notice that the final link is done with g++ to get the C++ runtime
9128 libraries and -lgfortran is added to get the Fortran runtime
9129 libraries. In general, when mixing languages in LTO mode, you
9130 should use the same link command options as when mixing languages
9131 in a regular (non-LTO) compilation.
9132 If object files containing GIMPLE bytecode are stored in a library
9134 archive, say libfoo.a, it is possible to extract and use them in an
9135 LTO link if you are using a linker with plugin support. To create
9136 static libraries suitable for LTO, use gcc-ar and gcc-ranlib
9137 instead of ar and ranlib; to show the symbols of object files with
9138 GIMPLE bytecode, use gcc-nm. Those commands require that ar,
9139 ranlib and nm have been compiled with plugin support. At link
9140 time, use the flag -fuse-linker-plugin to ensure that the library
9141 participates in the LTO optimization process:
9142 gcc -o myprog -O2 -flto -fuse-linker-plugin a.o b.o -lfoo
9144 With the linker plugin enabled, the linker extracts the needed
9146 GIMPLE files from libfoo.a and passes them on to the running GCC to
9147 make them part of the aggregated GIMPLE image to be optimized.
9148 If you are not using a linker with plugin support and/or do not
9150 enable the linker plugin, then the objects inside libfoo.a are
9151 extracted and linked as usual, but they do not participate in the
9152 LTO optimization process. In order to make a static library
9153 suitable for both LTO optimization and usual linkage, compile its
9154 object files with -flto -ffat-lto-objects.
9155 Link-time optimizations do not require the presence of the whole
9157 program to operate. If the program does not require any symbols to
9158 be exported, it is possible to combine -flto and -fwhole-program to
9159 allow the interprocedural optimizers to use more aggressive
9160 assumptions which may lead to improved optimization opportunities.
9161 Use of -fwhole-program is not needed when linker plugin is active
9162 (see -fuse-linker-plugin).
9163 The current implementation of LTO makes no attempt to generate
9165 bytecode that is portable between different types of hosts. The
9166 bytecode files are versioned and there is a strict version check,
9167 so bytecode files generated in one version of GCC do not work with
9168 an older or newer version of GCC.
9169 Link-time optimization does not work well with generation of
9171 debugging information on systems other than those using a
9172 combination of ELF and DWARF.
9173 If you specify the optional n, the optimization and code generation
9175 done at link time is executed in parallel using n parallel jobs by
9176 utilizing an installed make program. The environment variable MAKE
9177 may be used to override the program used.
9178 You can also specify -flto=jobserver to use GNU make's job server
9180 mode to determine the number of parallel jobs. This is useful when
9181 the Makefile calling GCC is already executing in parallel. You
9182 must prepend a + to the command recipe in the parent Makefile for
9183 this to work. This option likely only works if MAKE is GNU make.
9184 Even without the option value, GCC tries to automatically detect a
9185 running GNU make's job server.
9186 Use -flto=auto to use GNU make's job server, if available, or
9188 otherwise fall back to autodetection of the number of CPU threads
9189 present in your system.
9190 -flto-partition=alg
9192 Specify the partitioning algorithm used by the link-time optimizer.
9193 The value is either 1to1 to specify a partitioning mirroring the
9194 original source files or balanced to specify partitioning into
9195 equally sized chunks (whenever possible) or max to create new
9196 partition for every symbol where possible. Specifying none as an
9197 algorithm disables partitioning and streaming completely. The
9198 default value is balanced. While 1to1 can be used as an workaround
9199 for various code ordering issues, the max partitioning is intended
9200 for internal testing only. The value one specifies that exactly
9201 one partition should be used while the value none bypasses
9202 partitioning and executes the link-time optimization step directly
9203 from the WPA phase.
9204 -flto-compression-level=n
9206 This option specifies the level of compression used for
9207 intermediate language written to LTO object files, and is only
9208 meaningful in conjunction with LTO mode (-flto). Valid values are
9209 0 (no compression) to 9 (maximum compression). Values outside this
9210 range are clamped to either 0 or 9. If the option is not given, a
9211 default balanced compression setting is used.
9212 -fuse-linker-plugin
9214 Enables the use of a linker plugin during link-time optimization.
9215 This option relies on plugin support in the linker, which is
9216 available in gold or in GNU ld 2.21 or newer.
9217 This option enables the extraction of object files with GIMPLE
9219 bytecode out of library archives. This improves the quality of
9220 optimization by exposing more code to the link-time optimizer.
9221 This information specifies what symbols can be accessed externally
9222 (by non-LTO object or during dynamic linking). Resulting code
9223 quality improvements on binaries (and shared libraries that use
9224 hidden visibility) are similar to -fwhole-program. See -flto for a
9225 description of the effect of this flag and how to use it.
9226 This option is enabled by default when LTO support in GCC is
9228 enabled and GCC was configured for use with a linker supporting
9229 plugins (GNU ld 2.21 or newer or gold).
9230 -ffat-lto-objects
9232 Fat LTO objects are object files that contain both the intermediate
9233 language and the object code. This makes them usable for both LTO
9234 linking and normal linking. This option is effective only when
9235 compiling with -flto and is ignored at link time.
9236 -fno-fat-lto-objects improves compilation time over plain LTO, but
9238 requires the complete toolchain to be aware of LTO. It requires a
9239 linker with linker plugin support for basic functionality.
9240 Additionally, nm, ar and ranlib need to support linker plugins to
9241 allow a full-featured build environment (capable of building static
9242 libraries etc). GCC provides the gcc-ar, gcc-nm, gcc-ranlib
9243 wrappers to pass the right options to these tools. With non fat LTO
9244 makefiles need to be modified to use them.
9245 Note that modern binutils provide plugin auto-load mechanism.
9247 Installing the linker plugin into $libdir/bfd-plugins has the same
9248 effect as usage of the command wrappers (gcc-ar, gcc-nm and gcc-
9249 ranlib).
9250 The default is -fno-fat-lto-objects on targets with linker plugin
9252 support.
9253 -fcompare-elim
9255 After register allocation and post-register allocation instruction
9256 splitting, identify arithmetic instructions that compute processor
9257 flags similar to a comparison operation based on that arithmetic.
9258 If possible, eliminate the explicit comparison operation.
9259 This pass only applies to certain targets that cannot explicitly
9261 represent the comparison operation before register allocation is
9262 complete.
9263 Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.
9265 -fcprop-registers
9267 After register allocation and post-register allocation instruction
9268 splitting, perform a copy-propagation pass to try to reduce
9269 scheduling dependencies and occasionally eliminate the copy.
9270 Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.
9272 -fprofile-correction
9274 Profiles collected using an instrumented binary for multi-threaded
9275 programs may be inconsistent due to missed counter updates. When
9276 this option is specified, GCC uses heuristics to correct or smooth
9277 out such inconsistencies. By default, GCC emits an error message
9278 when an inconsistent profile is detected.
9279 This option is enabled by -fauto-profile.
9281 -fprofile-partial-training
9283 With "-fprofile-use" all portions of programs not executed during
9284 train run are optimized agressively for size rather than speed. In
9285 some cases it is not practical to train all possible hot paths in
9286 the program. (For example, program may contain functions specific
9287 for a given hardware and trianing may not cover all hardware
9288 configurations program is run on.) With
9289 "-fprofile-partial-training" profile feedback will be ignored for
9290 all functions not executed during the train run leading them to be
9291 optimized as if they were compiled without profile feedback. This
9292 leads to better performance when train run is not representative
9293 but also leads to significantly bigger code.
9294 -fprofile-use
9296 -fprofile-use=path
9297 Enable profile feedback-directed optimizations, and the following
9298 optimizations, many of which are generally profitable only with
9299 profile feedback available:
9300 -fbranch-probabilities -fprofile-values -funroll-loops
9302 -fpeel-loops -ftracer -fvpt -finline-functions -fipa-cp
9303 -fipa-cp-clone -fipa-bit-cp -fpredictive-commoning -fsplit-loops
9304 -funswitch-loops -fgcse-after-reload -ftree-loop-vectorize
9305 -ftree-slp-vectorize -fvect-cost-model=dynamic
9306 -ftree-loop-distribute-patterns -fprofile-reorder-functions
9307 Before you can use this option, you must first generate profiling
9309 information.
9310 By default, GCC emits an error message if the feedback profiles do
9312 not match the source code. This error can be turned into a warning
9313 by using -Wno-error=coverage-mismatch. Note this may result in
9314 poorly optimized code. Additionally, by default, GCC also emits a
9315 warning message if the feedback profiles do not exist (see
9316 -Wmissing-profile).
9317 If path is specified, GCC looks at the path to find the profile
9319 feedback data files. See -fprofile-dir.
9320 -fauto-profile
9322 -fauto-profile=path
9323 Enable sampling-based feedback-directed optimizations, and the
9324 following optimizations, many of which are generally profitable
9325 only with profile feedback available:
9326 -fbranch-probabilities -fprofile-values -funroll-loops
9328 -fpeel-loops -ftracer -fvpt -finline-functions -fipa-cp
9329 -fipa-cp-clone -fipa-bit-cp -fpredictive-commoning -fsplit-loops
9330 -funswitch-loops -fgcse-after-reload -ftree-loop-vectorize
9331 -ftree-slp-vectorize -fvect-cost-model=dynamic
9332 -ftree-loop-distribute-patterns -fprofile-correction
9333 path is the name of a file containing AutoFDO profile information.
9335 If omitted, it defaults to fbdata.afdo in the current directory.
9336 Producing an AutoFDO profile data file requires running your
9338 program with the perf utility on a supported GNU/Linux target
9339 system. For more information, see <https://perf.wiki.kernel.org/>.
9340 E.g.
9342 perf record -e br_inst_retired:near_taken -b -o perf.data \
9344 -- your_program
9345 Then use the create_gcov tool to convert the raw profile data to a
9347 format that can be used by GCC. You must also supply the
9348 unstripped binary for your program to this tool. See
9349 <https://github.com/google/autofdo>.
9350 E.g.
9352 create_gcov --binary=your_program.unstripped --profile=perf.data \
9354 --gcov=profile.afdo
9355 The following options control compiler behavior regarding floating-
9357 point arithmetic. These options trade off between speed and
9358 correctness. All must be specifically enabled.
9359 -ffloat-store
9361 Do not store floating-point variables in registers, and inhibit
9362 other options that might change whether a floating-point value is
9363 taken from a register or memory.
9364 This option prevents undesirable excess precision on machines such
9366 as the 68000 where the floating registers (of the 68881) keep more
9367 precision than a "double" is supposed to have. Similarly for the
9368 x86 architecture. For most programs, the excess precision does
9369 only good, but a few programs rely on the precise definition of
9370 IEEE floating point. Use -ffloat-store for such programs, after
9371 modifying them to store all pertinent intermediate computations
9372 into variables.
9373 -fexcess-precision=style
9375 This option allows further control over excess precision on
9376 machines where floating-point operations occur in a format with
9377 more precision or range than the IEEE standard and interchange
9378 floating-point types. By default, -fexcess-precision=fast is in
9379 effect; this means that operations may be carried out in a wider
9380 precision than the types specified in the source if that would
9381 result in faster code, and it is unpredictable when rounding to the
9382 types specified in the source code takes place. When compiling C,
9383 if -fexcess-precision=standard is specified then excess precision
9384 follows the rules specified in ISO C99; in particular, both casts
9385 and assignments cause values to be rounded to their semantic types
9386 (whereas -ffloat-store only affects assignments). This option is
9387 enabled by default for C if a strict conformance option such as
9388 -std=c99 is used. -ffast-math enables -fexcess-precision=fast by
9389 default regardless of whether a strict conformance option is used.
9390 -fexcess-precision=standard is not implemented for languages other
9392 than C. On the x86, it has no effect if -mfpmath=sse or
9393 -mfpmath=sse+387 is specified; in the former case, IEEE semantics
9394 apply without excess precision, and in the latter, rounding is
9395 unpredictable.
9396 -ffast-math
9398 Sets the options -fno-math-errno, -funsafe-math-optimizations,
9399 -ffinite-math-only, -fno-rounding-math, -fno-signaling-nans,
9400 -fcx-limited-range and -fexcess-precision=fast.
9401 This option causes the preprocessor macro "__FAST_MATH__" to be
9403 defined.
9404 This option is not turned on by any -O option besides -Ofast since
9406 it can result in incorrect output for programs that depend on an
9407 exact implementation of IEEE or ISO rules/specifications for math
9408 functions. It may, however, yield faster code for programs that do
9409 not require the guarantees of these specifications.
9410 -fno-math-errno
9412 Do not set "errno" after calling math functions that are executed
9413 with a single instruction, e.g., "sqrt". A program that relies on
9414 IEEE exceptions for math error handling may want to use this flag
9415 for speed while maintaining IEEE arithmetic compatibility.
9416 This option is not turned on by any -O option since it can result
9418 in incorrect output for programs that depend on an exact
9419 implementation of IEEE or ISO rules/specifications for math
9420 functions. It may, however, yield faster code for programs that do
9421 not require the guarantees of these specifications.
9422 The default is -fmath-errno.
9424 On Darwin systems, the math library never sets "errno". There is
9426 therefore no reason for the compiler to consider the possibility
9427 that it might, and -fno-math-errno is the default.
9428 -funsafe-math-optimizations
9430 Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that (a) assume
9431 that arguments and results are valid and (b) may violate IEEE or
9432 ANSI standards. When used at link time, it may include libraries
9433 or startup files that change the default FPU control word or other
9434 similar optimizations.
9435 This option is not turned on by any -O option since it can result
9437 in incorrect output for programs that depend on an exact
9438 implementation of IEEE or ISO rules/specifications for math
9439 functions. It may, however, yield faster code for programs that do
9440 not require the guarantees of these specifications. Enables
9441 -fno-signed-zeros, -fno-trapping-math, -fassociative-math and
9442 -freciprocal-math.
9443 The default is -fno-unsafe-math-optimizations.
9445 -fassociative-math
9447 Allow re-association of operands in series of floating-point
9448 operations. This violates the ISO C and C++ language standard by
9449 possibly changing computation result. NOTE: re-ordering may change
9450 the sign of zero as well as ignore NaNs and inhibit or create
9451 underflow or overflow (and thus cannot be used on code that relies
9452 on rounding behavior like "(x + 2**52) - 2**52". May also reorder
9453 floating-point comparisons and thus may not be used when ordered
9454 comparisons are required. This option requires that both
9455 -fno-signed-zeros and -fno-trapping-math be in effect. Moreover,
9456 it doesn't make much sense with -frounding-math. For Fortran the
9457 option is automatically enabled when both -fno-signed-zeros and
9458 -fno-trapping-math are in effect.
9459 The default is -fno-associative-math.
9461 -freciprocal-math
9463 Allow the reciprocal of a value to be used instead of dividing by
9464 the value if this enables optimizations. For example "x / y" can
9465 be replaced with "x * (1/y)", which is useful if "(1/y)" is subject
9466 to common subexpression elimination. Note that this loses
9467 precision and increases the number of flops operating on the value.
9468 The default is -fno-reciprocal-math.
9470 -ffinite-math-only
9472 Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that assume that
9473 arguments and results are not NaNs or +-Infs.
9474 This option is not turned on by any -O option since it can result
9476 in incorrect output for programs that depend on an exact
9477 implementation of IEEE or ISO rules/specifications for math
9478 functions. It may, however, yield faster code for programs that do
9479 not require the guarantees of these specifications.
9480 The default is -fno-finite-math-only.
9482 -fno-signed-zeros
9484 Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that ignore the
9485 signedness of zero. IEEE arithmetic specifies the behavior of
9486 distinct +0.0 and -0.0 values, which then prohibits simplification
9487 of expressions such as x+0.0 or 0.0*x (even with
9488 -ffinite-math-only). This option implies that the sign of a zero
9489 result isn't significant.
9490 The default is -fsigned-zeros.
9492 -fno-trapping-math
9494 Compile code assuming that floating-point operations cannot
9495 generate user-visible traps. These traps include division by zero,
9496 overflow, underflow, inexact result and invalid operation. This
9497 option requires that -fno-signaling-nans be in effect. Setting
9498 this option may allow faster code if one relies on "non-stop" IEEE
9499 arithmetic, for example.
9500 This option should never be turned on by any -O option since it can
9502 result in incorrect output for programs that depend on an exact
9503 implementation of IEEE or ISO rules/specifications for math
9504 functions.
9505 The default is -ftrapping-math.
9507 -frounding-math
9509 Disable transformations and optimizations that assume default
9510 floating-point rounding behavior. This is round-to-zero for all
9511 floating point to integer conversions, and round-to-nearest for all
9512 other arithmetic truncations. This option should be specified for
9513 programs that change the FP rounding mode dynamically, or that may
9514 be executed with a non-default rounding mode. This option disables
9515 constant folding of floating-point expressions at compile time
9516 (which may be affected by rounding mode) and arithmetic
9517 transformations that are unsafe in the presence of sign-dependent
9518 rounding modes.
9519 The default is -fno-rounding-math.
9521 This option is experimental and does not currently guarantee to
9523 disable all GCC optimizations that are affected by rounding mode.
9524 Future versions of GCC may provide finer control of this setting
9525 using C99's "FENV_ACCESS" pragma. This command-line option will be
9526 used to specify the default state for "FENV_ACCESS".
9527 -fsignaling-nans
9529 Compile code assuming that IEEE signaling NaNs may generate user-
9530 visible traps during floating-point operations. Setting this
9531 option disables optimizations that may change the number of
9532 exceptions visible with signaling NaNs. This option implies
9533 -ftrapping-math.
9534 This option causes the preprocessor macro "__SUPPORT_SNAN__" to be
9536 defined.
9537 The default is -fno-signaling-nans.
9539 This option is experimental and does not currently guarantee to
9541 disable all GCC optimizations that affect signaling NaN behavior.
9542 -fno-fp-int-builtin-inexact
9544 Do not allow the built-in functions "ceil", "floor", "round" and
9545 "trunc", and their "float" and "long double" variants, to generate
9546 code that raises the "inexact" floating-point exception for
9547 noninteger arguments. ISO C99 and C11 allow these functions to
9548 raise the "inexact" exception, but ISO/IEC TS 18661-1:2014, the C
9549 bindings to IEEE 754-2008, as integrated into ISO C2X, does not
9550 allow these functions to do so.
9551 The default is -ffp-int-builtin-inexact, allowing the exception to
9553 be raised, unless C2X or a later C standard is selected. This
9554 option does nothing unless -ftrapping-math is in effect.
9555 Even if -fno-fp-int-builtin-inexact is used, if the functions
9557 generate a call to a library function then the "inexact" exception
9558 may be raised if the library implementation does not follow TS
9559 18661.
9560 -fsingle-precision-constant
9562 Treat floating-point constants as single precision instead of
9563 implicitly converting them to double-precision constants.
9564 -fcx-limited-range
9566 When enabled, this option states that a range reduction step is not
9567 needed when performing complex division. Also, there is no
9568 checking whether the result of a complex multiplication or division
9569 is "NaN + I*NaN", with an attempt to rescue the situation in that
9570 case. The default is -fno-cx-limited-range, but is enabled by
9571 -ffast-math.
9572 This option controls the default setting of the ISO C99
9574 "CX_LIMITED_RANGE" pragma. Nevertheless, the option applies to all
9575 languages.
9576 -fcx-fortran-rules
9578 Complex multiplication and division follow Fortran rules. Range
9579 reduction is done as part of complex division, but there is no
9580 checking whether the result of a complex multiplication or division
9581 is "NaN + I*NaN", with an attempt to rescue the situation in that
9582 case.
9583 The default is -fno-cx-fortran-rules.
9585 The following options control optimizations that may improve
9587 performance, but are not enabled by any -O options. This section
9588 includes experimental options that may produce broken code.
9589 -fbranch-probabilities
9591 After running a program compiled with -fprofile-arcs, you can
9592 compile it a second time using -fbranch-probabilities, to improve
9593 optimizations based on the number of times each branch was taken.
9594 When a program compiled with -fprofile-arcs exits, it saves arc
9595 execution counts to a file called sourcename.gcda for each source
9596 file. The information in this data file is very dependent on the
9597 structure of the generated code, so you must use the same source
9598 code and the same optimization options for both compilations.
9599 With -fbranch-probabilities, GCC puts a REG_BR_PROB note on each
9601 JUMP_INSN and CALL_INSN. These can be used to improve
9602 optimization. Currently, they are only used in one place: in
9603 reorg.c, instead of guessing which path a branch is most likely to
9604 take, the REG_BR_PROB values are used to exactly determine which
9605 path is taken more often.
9606 Enabled by -fprofile-use and -fauto-profile.
9608 -fprofile-values
9610 If combined with -fprofile-arcs, it adds code so that some data
9611 about values of expressions in the program is gathered.
9612 With -fbranch-probabilities, it reads back the data gathered from
9614 profiling values of expressions for usage in optimizations.
9615 Enabled by -fprofile-generate, -fprofile-use, and -fauto-profile.
9617 -fprofile-reorder-functions
9619 Function reordering based on profile instrumentation collects first
9620 time of execution of a function and orders these functions in
9621 ascending order.
9622 Enabled with -fprofile-use.
9624 -fvpt
9626 If combined with -fprofile-arcs, this option instructs the compiler
9627 to add code to gather information about values of expressions.
9628 With -fbranch-probabilities, it reads back the data gathered and
9630 actually performs the optimizations based on them. Currently the
9631 optimizations include specialization of division operations using
9632 the knowledge about the value of the denominator.
9633 Enabled with -fprofile-use and -fauto-profile.
9635 -frename-registers
9637 Attempt to avoid false dependencies in scheduled code by making use
9638 of registers left over after register allocation. This
9639 optimization most benefits processors with lots of registers.
9640 Depending on the debug information format adopted by the target,
9641 however, it can make debugging impossible, since variables no
9642 longer stay in a "home register".
9643 Enabled by default with -funroll-loops.
9645 -fschedule-fusion
9647 Performs a target dependent pass over the instruction stream to
9648 schedule instructions of same type together because target machine
9649 can execute them more efficiently if they are adjacent to each
9650 other in the instruction flow.
9651 Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
9653 -ftracer
9655 Perform tail duplication to enlarge superblock size. This
9656 transformation simplifies the control flow of the function allowing
9657 other optimizations to do a better job.
9658 Enabled by -fprofile-use and -fauto-profile.
9660 -funroll-loops
9662 Unroll loops whose number of iterations can be determined at
9663 compile time or upon entry to the loop. -funroll-loops implies
9664 -frerun-cse-after-loop, -fweb and -frename-registers. It also
9665 turns on complete loop peeling (i.e. complete removal of loops with
9666 a small constant number of iterations). This option makes code
9667 larger, and may or may not make it run faster.
9668 Enabled by -fprofile-use and -fauto-profile.
9670 -funroll-all-loops
9672 Unroll all loops, even if their number of iterations is uncertain
9673 when the loop is entered. This usually makes programs run more
9674 slowly. -funroll-all-loops implies the same options as
9675 -funroll-loops.
9676 -fpeel-loops
9678 Peels loops for which there is enough information that they do not
9679 roll much (from profile feedback or static analysis). It also
9680 turns on complete loop peeling (i.e. complete removal of loops with
9681 small constant number of iterations).
9682 Enabled by -O3, -fprofile-use, and -fauto-profile.
9684 -fmove-loop-invariants
9686 Enables the loop invariant motion pass in the RTL loop optimizer.
9687 Enabled at level -O1 and higher, except for -Og.
9688 -fsplit-loops
9690 Split a loop into two if it contains a condition that's always true
9691 for one side of the iteration space and false for the other.
9692 Enabled by -fprofile-use and -fauto-profile.
9694 -funswitch-loops
9696 Move branches with loop invariant conditions out of the loop, with
9697 duplicates of the loop on both branches (modified according to
9698 result of the condition).
9699 Enabled by -fprofile-use and -fauto-profile.
9701 -fversion-loops-for-strides
9703 If a loop iterates over an array with a variable stride, create
9704 another version of the loop that assumes the stride is always one.
9705 For example:
9706 for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i)
9708 x[i * stride] = ...;
9709 becomes:
9711 if (stride == 1)
9713 for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i)
9714 x[i] = ...;
9715 else
9716 for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i)
9717 x[i * stride] = ...;
9718 This is particularly useful for assumed-shape arrays in Fortran
9720 where (for example) it allows better vectorization assuming
9721 contiguous accesses. This flag is enabled by default at -O3. It
9722 is also enabled by -fprofile-use and -fauto-profile.
9723 -ffunction-sections
9725 -fdata-sections
9726 Place each function or data item into its own section in the output
9727 file if the target supports arbitrary sections. The name of the
9728 function or the name of the data item determines the section's name
9729 in the output file.
9730 Use these options on systems where the linker can perform
9732 optimizations to improve locality of reference in the instruction
9733 space. Most systems using the ELF object format have linkers with
9734 such optimizations. On AIX, the linker rearranges sections
9735 (CSECTs) based on the call graph. The performance impact varies.
9736 Together with a linker garbage collection (linker --gc-sections
9738 option) these options may lead to smaller statically-linked
9739 executables (after stripping).
9740 On ELF/DWARF systems these options do not degenerate the quality of
9742 the debug information. There could be issues with other object
9743 files/debug info formats.
9744 Only use these options when there are significant benefits from
9746 doing so. When you specify these options, the assembler and linker
9747 create larger object and executable files and are also slower.
9748 These options affect code generation. They prevent optimizations
9749 by the compiler and assembler using relative locations inside a
9750 translation unit since the locations are unknown until link time.
9751 An example of such an optimization is relaxing calls to short call
9752 instructions.
9753 -fstdarg-opt
9755 Optimize the prologue of variadic argument functions with respect
9756 to usage of those arguments.
9757 -fsection-anchors
9759 Try to reduce the number of symbolic address calculations by using
9760 shared "anchor" symbols to address nearby objects. This
9761 transformation can help to reduce the number of GOT entries and GOT
9762 accesses on some targets.
9763 For example, the implementation of the following function "foo":
9765 static int a, b, c;
9767 int foo (void) { return a + b + c; }
9768 usually calculates the addresses of all three variables, but if you
9770 compile it with -fsection-anchors, it accesses the variables from a
9771 common anchor point instead. The effect is similar to the
9772 following pseudocode (which isn't valid C):
9773 int foo (void)
9775 {
9776 register int *xr = &x;
9777 return xr[&a - &x] + xr[&b - &x] + xr[&c - &x];
9778 }
9779 Not all targets support this option.
9781 --param name=value
9783 In some places, GCC uses various constants to control the amount of
9784 optimization that is done. For example, GCC does not inline
9785 functions that contain more than a certain number of instructions.
9786 You can control some of these constants on the command line using
9787 the --param option.
9788 The names of specific parameters, and the meaning of the values,
9790 are tied to the internals of the compiler, and are subject to
9791 change without notice in future releases.
9792 In order to get minimal, maximal and default value of a parameter,
9794 one can use --help=param -Q options.
9795 In each case, the value is an integer. The following choices of
9797 name are recognized for all targets:
9798 predictable-branch-outcome
9800 When branch is predicted to be taken with probability lower
9801 than this threshold (in percent), then it is considered well
9802 predictable.
9803 max-rtl-if-conversion-insns
9805 RTL if-conversion tries to remove conditional branches around a
9806 block and replace them with conditionally executed
9807 instructions. This parameter gives the maximum number of
9808 instructions in a block which should be considered for if-
9809 conversion. The compiler will also use other heuristics to
9810 decide whether if-conversion is likely to be profitable.
9811 max-rtl-if-conversion-predictable-cost
9813 max-rtl-if-conversion-unpredictable-cost
9814 RTL if-conversion will try to remove conditional branches
9815 around a block and replace them with conditionally executed
9816 instructions. These parameters give the maximum permissible
9817 cost for the sequence that would be generated by if-conversion
9818 depending on whether the branch is statically determined to be
9819 predictable or not. The units for this parameter are the same
9820 as those for the GCC internal seq_cost metric. The compiler
9821 will try to provide a reasonable default for this parameter
9822 using the BRANCH_COST target macro.
9823 max-crossjump-edges
9825 The maximum number of incoming edges to consider for cross-
9826 jumping. The algorithm used by -fcrossjumping is O(N^2) in the
9827 number of edges incoming to each block. Increasing values mean
9828 more aggressive optimization, making the compilation time
9829 increase with probably small improvement in executable size.
9830 min-crossjump-insns
9832 The minimum number of instructions that must be matched at the
9833 end of two blocks before cross-jumping is performed on them.
9834 This value is ignored in the case where all instructions in the
9835 block being cross-jumped from are matched.
9836 max-grow-copy-bb-insns
9838 The maximum code size expansion factor when copying basic
9839 blocks instead of jumping. The expansion is relative to a jump
9840 instruction.
9841 max-goto-duplication-insns
9843 The maximum number of instructions to duplicate to a block that
9844 jumps to a computed goto. To avoid O(N^2) behavior in a number
9845 of passes, GCC factors computed gotos early in the compilation
9846 process, and unfactors them as late as possible. Only computed
9847 jumps at the end of a basic blocks with no more than max-goto-
9848 duplication-insns are unfactored.
9849 max-delay-slot-insn-search
9851 The maximum number of instructions to consider when looking for
9852 an instruction to fill a delay slot. If more than this
9853 arbitrary number of instructions are searched, the time savings
9854 from filling the delay slot are minimal, so stop searching.
9855 Increasing values mean more aggressive optimization, making the
9856 compilation time increase with probably small improvement in
9857 execution time.
9858 max-delay-slot-live-search
9860 When trying to fill delay slots, the maximum number of
9861 instructions to consider when searching for a block with valid
9862 live register information. Increasing this arbitrarily chosen
9863 value means more aggressive optimization, increasing the
9864 compilation time. This parameter should be removed when the
9865 delay slot code is rewritten to maintain the control-flow
9866 graph.
9867 max-gcse-memory
9869 The approximate maximum amount of memory that can be allocated
9870 in order to perform the global common subexpression elimination
9871 optimization. If more memory than specified is required, the
9872 optimization is not done.
9873 max-gcse-insertion-ratio
9875 If the ratio of expression insertions to deletions is larger
9876 than this value for any expression, then RTL PRE inserts or
9877 removes the expression and thus leaves partially redundant
9878 computations in the instruction stream.
9879 max-pending-list-length
9881 The maximum number of pending dependencies scheduling allows
9882 before flushing the current state and starting over. Large
9883 functions with few branches or calls can create excessively
9884 large lists which needlessly consume memory and resources.
9885 max-modulo-backtrack-attempts
9887 The maximum number of backtrack attempts the scheduler should
9888 make when modulo scheduling a loop. Larger values can
9889 exponentially increase compilation time.
9890 max-inline-insns-single
9892 Several parameters control the tree inliner used in GCC. This
9893 number sets the maximum number of instructions (counted in
9894 GCC's internal representation) in a single function that the
9895 tree inliner considers for inlining. This only affects
9896 functions declared inline and methods implemented in a class
9897 declaration (C++).
9898 max-inline-insns-auto
9900 When you use -finline-functions (included in -O3), a lot of
9901 functions that would otherwise not be considered for inlining
9902 by the compiler are investigated. To those functions, a
9903 different (more restrictive) limit compared to functions
9904 declared inline can be applied (--param max-inline-insns-auto).
9905 max-inline-insns-small
9907 This is bound applied to calls which are considered relevant
9908 with -finline-small-functions.
9909 max-inline-insns-size
9911 This is bound applied to calls which are optimized for size.
9912 Small growth may be desirable to anticipate optimization
9913 oppurtunities exposed by inlining.
9914 uninlined-function-insns
9916 Number of instructions accounted by inliner for function
9917 overhead such as function prologue and epilogue.
9918 uninlined-function-time
9920 Extra time accounted by inliner for function overhead such as
9921 time needed to execute function prologue and epilogue
9922 inline-heuristics-hint-percent
9924 The scale (in percents) applied to inline-insns-single,
9925 inline-insns-single-O2, inline-insns-auto when inline
9926 heuristics hints that inlining is very profitable (will enable
9927 later optimizations).
9928 uninlined-thunk-insns
9930 uninlined-thunk-time
9931 Same as --param uninlined-function-insns and --param uninlined-
9932 function-time but applied to function thunks
9933 inline-min-speedup
9935 When estimated performance improvement of caller + callee
9936 runtime exceeds this threshold (in percent), the function can
9937 be inlined regardless of the limit on --param max-inline-insns-
9938 single and --param max-inline-insns-auto.
9939 large-function-insns
9941 The limit specifying really large functions. For functions
9942 larger than this limit after inlining, inlining is constrained
9943 by --param large-function-growth. This parameter is useful
9944 primarily to avoid extreme compilation time caused by non-
9945 linear algorithms used by the back end.
9946 large-function-growth
9948 Specifies maximal growth of large function caused by inlining
9949 in percents. For example, parameter value 100 limits large
9950 function growth to 2.0 times the original size.
9951 large-unit-insns
9953 The limit specifying large translation unit. Growth caused by
9954 inlining of units larger than this limit is limited by --param
9955 inline-unit-growth. For small units this might be too tight.
9956 For example, consider a unit consisting of function A that is
9957 inline and B that just calls A three times. If B is small
9958 relative to A, the growth of unit is 300\% and yet such
9959 inlining is very sane. For very large units consisting of
9960 small inlineable functions, however, the overall unit growth
9961 limit is needed to avoid exponential explosion of code size.
9962 Thus for smaller units, the size is increased to --param large-
9963 unit-insns before applying --param inline-unit-growth.
9964 inline-unit-growth
9966 Specifies maximal overall growth of the compilation unit caused
9967 by inlining. For example, parameter value 20 limits unit
9968 growth to 1.2 times the original size. Cold functions (either
9969 marked cold via an attribute or by profile feedback) are not
9970 accounted into the unit size.
9971 ipa-cp-unit-growth
9973 Specifies maximal overall growth of the compilation unit caused
9974 by interprocedural constant propagation. For example,
9975 parameter value 10 limits unit growth to 1.1 times the original
9976 size.
9977 large-stack-frame
9979 The limit specifying large stack frames. While inlining the
9980 algorithm is trying to not grow past this limit too much.
9981 large-stack-frame-growth
9983 Specifies maximal growth of large stack frames caused by
9984 inlining in percents. For example, parameter value 1000 limits
9985 large stack frame growth to 11 times the original size.
9986 max-inline-insns-recursive
9988 max-inline-insns-recursive-auto
9989 Specifies the maximum number of instructions an out-of-line
9990 copy of a self-recursive inline function can grow into by
9991 performing recursive inlining.
9992 --param max-inline-insns-recursive applies to functions
9994 declared inline. For functions not declared inline, recursive
9995 inlining happens only when -finline-functions (included in -O3)
9996 is enabled; --param max-inline-insns-recursive-auto applies
9997 instead.
9998 max-inline-recursive-depth
10000 max-inline-recursive-depth-auto
10001 Specifies the maximum recursion depth used for recursive
10002 inlining.
10003 --param max-inline-recursive-depth applies to functions
10005 declared inline. For functions not declared inline, recursive
10006 inlining happens only when -finline-functions (included in -O3)
10007 is enabled; --param max-inline-recursive-depth-auto applies
10008 instead.
10009 min-inline-recursive-probability
10011 Recursive inlining is profitable only for function having deep
10012 recursion in average and can hurt for function having little
10013 recursion depth by increasing the prologue size or complexity
10014 of function body to other optimizers.
10015 When profile feedback is available (see -fprofile-generate) the
10017 actual recursion depth can be guessed from the probability that
10018 function recurses via a given call expression. This parameter
10019 limits inlining only to call expressions whose probability
10020 exceeds the given threshold (in percents).
10021 early-inlining-insns
10023 Specify growth that the early inliner can make. In effect it
10024 increases the amount of inlining for code having a large
10025 abstraction penalty.
10026 max-early-inliner-iterations
10028 Limit of iterations of the early inliner. This basically
10029 bounds the number of nested indirect calls the early inliner
10030 can resolve. Deeper chains are still handled by late inlining.
10031 comdat-sharing-probability
10033 Probability (in percent) that C++ inline function with comdat
10034 visibility are shared across multiple compilation units.
10035 profile-func-internal-id
10037 A parameter to control whether to use function internal id in
10038 profile database lookup. If the value is 0, the compiler uses
10039 an id that is based on function assembler name and filename,
10040 which makes old profile data more tolerant to source changes
10041 such as function reordering etc.
10042 min-vect-loop-bound
10044 The minimum number of iterations under which loops are not
10045 vectorized when -ftree-vectorize is used. The number of
10046 iterations after vectorization needs to be greater than the
10047 value specified by this option to allow vectorization.
10048 gcse-cost-distance-ratio
10050 Scaling factor in calculation of maximum distance an expression
10051 can be moved by GCSE optimizations. This is currently
10052 supported only in the code hoisting pass. The bigger the
10053 ratio, the more aggressive code hoisting is with simple
10054 expressions, i.e., the expressions that have cost less than
10055 gcse-unrestricted-cost. Specifying 0 disables hoisting of
10056 simple expressions.
10057 gcse-unrestricted-cost
10059 Cost, roughly measured as the cost of a single typical machine
10060 instruction, at which GCSE optimizations do not constrain the
10061 distance an expression can travel. This is currently supported
10062 only in the code hoisting pass. The lesser the cost, the more
10063 aggressive code hoisting is. Specifying 0 allows all
10064 expressions to travel unrestricted distances.
10065 max-hoist-depth
10067 The depth of search in the dominator tree for expressions to
10068 hoist. This is used to avoid quadratic behavior in hoisting
10069 algorithm. The value of 0 does not limit on the search, but
10070 may slow down compilation of huge functions.
10071 max-tail-merge-comparisons
10073 The maximum amount of similar bbs to compare a bb with. This
10074 is used to avoid quadratic behavior in tree tail merging.
10075 max-tail-merge-iterations
10077 The maximum amount of iterations of the pass over the function.
10078 This is used to limit compilation time in tree tail merging.
10079 store-merging-allow-unaligned
10081 Allow the store merging pass to introduce unaligned stores if
10082 it is legal to do so.
10083 max-stores-to-merge
10085 The maximum number of stores to attempt to merge into wider
10086 stores in the store merging pass.
10087 max-unrolled-insns
10089 The maximum number of instructions that a loop may have to be
10090 unrolled. If a loop is unrolled, this parameter also
10091 determines how many times the loop code is unrolled.
10092 max-average-unrolled-insns
10094 The maximum number of instructions biased by probabilities of
10095 their execution that a loop may have to be unrolled. If a loop
10096 is unrolled, this parameter also determines how many times the
10097 loop code is unrolled.
10098 max-unroll-times
10100 The maximum number of unrollings of a single loop.
10101 max-peeled-insns
10103 The maximum number of instructions that a loop may have to be
10104 peeled. If a loop is peeled, this parameter also determines
10105 how many times the loop code is peeled.
10106 max-peel-times
10108 The maximum number of peelings of a single loop.
10109 max-peel-branches
10111 The maximum number of branches on the hot path through the
10112 peeled sequence.
10113 max-completely-peeled-insns
10115 The maximum number of insns of a completely peeled loop.
10116 max-completely-peel-times
10118 The maximum number of iterations of a loop to be suitable for
10119 complete peeling.
10120 max-completely-peel-loop-nest-depth
10122 The maximum depth of a loop nest suitable for complete peeling.
10123 max-unswitch-insns
10125 The maximum number of insns of an unswitched loop.
10126 max-unswitch-level
10128 The maximum number of branches unswitched in a single loop.
10129 lim-expensive
10131 The minimum cost of an expensive expression in the loop
10132 invariant motion.
10133 min-loop-cond-split-prob
10135 When FDO profile information is available, min-loop-cond-split-
10136 prob specifies minimum threshold for probability of semi-
10137 invariant condition statement to trigger loop split.
10138 iv-consider-all-candidates-bound
10140 Bound on number of candidates for induction variables, below
10141 which all candidates are considered for each use in induction
10142 variable optimizations. If there are more candidates than
10143 this, only the most relevant ones are considered to avoid
10144 quadratic time complexity.
10145 iv-max-considered-uses
10147 The induction variable optimizations give up on loops that
10148 contain more induction variable uses.
10149 iv-always-prune-cand-set-bound
10151 If the number of candidates in the set is smaller than this
10152 value, always try to remove unnecessary ivs from the set when
10153 adding a new one.
10154 avg-loop-niter
10156 Average number of iterations of a loop.
10157 dse-max-object-size
10159 Maximum size (in bytes) of objects tracked bytewise by dead
10160 store elimination. Larger values may result in larger
10161 compilation times.
10162 dse-max-alias-queries-per-store
10164 Maximum number of queries into the alias oracle per store.
10165 Larger values result in larger compilation times and may result
10166 in more removed dead stores.
10167 scev-max-expr-size
10169 Bound on size of expressions used in the scalar evolutions
10170 analyzer. Large expressions slow the analyzer.
10171 scev-max-expr-complexity
10173 Bound on the complexity of the expressions in the scalar
10174 evolutions analyzer. Complex expressions slow the analyzer.
10175 max-tree-if-conversion-phi-args
10177 Maximum number of arguments in a PHI supported by TREE if
10178 conversion unless the loop is marked with simd pragma.
10179 vect-max-version-for-alignment-checks
10181 The maximum number of run-time checks that can be performed
10182 when doing loop versioning for alignment in the vectorizer.
10183 vect-max-version-for-alias-checks
10185 The maximum number of run-time checks that can be performed
10186 when doing loop versioning for alias in the vectorizer.
10187 vect-max-peeling-for-alignment
10189 The maximum number of loop peels to enhance access alignment
10190 for vectorizer. Value -1 means no limit.
10191 max-iterations-to-track
10193 The maximum number of iterations of a loop the brute-force
10194 algorithm for analysis of the number of iterations of the loop
10195 tries to evaluate.
10196 hot-bb-count-fraction
10198 The denominator n of fraction 1/n of the maximal execution
10199 count of a basic block in the entire program that a basic block
10200 needs to at least have in order to be considered hot. The
10201 default is 10000, which means that a basic block is considered
10202 hot if its execution count is greater than 1/10000 of the
10203 maximal execution count. 0 means that it is never considered
10204 hot. Used in non-LTO mode.
10205 hot-bb-count-ws-permille
10207 The number of most executed permilles, ranging from 0 to 1000,
10208 of the profiled execution of the entire program to which the
10209 execution count of a basic block must be part of in order to be
10210 considered hot. The default is 990, which means that a basic
10211 block is considered hot if its execution count contributes to
10212 the upper 990 permilles, or 99.0%, of the profiled execution of
10213 the entire program. 0 means that it is never considered hot.
10214 Used in LTO mode.
10215 hot-bb-frequency-fraction
10217 The denominator n of fraction 1/n of the execution frequency of
10218 the entry block of a function that a basic block of this
10219 function needs to at least have in order to be considered hot.
10220 The default is 1000, which means that a basic block is
10221 considered hot in a function if it is executed more frequently
10222 than 1/1000 of the frequency of the entry block of the
10223 function. 0 means that it is never considered hot.
10224 unlikely-bb-count-fraction
10226 The denominator n of fraction 1/n of the number of profiled
10227 runs of the entire program below which the execution count of a
10228 basic block must be in order for the basic block to be
10229 considered unlikely executed. The default is 20, which means
10230 that a basic block is considered unlikely executed if it is
10231 executed in fewer than 1/20, or 5%, of the runs of the program.
10232 0 means that it is always considered unlikely executed.
10233 max-predicted-iterations
10235 The maximum number of loop iterations we predict statically.
10236 This is useful in cases where a function contains a single loop
10237 with known bound and another loop with unknown bound. The
10238 known number of iterations is predicted correctly, while the
10239 unknown number of iterations average to roughly 10. This means
10240 that the loop without bounds appears artificially cold relative
10241 to the other one.
10242 builtin-expect-probability
10244 Control the probability of the expression having the specified
10245 value. This parameter takes a percentage (i.e. 0 ... 100) as
10246 input.
10247 builtin-string-cmp-inline-length
10249 The maximum length of a constant string for a builtin string
10250 cmp call eligible for inlining.
10251 align-threshold
10253 Select fraction of the maximal frequency of executions of a
10254 basic block in a function to align the basic block.
10255 align-loop-iterations
10257 A loop expected to iterate at least the selected number of
10258 iterations is aligned.
10259 tracer-dynamic-coverage
10261 tracer-dynamic-coverage-feedback
10262 This value is used to limit superblock formation once the given
10263 percentage of executed instructions is covered. This limits
10264 unnecessary code size expansion.
10265 The tracer-dynamic-coverage-feedback parameter is used only
10267 when profile feedback is available. The real profiles (as
10268 opposed to statically estimated ones) are much less balanced
10269 allowing the threshold to be larger value.
10270 tracer-max-code-growth
10272 Stop tail duplication once code growth has reached given
10273 percentage. This is a rather artificial limit, as most of the
10274 duplicates are eliminated later in cross jumping, so it may be
10275 set to much higher values than is the desired code growth.
10276 tracer-min-branch-ratio
10278 Stop reverse growth when the reverse probability of best edge
10279 is less than this threshold (in percent).
10280 tracer-min-branch-probability
10282 tracer-min-branch-probability-feedback
10283 Stop forward growth if the best edge has probability lower than
10284 this threshold.
10285 Similarly to tracer-dynamic-coverage two parameters are
10287 provided. tracer-min-branch-probability-feedback is used for
10288 compilation with profile feedback and tracer-min-branch-
10289 probability compilation without. The value for compilation
10290 with profile feedback needs to be more conservative (higher) in
10291 order to make tracer effective.
10292 stack-clash-protection-guard-size
10294 Specify the size of the operating system provided stack guard
10295 as 2 raised to num bytes. Higher values may reduce the number
10296 of explicit probes, but a value larger than the operating
10297 system provided guard will leave code vulnerable to stack clash
10298 style attacks.
10299 stack-clash-protection-probe-interval
10301 Stack clash protection involves probing stack space as it is
10302 allocated. This param controls the maximum distance between
10303 probes into the stack as 2 raised to num bytes. Higher values
10304 may reduce the number of explicit probes, but a value larger
10305 than the operating system provided guard will leave code
10306 vulnerable to stack clash style attacks.
10307 max-cse-path-length
10309 The maximum number of basic blocks on path that CSE considers.
10310 max-cse-insns
10312 The maximum number of instructions CSE processes before
10313 flushing.
10314 ggc-min-expand
10316 GCC uses a garbage collector to manage its own memory
10317 allocation. This parameter specifies the minimum percentage by
10318 which the garbage collector's heap should be allowed to expand
10319 between collections. Tuning this may improve compilation
10320 speed; it has no effect on code generation.
10321 The default is 30% + 70% * (RAM/1GB) with an upper bound of
10323 100% when RAM >= 1GB. If "getrlimit" is available, the notion
10324 of "RAM" is the smallest of actual RAM and "RLIMIT_DATA" or
10325 "RLIMIT_AS". If GCC is not able to calculate RAM on a
10326 particular platform, the lower bound of 30% is used. Setting
10327 this parameter and ggc-min-heapsize to zero causes a full
10328 collection to occur at every opportunity. This is extremely
10329 slow, but can be useful for debugging.
10330 ggc-min-heapsize
10332 Minimum size of the garbage collector's heap before it begins
10333 bothering to collect garbage. The first collection occurs
10334 after the heap expands by ggc-min-expand% beyond ggc-min-
10335 heapsize. Again, tuning this may improve compilation speed,
10336 and has no effect on code generation.
10337 The default is the smaller of RAM/8, RLIMIT_RSS, or a limit
10339 that tries to ensure that RLIMIT_DATA or RLIMIT_AS are not
10340 exceeded, but with a lower bound of 4096 (four megabytes) and
10341 an upper bound of 131072 (128 megabytes). If GCC is not able
10342 to calculate RAM on a particular platform, the lower bound is
10343 used. Setting this parameter very large effectively disables
10344 garbage collection. Setting this parameter and ggc-min-expand
10345 to zero causes a full collection to occur at every opportunity.
10346 max-reload-search-insns
10348 The maximum number of instruction reload should look backward
10349 for equivalent register. Increasing values mean more
10350 aggressive optimization, making the compilation time increase
10351 with probably slightly better performance.
10352 max-cselib-memory-locations
10354 The maximum number of memory locations cselib should take into
10355 account. Increasing values mean more aggressive optimization,
10356 making the compilation time increase with probably slightly
10357 better performance.
10358 max-sched-ready-insns
10360 The maximum number of instructions ready to be issued the
10361 scheduler should consider at any given time during the first
10362 scheduling pass. Increasing values mean more thorough
10363 searches, making the compilation time increase with probably
10364 little benefit.
10365 max-sched-region-blocks
10367 The maximum number of blocks in a region to be considered for
10368 interblock scheduling.
10369 max-pipeline-region-blocks
10371 The maximum number of blocks in a region to be considered for
10372 pipelining in the selective scheduler.
10373 max-sched-region-insns
10375 The maximum number of insns in a region to be considered for
10376 interblock scheduling.
10377 max-pipeline-region-insns
10379 The maximum number of insns in a region to be considered for
10380 pipelining in the selective scheduler.
10381 min-spec-prob
10383 The minimum probability (in percents) of reaching a source
10384 block for interblock speculative scheduling.
10385 max-sched-extend-regions-iters
10387 The maximum number of iterations through CFG to extend regions.
10388 A value of 0 disables region extensions.
10389 max-sched-insn-conflict-delay
10391 The maximum conflict delay for an insn to be considered for
10392 speculative motion.
10393 sched-spec-prob-cutoff
10395 The minimal probability of speculation success (in percents),
10396 so that speculative insns are scheduled.
10397 sched-state-edge-prob-cutoff
10399 The minimum probability an edge must have for the scheduler to
10400 save its state across it.
10401 sched-mem-true-dep-cost
10403 Minimal distance (in CPU cycles) between store and load
10404 targeting same memory locations.
10405 selsched-max-lookahead
10407 The maximum size of the lookahead window of selective
10408 scheduling. It is a depth of search for available
10409 instructions.
10410 selsched-max-sched-times
10412 The maximum number of times that an instruction is scheduled
10413 during selective scheduling. This is the limit on the number
10414 of iterations through which the instruction may be pipelined.
10415 selsched-insns-to-rename
10417 The maximum number of best instructions in the ready list that
10418 are considered for renaming in the selective scheduler.
10419 sms-min-sc
10421 The minimum value of stage count that swing modulo scheduler
10422 generates.
10423 max-last-value-rtl
10425 The maximum size measured as number of RTLs that can be
10426 recorded in an expression in combiner for a pseudo register as
10427 last known value of that register.
10428 max-combine-insns
10430 The maximum number of instructions the RTL combiner tries to
10431 combine.
10432 integer-share-limit
10434 Small integer constants can use a shared data structure,
10435 reducing the compiler's memory usage and increasing its speed.
10436 This sets the maximum value of a shared integer constant.
10437 ssp-buffer-size
10439 The minimum size of buffers (i.e. arrays) that receive stack
10440 smashing protection when -fstack-protection is used.
10441 min-size-for-stack-sharing
10443 The minimum size of variables taking part in stack slot sharing
10444 when not optimizing.
10445 max-jump-thread-duplication-stmts
10447 Maximum number of statements allowed in a block that needs to
10448 be duplicated when threading jumps.
10449 max-fields-for-field-sensitive
10451 Maximum number of fields in a structure treated in a field
10452 sensitive manner during pointer analysis.
10453 prefetch-latency
10455 Estimate on average number of instructions that are executed
10456 before prefetch finishes. The distance prefetched ahead is
10457 proportional to this constant. Increasing this number may also
10458 lead to less streams being prefetched (see simultaneous-
10459 prefetches).
10460 simultaneous-prefetches
10462 Maximum number of prefetches that can run at the same time.
10463 l1-cache-line-size
10465 The size of cache line in L1 data cache, in bytes.
10466 l1-cache-size
10468 The size of L1 data cache, in kilobytes.
10469 l2-cache-size
10471 The size of L2 data cache, in kilobytes.
10472 prefetch-dynamic-strides
10474 Whether the loop array prefetch pass should issue software
10475 prefetch hints for strides that are non-constant. In some
10476 cases this may be beneficial, though the fact the stride is
10477 non-constant may make it hard to predict when there is clear
10478 benefit to issuing these hints.
10479 Set to 1 if the prefetch hints should be issued for non-
10481 constant strides. Set to 0 if prefetch hints should be issued
10482 only for strides that are known to be constant and below
10483 prefetch-minimum-stride.
10484 prefetch-minimum-stride
10486 Minimum constant stride, in bytes, to start using prefetch
10487 hints for. If the stride is less than this threshold, prefetch
10488 hints will not be issued.
10489 This setting is useful for processors that have hardware
10491 prefetchers, in which case there may be conflicts between the
10492 hardware prefetchers and the software prefetchers. If the
10493 hardware prefetchers have a maximum stride they can handle, it
10494 should be used here to improve the use of software prefetchers.
10495 A value of -1 means we don't have a threshold and therefore
10497 prefetch hints can be issued for any constant stride.
10498 This setting is only useful for strides that are known and
10500 constant.
10501 loop-interchange-max-num-stmts
10503 The maximum number of stmts in a loop to be interchanged.
10504 loop-interchange-stride-ratio
10506 The minimum ratio between stride of two loops for interchange
10507 to be profitable.
10508 min-insn-to-prefetch-ratio
10510 The minimum ratio between the number of instructions and the
10511 number of prefetches to enable prefetching in a loop.
10512 prefetch-min-insn-to-mem-ratio
10514 The minimum ratio between the number of instructions and the
10515 number of memory references to enable prefetching in a loop.
10516 use-canonical-types
10518 Whether the compiler should use the "canonical" type system.
10519 Should always be 1, which uses a more efficient internal
10520 mechanism for comparing types in C++ and Objective-C++.
10521 However, if bugs in the canonical type system are causing
10522 compilation failures, set this value to 0 to disable canonical
10523 types.
10524 switch-conversion-max-branch-ratio
10526 Switch initialization conversion refuses to create arrays that
10527 are bigger than switch-conversion-max-branch-ratio times the
10528 number of branches in the switch.
10529 max-partial-antic-length
10531 Maximum length of the partial antic set computed during the
10532 tree partial redundancy elimination optimization (-ftree-pre)
10533 when optimizing at -O3 and above. For some sorts of source
10534 code the enhanced partial redundancy elimination optimization
10535 can run away, consuming all of the memory available on the host
10536 machine. This parameter sets a limit on the length of the sets
10537 that are computed, which prevents the runaway behavior.
10538 Setting a value of 0 for this parameter allows an unlimited set
10539 length.
10540 rpo-vn-max-loop-depth
10542 Maximum loop depth that is value-numbered optimistically. When
10543 the limit hits the innermost rpo-vn-max-loop-depth loops and
10544 the outermost loop in the loop nest are value-numbered
10545 optimistically and the remaining ones not.
10546 sccvn-max-alias-queries-per-access
10548 Maximum number of alias-oracle queries we perform when looking
10549 for redundancies for loads and stores. If this limit is hit
10550 the search is aborted and the load or store is not considered
10551 redundant. The number of queries is algorithmically limited to
10552 the number of stores on all paths from the load to the function
10553 entry.
10554 ira-max-loops-num
10556 IRA uses regional register allocation by default. If a
10557 function contains more loops than the number given by this
10558 parameter, only at most the given number of the most
10559 frequently-executed loops form regions for regional register
10560 allocation.
10561 ira-max-conflict-table-size
10563 Although IRA uses a sophisticated algorithm to compress the
10564 conflict table, the table can still require excessive amounts
10565 of memory for huge functions. If the conflict table for a
10566 function could be more than the size in MB given by this
10567 parameter, the register allocator instead uses a faster,
10568 simpler, and lower-quality algorithm that does not require
10569 building a pseudo-register conflict table.
10570 ira-loop-reserved-regs
10572 IRA can be used to evaluate more accurate register pressure in
10573 loops for decisions to move loop invariants (see -O3). The
10574 number of available registers reserved for some other purposes
10575 is given by this parameter. Default of the parameter is the
10576 best found from numerous experiments.
10577 lra-inheritance-ebb-probability-cutoff
10579 LRA tries to reuse values reloaded in registers in subsequent
10580 insns. This optimization is called inheritance. EBB is used
10581 as a region to do this optimization. The parameter defines a
10582 minimal fall-through edge probability in percentage used to add
10583 BB to inheritance EBB in LRA. The default value was chosen
10584 from numerous runs of SPEC2000 on x86-64.
10585 loop-invariant-max-bbs-in-loop
10587 Loop invariant motion can be very expensive, both in
10588 compilation time and in amount of needed compile-time memory,
10589 with very large loops. Loops with more basic blocks than this
10590 parameter won't have loop invariant motion optimization
10591 performed on them.
10592 loop-max-datarefs-for-datadeps
10594 Building data dependencies is expensive for very large loops.
10595 This parameter limits the number of data references in loops
10596 that are considered for data dependence analysis. These large
10597 loops are no handled by the optimizations using loop data
10598 dependencies.
10599 max-vartrack-size
10601 Sets a maximum number of hash table slots to use during
10602 variable tracking dataflow analysis of any function. If this
10603 limit is exceeded with variable tracking at assignments
10604 enabled, analysis for that function is retried without it,
10605 after removing all debug insns from the function. If the limit
10606 is exceeded even without debug insns, var tracking analysis is
10607 completely disabled for the function. Setting the parameter to
10608 zero makes it unlimited.
10609 max-vartrack-expr-depth
10611 Sets a maximum number of recursion levels when attempting to
10612 map variable names or debug temporaries to value expressions.
10613 This trades compilation time for more complete debug
10614 information. If this is set too low, value expressions that
10615 are available and could be represented in debug information may
10616 end up not being used; setting this higher may enable the
10617 compiler to find more complex debug expressions, but compile
10618 time and memory use may grow.
10619 max-debug-marker-count
10621 Sets a threshold on the number of debug markers (e.g. begin
10622 stmt markers) to avoid complexity explosion at inlining or
10623 expanding to RTL. If a function has more such gimple stmts
10624 than the set limit, such stmts will be dropped from the inlined
10625 copy of a function, and from its RTL expansion.
10626 min-nondebug-insn-uid
10628 Use uids starting at this parameter for nondebug insns. The
10629 range below the parameter is reserved exclusively for debug
10630 insns created by -fvar-tracking-assignments, but debug insns
10631 may get (non-overlapping) uids above it if the reserved range
10632 is exhausted.
10633 ipa-sra-ptr-growth-factor
10635 IPA-SRA replaces a pointer to an aggregate with one or more new
10636 parameters only when their cumulative size is less or equal to
10637 ipa-sra-ptr-growth-factor times the size of the original
10638 pointer parameter.
10639 ipa-sra-max-replacements
10641 Maximum pieces of an aggregate that IPA-SRA tracks. As a
10642 consequence, it is also the maximum number of replacements of a
10643 formal parameter.
10644 sra-max-scalarization-size-Ospeed
10646 sra-max-scalarization-size-Osize
10647 The two Scalar Reduction of Aggregates passes (SRA and IPA-SRA)
10648 aim to replace scalar parts of aggregates with uses of
10649 independent scalar variables. These parameters control the
10650 maximum size, in storage units, of aggregate which is
10651 considered for replacement when compiling for speed (sra-max-
10652 scalarization-size-Ospeed) or size (sra-max-scalarization-size-
10653 Osize) respectively.
10654 sra-max-propagations
10656 The maximum number of artificial accesses that Scalar
10657 Replacement of Aggregates (SRA) will track, per one local
10658 variable, in order to facilitate copy propagation.
10659 tm-max-aggregate-size
10661 When making copies of thread-local variables in a transaction,
10662 this parameter specifies the size in bytes after which
10663 variables are saved with the logging functions as opposed to
10664 save/restore code sequence pairs. This option only applies
10665 when using -fgnu-tm.
10666 graphite-max-nb-scop-params
10668 To avoid exponential effects in the Graphite loop transforms,
10669 the number of parameters in a Static Control Part (SCoP) is
10670 bounded. A value of zero can be used to lift the bound. A
10671 variable whose value is unknown at compilation time and defined
10672 outside a SCoP is a parameter of the SCoP.
10673 loop-block-tile-size
10675 Loop blocking or strip mining transforms, enabled with
10676 -floop-block or -floop-strip-mine, strip mine each loop in the
10677 loop nest by a given number of iterations. The strip length
10678 can be changed using the loop-block-tile-size parameter.
10679 ipa-cp-value-list-size
10681 IPA-CP attempts to track all possible values and types passed
10682 to a function's parameter in order to propagate them and
10683 perform devirtualization. ipa-cp-value-list-size is the
10684 maximum number of values and types it stores per one formal
10685 parameter of a function.
10686 ipa-cp-eval-threshold
10688 IPA-CP calculates its own score of cloning profitability
10689 heuristics and performs those cloning opportunities with scores
10690 that exceed ipa-cp-eval-threshold.
10691 ipa-cp-max-recursive-depth
10693 Maximum depth of recursive cloning for self-recursive function.
10694 ipa-cp-min-recursive-probability
10696 Recursive cloning only when the probability of call being
10697 executed exceeds the parameter.
10698 ipa-cp-recursion-penalty
10700 Percentage penalty the recursive functions will receive when
10701 they are evaluated for cloning.
10702 ipa-cp-single-call-penalty
10704 Percentage penalty functions containing a single call to
10705 another function will receive when they are evaluated for
10706 cloning.
10707 ipa-max-agg-items
10709 IPA-CP is also capable to propagate a number of scalar values
10710 passed in an aggregate. ipa-max-agg-items controls the maximum
10711 number of such values per one parameter.
10712 ipa-cp-loop-hint-bonus
10714 When IPA-CP determines that a cloning candidate would make the
10715 number of iterations of a loop known, it adds a bonus of ipa-
10716 cp-loop-hint-bonus to the profitability score of the candidate.
10717 ipa-max-aa-steps
10719 During its analysis of function bodies, IPA-CP employs alias
10720 analysis in order to track values pointed to by function
10721 parameters. In order not spend too much time analyzing huge
10722 functions, it gives up and consider all memory clobbered after
10723 examining ipa-max-aa-steps statements modifying memory.
10724 ipa-max-switch-predicate-bounds
10726 Maximal number of boundary endpoints of case ranges of switch
10727 statement. For switch exceeding this limit, IPA-CP will not
10728 construct cloning cost predicate, which is used to estimate
10729 cloning benefit, for default case of the switch statement.
10730 ipa-max-param-expr-ops
10732 IPA-CP will analyze conditional statement that references some
10733 function parameter to estimate benefit for cloning upon certain
10734 constant value. But if number of operations in a parameter
10735 expression exceeds ipa-max-param-expr-ops, the expression is
10736 treated as complicated one, and is not handled by IPA analysis.
10737 lto-partitions
10739 Specify desired number of partitions produced during WHOPR
10740 compilation. The number of partitions should exceed the number
10741 of CPUs used for compilation.
10742 lto-min-partition
10744 Size of minimal partition for WHOPR (in estimated
10745 instructions). This prevents expenses of splitting very small
10746 programs into too many partitions.
10747 lto-max-partition
10749 Size of max partition for WHOPR (in estimated instructions).
10750 to provide an upper bound for individual size of partition.
10751 Meant to be used only with balanced partitioning.
10752 lto-max-streaming-parallelism
10754 Maximal number of parallel processes used for LTO streaming.
10755 cxx-max-namespaces-for-diagnostic-help
10757 The maximum number of namespaces to consult for suggestions
10758 when C++ name lookup fails for an identifier.
10759 sink-frequency-threshold
10761 The maximum relative execution frequency (in percents) of the
10762 target block relative to a statement's original block to allow
10763 statement sinking of a statement. Larger numbers result in
10764 more aggressive statement sinking. A small positive adjustment
10765 is applied for statements with memory operands as those are
10766 even more profitable so sink.
10767 max-stores-to-sink
10769 The maximum number of conditional store pairs that can be sunk.
10770 Set to 0 if either vectorization (-ftree-vectorize) or if-
10771 conversion (-ftree-loop-if-convert) is disabled.
10772 case-values-threshold
10774 The smallest number of different values for which it is best to
10775 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. If
10776 the value is 0, use the default for the machine.
10777 jump-table-max-growth-ratio-for-size
10779 The maximum code size growth ratio when expanding into a jump
10780 table (in percent). The parameter is used when optimizing for
10781 size.
10782 jump-table-max-growth-ratio-for-speed
10784 The maximum code size growth ratio when expanding into a jump
10785 table (in percent). The parameter is used when optimizing for
10786 speed.
10787 tree-reassoc-width
10789 Set the maximum number of instructions executed in parallel in
10790 reassociated tree. This parameter overrides target dependent
10791 heuristics used by default if has non zero value.
10792 sched-pressure-algorithm
10794 Choose between the two available implementations of
10795 -fsched-pressure. Algorithm 1 is the original implementation
10796 and is the more likely to prevent instructions from being
10797 reordered. Algorithm 2 was designed to be a compromise between
10798 the relatively conservative approach taken by algorithm 1 and
10799 the rather aggressive approach taken by the default scheduler.
10800 It relies more heavily on having a regular register file and
10801 accurate register pressure classes. See haifa-sched.c in the
10802 GCC sources for more details.
10803 The default choice depends on the target.
10805 max-slsr-cand-scan
10807 Set the maximum number of existing candidates that are
10808 considered when seeking a basis for a new straight-line
10809 strength reduction candidate.
10810 asan-globals
10812 Enable buffer overflow detection for global objects. This kind
10813 of protection is enabled by default if you are using
10814 -fsanitize=address option. To disable global objects
10815 protection use --param asan-globals=0.
10816 asan-stack
10818 Enable buffer overflow detection for stack objects. This kind
10819 of protection is enabled by default when using
10820 -fsanitize=address. To disable stack protection use --param
10821 asan-stack=0 option.
10822 asan-instrument-reads
10824 Enable buffer overflow detection for memory reads. This kind
10825 of protection is enabled by default when using
10826 -fsanitize=address. To disable memory reads protection use
10827 --param asan-instrument-reads=0.
10828 asan-instrument-writes
10830 Enable buffer overflow detection for memory writes. This kind
10831 of protection is enabled by default when using
10832 -fsanitize=address. To disable memory writes protection use
10833 --param asan-instrument-writes=0 option.
10834 asan-memintrin
10836 Enable detection for built-in functions. This kind of
10837 protection is enabled by default when using -fsanitize=address.
10838 To disable built-in functions protection use --param
10839 asan-memintrin=0.
10840 asan-use-after-return
10842 Enable detection of use-after-return. This kind of protection
10843 is enabled by default when using the -fsanitize=address option.
10844 To disable it use --param asan-use-after-return=0.
10845 Note: By default the check is disabled at run time. To enable
10847 it, add "detect_stack_use_after_return=1" to the environment
10848 variable ASAN_OPTIONS.
10849 asan-instrumentation-with-call-threshold
10851 If number of memory accesses in function being instrumented is
10852 greater or equal to this number, use callbacks instead of
10853 inline checks. E.g. to disable inline code use --param
10854 asan-instrumentation-with-call-threshold=0.
10855 use-after-scope-direct-emission-threshold
10857 If the size of a local variable in bytes is smaller or equal to
10858 this number, directly poison (or unpoison) shadow memory
10859 instead of using run-time callbacks.
10860 max-fsm-thread-path-insns
10862 Maximum number of instructions to copy when duplicating blocks
10863 on a finite state automaton jump thread path.
10864 max-fsm-thread-length
10866 Maximum number of basic blocks on a finite state automaton jump
10867 thread path.
10868 max-fsm-thread-paths
10870 Maximum number of new jump thread paths to create for a finite
10871 state automaton.
10872 parloops-chunk-size
10874 Chunk size of omp schedule for loops parallelized by parloops.
10875 parloops-schedule
10877 Schedule type of omp schedule for loops parallelized by
10878 parloops (static, dynamic, guided, auto, runtime).
10879 parloops-min-per-thread
10881 The minimum number of iterations per thread of an innermost
10882 parallelized loop for which the parallelized variant is
10883 preferred over the single threaded one. Note that for a
10884 parallelized loop nest the minimum number of iterations of the
10885 outermost loop per thread is two.
10886 max-ssa-name-query-depth
10888 Maximum depth of recursion when querying properties of SSA
10889 names in things like fold routines. One level of recursion
10890 corresponds to following a use-def chain.
10891 hsa-gen-debug-stores
10893 Enable emission of special debug stores within HSA kernels
10894 which are then read and reported by libgomp plugin. Generation
10895 of these stores is disabled by default, use --param
10896 hsa-gen-debug-stores=1 to enable it.
10897 max-speculative-devirt-maydefs
10899 The maximum number of may-defs we analyze when looking for a
10900 must-def specifying the dynamic type of an object that invokes
10901 a virtual call we may be able to devirtualize speculatively.
10902 max-vrp-switch-assertions
10904 The maximum number of assertions to add along the default edge
10905 of a switch statement during VRP.
10906 unroll-jam-min-percent
10908 The minimum percentage of memory references that must be
10909 optimized away for the unroll-and-jam transformation to be
10910 considered profitable.
10911 unroll-jam-max-unroll
10913 The maximum number of times the outer loop should be unrolled
10914 by the unroll-and-jam transformation.
10915 max-rtl-if-conversion-unpredictable-cost
10917 Maximum permissible cost for the sequence that would be
10918 generated by the RTL if-conversion pass for a branch that is
10919 considered unpredictable.
10920 max-variable-expansions-in-unroller
10922 If -fvariable-expansion-in-unroller is used, the maximum number
10923 of times that an individual variable will be expanded during
10924 loop unrolling.
10925 tracer-min-branch-probability-feedback
10927 Stop forward growth if the probability of best edge is less
10928 than this threshold (in percent). Used when profile feedback is
10929 available.
10930 partial-inlining-entry-probability
10932 Maximum probability of the entry BB of split region (in percent
10933 relative to entry BB of the function) to make partial inlining
10934 happen.
10935 max-tracked-strlens
10937 Maximum number of strings for which strlen optimization pass
10938 will track string lengths.
10939 gcse-after-reload-partial-fraction
10941 The threshold ratio for performing partial redundancy
10942 elimination after reload.
10943 gcse-after-reload-critical-fraction
10945 The threshold ratio of critical edges execution count that
10946 permit performing redundancy elimination after reload.
10947 max-loop-header-insns
10949 The maximum number of insns in loop header duplicated by the
10950 copy loop headers pass.
10951 vect-epilogues-nomask
10953 Enable loop epilogue vectorization using smaller vector size.
10954 slp-max-insns-in-bb
10956 Maximum number of instructions in basic block to be considered
10957 for SLP vectorization.
10958 avoid-fma-max-bits
10960 Maximum number of bits for which we avoid creating FMAs.
10961 sms-loop-average-count-threshold
10963 A threshold on the average loop count considered by the swing
10964 modulo scheduler.
10965 sms-dfa-history
10967 The number of cycles the swing modulo scheduler considers when
10968 checking conflicts using DFA.
10969 max-inline-insns-recursive-auto
10971 The maximum number of instructions non-inline function can grow
10972 to via recursive inlining.
10973 graphite-allow-codegen-errors
10975 Whether codegen errors should be ICEs when -fchecking.
10976 sms-max-ii-factor
10978 A factor for tuning the upper bound that swing modulo scheduler
10979 uses for scheduling a loop.
10980 lra-max-considered-reload-pseudos
10982 The max number of reload pseudos which are considered during
10983 spilling a non-reload pseudo.
10984 max-pow-sqrt-depth
10986 Maximum depth of sqrt chains to use when synthesizing
10987 exponentiation by a real constant.
10988 max-dse-active-local-stores
10990 Maximum number of active local stores in RTL dead store
10991 elimination.
10992 asan-instrument-allocas
10994 Enable asan allocas/VLAs protection.
10995 max-iterations-computation-cost
10997 Bound on the cost of an expression to compute the number of
10998 iterations.
10999 max-isl-operations
11001 Maximum number of isl operations, 0 means unlimited.
11002 graphite-max-arrays-per-scop
11004 Maximum number of arrays per scop.
11005 max-vartrack-reverse-op-size
11007 Max. size of loc list for which reverse ops should be added.
11008 tracer-dynamic-coverage-feedback
11010 The percentage of function, weighted by execution frequency,
11011 that must be covered by trace formation. Used when profile
11012 feedback is available.
11013 max-inline-recursive-depth-auto
11015 The maximum depth of recursive inlining for non-inline
11016 functions.
11017 fsm-scale-path-stmts
11019 Scale factor to apply to the number of statements in a
11020 threading path when comparing to the number of (scaled) blocks.
11021 fsm-maximum-phi-arguments
11023 Maximum number of arguments a PHI may have before the FSM
11024 threader will not try to thread through its block.
11025 uninit-control-dep-attempts
11027 Maximum number of nested calls to search for control
11028 dependencies during uninitialized variable analysis.
11029 sra-max-scalarization-size-Osize
11031 Maximum size, in storage units, of an aggregate which should be
11032 considered for scalarization when compiling for size.
11033 fsm-scale-path-blocks
11035 Scale factor to apply to the number of blocks in a threading
11036 path when comparing to the number of (scaled) statements.
11037 sched-autopref-queue-depth
11039 Hardware autoprefetcher scheduler model control flag. Number
11040 of lookahead cycles the model looks into; at ' ' only enable
11041 instruction sorting heuristic.
11042 loop-versioning-max-inner-insns
11044 The maximum number of instructions that an inner loop can have
11045 before the loop versioning pass considers it too big to copy.
11046 loop-versioning-max-outer-insns
11048 The maximum number of instructions that an outer loop can have
11049 before the loop versioning pass considers it too big to copy,
11050 discounting any instructions in inner loops that directly
11051 benefit from versioning.
11052 ssa-name-def-chain-limit
11054 The maximum number of SSA_NAME assignments to follow in
11055 determining a property of a variable such as its value. This
11056 limits the number of iterations or recursive calls GCC performs
11057 when optimizing certain statements or when determining their
11058 validity prior to issuing diagnostics.
11059 store-merging-max-size
11061 Maximum size of a single store merging region in bytes.
11062 hash-table-verification-limit
11064 The number of elements for which hash table verification is
11065 done for each searched element.
11066 max-find-base-term-values
11068 Maximum number of VALUEs handled during a single find_base_term
11069 call.
11070 analyzer-max-enodes-per-program-point
11072 The maximum number of exploded nodes per program point within
11073 the analyzer, before terminating analysis of that point.
11074 analyzer-min-snodes-for-call-summary
11076 The minimum number of supernodes within a function for the
11077 analyzer to consider summarizing its effects at call sites.
11078 analyzer-max-recursion-depth
11080 The maximum number of times a callsite can appear in a call
11081 stack within the analyzer, before terminating analysis of a
11082 call that would recurse deeper.
11083 gimple-fe-computed-hot-bb-threshold
11085 The number of executions of a basic block which is considered
11086 hot. The parameter is used only in GIMPLE FE.
11087 analyzer-bb-explosion-factor
11089 The maximum number of 'after supernode' exploded nodes within
11090 the analyzer per supernode, before terminating analysis.
11091 The following choices of name are available on AArch64 targets:
11093 aarch64-sve-compare-costs
11095 When vectorizing for SVE, consider using "unpacked" vectors for
11096 smaller elements and use the cost model to pick the cheapest
11097 approach. Also use the cost model to choose between SVE and
11098 Advanced SIMD vectorization.
11099 Using unpacked vectors includes storing smaller elements in
11101 larger containers and accessing elements with extending loads
11102 and truncating stores.
11103 aarch64-float-recp-precision
11105 The number of Newton iterations for calculating the reciprocal
11106 for float type. The precision of division is proportional to
11107 this param when division approximation is enabled. The default
11108 value is 1.
11109 aarch64-double-recp-precision
11111 The number of Newton iterations for calculating the reciprocal
11112 for double type. The precision of division is propotional to
11113 this param when division approximation is enabled. The default
11114 value is 2.
11115 Program Instrumentation Options
11117 GCC supports a number of command-line options that control adding run-
11118 time instrumentation to the code it normally generates. For example,
11119 one purpose of instrumentation is collect profiling statistics for use
11120 in finding program hot spots, code coverage analysis, or profile-guided
11121 optimizations. Another class of program instrumentation is adding run-
11122 time checking to detect programming errors like invalid pointer
11123 dereferences or out-of-bounds array accesses, as well as deliberately
11124 hostile attacks such as stack smashing or C++ vtable hijacking. There
11125 is also a general hook which can be used to implement other forms of
11126 tracing or function-level instrumentation for debug or program analysis
11127 purposes.
11128 -p
11130 -pg Generate extra code to write profile information suitable for the
11131 analysis program prof (for -p) or gprof (for -pg). You must use
11132 this option when compiling the source files you want data about,
11133 and you must also use it when linking.
11134 You can use the function attribute "no_instrument_function" to
11136 suppress profiling of individual functions when compiling with
11137 these options.
11138 -fprofile-arcs
11140 Add code so that program flow arcs are instrumented. During
11141 execution the program records how many times each branch and call
11142 is executed and how many times it is taken or returns. On targets
11143 that support constructors with priority support, profiling properly
11144 handles constructors, destructors and C++ constructors (and
11145 destructors) of classes which are used as a type of a global
11146 variable.
11147 When the compiled program exits it saves this data to a file called
11149 auxname.gcda for each source file. The data may be used for
11150 profile-directed optimizations (-fbranch-probabilities), or for
11151 test coverage analysis (-ftest-coverage). Each object file's
11152 auxname is generated from the name of the output file, if
11153 explicitly specified and it is not the final executable, otherwise
11154 it is the basename of the source file. In both cases any suffix is
11155 removed (e.g. foo.gcda for input file dir/foo.c, or dir/foo.gcda
11156 for output file specified as -o dir/foo.o).
11157 --coverage
11159 This option is used to compile and link code instrumented for
11160 coverage analysis. The option is a synonym for -fprofile-arcs
11161 -ftest-coverage (when compiling) and -lgcov (when linking). See
11162 the documentation for those options for more details.
11163 * Compile the source files with -fprofile-arcs plus optimization
11165 and code generation options. For test coverage analysis, use
11166 the additional -ftest-coverage option. You do not need to
11167 profile every source file in a program.
11168 * Compile the source files additionally with -fprofile-abs-path
11170 to create absolute path names in the .gcno files. This allows
11171 gcov to find the correct sources in projects where compilations
11172 occur with different working directories.
11173 * Link your object files with -lgcov or -fprofile-arcs (the
11175 latter implies the former).
11176 * Run the program on a representative workload to generate the
11178 arc profile information. This may be repeated any number of
11179 times. You can run concurrent instances of your program, and
11180 provided that the file system supports locking, the data files
11181 will be correctly updated. Unless a strict ISO C dialect
11182 option is in effect, "fork" calls are detected and correctly
11183 handled without double counting.
11184 * For profile-directed optimizations, compile the source files
11186 again with the same optimization and code generation options
11187 plus -fbranch-probabilities.
11188 * For test coverage analysis, use gcov to produce human readable
11190 information from the .gcno and .gcda files. Refer to the gcov
11191 documentation for further information.
11192 With -fprofile-arcs, for each function of your program GCC creates
11194 a program flow graph, then finds a spanning tree for the graph.
11195 Only arcs that are not on the spanning tree have to be
11196 instrumented: the compiler adds code to count the number of times
11197 that these arcs are executed. When an arc is the only exit or only
11198 entrance to a block, the instrumentation code can be added to the
11199 block; otherwise, a new basic block must be created to hold the
11200 instrumentation code.
11201 -ftest-coverage
11203 Produce a notes file that the gcov code-coverage utility can use to
11204 show program coverage. Each source file's note file is called
11205 auxname.gcno. Refer to the -fprofile-arcs option above for a
11206 description of auxname and instructions on how to generate test
11207 coverage data. Coverage data matches the source files more closely
11208 if you do not optimize.
11209 -fprofile-abs-path
11211 Automatically convert relative source file names to absolute path
11212 names in the .gcno files. This allows gcov to find the correct
11213 sources in projects where compilations occur with different working
11214 directories.
11215 -fprofile-dir=path
11217 Set the directory to search for the profile data files in to path.
11218 This option affects only the profile data generated by
11219 -fprofile-generate, -ftest-coverage, -fprofile-arcs and used by
11220 -fprofile-use and -fbranch-probabilities and its related options.
11221 Both absolute and relative paths can be used. By default, GCC uses
11222 the current directory as path, thus the profile data file appears
11223 in the same directory as the object file. In order to prevent the
11224 file name clashing, if the object file name is not an absolute
11225 path, we mangle the absolute path of the sourcename.gcda file and
11226 use it as the file name of a .gcda file. See similar option
11227 -fprofile-note.
11228 When an executable is run in a massive parallel environment, it is
11230 recommended to save profile to different folders. That can be done
11231 with variables in path that are exported during run-time:
11232 %p process ID.
11234 %q{VAR}
11236 value of environment variable VAR
11237 -fprofile-generate
11239 -fprofile-generate=path
11240 Enable options usually used for instrumenting application to
11241 produce profile useful for later recompilation with profile
11242 feedback based optimization. You must use -fprofile-generate both
11243 when compiling and when linking your program.
11244 The following options are enabled: -fprofile-arcs,
11246 -fprofile-values, -finline-functions, and -fipa-bit-cp.
11247 If path is specified, GCC looks at the path to find the profile
11249 feedback data files. See -fprofile-dir.
11250 To optimize the program based on the collected profile information,
11252 use -fprofile-use.
11253 -fprofile-note=path
11255 If path is specified, GCC saves .gcno file into path location. If
11256 you combine the option with multiple source files, the .gcno file
11257 will be overwritten.
11258 -fprofile-prefix-path=path
11260 This option can be used in combination with
11261 profile-generate=profile_dir and profile-use=profile_dir to inform
11262 GCC where is the base directory of built source tree. By default
11263 profile_dir will contain files with mangled absolute paths of all
11264 object files in the built project. This is not desirable when
11265 directory used to build the instrumented binary differs from the
11266 directory used to build the binary optimized with profile feedback
11267 because the profile data will not be found during the optimized
11268 build. In such setups -fprofile-prefix-path=path with path
11269 pointing to the base directory of the build can be used to strip
11270 the irrelevant part of the path and keep all file names relative to
11271 the main build directory.
11272 -fprofile-update=method
11274 Alter the update method for an application instrumented for profile
11275 feedback based optimization. The method argument should be one of
11276 single, atomic or prefer-atomic. The first one is useful for
11277 single-threaded applications, while the second one prevents profile
11278 corruption by emitting thread-safe code.
11279 Warning: When an application does not properly join all threads (or
11281 creates an detached thread), a profile file can be still corrupted.
11282 Using prefer-atomic would be transformed either to atomic, when
11284 supported by a target, or to single otherwise. The GCC driver
11285 automatically selects prefer-atomic when -pthread is present in the
11286 command line.
11287 -fprofile-filter-files=regex
11289 Instrument only functions from files where names match any regular
11290 expression (separated by a semi-colon).
11291 For example, -fprofile-filter-files=main.c;module.*.c will
11293 instrument only main.c and all C files starting with 'module'.
11294 -fprofile-exclude-files=regex
11296 Instrument only functions from files where names do not match all
11297 the regular expressions (separated by a semi-colon).
11298 For example, -fprofile-exclude-files=/usr/* will prevent
11300 instrumentation of all files that are located in /usr/ folder.
11301 -fprofile-reproducible=[multithreaded|parallel-runs|serial]
11303 Control level of reproducibility of profile gathered by
11304 "-fprofile-generate". This makes it possible to rebuild program
11305 with same outcome which is useful, for example, for distribution
11306 packages.
11307 With -fprofile-reproducible=serial the profile gathered by
11309 -fprofile-generate is reproducible provided the trained program
11310 behaves the same at each invocation of the train run, it is not
11311 multi-threaded and profile data streaming is always done in the
11312 same order. Note that profile streaming happens at the end of
11313 program run but also before "fork" function is invoked.
11314 Note that it is quite common that execution counts of some part of
11316 programs depends, for example, on length of temporary file names or
11317 memory space randomization (that may affect hash-table collision
11318 rate). Such non-reproducible part of programs may be annotated by
11319 "no_instrument_function" function attribute. "gcov-dump" with -l
11320 can be used to dump gathered data and verify that they are indeed
11321 reproducible.
11322 With -fprofile-reproducible=parallel-runs collected profile stays
11324 reproducible regardless the order of streaming of the data into
11325 gcda files. This setting makes it possible to run multiple
11326 instances of instrumented program in parallel (such as with "make
11327 -j"). This reduces quality of gathered data, in particular of
11328 indirect call profiling.
11329 -fsanitize=address
11331 Enable AddressSanitizer, a fast memory error detector. Memory
11332 access instructions are instrumented to detect out-of-bounds and
11333 use-after-free bugs. The option enables
11334 -fsanitize-address-use-after-scope. See
11335 <https://github.com/google/sanitizers/wiki/AddressSanitizer> for
11336 more details. The run-time behavior can be influenced using the
11337 ASAN_OPTIONS environment variable. When set to "help=1", the
11338 available options are shown at startup of the instrumented program.
11339 See
11340 <https://github.com/google/sanitizers/wiki/AddressSanitizerFlags#run-time-flags>
11341 for a list of supported options. The option cannot be combined
11342 with -fsanitize=thread.
11343 -fsanitize=kernel-address
11345 Enable AddressSanitizer for Linux kernel. See
11346 <https://github.com/google/kasan/wiki> for more details.
11347 -fsanitize=pointer-compare
11349 Instrument comparison operation (<, <=, >, >=) with pointer
11350 operands. The option must be combined with either
11351 -fsanitize=kernel-address or -fsanitize=address The option cannot
11352 be combined with -fsanitize=thread. Note: By default the check is
11353 disabled at run time. To enable it, add
11354 "detect_invalid_pointer_pairs=2" to the environment variable
11355 ASAN_OPTIONS. Using "detect_invalid_pointer_pairs=1" detects
11356 invalid operation only when both pointers are non-null.
11357 -fsanitize=pointer-subtract
11359 Instrument subtraction with pointer operands. The option must be
11360 combined with either -fsanitize=kernel-address or
11361 -fsanitize=address The option cannot be combined with
11362 -fsanitize=thread. Note: By default the check is disabled at run
11363 time. To enable it, add "detect_invalid_pointer_pairs=2" to the
11364 environment variable ASAN_OPTIONS. Using
11365 "detect_invalid_pointer_pairs=1" detects invalid operation only
11366 when both pointers are non-null.
11367 -fsanitize=thread
11369 Enable ThreadSanitizer, a fast data race detector. Memory access
11370 instructions are instrumented to detect data race bugs. See
11371 <https://github.com/google/sanitizers/wiki#threadsanitizer> for
11372 more details. The run-time behavior can be influenced using the
11373 TSAN_OPTIONS environment variable; see
11374 <https://github.com/google/sanitizers/wiki/ThreadSanitizerFlags>
11375 for a list of supported options. The option cannot be combined
11376 with -fsanitize=address, -fsanitize=leak.
11377 Note that sanitized atomic builtins cannot throw exceptions when
11379 operating on invalid memory addresses with non-call exceptions
11380 (-fnon-call-exceptions).
11381 -fsanitize=leak
11383 Enable LeakSanitizer, a memory leak detector. This option only
11384 matters for linking of executables and the executable is linked
11385 against a library that overrides "malloc" and other allocator
11386 functions. See
11387 <https://github.com/google/sanitizers/wiki/AddressSanitizerLeakSanitizer>
11388 for more details. The run-time behavior can be influenced using
11389 the LSAN_OPTIONS environment variable. The option cannot be
11390 combined with -fsanitize=thread.
11391 -fsanitize=undefined
11393 Enable UndefinedBehaviorSanitizer, a fast undefined behavior
11394 detector. Various computations are instrumented to detect
11395 undefined behavior at runtime. Current suboptions are:
11396 -fsanitize=shift
11398 This option enables checking that the result of a shift
11399 operation is not undefined. Note that what exactly is
11400 considered undefined differs slightly between C and C++, as
11401 well as between ISO C90 and C99, etc. This option has two
11402 suboptions, -fsanitize=shift-base and
11403 -fsanitize=shift-exponent.
11404 -fsanitize=shift-exponent
11406 This option enables checking that the second argument of a
11407 shift operation is not negative and is smaller than the
11408 precision of the promoted first argument.
11409 -fsanitize=shift-base
11411 If the second argument of a shift operation is within range,
11412 check that the result of a shift operation is not undefined.
11413 Note that what exactly is considered undefined differs slightly
11414 between C and C++, as well as between ISO C90 and C99, etc.
11415 -fsanitize=integer-divide-by-zero
11417 Detect integer division by zero as well as "INT_MIN / -1"
11418 division.
11419 -fsanitize=unreachable
11421 With this option, the compiler turns the
11422 "__builtin_unreachable" call into a diagnostics message call
11423 instead. When reaching the "__builtin_unreachable" call, the
11424 behavior is undefined.
11425 -fsanitize=vla-bound
11427 This option instructs the compiler to check that the size of a
11428 variable length array is positive.
11429 -fsanitize=null
11431 This option enables pointer checking. Particularly, the
11432 application built with this option turned on will issue an
11433 error message when it tries to dereference a NULL pointer, or
11434 if a reference (possibly an rvalue reference) is bound to a
11435 NULL pointer, or if a method is invoked on an object pointed by
11436 a NULL pointer.
11437 -fsanitize=return
11439 This option enables return statement checking. Programs built
11440 with this option turned on will issue an error message when the
11441 end of a non-void function is reached without actually
11442 returning a value. This option works in C++ only.
11443 -fsanitize=signed-integer-overflow
11445 This option enables signed integer overflow checking. We check
11446 that the result of "+", "*", and both unary and binary "-" does
11447 not overflow in the signed arithmetics. Note, integer
11448 promotion rules must be taken into account. That is, the
11449 following is not an overflow:
11450 signed char a = SCHAR_MAX;
11452 a++;
11453 -fsanitize=bounds
11455 This option enables instrumentation of array bounds. Various
11456 out of bounds accesses are detected. Flexible array members,
11457 flexible array member-like arrays, and initializers of
11458 variables with static storage are not instrumented.
11459 -fsanitize=bounds-strict
11461 This option enables strict instrumentation of array bounds.
11462 Most out of bounds accesses are detected, including flexible
11463 array members and flexible array member-like arrays.
11464 Initializers of variables with static storage are not
11465 instrumented.
11466 -fsanitize=alignment
11468 This option enables checking of alignment of pointers when they
11469 are dereferenced, or when a reference is bound to
11470 insufficiently aligned target, or when a method or constructor
11471 is invoked on insufficiently aligned object.
11472 -fsanitize=object-size
11474 This option enables instrumentation of memory references using
11475 the "__builtin_object_size" function. Various out of bounds
11476 pointer accesses are detected.
11477 -fsanitize=float-divide-by-zero
11479 Detect floating-point division by zero. Unlike other similar
11480 options, -fsanitize=float-divide-by-zero is not enabled by
11481 -fsanitize=undefined, since floating-point division by zero can
11482 be a legitimate way of obtaining infinities and NaNs.
11483 -fsanitize=float-cast-overflow
11485 This option enables floating-point type to integer conversion
11486 checking. We check that the result of the conversion does not
11487 overflow. Unlike other similar options,
11488 -fsanitize=float-cast-overflow is not enabled by
11489 -fsanitize=undefined. This option does not work well with
11490 "FE_INVALID" exceptions enabled.
11491 -fsanitize=nonnull-attribute
11493 This option enables instrumentation of calls, checking whether
11494 null values are not passed to arguments marked as requiring a
11495 non-null value by the "nonnull" function attribute.
11496 -fsanitize=returns-nonnull-attribute
11498 This option enables instrumentation of return statements in
11499 functions marked with "returns_nonnull" function attribute, to
11500 detect returning of null values from such functions.
11501 -fsanitize=bool
11503 This option enables instrumentation of loads from bool. If a
11504 value other than 0/1 is loaded, a run-time error is issued.
11505 -fsanitize=enum
11507 This option enables instrumentation of loads from an enum type.
11508 If a value outside the range of values for the enum type is
11509 loaded, a run-time error is issued.
11510 -fsanitize=vptr
11512 This option enables instrumentation of C++ member function
11513 calls, member accesses and some conversions between pointers to
11514 base and derived classes, to verify the referenced object has
11515 the correct dynamic type.
11516 -fsanitize=pointer-overflow
11518 This option enables instrumentation of pointer arithmetics. If
11519 the pointer arithmetics overflows, a run-time error is issued.
11520 -fsanitize=builtin
11522 This option enables instrumentation of arguments to selected
11523 builtin functions. If an invalid value is passed to such
11524 arguments, a run-time error is issued. E.g. passing 0 as the
11525 argument to "__builtin_ctz" or "__builtin_clz" invokes
11526 undefined behavior and is diagnosed by this option.
11527 While -ftrapv causes traps for signed overflows to be emitted,
11529 -fsanitize=undefined gives a diagnostic message. This currently
11530 works only for the C family of languages.
11531 -fno-sanitize=all
11533 This option disables all previously enabled sanitizers.
11534 -fsanitize=all is not allowed, as some sanitizers cannot be used
11535 together.
11536 -fasan-shadow-offset=number
11538 This option forces GCC to use custom shadow offset in
11539 AddressSanitizer checks. It is useful for experimenting with
11540 different shadow memory layouts in Kernel AddressSanitizer.
11541 -fsanitize-sections=s1,s2,...
11543 Sanitize global variables in selected user-defined sections. si
11544 may contain wildcards.
11545 -fsanitize-recover[=opts]
11547 -fsanitize-recover= controls error recovery mode for sanitizers
11548 mentioned in comma-separated list of opts. Enabling this option
11549 for a sanitizer component causes it to attempt to continue running
11550 the program as if no error happened. This means multiple runtime
11551 errors can be reported in a single program run, and the exit code
11552 of the program may indicate success even when errors have been
11553 reported. The -fno-sanitize-recover= option can be used to alter
11554 this behavior: only the first detected error is reported and
11555 program then exits with a non-zero exit code.
11556 Currently this feature only works for -fsanitize=undefined (and its
11558 suboptions except for -fsanitize=unreachable and
11559 -fsanitize=return), -fsanitize=float-cast-overflow,
11560 -fsanitize=float-divide-by-zero, -fsanitize=bounds-strict,
11561 -fsanitize=kernel-address and -fsanitize=address. For these
11562 sanitizers error recovery is turned on by default, except
11563 -fsanitize=address, for which this feature is experimental.
11564 -fsanitize-recover=all and -fno-sanitize-recover=all is also
11565 accepted, the former enables recovery for all sanitizers that
11566 support it, the latter disables recovery for all sanitizers that
11567 support it.
11568 Even if a recovery mode is turned on the compiler side, it needs to
11570 be also enabled on the runtime library side, otherwise the failures
11571 are still fatal. The runtime library defaults to "halt_on_error=0"
11572 for ThreadSanitizer and UndefinedBehaviorSanitizer, while default
11573 value for AddressSanitizer is "halt_on_error=1". This can be
11574 overridden through setting the "halt_on_error" flag in the
11575 corresponding environment variable.
11576 Syntax without an explicit opts parameter is deprecated. It is
11578 equivalent to specifying an opts list of:
11579 undefined,float-cast-overflow,float-divide-by-zero,bounds-strict
11581 -fsanitize-address-use-after-scope
11583 Enable sanitization of local variables to detect use-after-scope
11584 bugs. The option sets -fstack-reuse to none.
11585 -fsanitize-undefined-trap-on-error
11587 The -fsanitize-undefined-trap-on-error option instructs the
11588 compiler to report undefined behavior using "__builtin_trap" rather
11589 than a "libubsan" library routine. The advantage of this is that
11590 the "libubsan" library is not needed and is not linked in, so this
11591 is usable even in freestanding environments.
11592 -fsanitize-coverage=trace-pc
11594 Enable coverage-guided fuzzing code instrumentation. Inserts a
11595 call to "__sanitizer_cov_trace_pc" into every basic block.
11596 -fsanitize-coverage=trace-cmp
11598 Enable dataflow guided fuzzing code instrumentation. Inserts a
11599 call to "__sanitizer_cov_trace_cmp1", "__sanitizer_cov_trace_cmp2",
11600 "__sanitizer_cov_trace_cmp4" or "__sanitizer_cov_trace_cmp8" for
11601 integral comparison with both operands variable or
11602 "__sanitizer_cov_trace_const_cmp1",
11603 "__sanitizer_cov_trace_const_cmp2",
11604 "__sanitizer_cov_trace_const_cmp4" or
11605 "__sanitizer_cov_trace_const_cmp8" for integral comparison with one
11606 operand constant, "__sanitizer_cov_trace_cmpf" or
11607 "__sanitizer_cov_trace_cmpd" for float or double comparisons and
11608 "__sanitizer_cov_trace_switch" for switch statements.
11609 -fcf-protection=[full|branch|return|none|check]
11611 Enable code instrumentation of control-flow transfers to increase
11612 program security by checking that target addresses of control-flow
11613 transfer instructions (such as indirect function call, function
11614 return, indirect jump) are valid. This prevents diverting the flow
11615 of control to an unexpected target. This is intended to protect
11616 against such threats as Return-oriented Programming (ROP), and
11617 similarly call/jmp-oriented programming (COP/JOP).
11618 The value "branch" tells the compiler to implement checking of
11620 validity of control-flow transfer at the point of indirect branch
11621 instructions, i.e. call/jmp instructions. The value "return"
11622 implements checking of validity at the point of returning from a
11623 function. The value "full" is an alias for specifying both
11624 "branch" and "return". The value "none" turns off instrumentation.
11625 The value "check" is used for the final link with link-time
11627 optimization (LTO). An error is issued if LTO object files are
11628 compiled with different -fcf-protection values. The value "check"
11629 is ignored at the compile time.
11630 The macro "__CET__" is defined when -fcf-protection is used. The
11632 first bit of "__CET__" is set to 1 for the value "branch" and the
11633 second bit of "__CET__" is set to 1 for the "return".
11634 You can also use the "nocf_check" attribute to identify which
11636 functions and calls should be skipped from instrumentation.
11637 Currently the x86 GNU/Linux target provides an implementation based
11639 on Intel Control-flow Enforcement Technology (CET).
11640 -fstack-protector
11642 Emit extra code to check for buffer overflows, such as stack
11643 smashing attacks. This is done by adding a guard variable to
11644 functions with vulnerable objects. This includes functions that
11645 call "alloca", and functions with buffers larger than or equal to 8
11646 bytes. The guards are initialized when a function is entered and
11647 then checked when the function exits. If a guard check fails, an
11648 error message is printed and the program exits. Only variables
11649 that are actually allocated on the stack are considered, optimized
11650 away variables or variables allocated in registers don't count.
11651 -fstack-protector-all
11653 Like -fstack-protector except that all functions are protected.
11654 -fstack-protector-strong
11656 Like -fstack-protector but includes additional functions to be
11657 protected --- those that have local array definitions, or have
11658 references to local frame addresses. Only variables that are
11659 actually allocated on the stack are considered, optimized away
11660 variables or variables allocated in registers don't count.
11661 -fstack-protector-explicit
11663 Like -fstack-protector but only protects those functions which have
11664 the "stack_protect" attribute.
11665 -fstack-check
11667 Generate code to verify that you do not go beyond the boundary of
11668 the stack. You should specify this flag if you are running in an
11669 environment with multiple threads, but you only rarely need to
11670 specify it in a single-threaded environment since stack overflow is
11671 automatically detected on nearly all systems if there is only one
11672 stack.
11673 Note that this switch does not actually cause checking to be done;
11675 the operating system or the language runtime must do that. The
11676 switch causes generation of code to ensure that they see the stack
11677 being extended.
11678 You can additionally specify a string parameter: no means no
11680 checking, generic means force the use of old-style checking,
11681 specific means use the best checking method and is equivalent to
11682 bare -fstack-check.
11683 Old-style checking is a generic mechanism that requires no specific
11685 target support in the compiler but comes with the following
11686 drawbacks:
11687 1. Modified allocation strategy for large objects: they are always
11689 allocated dynamically if their size exceeds a fixed threshold.
11690 Note this may change the semantics of some code.
11691 2. Fixed limit on the size of the static frame of functions: when
11693 it is topped by a particular function, stack checking is not
11694 reliable and a warning is issued by the compiler.
11695 3. Inefficiency: because of both the modified allocation strategy
11697 and the generic implementation, code performance is hampered.
11698 Note that old-style stack checking is also the fallback method for
11700 specific if no target support has been added in the compiler.
11701 -fstack-check= is designed for Ada's needs to detect infinite
11703 recursion and stack overflows. specific is an excellent choice
11704 when compiling Ada code. It is not generally sufficient to protect
11705 against stack-clash attacks. To protect against those you want
11706 -fstack-clash-protection.
11707 -fstack-clash-protection
11709 Generate code to prevent stack clash style attacks. When this
11710 option is enabled, the compiler will only allocate one page of
11711 stack space at a time and each page is accessed immediately after
11712 allocation. Thus, it prevents allocations from jumping over any
11713 stack guard page provided by the operating system.
11714 Most targets do not fully support stack clash protection. However,
11716 on those targets -fstack-clash-protection will protect dynamic
11717 stack allocations. -fstack-clash-protection may also provide
11718 limited protection for static stack allocations if the target
11719 supports -fstack-check=specific.
11720 -fstack-limit-register=reg
11722 -fstack-limit-symbol=sym
11723 -fno-stack-limit
11724 Generate code to ensure that the stack does not grow beyond a
11725 certain value, either the value of a register or the address of a
11726 symbol. If a larger stack is required, a signal is raised at run
11727 time. For most targets, the signal is raised before the stack
11728 overruns the boundary, so it is possible to catch the signal
11729 without taking special precautions.
11730 For instance, if the stack starts at absolute address 0x80000000
11732 and grows downwards, you can use the flags
11733 -fstack-limit-symbol=__stack_limit and
11734 -Wl,--defsym,__stack_limit=0x7ffe0000 to enforce a stack limit of
11735 128KB. Note that this may only work with the GNU linker.
11736 You can locally override stack limit checking by using the
11738 "no_stack_limit" function attribute.
11739 -fsplit-stack
11741 Generate code to automatically split the stack before it overflows.
11742 The resulting program has a discontiguous stack which can only
11743 overflow if the program is unable to allocate any more memory.
11744 This is most useful when running threaded programs, as it is no
11745 longer necessary to calculate a good stack size to use for each
11746 thread. This is currently only implemented for the x86 targets
11747 running GNU/Linux.
11748 When code compiled with -fsplit-stack calls code compiled without
11750 -fsplit-stack, there may not be much stack space available for the
11751 latter code to run. If compiling all code, including library code,
11752 with -fsplit-stack is not an option, then the linker can fix up
11753 these calls so that the code compiled without -fsplit-stack always
11754 has a large stack. Support for this is implemented in the gold
11755 linker in GNU binutils release 2.21 and later.
11756 -fvtable-verify=[std|preinit|none]
11758 This option is only available when compiling C++ code. It turns on
11759 (or off, if using -fvtable-verify=none) the security feature that
11760 verifies at run time, for every virtual call, that the vtable
11761 pointer through which the call is made is valid for the type of the
11762 object, and has not been corrupted or overwritten. If an invalid
11763 vtable pointer is detected at run time, an error is reported and
11764 execution of the program is immediately halted.
11765 This option causes run-time data structures to be built at program
11767 startup, which are used for verifying the vtable pointers. The
11768 options std and preinit control the timing of when these data
11769 structures are built. In both cases the data structures are built
11770 before execution reaches "main". Using -fvtable-verify=std causes
11771 the data structures to be built after shared libraries have been
11772 loaded and initialized. -fvtable-verify=preinit causes them to be
11773 built before shared libraries have been loaded and initialized.
11774 If this option appears multiple times in the command line with
11776 different values specified, none takes highest priority over both
11777 std and preinit; preinit takes priority over std.
11778 -fvtv-debug
11780 When used in conjunction with -fvtable-verify=std or
11781 -fvtable-verify=preinit, causes debug versions of the runtime
11782 functions for the vtable verification feature to be called. This
11783 flag also causes the compiler to log information about which vtable
11784 pointers it finds for each class. This information is written to a
11785 file named vtv_set_ptr_data.log in the directory named by the
11786 environment variable VTV_LOGS_DIR if that is defined or the current
11787 working directory otherwise.
11788 Note: This feature appends data to the log file. If you want a
11790 fresh log file, be sure to delete any existing one.
11791 -fvtv-counts
11793 This is a debugging flag. When used in conjunction with
11794 -fvtable-verify=std or -fvtable-verify=preinit, this causes the
11795 compiler to keep track of the total number of virtual calls it
11796 encounters and the number of verifications it inserts. It also
11797 counts the number of calls to certain run-time library functions
11798 that it inserts and logs this information for each compilation
11799 unit. The compiler writes this information to a file named
11800 vtv_count_data.log in the directory named by the environment
11801 variable VTV_LOGS_DIR if that is defined or the current working
11802 directory otherwise. It also counts the size of the vtable pointer
11803 sets for each class, and writes this information to
11804 vtv_class_set_sizes.log in the same directory.
11805 Note: This feature appends data to the log files. To get fresh
11807 log files, be sure to delete any existing ones.
11808 -finstrument-functions
11810 Generate instrumentation calls for entry and exit to functions.
11811 Just after function entry and just before function exit, the
11812 following profiling functions are called with the address of the
11813 current function and its call site. (On some platforms,
11814 "__builtin_return_address" does not work beyond the current
11815 function, so the call site information may not be available to the
11816 profiling functions otherwise.)
11817 void __cyg_profile_func_enter (void *this_fn,
11819 void *call_site);
11820 void __cyg_profile_func_exit (void *this_fn,
11821 void *call_site);
11822 The first argument is the address of the start of the current
11824 function, which may be looked up exactly in the symbol table.
11825 This instrumentation is also done for functions expanded inline in
11827 other functions. The profiling calls indicate where, conceptually,
11828 the inline function is entered and exited. This means that
11829 addressable versions of such functions must be available. If all
11830 your uses of a function are expanded inline, this may mean an
11831 additional expansion of code size. If you use "extern inline" in
11832 your C code, an addressable version of such functions must be
11833 provided. (This is normally the case anyway, but if you get lucky
11834 and the optimizer always expands the functions inline, you might
11835 have gotten away without providing static copies.)
11836 A function may be given the attribute "no_instrument_function", in
11838 which case this instrumentation is not done. This can be used, for
11839 example, for the profiling functions listed above, high-priority
11840 interrupt routines, and any functions from which the profiling
11841 functions cannot safely be called (perhaps signal handlers, if the
11842 profiling routines generate output or allocate memory).
11843 -finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list=file,file,...
11845 Set the list of functions that are excluded from instrumentation
11846 (see the description of -finstrument-functions). If the file that
11847 contains a function definition matches with one of file, then that
11848 function is not instrumented. The match is done on substrings: if
11849 the file parameter is a substring of the file name, it is
11850 considered to be a match.
11851 For example:
11853 -finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list=/bits/stl,include/sys
11855 excludes any inline function defined in files whose pathnames
11857 contain /bits/stl or include/sys.
11858 If, for some reason, you want to include letter , in one of sym,
11860 write ,. For example,
11861 -finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list=',,tmp' (note the single
11862 quote surrounding the option).
11863 -finstrument-functions-exclude-function-list=sym,sym,...
11865 This is similar to -finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list, but
11866 this option sets the list of function names to be excluded from
11867 instrumentation. The function name to be matched is its user-
11868 visible name, such as "vector<int> blah(const vector<int> &)", not
11869 the internal mangled name (e.g., "_Z4blahRSt6vectorIiSaIiEE"). The
11870 match is done on substrings: if the sym parameter is a substring of
11871 the function name, it is considered to be a match. For C99 and C++
11872 extended identifiers, the function name must be given in UTF-8, not
11873 using universal character names.
11874 -fpatchable-function-entry=N[,M]
11876 Generate N NOPs right at the beginning of each function, with the
11877 function entry point before the Mth NOP. If M is omitted, it
11878 defaults to 0 so the function entry points to the address just at
11879 the first NOP. The NOP instructions reserve extra space which can
11880 be used to patch in any desired instrumentation at run time,
11881 provided that the code segment is writable. The amount of space is
11882 controllable indirectly via the number of NOPs; the NOP instruction
11883 used corresponds to the instruction emitted by the internal GCC
11884 back-end interface "gen_nop". This behavior is target-specific and
11885 may also depend on the architecture variant and/or other
11886 compilation options.
11887 For run-time identification, the starting addresses of these areas,
11889 which correspond to their respective function entries minus M, are
11890 additionally collected in the "__patchable_function_entries"
11891 section of the resulting binary.
11892 Note that the value of "__attribute__ ((patchable_function_entry
11894 (N,M)))" takes precedence over command-line option
11895 -fpatchable-function-entry=N,M. This can be used to increase the
11896 area size or to remove it completely on a single function. If
11897 "N=0", no pad location is recorded.
11898 The NOP instructions are inserted at---and maybe before, depending
11900 on M---the function entry address, even before the prologue.
11901 Options Controlling the Preprocessor
11903 These options control the C preprocessor, which is run on each C source
11904 file before actual compilation.
11905 If you use the -E option, nothing is done except preprocessing. Some
11907 of these options make sense only together with -E because they cause
11908 the preprocessor output to be unsuitable for actual compilation.
11909 In addition to the options listed here, there are a number of options
11911 to control search paths for include files documented in Directory
11912 Options. Options to control preprocessor diagnostics are listed in
11913 Warning Options.
11914 -D name
11916 Predefine name as a macro, with definition 1.
11917 -D name=definition
11919 The contents of definition are tokenized and processed as if they
11920 appeared during translation phase three in a #define directive. In
11921 particular, the definition is truncated by embedded newline
11922 characters.
11923 If you are invoking the preprocessor from a shell or shell-like
11925 program you may need to use the shell's quoting syntax to protect
11926 characters such as spaces that have a meaning in the shell syntax.
11927 If you wish to define a function-like macro on the command line,
11929 write its argument list with surrounding parentheses before the
11930 equals sign (if any). Parentheses are meaningful to most shells,
11931 so you should quote the option. With sh and csh,
11932 -D'name(args...)=definition' works.
11933 -D and -U options are processed in the order they are given on the
11935 command line. All -imacros file and -include file options are
11936 processed after all -D and -U options.
11937 -U name
11939 Cancel any previous definition of name, either built in or provided
11940 with a -D option.
11941 -include file
11943 Process file as if "#include "file"" appeared as the first line of
11944 the primary source file. However, the first directory searched for
11945 file is the preprocessor's working directory instead of the
11946 directory containing the main source file. If not found there, it
11947 is searched for in the remainder of the "#include "..."" search
11948 chain as normal.
11949 If multiple -include options are given, the files are included in
11951 the order they appear on the command line.
11952 -imacros file
11954 Exactly like -include, except that any output produced by scanning
11955 file is thrown away. Macros it defines remain defined. This
11956 allows you to acquire all the macros from a header without also
11957 processing its declarations.
11958 All files specified by -imacros are processed before all files
11960 specified by -include.
11961 -undef
11963 Do not predefine any system-specific or GCC-specific macros. The
11964 standard predefined macros remain defined.
11965 -pthread
11967 Define additional macros required for using the POSIX threads
11968 library. You should use this option consistently for both
11969 compilation and linking. This option is supported on GNU/Linux
11970 targets, most other Unix derivatives, and also on x86 Cygwin and
11971 MinGW targets.
11972 -M Instead of outputting the result of preprocessing, output a rule
11974 suitable for make describing the dependencies of the main source
11975 file. The preprocessor outputs one make rule containing the object
11976 file name for that source file, a colon, and the names of all the
11977 included files, including those coming from -include or -imacros
11978 command-line options.
11979 Unless specified explicitly (with -MT or -MQ), the object file name
11981 consists of the name of the source file with any suffix replaced
11982 with object file suffix and with any leading directory parts
11983 removed. If there are many included files then the rule is split
11984 into several lines using \-newline. The rule has no commands.
11985 This option does not suppress the preprocessor's debug output, such
11987 as -dM. To avoid mixing such debug output with the dependency
11988 rules you should explicitly specify the dependency output file with
11989 -MF, or use an environment variable like DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT.
11990 Debug output is still sent to the regular output stream as normal.
11991 Passing -M to the driver implies -E, and suppresses warnings with
11993 an implicit -w.
11994 -MM Like -M but do not mention header files that are found in system
11996 header directories, nor header files that are included, directly or
11997 indirectly, from such a header.
11998 This implies that the choice of angle brackets or double quotes in
12000 an #include directive does not in itself determine whether that
12001 header appears in -MM dependency output.
12002 -MF file
12004 When used with -M or -MM, specifies a file to write the
12005 dependencies to. If no -MF switch is given the preprocessor sends
12006 the rules to the same place it would send preprocessed output.
12007 When used with the driver options -MD or -MMD, -MF overrides the
12009 default dependency output file.
12010 If file is -, then the dependencies are written to stdout.
12012 -MG In conjunction with an option such as -M requesting dependency
12014 generation, -MG assumes missing header files are generated files
12015 and adds them to the dependency list without raising an error. The
12016 dependency filename is taken directly from the "#include" directive
12017 without prepending any path. -MG also suppresses preprocessed
12018 output, as a missing header file renders this useless.
12019 This feature is used in automatic updating of makefiles.
12021 -MP This option instructs CPP to add a phony target for each dependency
12023 other than the main file, causing each to depend on nothing. These
12024 dummy rules work around errors make gives if you remove header
12025 files without updating the Makefile to match.
12026 This is typical output:
12028 test.o: test.c test.h
12030 test.h:
12032 -MT target
12034 Change the target of the rule emitted by dependency generation. By
12035 default CPP takes the name of the main input file, deletes any
12036 directory components and any file suffix such as .c, and appends
12037 the platform's usual object suffix. The result is the target.
12038 An -MT option sets the target to be exactly the string you specify.
12040 If you want multiple targets, you can specify them as a single
12041 argument to -MT, or use multiple -MT options.
12042 For example, -MT '$(objpfx)foo.o' might give
12044 $(objpfx)foo.o: foo.c
12046 -MQ target
12048 Same as -MT, but it quotes any characters which are special to
12049 Make. -MQ '$(objpfx)foo.o' gives
12050 $$(objpfx)foo.o: foo.c
12052 The default target is automatically quoted, as if it were given
12054 with -MQ.
12055 -MD -MD is equivalent to -M -MF file, except that -E is not implied.
12057 The driver determines file based on whether an -o option is given.
12058 If it is, the driver uses its argument but with a suffix of .d,
12059 otherwise it takes the name of the input file, removes any
12060 directory components and suffix, and applies a .d suffix.
12061 If -MD is used in conjunction with -E, any -o switch is understood
12063 to specify the dependency output file, but if used without -E, each
12064 -o is understood to specify a target object file.
12065 Since -E is not implied, -MD can be used to generate a dependency
12067 output file as a side effect of the compilation process.
12068 -MMD
12070 Like -MD except mention only user header files, not system header
12071 files.
12072 -fpreprocessed
12074 Indicate to the preprocessor that the input file has already been
12075 preprocessed. This suppresses things like macro expansion,
12076 trigraph conversion, escaped newline splicing, and processing of
12077 most directives. The preprocessor still recognizes and removes
12078 comments, so that you can pass a file preprocessed with -C to the
12079 compiler without problems. In this mode the integrated
12080 preprocessor is little more than a tokenizer for the front ends.
12081 -fpreprocessed is implicit if the input file has one of the
12083 extensions .i, .ii or .mi. These are the extensions that GCC uses
12084 for preprocessed files created by -save-temps.
12085 -fdirectives-only
12087 When preprocessing, handle directives, but do not expand macros.
12088 The option's behavior depends on the -E and -fpreprocessed options.
12090 With -E, preprocessing is limited to the handling of directives
12092 such as "#define", "#ifdef", and "#error". Other preprocessor
12093 operations, such as macro expansion and trigraph conversion are not
12094 performed. In addition, the -dD option is implicitly enabled.
12095 With -fpreprocessed, predefinition of command line and most builtin
12097 macros is disabled. Macros such as "__LINE__", which are
12098 contextually dependent, are handled normally. This enables
12099 compilation of files previously preprocessed with "-E
12100 -fdirectives-only".
12101 With both -E and -fpreprocessed, the rules for -fpreprocessed take
12103 precedence. This enables full preprocessing of files previously
12104 preprocessed with "-E -fdirectives-only".
12105 -fdollars-in-identifiers
12107 Accept $ in identifiers.
12108 -fextended-identifiers
12110 Accept universal character names and extended characters in
12111 identifiers. This option is enabled by default for C99 (and later
12112 C standard versions) and C++.
12113 -fno-canonical-system-headers
12115 When preprocessing, do not shorten system header paths with
12116 canonicalization.
12117 -fmax-include-depth=depth
12119 Set the maximum depth of the nested #include. The default is 200.
12120 -ftabstop=width
12122 Set the distance between tab stops. This helps the preprocessor
12123 report correct column numbers in warnings or errors, even if tabs
12124 appear on the line. If the value is less than 1 or greater than
12125 100, the option is ignored. The default is 8.
12126 -ftrack-macro-expansion[=level]
12128 Track locations of tokens across macro expansions. This allows the
12129 compiler to emit diagnostic about the current macro expansion stack
12130 when a compilation error occurs in a macro expansion. Using this
12131 option makes the preprocessor and the compiler consume more memory.
12132 The level parameter can be used to choose the level of precision of
12133 token location tracking thus decreasing the memory consumption if
12134 necessary. Value 0 of level de-activates this option. Value 1
12135 tracks tokens locations in a degraded mode for the sake of minimal
12136 memory overhead. In this mode all tokens resulting from the
12137 expansion of an argument of a function-like macro have the same
12138 location. Value 2 tracks tokens locations completely. This value is
12139 the most memory hungry. When this option is given no argument, the
12140 default parameter value is 2.
12141 Note that "-ftrack-macro-expansion=2" is activated by default.
12143 -fmacro-prefix-map=old=new
12145 When preprocessing files residing in directory old, expand the
12146 "__FILE__" and "__BASE_FILE__" macros as if the files resided in
12147 directory new instead. This can be used to change an absolute path
12148 to a relative path by using . for new which can result in more
12149 reproducible builds that are location independent. This option
12150 also affects "__builtin_FILE()" during compilation. See also
12151 -ffile-prefix-map.
12152 -fexec-charset=charset
12154 Set the execution character set, used for string and character
12155 constants. The default is UTF-8. charset can be any encoding
12156 supported by the system's "iconv" library routine.
12157 -fwide-exec-charset=charset
12159 Set the wide execution character set, used for wide string and
12160 character constants. The default is UTF-32 or UTF-16, whichever
12161 corresponds to the width of "wchar_t". As with -fexec-charset,
12162 charset can be any encoding supported by the system's "iconv"
12163 library routine; however, you will have problems with encodings
12164 that do not fit exactly in "wchar_t".
12165 -finput-charset=charset
12167 Set the input character set, used for translation from the
12168 character set of the input file to the source character set used by
12169 GCC. If the locale does not specify, or GCC cannot get this
12170 information from the locale, the default is UTF-8. This can be
12171 overridden by either the locale or this command-line option.
12172 Currently the command-line option takes precedence if there's a
12173 conflict. charset can be any encoding supported by the system's
12174 "iconv" library routine.
12175 -fpch-deps
12177 When using precompiled headers, this flag causes the dependency-
12178 output flags to also list the files from the precompiled header's
12179 dependencies. If not specified, only the precompiled header are
12180 listed and not the files that were used to create it, because those
12181 files are not consulted when a precompiled header is used.
12182 -fpch-preprocess
12184 This option allows use of a precompiled header together with -E.
12185 It inserts a special "#pragma", "#pragma GCC pch_preprocess
12186 "filename"" in the output to mark the place where the precompiled
12187 header was found, and its filename. When -fpreprocessed is in use,
12188 GCC recognizes this "#pragma" and loads the PCH.
12189 This option is off by default, because the resulting preprocessed
12191 output is only really suitable as input to GCC. It is switched on
12192 by -save-temps.
12193 You should not write this "#pragma" in your own code, but it is
12195 safe to edit the filename if the PCH file is available in a
12196 different location. The filename may be absolute or it may be
12197 relative to GCC's current directory.
12198 -fworking-directory
12200 Enable generation of linemarkers in the preprocessor output that
12201 let the compiler know the current working directory at the time of
12202 preprocessing. When this option is enabled, the preprocessor
12203 emits, after the initial linemarker, a second linemarker with the
12204 current working directory followed by two slashes. GCC uses this
12205 directory, when it's present in the preprocessed input, as the
12206 directory emitted as the current working directory in some
12207 debugging information formats. This option is implicitly enabled
12208 if debugging information is enabled, but this can be inhibited with
12209 the negated form -fno-working-directory. If the -P flag is present
12210 in the command line, this option has no effect, since no "#line"
12211 directives are emitted whatsoever.
12212 -A predicate=answer
12214 Make an assertion with the predicate predicate and answer answer.
12215 This form is preferred to the older form -A predicate(answer),
12216 which is still supported, because it does not use shell special
12217 characters.
12218 -A -predicate=answer
12220 Cancel an assertion with the predicate predicate and answer answer.
12221 -C Do not discard comments. All comments are passed through to the
12223 output file, except for comments in processed directives, which are
12224 deleted along with the directive.
12225 You should be prepared for side effects when using -C; it causes
12227 the preprocessor to treat comments as tokens in their own right.
12228 For example, comments appearing at the start of what would be a
12229 directive line have the effect of turning that line into an
12230 ordinary source line, since the first token on the line is no
12231 longer a #.
12232 -CC Do not discard comments, including during macro expansion. This is
12234 like -C, except that comments contained within macros are also
12235 passed through to the output file where the macro is expanded.
12236 In addition to the side effects of the -C option, the -CC option
12238 causes all C++-style comments inside a macro to be converted to
12239 C-style comments. This is to prevent later use of that macro from
12240 inadvertently commenting out the remainder of the source line.
12241 The -CC option is generally used to support lint comments.
12243 -P Inhibit generation of linemarkers in the output from the
12245 preprocessor. This might be useful when running the preprocessor
12246 on something that is not C code, and will be sent to a program
12247 which might be confused by the linemarkers.
12248 -traditional
12250 -traditional-cpp
12251 Try to imitate the behavior of pre-standard C preprocessors, as
12252 opposed to ISO C preprocessors. See the GNU CPP manual for
12253 details.
12254 Note that GCC does not otherwise attempt to emulate a pre-standard
12256 C compiler, and these options are only supported with the -E
12257 switch, or when invoking CPP explicitly.
12258 -trigraphs
12260 Support ISO C trigraphs. These are three-character sequences, all
12261 starting with ??, that are defined by ISO C to stand for single
12262 characters. For example, ??/ stands for \, so '??/n' is a
12263 character constant for a newline.
12264 The nine trigraphs and their replacements are
12266 Trigraph: ??( ??) ??< ??> ??= ??/ ??' ??! ??-
12268 Replacement: [ ] { } # \ ^ | ~
12269 By default, GCC ignores trigraphs, but in standard-conforming modes
12271 it converts them. See the -std and -ansi options.
12272 -remap
12274 Enable special code to work around file systems which only permit
12275 very short file names, such as MS-DOS.
12276 -H Print the name of each header file used, in addition to other
12278 normal activities. Each name is indented to show how deep in the
12279 #include stack it is. Precompiled header files are also printed,
12280 even if they are found to be invalid; an invalid precompiled header
12281 file is printed with ...x and a valid one with ...! .
12282 -dletters
12284 Says to make debugging dumps during compilation as specified by
12285 letters. The flags documented here are those relevant to the
12286 preprocessor. Other letters are interpreted by the compiler
12287 proper, or reserved for future versions of GCC, and so are silently
12288 ignored. If you specify letters whose behavior conflicts, the
12289 result is undefined.
12290 -dM Instead of the normal output, generate a list of #define
12292 directives for all the macros defined during the execution of
12293 the preprocessor, including predefined macros. This gives you
12294 a way of finding out what is predefined in your version of the
12295 preprocessor. Assuming you have no file foo.h, the command
12296 touch foo.h; cpp -dM foo.h
12298 shows all the predefined macros.
12300 If you use -dM without the -E option, -dM is interpreted as a
12302 synonym for -fdump-rtl-mach.
12303 -dD Like -dM except in two respects: it does not include the
12305 predefined macros, and it outputs both the #define directives
12306 and the result of preprocessing. Both kinds of output go to
12307 the standard output file.
12308 -dN Like -dD, but emit only the macro names, not their expansions.
12310 -dI Output #include directives in addition to the result of
12312 preprocessing.
12313 -dU Like -dD except that only macros that are expanded, or whose
12315 definedness is tested in preprocessor directives, are output;
12316 the output is delayed until the use or test of the macro; and
12317 #undef directives are also output for macros tested but
12318 undefined at the time.
12319 -fdebug-cpp
12321 This option is only useful for debugging GCC. When used from CPP
12322 or with -E, it dumps debugging information about location maps.
12323 Every token in the output is preceded by the dump of the map its
12324 location belongs to.
12325 When used from GCC without -E, this option has no effect.
12327 -Wp,option
12329 You can use -Wp,option to bypass the compiler driver and pass
12330 option directly through to the preprocessor. If option contains
12331 commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas. However,
12332 many options are modified, translated or interpreted by the
12333 compiler driver before being passed to the preprocessor, and -Wp
12334 forcibly bypasses this phase. The preprocessor's direct interface
12335 is undocumented and subject to change, so whenever possible you
12336 should avoid using -Wp and let the driver handle the options
12337 instead.
12338 -Xpreprocessor option
12340 Pass option as an option to the preprocessor. You can use this to
12341 supply system-specific preprocessor options that GCC does not
12342 recognize.
12343 If you want to pass an option that takes an argument, you must use
12345 -Xpreprocessor twice, once for the option and once for the
12346 argument.
12347 -no-integrated-cpp
12349 Perform preprocessing as a separate pass before compilation. By
12350 default, GCC performs preprocessing as an integrated part of input
12351 tokenization and parsing. If this option is provided, the
12352 appropriate language front end (cc1, cc1plus, or cc1obj for C, C++,
12353 and Objective-C, respectively) is instead invoked twice, once for
12354 preprocessing only and once for actual compilation of the
12355 preprocessed input. This option may be useful in conjunction with
12356 the -B or -wrapper options to specify an alternate preprocessor or
12357 perform additional processing of the program source between normal
12358 preprocessing and compilation.
12359 Passing Options to the Assembler
12361 You can pass options to the assembler.
12362 -Wa,option
12364 Pass option as an option to the assembler. If option contains
12365 commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas.
12366 -Xassembler option
12368 Pass option as an option to the assembler. You can use this to
12369 supply system-specific assembler options that GCC does not
12370 recognize.
12371 If you want to pass an option that takes an argument, you must use
12373 -Xassembler twice, once for the option and once for the argument.
12374 Options for Linking
12376 These options come into play when the compiler links object files into
12377 an executable output file. They are meaningless if the compiler is not
12378 doing a link step.
12379 object-file-name
12381 A file name that does not end in a special recognized suffix is
12382 considered to name an object file or library. (Object files are
12383 distinguished from libraries by the linker according to the file
12384 contents.) If linking is done, these object files are used as
12385 input to the linker.
12386 -c
12388 -S
12389 -E If any of these options is used, then the linker is not run, and
12390 object file names should not be used as arguments.
12391 -flinker-output=type
12393 This option controls code generation of the link-time optimizer.
12394 By default the linker output is automatically determined by the
12395 linker plugin. For debugging the compiler and if incremental
12396 linking with a non-LTO object file is desired, it may be useful to
12397 control the type manually.
12398 If type is exec, code generation produces a static binary. In this
12400 case -fpic and -fpie are both disabled.
12401 If type is dyn, code generation produces a shared library. In this
12403 case -fpic or -fPIC is preserved, but not enabled automatically.
12404 This allows to build shared libraries without position-independent
12405 code on architectures where this is possible, i.e. on x86.
12406 If type is pie, code generation produces an -fpie executable. This
12408 results in similar optimizations as exec except that -fpie is not
12409 disabled if specified at compilation time.
12410 If type is rel, the compiler assumes that incremental linking is
12412 done. The sections containing intermediate code for link-time
12413 optimization are merged, pre-optimized, and output to the resulting
12414 object file. In addition, if -ffat-lto-objects is specified, binary
12415 code is produced for future non-LTO linking. The object file
12416 produced by incremental linking is smaller than a static library
12417 produced from the same object files. At link time the result of
12418 incremental linking also loads faster than a static library
12419 assuming that the majority of objects in the library are used.
12420 Finally nolto-rel configures the compiler for incremental linking
12422 where code generation is forced, a final binary is produced, and
12423 the intermediate code for later link-time optimization is stripped.
12424 When multiple object files are linked together the resulting code
12425 is better optimized than with link-time optimizations disabled (for
12426 example, cross-module inlining happens), but most of benefits of
12427 whole program optimizations are lost.
12428 During the incremental link (by -r) the linker plugin defaults to
12430 rel. With current interfaces to GNU Binutils it is however not
12431 possible to incrementally link LTO objects and non-LTO objects into
12432 a single mixed object file. If any of object files in incremental
12433 link cannot be used for link-time optimization, the linker plugin
12434 issues a warning and uses nolto-rel. To maintain whole program
12435 optimization, it is recommended to link such objects into static
12436 library instead. Alternatively it is possible to use H.J. Lu's
12437 binutils with support for mixed objects.
12438 -fuse-ld=bfd
12440 Use the bfd linker instead of the default linker.
12441 -fuse-ld=gold
12443 Use the gold linker instead of the default linker.
12444 -fuse-ld=lld
12446 Use the LLVM lld linker instead of the default linker.
12447 -llibrary
12449 -l library
12450 Search the library named library when linking. (The second
12451 alternative with the library as a separate argument is only for
12452 POSIX compliance and is not recommended.)
12453 The -l option is passed directly to the linker by GCC. Refer to
12455 your linker documentation for exact details. The general
12456 description below applies to the GNU linker.
12457 The linker searches a standard list of directories for the library.
12459 The directories searched include several standard system
12460 directories plus any that you specify with -L.
12461 Static libraries are archives of object files, and have file names
12463 like liblibrary.a. Some targets also support shared libraries,
12464 which typically have names like liblibrary.so. If both static and
12465 shared libraries are found, the linker gives preference to linking
12466 with the shared library unless the -static option is used.
12467 It makes a difference where in the command you write this option;
12469 the linker searches and processes libraries and object files in the
12470 order they are specified. Thus, foo.o -lz bar.o searches library z
12471 after file foo.o but before bar.o. If bar.o refers to functions in
12472 z, those functions may not be loaded.
12473 -lobjc
12475 You need this special case of the -l option in order to link an
12476 Objective-C or Objective-C++ program.
12477 -nostartfiles
12479 Do not use the standard system startup files when linking. The
12480 standard system libraries are used normally, unless -nostdlib,
12481 -nolibc, or -nodefaultlibs is used.
12482 -nodefaultlibs
12484 Do not use the standard system libraries when linking. Only the
12485 libraries you specify are passed to the linker, and options
12486 specifying linkage of the system libraries, such as -static-libgcc
12487 or -shared-libgcc, are ignored. The standard startup files are
12488 used normally, unless -nostartfiles is used.
12489 The compiler may generate calls to "memcmp", "memset", "memcpy" and
12491 "memmove". These entries are usually resolved by entries in libc.
12492 These entry points should be supplied through some other mechanism
12493 when this option is specified.
12494 -nolibc
12496 Do not use the C library or system libraries tightly coupled with
12497 it when linking. Still link with the startup files, libgcc or
12498 toolchain provided language support libraries such as libgnat,
12499 libgfortran or libstdc++ unless options preventing their inclusion
12500 are used as well. This typically removes -lc from the link command
12501 line, as well as system libraries that normally go with it and
12502 become meaningless when absence of a C library is assumed, for
12503 example -lpthread or -lm in some configurations. This is intended
12504 for bare-board targets when there is indeed no C library available.
12505 -nostdlib
12507 Do not use the standard system startup files or libraries when
12508 linking. No startup files and only the libraries you specify are
12509 passed to the linker, and options specifying linkage of the system
12510 libraries, such as -static-libgcc or -shared-libgcc, are ignored.
12511 The compiler may generate calls to "memcmp", "memset", "memcpy" and
12513 "memmove". These entries are usually resolved by entries in libc.
12514 These entry points should be supplied through some other mechanism
12515 when this option is specified.
12516 One of the standard libraries bypassed by -nostdlib and
12518 -nodefaultlibs is libgcc.a, a library of internal subroutines which
12519 GCC uses to overcome shortcomings of particular machines, or
12520 special needs for some languages.
12521 In most cases, you need libgcc.a even when you want to avoid other
12523 standard libraries. In other words, when you specify -nostdlib or
12524 -nodefaultlibs you should usually specify -lgcc as well. This
12525 ensures that you have no unresolved references to internal GCC
12526 library subroutines. (An example of such an internal subroutine is
12527 "__main", used to ensure C++ constructors are called.)
12528 -e entry
12530 --entry=entry
12531 Specify that the program entry point is entry. The argument is
12532 interpreted by the linker; the GNU linker accepts either a symbol
12533 name or an address.
12534 -pie
12536 Produce a dynamically linked position independent executable on
12537 targets that support it. For predictable results, you must also
12538 specify the same set of options used for compilation (-fpie, -fPIE,
12539 or model suboptions) when you specify this linker option.
12540 -no-pie
12542 Don't produce a dynamically linked position independent executable.
12543 -static-pie
12545 Produce a static position independent executable on targets that
12546 support it. A static position independent executable is similar to
12547 a static executable, but can be loaded at any address without a
12548 dynamic linker. For predictable results, you must also specify the
12549 same set of options used for compilation (-fpie, -fPIE, or model
12550 suboptions) when you specify this linker option.
12551 -pthread
12553 Link with the POSIX threads library. This option is supported on
12554 GNU/Linux targets, most other Unix derivatives, and also on x86
12555 Cygwin and MinGW targets. On some targets this option also sets
12556 flags for the preprocessor, so it should be used consistently for
12557 both compilation and linking.
12558 -r Produce a relocatable object as output. This is also known as
12560 partial linking.
12561 -rdynamic
12563 Pass the flag -export-dynamic to the ELF linker, on targets that
12564 support it. This instructs the linker to add all symbols, not only
12565 used ones, to the dynamic symbol table. This option is needed for
12566 some uses of "dlopen" or to allow obtaining backtraces from within
12567 a program.
12568 -s Remove all symbol table and relocation information from the
12570 executable.
12571 -static
12573 On systems that support dynamic linking, this overrides -pie and
12574 prevents linking with the shared libraries. On other systems, this
12575 option has no effect.
12576 -shared
12578 Produce a shared object which can then be linked with other objects
12579 to form an executable. Not all systems support this option. For
12580 predictable results, you must also specify the same set of options
12581 used for compilation (-fpic, -fPIC, or model suboptions) when you
12582 specify this linker option.[1]
12583 -shared-libgcc
12585 -static-libgcc
12586 On systems that provide libgcc as a shared library, these options
12587 force the use of either the shared or static version, respectively.
12588 If no shared version of libgcc was built when the compiler was
12589 configured, these options have no effect.
12590 There are several situations in which an application should use the
12592 shared libgcc instead of the static version. The most common of
12593 these is when the application wishes to throw and catch exceptions
12594 across different shared libraries. In that case, each of the
12595 libraries as well as the application itself should use the shared
12596 libgcc.
12597 Therefore, the G++ driver automatically adds -shared-libgcc
12599 whenever you build a shared library or a main executable, because
12600 C++ programs typically use exceptions, so this is the right thing
12601 to do.
12602 If, instead, you use the GCC driver to create shared libraries, you
12604 may find that they are not always linked with the shared libgcc.
12605 If GCC finds, at its configuration time, that you have a non-GNU
12606 linker or a GNU linker that does not support option --eh-frame-hdr,
12607 it links the shared version of libgcc into shared libraries by
12608 default. Otherwise, it takes advantage of the linker and optimizes
12609 away the linking with the shared version of libgcc, linking with
12610 the static version of libgcc by default. This allows exceptions to
12611 propagate through such shared libraries, without incurring
12612 relocation costs at library load time.
12613 However, if a library or main executable is supposed to throw or
12615 catch exceptions, you must link it using the G++ driver, or using
12616 the option -shared-libgcc, such that it is linked with the shared
12617 libgcc.
12618 -static-libasan
12620 When the -fsanitize=address option is used to link a program, the
12621 GCC driver automatically links against libasan. If libasan is
12622 available as a shared library, and the -static option is not used,
12623 then this links against the shared version of libasan. The
12624 -static-libasan option directs the GCC driver to link libasan
12625 statically, without necessarily linking other libraries statically.
12626 -static-libtsan
12628 When the -fsanitize=thread option is used to link a program, the
12629 GCC driver automatically links against libtsan. If libtsan is
12630 available as a shared library, and the -static option is not used,
12631 then this links against the shared version of libtsan. The
12632 -static-libtsan option directs the GCC driver to link libtsan
12633 statically, without necessarily linking other libraries statically.
12634 -static-liblsan
12636 When the -fsanitize=leak option is used to link a program, the GCC
12637 driver automatically links against liblsan. If liblsan is
12638 available as a shared library, and the -static option is not used,
12639 then this links against the shared version of liblsan. The
12640 -static-liblsan option directs the GCC driver to link liblsan
12641 statically, without necessarily linking other libraries statically.
12642 -static-libubsan
12644 When the -fsanitize=undefined option is used to link a program, the
12645 GCC driver automatically links against libubsan. If libubsan is
12646 available as a shared library, and the -static option is not used,
12647 then this links against the shared version of libubsan. The
12648 -static-libubsan option directs the GCC driver to link libubsan
12649 statically, without necessarily linking other libraries statically.
12650 -static-libstdc++
12652 When the g++ program is used to link a C++ program, it normally
12653 automatically links against libstdc++. If libstdc++ is available
12654 as a shared library, and the -static option is not used, then this
12655 links against the shared version of libstdc++. That is normally
12656 fine. However, it is sometimes useful to freeze the version of
12657 libstdc++ used by the program without going all the way to a fully
12658 static link. The -static-libstdc++ option directs the g++ driver
12659 to link libstdc++ statically, without necessarily linking other
12660 libraries statically.
12661 -symbolic
12663 Bind references to global symbols when building a shared object.
12664 Warn about any unresolved references (unless overridden by the link
12665 editor option -Xlinker -z -Xlinker defs). Only a few systems
12666 support this option.
12667 -T script
12669 Use script as the linker script. This option is supported by most
12670 systems using the GNU linker. On some targets, such as bare-board
12671 targets without an operating system, the -T option may be required
12672 when linking to avoid references to undefined symbols.
12673 -Xlinker option
12675 Pass option as an option to the linker. You can use this to supply
12676 system-specific linker options that GCC does not recognize.
12677 If you want to pass an option that takes a separate argument, you
12679 must use -Xlinker twice, once for the option and once for the
12680 argument. For example, to pass -assert definitions, you must write
12681 -Xlinker -assert -Xlinker definitions. It does not work to write
12682 -Xlinker "-assert definitions", because this passes the entire
12683 string as a single argument, which is not what the linker expects.
12684 When using the GNU linker, it is usually more convenient to pass
12686 arguments to linker options using the option=value syntax than as
12687 separate arguments. For example, you can specify -Xlinker
12688 -Map=output.map rather than -Xlinker -Map -Xlinker output.map.
12689 Other linkers may not support this syntax for command-line options.
12690 -Wl,option
12692 Pass option as an option to the linker. If option contains commas,
12693 it is split into multiple options at the commas. You can use this
12694 syntax to pass an argument to the option. For example,
12695 -Wl,-Map,output.map passes -Map output.map to the linker. When
12696 using the GNU linker, you can also get the same effect with
12697 -Wl,-Map=output.map.
12698 -u symbol
12700 Pretend the symbol symbol is undefined, to force linking of library
12701 modules to define it. You can use -u multiple times with different
12702 symbols to force loading of additional library modules.
12703 -z keyword
12705 -z is passed directly on to the linker along with the keyword
12706 keyword. See the section in the documentation of your linker for
12707 permitted values and their meanings.
12708 Options for Directory Search
12710 These options specify directories to search for header files, for
12711 libraries and for parts of the compiler:
12712 -I dir
12714 -iquote dir
12715 -isystem dir
12716 -idirafter dir
12717 Add the directory dir to the list of directories to be searched for
12718 header files during preprocessing. If dir begins with = or
12719 $SYSROOT, then the = or $SYSROOT is replaced by the sysroot prefix;
12720 see --sysroot and -isysroot.
12721 Directories specified with -iquote apply only to the quote form of
12723 the directive, "#include "file"". Directories specified with -I,
12724 -isystem, or -idirafter apply to lookup for both the
12725 "#include "file"" and "#include <file>" directives.
12726 You can specify any number or combination of these options on the
12728 command line to search for header files in several directories.
12729 The lookup order is as follows:
12730 1. For the quote form of the include directive, the directory of
12732 the current file is searched first.
12733 2. For the quote form of the include directive, the directories
12735 specified by -iquote options are searched in left-to-right
12736 order, as they appear on the command line.
12737 3. Directories specified with -I options are scanned in left-to-
12739 right order.
12740 4. Directories specified with -isystem options are scanned in
12742 left-to-right order.
12743 5. Standard system directories are scanned.
12745 6. Directories specified with -idirafter options are scanned in
12747 left-to-right order.
12748 You can use -I to override a system header file, substituting your
12750 own version, since these directories are searched before the
12751 standard system header file directories. However, you should not
12752 use this option to add directories that contain vendor-supplied
12753 system header files; use -isystem for that.
12754 The -isystem and -idirafter options also mark the directory as a
12756 system directory, so that it gets the same special treatment that
12757 is applied to the standard system directories.
12758 If a standard system include directory, or a directory specified
12760 with -isystem, is also specified with -I, the -I option is ignored.
12761 The directory is still searched but as a system directory at its
12762 normal position in the system include chain. This is to ensure
12763 that GCC's procedure to fix buggy system headers and the ordering
12764 for the "#include_next" directive are not inadvertently changed.
12765 If you really need to change the search order for system
12766 directories, use the -nostdinc and/or -isystem options.
12767 -I- Split the include path. This option has been deprecated. Please
12769 use -iquote instead for -I directories before the -I- and remove
12770 the -I- option.
12771 Any directories specified with -I options before -I- are searched
12773 only for headers requested with "#include "file""; they are not
12774 searched for "#include <file>". If additional directories are
12775 specified with -I options after the -I-, those directories are
12776 searched for all #include directives.
12777 In addition, -I- inhibits the use of the directory of the current
12779 file directory as the first search directory for "#include "file"".
12780 There is no way to override this effect of -I-.
12781 -iprefix prefix
12783 Specify prefix as the prefix for subsequent -iwithprefix options.
12784 If the prefix represents a directory, you should include the final
12785 /.
12786 -iwithprefix dir
12788 -iwithprefixbefore dir
12789 Append dir to the prefix specified previously with -iprefix, and
12790 add the resulting directory to the include search path.
12791 -iwithprefixbefore puts it in the same place -I would; -iwithprefix
12792 puts it where -idirafter would.
12793 -isysroot dir
12795 This option is like the --sysroot option, but applies only to
12796 header files (except for Darwin targets, where it applies to both
12797 header files and libraries). See the --sysroot option for more
12798 information.
12799 -imultilib dir
12801 Use dir as a subdirectory of the directory containing target-
12802 specific C++ headers.
12803 -nostdinc
12805 Do not search the standard system directories for header files.
12806 Only the directories explicitly specified with -I, -iquote,
12807 -isystem, and/or -idirafter options (and the directory of the
12808 current file, if appropriate) are searched.
12809 -nostdinc++
12811 Do not search for header files in the C++-specific standard
12812 directories, but do still search the other standard directories.
12813 (This option is used when building the C++ library.)
12814 -iplugindir=dir
12816 Set the directory to search for plugins that are passed by
12817 -fplugin=name instead of -fplugin=path/name.so. This option is not
12818 meant to be used by the user, but only passed by the driver.
12819 -Ldir
12821 Add directory dir to the list of directories to be searched for -l.
12822 -Bprefix
12824 This option specifies where to find the executables, libraries,
12825 include files, and data files of the compiler itself.
12826 The compiler driver program runs one or more of the subprograms
12828 cpp, cc1, as and ld. It tries prefix as a prefix for each program
12829 it tries to run, both with and without machine/version/ for the
12830 corresponding target machine and compiler version.
12831 For each subprogram to be run, the compiler driver first tries the
12833 -B prefix, if any. If that name is not found, or if -B is not
12834 specified, the driver tries two standard prefixes, /usr/lib/gcc/
12835 and /usr/local/lib/gcc/. If neither of those results in a file
12836 name that is found, the unmodified program name is searched for
12837 using the directories specified in your PATH environment variable.
12838 The compiler checks to see if the path provided by -B refers to a
12840 directory, and if necessary it adds a directory separator character
12841 at the end of the path.
12842 -B prefixes that effectively specify directory names also apply to
12844 libraries in the linker, because the compiler translates these
12845 options into -L options for the linker. They also apply to include
12846 files in the preprocessor, because the compiler translates these
12847 options into -isystem options for the preprocessor. In this case,
12848 the compiler appends include to the prefix.
12849 The runtime support file libgcc.a can also be searched for using
12851 the -B prefix, if needed. If it is not found there, the two
12852 standard prefixes above are tried, and that is all. The file is
12853 left out of the link if it is not found by those means.
12854 Another way to specify a prefix much like the -B prefix is to use
12856 the environment variable GCC_EXEC_PREFIX.
12857 As a special kludge, if the path provided by -B is [dir/]stageN/,
12859 where N is a number in the range 0 to 9, then it is replaced by
12860 [dir/]include. This is to help with boot-strapping the compiler.
12861 -no-canonical-prefixes
12863 Do not expand any symbolic links, resolve references to /../ or
12864 /./, or make the path absolute when generating a relative prefix.
12865 --sysroot=dir
12867 Use dir as the logical root directory for headers and libraries.
12868 For example, if the compiler normally searches for headers in
12869 /usr/include and libraries in /usr/lib, it instead searches
12870 dir/usr/include and dir/usr/lib.
12871 If you use both this option and the -isysroot option, then the
12873 --sysroot option applies to libraries, but the -isysroot option
12874 applies to header files.
12875 The GNU linker (beginning with version 2.16) has the necessary
12877 support for this option. If your linker does not support this
12878 option, the header file aspect of --sysroot still works, but the
12879 library aspect does not.
12880 --no-sysroot-suffix
12882 For some targets, a suffix is added to the root directory specified
12883 with --sysroot, depending on the other options used, so that
12884 headers may for example be found in dir/suffix/usr/include instead
12885 of dir/usr/include. This option disables the addition of such a
12886 suffix.
12887 Options for Code Generation Conventions
12889 These machine-independent options control the interface conventions
12890 used in code generation.
12891 Most of them have both positive and negative forms; the negative form
12893 of -ffoo is -fno-foo. In the table below, only one of the forms is
12894 listed---the one that is not the default. You can figure out the other
12895 form by either removing no- or adding it.
12896 -fstack-reuse=reuse-level
12898 This option controls stack space reuse for user declared local/auto
12899 variables and compiler generated temporaries. reuse_level can be
12900 all, named_vars, or none. all enables stack reuse for all local
12901 variables and temporaries, named_vars enables the reuse only for
12902 user defined local variables with names, and none disables stack
12903 reuse completely. The default value is all. The option is needed
12904 when the program extends the lifetime of a scoped local variable or
12905 a compiler generated temporary beyond the end point defined by the
12906 language. When a lifetime of a variable ends, and if the variable
12907 lives in memory, the optimizing compiler has the freedom to reuse
12908 its stack space with other temporaries or scoped local variables
12909 whose live range does not overlap with it. Legacy code extending
12910 local lifetime is likely to break with the stack reuse
12911 optimization.
12912 For example,
12914 int *p;
12916 {
12917 int local1;
12918 p = &local1;
12920 local1 = 10;
12921 ....
12922 }
12923 {
12924 int local2;
12925 local2 = 20;
12926 ...
12927 }
12928 if (*p == 10) // out of scope use of local1
12930 {
12931 }
12933 Another example:
12935 struct A
12937 {
12938 A(int k) : i(k), j(k) { }
12939 int i;
12940 int j;
12941 };
12942 A *ap;
12944 void foo(const A& ar)
12946 {
12947 ap = &ar;
12948 }
12949 void bar()
12951 {
12952 foo(A(10)); // temp object's lifetime ends when foo returns
12953 {
12955 A a(20);
12956 ....
12957 }
12958 ap->i+= 10; // ap references out of scope temp whose space
12959 // is reused with a. What is the value of ap->i?
12960 }
12961 The lifetime of a compiler generated temporary is well defined by
12963 the C++ standard. When a lifetime of a temporary ends, and if the
12964 temporary lives in memory, the optimizing compiler has the freedom
12965 to reuse its stack space with other temporaries or scoped local
12966 variables whose live range does not overlap with it. However some
12967 of the legacy code relies on the behavior of older compilers in
12968 which temporaries' stack space is not reused, the aggressive stack
12969 reuse can lead to runtime errors. This option is used to control
12970 the temporary stack reuse optimization.
12971 -ftrapv
12973 This option generates traps for signed overflow on addition,
12974 subtraction, multiplication operations. The options -ftrapv and
12975 -fwrapv override each other, so using -ftrapv -fwrapv on the
12976 command-line results in -fwrapv being effective. Note that only
12977 active options override, so using -ftrapv -fwrapv -fno-wrapv on the
12978 command-line results in -ftrapv being effective.
12979 -fwrapv
12981 This option instructs the compiler to assume that signed arithmetic
12982 overflow of addition, subtraction and multiplication wraps around
12983 using twos-complement representation. This flag enables some
12984 optimizations and disables others. The options -ftrapv and -fwrapv
12985 override each other, so using -ftrapv -fwrapv on the command-line
12986 results in -fwrapv being effective. Note that only active options
12987 override, so using -ftrapv -fwrapv -fno-wrapv on the command-line
12988 results in -ftrapv being effective.
12989 -fwrapv-pointer
12991 This option instructs the compiler to assume that pointer
12992 arithmetic overflow on addition and subtraction wraps around using
12993 twos-complement representation. This flag disables some
12994 optimizations which assume pointer overflow is invalid.
12995 -fstrict-overflow
12997 This option implies -fno-wrapv -fno-wrapv-pointer and when negated
12998 implies -fwrapv -fwrapv-pointer.
12999 -fexceptions
13001 Enable exception handling. Generates extra code needed to
13002 propagate exceptions. For some targets, this implies GCC generates
13003 frame unwind information for all functions, which can produce
13004 significant data size overhead, although it does not affect
13005 execution. If you do not specify this option, GCC enables it by
13006 default for languages like C++ that normally require exception
13007 handling, and disables it for languages like C that do not normally
13008 require it. However, you may need to enable this option when
13009 compiling C code that needs to interoperate properly with exception
13010 handlers written in C++. You may also wish to disable this option
13011 if you are compiling older C++ programs that don't use exception
13012 handling.
13013 -fnon-call-exceptions
13015 Generate code that allows trapping instructions to throw
13016 exceptions. Note that this requires platform-specific runtime
13017 support that does not exist everywhere. Moreover, it only allows
13018 trapping instructions to throw exceptions, i.e. memory references
13019 or floating-point instructions. It does not allow exceptions to be
13020 thrown from arbitrary signal handlers such as "SIGALRM".
13021 -fdelete-dead-exceptions
13023 Consider that instructions that may throw exceptions but don't
13024 otherwise contribute to the execution of the program can be
13025 optimized away. This option is enabled by default for the Ada
13026 front end, as permitted by the Ada language specification.
13027 Optimization passes that cause dead exceptions to be removed are
13028 enabled independently at different optimization levels.
13029 -funwind-tables
13031 Similar to -fexceptions, except that it just generates any needed
13032 static data, but does not affect the generated code in any other
13033 way. You normally do not need to enable this option; instead, a
13034 language processor that needs this handling enables it on your
13035 behalf.
13036 -fasynchronous-unwind-tables
13038 Generate unwind table in DWARF format, if supported by target
13039 machine. The table is exact at each instruction boundary, so it
13040 can be used for stack unwinding from asynchronous events (such as
13041 debugger or garbage collector).
13042 -fno-gnu-unique
13044 On systems with recent GNU assembler and C library, the C++
13045 compiler uses the "STB_GNU_UNIQUE" binding to make sure that
13046 definitions of template static data members and static local
13047 variables in inline functions are unique even in the presence of
13048 "RTLD_LOCAL"; this is necessary to avoid problems with a library
13049 used by two different "RTLD_LOCAL" plugins depending on a
13050 definition in one of them and therefore disagreeing with the other
13051 one about the binding of the symbol. But this causes "dlclose" to
13052 be ignored for affected DSOs; if your program relies on
13053 reinitialization of a DSO via "dlclose" and "dlopen", you can use
13054 -fno-gnu-unique.
13055 -fpcc-struct-return
13057 Return "short" "struct" and "union" values in memory like longer
13058 ones, rather than in registers. This convention is less efficient,
13059 but it has the advantage of allowing intercallability between GCC-
13060 compiled files and files compiled with other compilers,
13061 particularly the Portable C Compiler (pcc).
13062 The precise convention for returning structures in memory depends
13064 on the target configuration macros.
13065 Short structures and unions are those whose size and alignment
13067 match that of some integer type.
13068 Warning: code compiled with the -fpcc-struct-return switch is not
13070 binary compatible with code compiled with the -freg-struct-return
13071 switch. Use it to conform to a non-default application binary
13072 interface.
13073 -freg-struct-return
13075 Return "struct" and "union" values in registers when possible.
13076 This is more efficient for small structures than
13077 -fpcc-struct-return.
13078 If you specify neither -fpcc-struct-return nor -freg-struct-return,
13080 GCC defaults to whichever convention is standard for the target.
13081 If there is no standard convention, GCC defaults to
13082 -fpcc-struct-return, except on targets where GCC is the principal
13083 compiler. In those cases, we can choose the standard, and we chose
13084 the more efficient register return alternative.
13085 Warning: code compiled with the -freg-struct-return switch is not
13087 binary compatible with code compiled with the -fpcc-struct-return
13088 switch. Use it to conform to a non-default application binary
13089 interface.
13090 -fshort-enums
13092 Allocate to an "enum" type only as many bytes as it needs for the
13093 declared range of possible values. Specifically, the "enum" type
13094 is equivalent to the smallest integer type that has enough room.
13095 Warning: the -fshort-enums switch causes GCC to generate code that
13097 is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch.
13098 Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
13099 -fshort-wchar
13101 Override the underlying type for "wchar_t" to be "short unsigned
13102 int" instead of the default for the target. This option is useful
13103 for building programs to run under WINE.
13104 Warning: the -fshort-wchar switch causes GCC to generate code that
13106 is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch.
13107 Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
13108 -fcommon
13110 In C code, this option controls the placement of global variables
13111 defined without an initializer, known as tentative definitions in
13112 the C standard. Tentative definitions are distinct from
13113 declarations of a variable with the "extern" keyword, which do not
13114 allocate storage.
13115 The default is -fno-common, which specifies that the compiler
13117 places uninitialized global variables in the BSS section of the
13118 object file. This inhibits the merging of tentative definitions by
13119 the linker so you get a multiple-definition error if the same
13120 variable is accidentally defined in more than one compilation unit.
13121 The -fcommon places uninitialized global variables in a common
13123 block. This allows the linker to resolve all tentative definitions
13124 of the same variable in different compilation units to the same
13125 object, or to a non-tentative definition. This behavior is
13126 inconsistent with C++, and on many targets implies a speed and code
13127 size penalty on global variable references. It is mainly useful to
13128 enable legacy code to link without errors.
13129 -fno-ident
13131 Ignore the "#ident" directive.
13132 -finhibit-size-directive
13134 Don't output a ".size" assembler directive, or anything else that
13135 would cause trouble if the function is split in the middle, and the
13136 two halves are placed at locations far apart in memory. This
13137 option is used when compiling crtstuff.c; you should not need to
13138 use it for anything else.
13139 -fverbose-asm
13141 Put extra commentary information in the generated assembly code to
13142 make it more readable. This option is generally only of use to
13143 those who actually need to read the generated assembly code
13144 (perhaps while debugging the compiler itself).
13145 -fno-verbose-asm, the default, causes the extra information to be
13147 omitted and is useful when comparing two assembler files.
13148 The added comments include:
13150 * information on the compiler version and command-line options,
13152 * the source code lines associated with the assembly
13154 instructions, in the form FILENAME:LINENUMBER:CONTENT OF LINE,
13155 * hints on which high-level expressions correspond to the various
13157 assembly instruction operands.
13158 For example, given this C source file:
13160 int test (int n)
13162 {
13163 int i;
13164 int total = 0;
13165 for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
13167 total += i * i;
13168 return total;
13170 }
13171 compiling to (x86_64) assembly via -S and emitting the result
13173 direct to stdout via -o -
13174 gcc -S test.c -fverbose-asm -Os -o -
13176 gives output similar to this:
13178 .file "test.c"
13180 # GNU C11 (GCC) version 7.0.0 20160809 (experimental) (x86_64-pc-linux-gnu)
13181 [...snip...]
13182 # options passed:
13183 [...snip...]
13184 .text
13186 .globl test
13187 .type test, @function
13188 test:
13189 .LFB0:
13190 .cfi_startproc
13191 # test.c:4: int total = 0;
13192 xorl %eax, %eax # <retval>
13193 # test.c:6: for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
13194 xorl %edx, %edx # i
13195 .L2:
13196 # test.c:6: for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
13197 cmpl %edi, %edx # n, i
13198 jge .L5 #,
13199 # test.c:7: total += i * i;
13200 movl %edx, %ecx # i, tmp92
13201 imull %edx, %ecx # i, tmp92
13202 # test.c:6: for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
13203 incl %edx # i
13204 # test.c:7: total += i * i;
13205 addl %ecx, %eax # tmp92, <retval>
13206 jmp .L2 #
13207 .L5:
13208 # test.c:10: }
13209 ret
13210 .cfi_endproc
13211 .LFE0:
13212 .size test, .-test
13213 .ident "GCC: (GNU) 7.0.0 20160809 (experimental)"
13214 .section .note.GNU-stack,"",@progbits
13215 The comments are intended for humans rather than machines and hence
13217 the precise format of the comments is subject to change.
13218 -frecord-gcc-switches
13220 This switch causes the command line used to invoke the compiler to
13221 be recorded into the object file that is being created. This
13222 switch is only implemented on some targets and the exact format of
13223 the recording is target and binary file format dependent, but it
13224 usually takes the form of a section containing ASCII text. This
13225 switch is related to the -fverbose-asm switch, but that switch only
13226 records information in the assembler output file as comments, so it
13227 never reaches the object file. See also -grecord-gcc-switches for
13228 another way of storing compiler options into the object file.
13229 -fpic
13231 Generate position-independent code (PIC) suitable for use in a
13232 shared library, if supported for the target machine. Such code
13233 accesses all constant addresses through a global offset table
13234 (GOT). The dynamic loader resolves the GOT entries when the
13235 program starts (the dynamic loader is not part of GCC; it is part
13236 of the operating system). If the GOT size for the linked
13237 executable exceeds a machine-specific maximum size, you get an
13238 error message from the linker indicating that -fpic does not work;
13239 in that case, recompile with -fPIC instead. (These maximums are 8k
13240 on the SPARC, 28k on AArch64 and 32k on the m68k and RS/6000. The
13241 x86 has no such limit.)
13242 Position-independent code requires special support, and therefore
13244 works only on certain machines. For the x86, GCC supports PIC for
13245 System V but not for the Sun 386i. Code generated for the IBM
13246 RS/6000 is always position-independent.
13247 When this flag is set, the macros "__pic__" and "__PIC__" are
13249 defined to 1.
13250 -fPIC
13252 If supported for the target machine, emit position-independent
13253 code, suitable for dynamic linking and avoiding any limit on the
13254 size of the global offset table. This option makes a difference on
13255 AArch64, m68k, PowerPC and SPARC.
13256 Position-independent code requires special support, and therefore
13258 works only on certain machines.
13259 When this flag is set, the macros "__pic__" and "__PIC__" are
13261 defined to 2.
13262 -fpie
13264 -fPIE
13265 These options are similar to -fpic and -fPIC, but the generated
13266 position-independent code can be only linked into executables.
13267 Usually these options are used to compile code that will be linked
13268 using the -pie GCC option.
13269 -fpie and -fPIE both define the macros "__pie__" and "__PIE__".
13271 The macros have the value 1 for -fpie and 2 for -fPIE.
13272 -fno-plt
13274 Do not use the PLT for external function calls in position-
13275 independent code. Instead, load the callee address at call sites
13276 from the GOT and branch to it. This leads to more efficient code
13277 by eliminating PLT stubs and exposing GOT loads to optimizations.
13278 On architectures such as 32-bit x86 where PLT stubs expect the GOT
13279 pointer in a specific register, this gives more register allocation
13280 freedom to the compiler. Lazy binding requires use of the PLT;
13281 with -fno-plt all external symbols are resolved at load time.
13282 Alternatively, the function attribute "noplt" can be used to avoid
13284 calls through the PLT for specific external functions.
13285 In position-dependent code, a few targets also convert calls to
13287 functions that are marked to not use the PLT to use the GOT
13288 instead.
13289 -fno-jump-tables
13291 Do not use jump tables for switch statements even where it would be
13292 more efficient than other code generation strategies. This option
13293 is of use in conjunction with -fpic or -fPIC for building code that
13294 forms part of a dynamic linker and cannot reference the address of
13295 a jump table. On some targets, jump tables do not require a GOT
13296 and this option is not needed.
13297 -ffixed-reg
13299 Treat the register named reg as a fixed register; generated code
13300 should never refer to it (except perhaps as a stack pointer, frame
13301 pointer or in some other fixed role).
13302 reg must be the name of a register. The register names accepted
13304 are machine-specific and are defined in the "REGISTER_NAMES" macro
13305 in the machine description macro file.
13306 This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
13308 three-way choice.
13309 -fcall-used-reg
13311 Treat the register named reg as an allocable register that is
13312 clobbered by function calls. It may be allocated for temporaries
13313 or variables that do not live across a call. Functions compiled
13314 this way do not save and restore the register reg.
13315 It is an error to use this flag with the frame pointer or stack
13317 pointer. Use of this flag for other registers that have fixed
13318 pervasive roles in the machine's execution model produces
13319 disastrous results.
13320 This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
13322 three-way choice.
13323 -fcall-saved-reg
13325 Treat the register named reg as an allocable register saved by
13326 functions. It may be allocated even for temporaries or variables
13327 that live across a call. Functions compiled this way save and
13328 restore the register reg if they use it.
13329 It is an error to use this flag with the frame pointer or stack
13331 pointer. Use of this flag for other registers that have fixed
13332 pervasive roles in the machine's execution model produces
13333 disastrous results.
13334 A different sort of disaster results from the use of this flag for
13336 a register in which function values may be returned.
13337 This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
13339 three-way choice.
13340 -fpack-struct[=n]
13342 Without a value specified, pack all structure members together
13343 without holes. When a value is specified (which must be a small
13344 power of two), pack structure members according to this value,
13345 representing the maximum alignment (that is, objects with default
13346 alignment requirements larger than this are output potentially
13347 unaligned at the next fitting location.
13348 Warning: the -fpack-struct switch causes GCC to generate code that
13350 is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch.
13351 Additionally, it makes the code suboptimal. Use it to conform to a
13352 non-default application binary interface.
13353 -fleading-underscore
13355 This option and its counterpart, -fno-leading-underscore, forcibly
13356 change the way C symbols are represented in the object file. One
13357 use is to help link with legacy assembly code.
13358 Warning: the -fleading-underscore switch causes GCC to generate
13360 code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that
13361 switch. Use it to conform to a non-default application binary
13362 interface. Not all targets provide complete support for this
13363 switch.
13364 -ftls-model=model
13366 Alter the thread-local storage model to be used. The model
13367 argument should be one of global-dynamic, local-dynamic, initial-
13368 exec or local-exec. Note that the choice is subject to
13369 optimization: the compiler may use a more efficient model for
13370 symbols not visible outside of the translation unit, or if -fpic is
13371 not given on the command line.
13372 The default without -fpic is initial-exec; with -fpic the default
13374 is global-dynamic.
13375 -ftrampolines
13377 For targets that normally need trampolines for nested functions,
13378 always generate them instead of using descriptors. Otherwise, for
13379 targets that do not need them, like for example HP-PA or IA-64, do
13380 nothing.
13381 A trampoline is a small piece of code that is created at run time
13383 on the stack when the address of a nested function is taken, and is
13384 used to call the nested function indirectly. Therefore, it
13385 requires the stack to be made executable in order for the program
13386 to work properly.
13387 -fno-trampolines is enabled by default on a language by language
13389 basis to let the compiler avoid generating them, if it computes
13390 that this is safe, and replace them with descriptors. Descriptors
13391 are made up of data only, but the generated code must be prepared
13392 to deal with them. As of this writing, -fno-trampolines is enabled
13393 by default only for Ada.
13394 Moreover, code compiled with -ftrampolines and code compiled with
13396 -fno-trampolines are not binary compatible if nested functions are
13397 present. This option must therefore be used on a program-wide
13398 basis and be manipulated with extreme care.
13399 -fvisibility=[default|internal|hidden|protected]
13401 Set the default ELF image symbol visibility to the specified
13402 option---all symbols are marked with this unless overridden within
13403 the code. Using this feature can very substantially improve
13404 linking and load times of shared object libraries, produce more
13405 optimized code, provide near-perfect API export and prevent symbol
13406 clashes. It is strongly recommended that you use this in any
13407 shared objects you distribute.
13408 Despite the nomenclature, default always means public; i.e.,
13410 available to be linked against from outside the shared object.
13411 protected and internal are pretty useless in real-world usage so
13412 the only other commonly used option is hidden. The default if
13413 -fvisibility isn't specified is default, i.e., make every symbol
13414 public.
13415 A good explanation of the benefits offered by ensuring ELF symbols
13417 have the correct visibility is given by "How To Write Shared
13418 Libraries" by Ulrich Drepper (which can be found at
13419 <https://www.akkadia.org/drepper/>)---however a superior solution
13420 made possible by this option to marking things hidden when the
13421 default is public is to make the default hidden and mark things
13422 public. This is the norm with DLLs on Windows and with
13423 -fvisibility=hidden and "__attribute__ ((visibility("default")))"
13424 instead of "__declspec(dllexport)" you get almost identical
13425 semantics with identical syntax. This is a great boon to those
13426 working with cross-platform projects.
13427 For those adding visibility support to existing code, you may find
13429 "#pragma GCC visibility" of use. This works by you enclosing the
13430 declarations you wish to set visibility for with (for example)
13431 "#pragma GCC visibility push(hidden)" and "#pragma GCC visibility
13432 pop". Bear in mind that symbol visibility should be viewed as part
13433 of the API interface contract and thus all new code should always
13434 specify visibility when it is not the default; i.e., declarations
13435 only for use within the local DSO should always be marked
13436 explicitly as hidden as so to avoid PLT indirection
13437 overheads---making this abundantly clear also aids readability and
13438 self-documentation of the code. Note that due to ISO C++
13439 specification requirements, "operator new" and "operator delete"
13440 must always be of default visibility.
13441 Be aware that headers from outside your project, in particular
13443 system headers and headers from any other library you use, may not
13444 be expecting to be compiled with visibility other than the default.
13445 You may need to explicitly say "#pragma GCC visibility
13446 push(default)" before including any such headers.
13447 "extern" declarations are not affected by -fvisibility, so a lot of
13449 code can be recompiled with -fvisibility=hidden with no
13450 modifications. However, this means that calls to "extern"
13451 functions with no explicit visibility use the PLT, so it is more
13452 effective to use "__attribute ((visibility))" and/or "#pragma GCC
13453 visibility" to tell the compiler which "extern" declarations should
13454 be treated as hidden.
13455 Note that -fvisibility does affect C++ vague linkage entities. This
13457 means that, for instance, an exception class that is be thrown
13458 between DSOs must be explicitly marked with default visibility so
13459 that the type_info nodes are unified between the DSOs.
13460 An overview of these techniques, their benefits and how to use them
13462 is at <http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/Visibility>.
13463 -fstrict-volatile-bitfields
13465 This option should be used if accesses to volatile bit-fields (or
13466 other structure fields, although the compiler usually honors those
13467 types anyway) should use a single access of the width of the
13468 field's type, aligned to a natural alignment if possible. For
13469 example, targets with memory-mapped peripheral registers might
13470 require all such accesses to be 16 bits wide; with this flag you
13471 can declare all peripheral bit-fields as "unsigned short" (assuming
13472 short is 16 bits on these targets) to force GCC to use 16-bit
13473 accesses instead of, perhaps, a more efficient 32-bit access.
13474 If this option is disabled, the compiler uses the most efficient
13476 instruction. In the previous example, that might be a 32-bit load
13477 instruction, even though that accesses bytes that do not contain
13478 any portion of the bit-field, or memory-mapped registers unrelated
13479 to the one being updated.
13480 In some cases, such as when the "packed" attribute is applied to a
13482 structure field, it may not be possible to access the field with a
13483 single read or write that is correctly aligned for the target
13484 machine. In this case GCC falls back to generating multiple
13485 accesses rather than code that will fault or truncate the result at
13486 run time.
13487 Note: Due to restrictions of the C/C++11 memory model, write
13489 accesses are not allowed to touch non bit-field members. It is
13490 therefore recommended to define all bits of the field's type as
13491 bit-field members.
13492 The default value of this option is determined by the application
13494 binary interface for the target processor.
13495 -fsync-libcalls
13497 This option controls whether any out-of-line instance of the
13498 "__sync" family of functions may be used to implement the C++11
13499 "__atomic" family of functions.
13500 The default value of this option is enabled, thus the only useful
13502 form of the option is -fno-sync-libcalls. This option is used in
13503 the implementation of the libatomic runtime library.
13504 GCC Developer Options
13506 This section describes command-line options that are primarily of
13507 interest to GCC developers, including options to support compiler
13508 testing and investigation of compiler bugs and compile-time performance
13509 problems. This includes options that produce debug dumps at various
13510 points in the compilation; that print statistics such as memory use and
13511 execution time; and that print information about GCC's configuration,
13512 such as where it searches for libraries. You should rarely need to use
13513 any of these options for ordinary compilation and linking tasks.
13514 Many developer options that cause GCC to dump output to a file take an
13516 optional =filename suffix. You can specify stdout or - to dump to
13517 standard output, and stderr for standard error.
13518 If =filename is omitted, a default dump file name is constructed by
13520 concatenating the base dump file name, a pass number, phase letter, and
13521 pass name. The base dump file name is the name of output file produced
13522 by the compiler if explicitly specified and not an executable;
13523 otherwise it is the source file name. The pass number is determined by
13524 the order passes are registered with the compiler's pass manager. This
13525 is generally the same as the order of execution, but passes registered
13526 by plugins, target-specific passes, or passes that are otherwise
13527 registered late are numbered higher than the pass named final, even if
13528 they are executed earlier. The phase letter is one of i (inter-
13529 procedural analysis), l (language-specific), r (RTL), or t (tree). The
13530 files are created in the directory of the output file.
13531 -fcallgraph-info
13533 -fcallgraph-info=MARKERS
13534 Makes the compiler output callgraph information for the program, on
13535 a per-object-file basis. The information is generated in the
13536 common VCG format. It can be decorated with additional, per-node
13537 and/or per-edge information, if a list of comma-separated markers
13538 is additionally specified. When the "su" marker is specified, the
13539 callgraph is decorated with stack usage information; it is
13540 equivalent to -fstack-usage. When the "da" marker is specified,
13541 the callgraph is decorated with information about dynamically
13542 allocated objects.
13543 When compiling with -flto, no callgraph information is output along
13545 with the object file. At LTO link time, -fcallgraph-info may
13546 generate multiple callgraph information files next to intermediate
13547 LTO output files.
13548 -dletters
13550 -fdump-rtl-pass
13551 -fdump-rtl-pass=filename
13552 Says to make debugging dumps during compilation at times specified
13553 by letters. This is used for debugging the RTL-based passes of the
13554 compiler.
13555 Some -dletters switches have different meaning when -E is used for
13557 preprocessing.
13558 Debug dumps can be enabled with a -fdump-rtl switch or some -d
13560 option letters. Here are the possible letters for use in pass and
13561 letters, and their meanings:
13562 -fdump-rtl-alignments
13564 Dump after branch alignments have been computed.
13565 -fdump-rtl-asmcons
13567 Dump after fixing rtl statements that have unsatisfied in/out
13568 constraints.
13569 -fdump-rtl-auto_inc_dec
13571 Dump after auto-inc-dec discovery. This pass is only run on
13572 architectures that have auto inc or auto dec instructions.
13573 -fdump-rtl-barriers
13575 Dump after cleaning up the barrier instructions.
13576 -fdump-rtl-bbpart
13578 Dump after partitioning hot and cold basic blocks.
13579 -fdump-rtl-bbro
13581 Dump after block reordering.
13582 -fdump-rtl-btl1
13584 -fdump-rtl-btl2
13585 -fdump-rtl-btl1 and -fdump-rtl-btl2 enable dumping after the
13586 two branch target load optimization passes.
13587 -fdump-rtl-bypass
13589 Dump after jump bypassing and control flow optimizations.
13590 -fdump-rtl-combine
13592 Dump after the RTL instruction combination pass.
13593 -fdump-rtl-compgotos
13595 Dump after duplicating the computed gotos.
13596 -fdump-rtl-ce1
13598 -fdump-rtl-ce2
13599 -fdump-rtl-ce3
13600 -fdump-rtl-ce1, -fdump-rtl-ce2, and -fdump-rtl-ce3 enable
13601 dumping after the three if conversion passes.
13602 -fdump-rtl-cprop_hardreg
13604 Dump after hard register copy propagation.
13605 -fdump-rtl-csa
13607 Dump after combining stack adjustments.
13608 -fdump-rtl-cse1
13610 -fdump-rtl-cse2
13611 -fdump-rtl-cse1 and -fdump-rtl-cse2 enable dumping after the
13612 two common subexpression elimination passes.
13613 -fdump-rtl-dce
13615 Dump after the standalone dead code elimination passes.
13616 -fdump-rtl-dbr
13618 Dump after delayed branch scheduling.
13619 -fdump-rtl-dce1
13621 -fdump-rtl-dce2
13622 -fdump-rtl-dce1 and -fdump-rtl-dce2 enable dumping after the
13623 two dead store elimination passes.
13624 -fdump-rtl-eh
13626 Dump after finalization of EH handling code.
13627 -fdump-rtl-eh_ranges
13629 Dump after conversion of EH handling range regions.
13630 -fdump-rtl-expand
13632 Dump after RTL generation.
13633 -fdump-rtl-fwprop1
13635 -fdump-rtl-fwprop2
13636 -fdump-rtl-fwprop1 and -fdump-rtl-fwprop2 enable dumping after
13637 the two forward propagation passes.
13638 -fdump-rtl-gcse1
13640 -fdump-rtl-gcse2
13641 -fdump-rtl-gcse1 and -fdump-rtl-gcse2 enable dumping after
13642 global common subexpression elimination.
13643 -fdump-rtl-init-regs
13645 Dump after the initialization of the registers.
13646 -fdump-rtl-initvals
13648 Dump after the computation of the initial value sets.
13649 -fdump-rtl-into_cfglayout
13651 Dump after converting to cfglayout mode.
13652 -fdump-rtl-ira
13654 Dump after iterated register allocation.
13655 -fdump-rtl-jump
13657 Dump after the second jump optimization.
13658 -fdump-rtl-loop2
13660 -fdump-rtl-loop2 enables dumping after the rtl loop
13661 optimization passes.
13662 -fdump-rtl-mach
13664 Dump after performing the machine dependent reorganization
13665 pass, if that pass exists.
13666 -fdump-rtl-mode_sw
13668 Dump after removing redundant mode switches.
13669 -fdump-rtl-rnreg
13671 Dump after register renumbering.
13672 -fdump-rtl-outof_cfglayout
13674 Dump after converting from cfglayout mode.
13675 -fdump-rtl-peephole2
13677 Dump after the peephole pass.
13678 -fdump-rtl-postreload
13680 Dump after post-reload optimizations.
13681 -fdump-rtl-pro_and_epilogue
13683 Dump after generating the function prologues and epilogues.
13684 -fdump-rtl-sched1
13686 -fdump-rtl-sched2
13687 -fdump-rtl-sched1 and -fdump-rtl-sched2 enable dumping after
13688 the basic block scheduling passes.
13689 -fdump-rtl-ree
13691 Dump after sign/zero extension elimination.
13692 -fdump-rtl-seqabstr
13694 Dump after common sequence discovery.
13695 -fdump-rtl-shorten
13697 Dump after shortening branches.
13698 -fdump-rtl-sibling
13700 Dump after sibling call optimizations.
13701 -fdump-rtl-split1
13703 -fdump-rtl-split2
13704 -fdump-rtl-split3
13705 -fdump-rtl-split4
13706 -fdump-rtl-split5
13707 These options enable dumping after five rounds of instruction
13708 splitting.
13709 -fdump-rtl-sms
13711 Dump after modulo scheduling. This pass is only run on some
13712 architectures.
13713 -fdump-rtl-stack
13715 Dump after conversion from GCC's "flat register file" registers
13716 to the x87's stack-like registers. This pass is only run on
13717 x86 variants.
13718 -fdump-rtl-subreg1
13720 -fdump-rtl-subreg2
13721 -fdump-rtl-subreg1 and -fdump-rtl-subreg2 enable dumping after
13722 the two subreg expansion passes.
13723 -fdump-rtl-unshare
13725 Dump after all rtl has been unshared.
13726 -fdump-rtl-vartrack
13728 Dump after variable tracking.
13729 -fdump-rtl-vregs
13731 Dump after converting virtual registers to hard registers.
13732 -fdump-rtl-web
13734 Dump after live range splitting.
13735 -fdump-rtl-regclass
13737 -fdump-rtl-subregs_of_mode_init
13738 -fdump-rtl-subregs_of_mode_finish
13739 -fdump-rtl-dfinit
13740 -fdump-rtl-dfinish
13741 These dumps are defined but always produce empty files.
13742 -da
13744 -fdump-rtl-all
13745 Produce all the dumps listed above.
13746 -dA Annotate the assembler output with miscellaneous debugging
13748 information.
13749 -dD Dump all macro definitions, at the end of preprocessing, in
13751 addition to normal output.
13752 -dH Produce a core dump whenever an error occurs.
13754 -dp Annotate the assembler output with a comment indicating which
13756 pattern and alternative is used. The length and cost of each
13757 instruction are also printed.
13758 -dP Dump the RTL in the assembler output as a comment before each
13760 instruction. Also turns on -dp annotation.
13761 -dx Just generate RTL for a function instead of compiling it.
13763 Usually used with -fdump-rtl-expand.
13764 -fdump-debug
13766 Dump debugging information generated during the debug generation
13767 phase.
13768 -fdump-earlydebug
13770 Dump debugging information generated during the early debug
13771 generation phase.
13772 -fdump-noaddr
13774 When doing debugging dumps, suppress address output. This makes it
13775 more feasible to use diff on debugging dumps for compiler
13776 invocations with different compiler binaries and/or different text
13777 / bss / data / heap / stack / dso start locations.
13778 -freport-bug
13780 Collect and dump debug information into a temporary file if an
13781 internal compiler error (ICE) occurs.
13782 -fdump-unnumbered
13784 When doing debugging dumps, suppress instruction numbers and
13785 address output. This makes it more feasible to use diff on
13786 debugging dumps for compiler invocations with different options, in
13787 particular with and without -g.
13788 -fdump-unnumbered-links
13790 When doing debugging dumps (see -d option above), suppress
13791 instruction numbers for the links to the previous and next
13792 instructions in a sequence.
13793 -fdump-ipa-switch
13795 -fdump-ipa-switch-options
13796 Control the dumping at various stages of inter-procedural analysis
13797 language tree to a file. The file name is generated by appending a
13798 switch specific suffix to the source file name, and the file is
13799 created in the same directory as the output file. The following
13800 dumps are possible:
13801 all Enables all inter-procedural analysis dumps.
13803 cgraph
13805 Dumps information about call-graph optimization, unused
13806 function removal, and inlining decisions.
13807 inline
13809 Dump after function inlining.
13810 Additionally, the options -optimized, -missed, -note, and -all can
13812 be provided, with the same meaning as for -fopt-info, defaulting to
13813 -optimized.
13814 For example, -fdump-ipa-inline-optimized-missed will emit
13816 information on callsites that were inlined, along with callsites
13817 that were not inlined.
13818 By default, the dump will contain messages about successful
13820 optimizations (equivalent to -optimized) together with low-level
13821 details about the analysis.
13822 -fdump-lang-all
13824 -fdump-lang-switch
13825 -fdump-lang-switch-options
13826 -fdump-lang-switch-options=filename
13827 Control the dumping of language-specific information. The options
13828 and filename portions behave as described in the -fdump-tree
13829 option. The following switch values are accepted:
13830 all Enable all language-specific dumps.
13832 class
13834 Dump class hierarchy information. Virtual table information is
13835 emitted unless 'slim' is specified. This option is applicable
13836 to C++ only.
13837 raw Dump the raw internal tree data. This option is applicable to
13839 C++ only.
13840 -fdump-passes
13842 Print on stderr the list of optimization passes that are turned on
13843 and off by the current command-line options.
13844 -fdump-statistics-option
13846 Enable and control dumping of pass statistics in a separate file.
13847 The file name is generated by appending a suffix ending in
13848 .statistics to the source file name, and the file is created in the
13849 same directory as the output file. If the -option form is used,
13850 -stats causes counters to be summed over the whole compilation unit
13851 while -details dumps every event as the passes generate them. The
13852 default with no option is to sum counters for each function
13853 compiled.
13854 -fdump-tree-all
13856 -fdump-tree-switch
13857 -fdump-tree-switch-options
13858 -fdump-tree-switch-options=filename
13859 Control the dumping at various stages of processing the
13860 intermediate language tree to a file. If the -options form is
13861 used, options is a list of - separated options which control the
13862 details of the dump. Not all options are applicable to all dumps;
13863 those that are not meaningful are ignored. The following options
13864 are available
13865 address
13867 Print the address of each node. Usually this is not meaningful
13868 as it changes according to the environment and source file.
13869 Its primary use is for tying up a dump file with a debug
13870 environment.
13871 asmname
13873 If "DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME" has been set for a given decl, use
13874 that in the dump instead of "DECL_NAME". Its primary use is
13875 ease of use working backward from mangled names in the assembly
13876 file.
13877 slim
13879 When dumping front-end intermediate representations, inhibit
13880 dumping of members of a scope or body of a function merely
13881 because that scope has been reached. Only dump such items when
13882 they are directly reachable by some other path.
13883 When dumping pretty-printed trees, this option inhibits dumping
13885 the bodies of control structures.
13886 When dumping RTL, print the RTL in slim (condensed) form
13888 instead of the default LISP-like representation.
13889 raw Print a raw representation of the tree. By default, trees are
13891 pretty-printed into a C-like representation.
13892 details
13894 Enable more detailed dumps (not honored by every dump option).
13895 Also include information from the optimization passes.
13896 stats
13898 Enable dumping various statistics about the pass (not honored
13899 by every dump option).
13900 blocks
13902 Enable showing basic block boundaries (disabled in raw dumps).
13903 graph
13905 For each of the other indicated dump files (-fdump-rtl-pass),
13906 dump a representation of the control flow graph suitable for
13907 viewing with GraphViz to file.passid.pass.dot. Each function
13908 in the file is pretty-printed as a subgraph, so that GraphViz
13909 can render them all in a single plot.
13910 This option currently only works for RTL dumps, and the RTL is
13912 always dumped in slim form.
13913 vops
13915 Enable showing virtual operands for every statement.
13916 lineno
13918 Enable showing line numbers for statements.
13919 uid Enable showing the unique ID ("DECL_UID") for each variable.
13921 verbose
13923 Enable showing the tree dump for each statement.
13924 eh Enable showing the EH region number holding each statement.
13926 scev
13928 Enable showing scalar evolution analysis details.
13929 optimized
13931 Enable showing optimization information (only available in
13932 certain passes).
13933 missed
13935 Enable showing missed optimization information (only available
13936 in certain passes).
13937 note
13939 Enable other detailed optimization information (only available
13940 in certain passes).
13941 all Turn on all options, except raw, slim, verbose and lineno.
13943 optall
13945 Turn on all optimization options, i.e., optimized, missed, and
13946 note.
13947 To determine what tree dumps are available or find the dump for a
13949 pass of interest follow the steps below.
13950 1. Invoke GCC with -fdump-passes and in the stderr output look for
13952 a code that corresponds to the pass you are interested in. For
13953 example, the codes "tree-evrp", "tree-vrp1", and "tree-vrp2"
13954 correspond to the three Value Range Propagation passes. The
13955 number at the end distinguishes distinct invocations of the
13956 same pass.
13957 2. To enable the creation of the dump file, append the pass code
13959 to the -fdump- option prefix and invoke GCC with it. For
13960 example, to enable the dump from the Early Value Range
13961 Propagation pass, invoke GCC with the -fdump-tree-evrp option.
13962 Optionally, you may specify the name of the dump file. If you
13963 don't specify one, GCC creates as described below.
13964 3. Find the pass dump in a file whose name is composed of three
13966 components separated by a period: the name of the source file
13967 GCC was invoked to compile, a numeric suffix indicating the
13968 pass number followed by the letter t for tree passes (and the
13969 letter r for RTL passes), and finally the pass code. For
13970 example, the Early VRP pass dump might be in a file named
13971 myfile.c.038t.evrp in the current working directory. Note that
13972 the numeric codes are not stable and may change from one
13973 version of GCC to another.
13974 -fopt-info
13976 -fopt-info-options
13977 -fopt-info-options=filename
13978 Controls optimization dumps from various optimization passes. If
13979 the -options form is used, options is a list of - separated option
13980 keywords to select the dump details and optimizations.
13981 The options can be divided into three groups:
13983 1. options describing what kinds of messages should be emitted,
13985 2. options describing the verbosity of the dump, and
13987 3. options describing which optimizations should be included.
13989 The options from each group can be freely mixed as they are non-
13991 overlapping. However, in case of any conflicts, the later options
13992 override the earlier options on the command line.
13993 The following options control which kinds of messages should be
13995 emitted:
13996 optimized
13998 Print information when an optimization is successfully applied.
13999 It is up to a pass to decide which information is relevant. For
14000 example, the vectorizer passes print the source location of
14001 loops which are successfully vectorized.
14002 missed
14004 Print information about missed optimizations. Individual passes
14005 control which information to include in the output.
14006 note
14008 Print verbose information about optimizations, such as certain
14009 transformations, more detailed messages about decisions etc.
14010 all Print detailed optimization information. This includes
14012 optimized, missed, and note.
14013 The following option controls the dump verbosity:
14015 internals
14017 By default, only "high-level" messages are emitted. This option
14018 enables additional, more detailed, messages, which are likely
14019 to only be of interest to GCC developers.
14020 One or more of the following option keywords can be used to
14022 describe a group of optimizations:
14023 ipa Enable dumps from all interprocedural optimizations.
14025 loop
14027 Enable dumps from all loop optimizations.
14028 inline
14030 Enable dumps from all inlining optimizations.
14031 omp Enable dumps from all OMP (Offloading and Multi Processing)
14033 optimizations.
14034 vec Enable dumps from all vectorization optimizations.
14036 optall
14038 Enable dumps from all optimizations. This is a superset of the
14039 optimization groups listed above.
14040 If options is omitted, it defaults to optimized-optall, which means
14042 to dump messages about successful optimizations from all the
14043 passes, omitting messages that are treated as "internals".
14044 If the filename is provided, then the dumps from all the applicable
14046 optimizations are concatenated into the filename. Otherwise the
14047 dump is output onto stderr. Though multiple -fopt-info options are
14048 accepted, only one of them can include a filename. If other
14049 filenames are provided then all but the first such option are
14050 ignored.
14051 Note that the output filename is overwritten in case of multiple
14053 translation units. If a combined output from multiple translation
14054 units is desired, stderr should be used instead.
14055 In the following example, the optimization info is output to
14057 stderr:
14058 gcc -O3 -fopt-info
14060 This example:
14062 gcc -O3 -fopt-info-missed=missed.all
14064 outputs missed optimization report from all the passes into
14066 missed.all, and this one:
14067 gcc -O2 -ftree-vectorize -fopt-info-vec-missed
14069 prints information about missed optimization opportunities from
14071 vectorization passes on stderr. Note that -fopt-info-vec-missed is
14072 equivalent to -fopt-info-missed-vec. The order of the optimization
14073 group names and message types listed after -fopt-info does not
14074 matter.
14075 As another example,
14077 gcc -O3 -fopt-info-inline-optimized-missed=inline.txt
14079 outputs information about missed optimizations as well as optimized
14081 locations from all the inlining passes into inline.txt.
14082 Finally, consider:
14084 gcc -fopt-info-vec-missed=vec.miss -fopt-info-loop-optimized=loop.opt
14086 Here the two output filenames vec.miss and loop.opt are in conflict
14088 since only one output file is allowed. In this case, only the first
14089 option takes effect and the subsequent options are ignored. Thus
14090 only vec.miss is produced which contains dumps from the vectorizer
14091 about missed opportunities.
14092 -fsave-optimization-record
14094 Write a SRCFILE.opt-record.json.gz file detailing what
14095 optimizations were performed, for those optimizations that support
14096 -fopt-info.
14097 This option is experimental and the format of the data within the
14099 compressed JSON file is subject to change.
14100 It is roughly equivalent to a machine-readable version of
14102 -fopt-info-all, as a collection of messages with source file, line
14103 number and column number, with the following additional data for
14104 each message:
14105 * the execution count of the code being optimized, along with
14107 metadata about whether this was from actual profile data, or
14108 just an estimate, allowing consumers to prioritize messages by
14109 code hotness,
14110 * the function name of the code being optimized, where
14112 applicable,
14113 * the "inlining chain" for the code being optimized, so that when
14115 a function is inlined into several different places (which
14116 might themselves be inlined), the reader can distinguish
14117 between the copies,
14118 * objects identifying those parts of the message that refer to
14120 expressions, statements or symbol-table nodes, which of these
14121 categories they are, and, when available, their source code
14122 location,
14123 * the GCC pass that emitted the message, and
14125 * the location in GCC's own code from which the message was
14127 emitted
14128 Additionally, some messages are logically nested within other
14130 messages, reflecting implementation details of the optimization
14131 passes.
14132 -fsched-verbose=n
14134 On targets that use instruction scheduling, this option controls
14135 the amount of debugging output the scheduler prints to the dump
14136 files.
14137 For n greater than zero, -fsched-verbose outputs the same
14139 information as -fdump-rtl-sched1 and -fdump-rtl-sched2. For n
14140 greater than one, it also output basic block probabilities,
14141 detailed ready list information and unit/insn info. For n greater
14142 than two, it includes RTL at abort point, control-flow and regions
14143 info. And for n over four, -fsched-verbose also includes
14144 dependence info.
14145 -fenable-kind-pass
14147 -fdisable-kind-pass=range-list
14148 This is a set of options that are used to explicitly disable/enable
14149 optimization passes. These options are intended for use for
14150 debugging GCC. Compiler users should use regular options for
14151 enabling/disabling passes instead.
14152 -fdisable-ipa-pass
14154 Disable IPA pass pass. pass is the pass name. If the same pass
14155 is statically invoked in the compiler multiple times, the pass
14156 name should be appended with a sequential number starting from
14157 1.
14158 -fdisable-rtl-pass
14160 -fdisable-rtl-pass=range-list
14161 Disable RTL pass pass. pass is the pass name. If the same
14162 pass is statically invoked in the compiler multiple times, the
14163 pass name should be appended with a sequential number starting
14164 from 1. range-list is a comma-separated list of function
14165 ranges or assembler names. Each range is a number pair
14166 separated by a colon. The range is inclusive in both ends. If
14167 the range is trivial, the number pair can be simplified as a
14168 single number. If the function's call graph node's uid falls
14169 within one of the specified ranges, the pass is disabled for
14170 that function. The uid is shown in the function header of a
14171 dump file, and the pass names can be dumped by using option
14172 -fdump-passes.
14173 -fdisable-tree-pass
14175 -fdisable-tree-pass=range-list
14176 Disable tree pass pass. See -fdisable-rtl for the description
14177 of option arguments.
14178 -fenable-ipa-pass
14180 Enable IPA pass pass. pass is the pass name. If the same pass
14181 is statically invoked in the compiler multiple times, the pass
14182 name should be appended with a sequential number starting from
14183 1.
14184 -fenable-rtl-pass
14186 -fenable-rtl-pass=range-list
14187 Enable RTL pass pass. See -fdisable-rtl for option argument
14188 description and examples.
14189 -fenable-tree-pass
14191 -fenable-tree-pass=range-list
14192 Enable tree pass pass. See -fdisable-rtl for the description
14193 of option arguments.
14194 Here are some examples showing uses of these options.
14196 # disable ccp1 for all functions
14198 -fdisable-tree-ccp1
14199 # disable complete unroll for function whose cgraph node uid is 1
14200 -fenable-tree-cunroll=1
14201 # disable gcse2 for functions at the following ranges [1,1],
14202 # [300,400], and [400,1000]
14203 # disable gcse2 for functions foo and foo2
14204 -fdisable-rtl-gcse2=foo,foo2
14205 # disable early inlining
14206 -fdisable-tree-einline
14207 # disable ipa inlining
14208 -fdisable-ipa-inline
14209 # enable tree full unroll
14210 -fenable-tree-unroll
14211 -fchecking
14213 -fchecking=n
14214 Enable internal consistency checking. The default depends on the
14215 compiler configuration. -fchecking=2 enables further internal
14216 consistency checking that might affect code generation.
14217 -frandom-seed=string
14219 This option provides a seed that GCC uses in place of random
14220 numbers in generating certain symbol names that have to be
14221 different in every compiled file. It is also used to place unique
14222 stamps in coverage data files and the object files that produce
14223 them. You can use the -frandom-seed option to produce reproducibly
14224 identical object files.
14225 The string can either be a number (decimal, octal or hex) or an
14227 arbitrary string (in which case it's converted to a number by
14228 computing CRC32).
14229 The string should be different for every file you compile.
14231 -save-temps
14233 -save-temps=cwd
14234 Store the usual "temporary" intermediate files permanently; place
14235 them in the current directory and name them based on the source
14236 file. Thus, compiling foo.c with -c -save-temps produces files
14237 foo.i and foo.s, as well as foo.o. This creates a preprocessed
14238 foo.i output file even though the compiler now normally uses an
14239 integrated preprocessor.
14240 When used in combination with the -x command-line option,
14242 -save-temps is sensible enough to avoid over writing an input
14243 source file with the same extension as an intermediate file. The
14244 corresponding intermediate file may be obtained by renaming the
14245 source file before using -save-temps.
14246 If you invoke GCC in parallel, compiling several different source
14248 files that share a common base name in different subdirectories or
14249 the same source file compiled for multiple output destinations, it
14250 is likely that the different parallel compilers will interfere with
14251 each other, and overwrite the temporary files. For instance:
14252 gcc -save-temps -o outdir1/foo.o indir1/foo.c&
14254 gcc -save-temps -o outdir2/foo.o indir2/foo.c&
14255 may result in foo.i and foo.o being written to simultaneously by
14257 both compilers.
14258 -save-temps=obj
14260 Store the usual "temporary" intermediate files permanently. If the
14261 -o option is used, the temporary files are based on the object
14262 file. If the -o option is not used, the -save-temps=obj switch
14263 behaves like -save-temps.
14264 For example:
14266 gcc -save-temps=obj -c foo.c
14268 gcc -save-temps=obj -c bar.c -o dir/xbar.o
14269 gcc -save-temps=obj foobar.c -o dir2/yfoobar
14270 creates foo.i, foo.s, dir/xbar.i, dir/xbar.s, dir2/yfoobar.i,
14272 dir2/yfoobar.s, and dir2/yfoobar.o.
14273 -time[=file]
14275 Report the CPU time taken by each subprocess in the compilation
14276 sequence. For C source files, this is the compiler proper and
14277 assembler (plus the linker if linking is done).
14278 Without the specification of an output file, the output looks like
14280 this:
14281 # cc1 0.12 0.01
14283 # as 0.00 0.01
14284 The first number on each line is the "user time", that is time
14286 spent executing the program itself. The second number is "system
14287 time", time spent executing operating system routines on behalf of
14288 the program. Both numbers are in seconds.
14289 With the specification of an output file, the output is appended to
14291 the named file, and it looks like this:
14292 0.12 0.01 cc1 <options>
14294 0.00 0.01 as <options>
14295 The "user time" and the "system time" are moved before the program
14297 name, and the options passed to the program are displayed, so that
14298 one can later tell what file was being compiled, and with which
14299 options.
14300 -fdump-final-insns[=file]
14302 Dump the final internal representation (RTL) to file. If the
14303 optional argument is omitted (or if file is "."), the name of the
14304 dump file is determined by appending ".gkd" to the compilation
14305 output file name.
14306 -fcompare-debug[=opts]
14308 If no error occurs during compilation, run the compiler a second
14309 time, adding opts and -fcompare-debug-second to the arguments
14310 passed to the second compilation. Dump the final internal
14311 representation in both compilations, and print an error if they
14312 differ.
14313 If the equal sign is omitted, the default -gtoggle is used.
14315 The environment variable GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG, if defined, non-empty
14317 and nonzero, implicitly enables -fcompare-debug. If
14318 GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG is defined to a string starting with a dash, then
14319 it is used for opts, otherwise the default -gtoggle is used.
14320 -fcompare-debug=, with the equal sign but without opts, is
14322 equivalent to -fno-compare-debug, which disables the dumping of the
14323 final representation and the second compilation, preventing even
14324 GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG from taking effect.
14325 To verify full coverage during -fcompare-debug testing, set
14327 GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG to say -fcompare-debug-not-overridden, which GCC
14328 rejects as an invalid option in any actual compilation (rather than
14329 preprocessing, assembly or linking). To get just a warning,
14330 setting GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG to -w%n-fcompare-debug not overridden
14331 will do.
14332 -fcompare-debug-second
14334 This option is implicitly passed to the compiler for the second
14335 compilation requested by -fcompare-debug, along with options to
14336 silence warnings, and omitting other options that would cause the
14337 compiler to produce output to files or to standard output as a side
14338 effect. Dump files and preserved temporary files are renamed so as
14339 to contain the ".gk" additional extension during the second
14340 compilation, to avoid overwriting those generated by the first.
14341 When this option is passed to the compiler driver, it causes the
14343 first compilation to be skipped, which makes it useful for little
14344 other than debugging the compiler proper.
14345 -gtoggle
14347 Turn off generation of debug info, if leaving out this option
14348 generates it, or turn it on at level 2 otherwise. The position of
14349 this argument in the command line does not matter; it takes effect
14350 after all other options are processed, and it does so only once, no
14351 matter how many times it is given. This is mainly intended to be
14352 used with -fcompare-debug.
14353 -fvar-tracking-assignments-toggle
14355 Toggle -fvar-tracking-assignments, in the same way that -gtoggle
14356 toggles -g.
14357 -Q Makes the compiler print out each function name as it is compiled,
14359 and print some statistics about each pass when it finishes.
14360 -ftime-report
14362 Makes the compiler print some statistics about the time consumed by
14363 each pass when it finishes.
14364 -ftime-report-details
14366 Record the time consumed by infrastructure parts separately for
14367 each pass.
14368 -fira-verbose=n
14370 Control the verbosity of the dump file for the integrated register
14371 allocator. The default value is 5. If the value n is greater or
14372 equal to 10, the dump output is sent to stderr using the same
14373 format as n minus 10.
14374 -flto-report
14376 Prints a report with internal details on the workings of the link-
14377 time optimizer. The contents of this report vary from version to
14378 version. It is meant to be useful to GCC developers when
14379 processing object files in LTO mode (via -flto).
14380 Disabled by default.
14382 -flto-report-wpa
14384 Like -flto-report, but only print for the WPA phase of link-time
14385 optimization.
14386 -fmem-report
14388 Makes the compiler print some statistics about permanent memory
14389 allocation when it finishes.
14390 -fmem-report-wpa
14392 Makes the compiler print some statistics about permanent memory
14393 allocation for the WPA phase only.
14394 -fpre-ipa-mem-report
14396 -fpost-ipa-mem-report
14397 Makes the compiler print some statistics about permanent memory
14398 allocation before or after interprocedural optimization.
14399 -fprofile-report
14401 Makes the compiler print some statistics about consistency of the
14402 (estimated) profile and effect of individual passes.
14403 -fstack-usage
14405 Makes the compiler output stack usage information for the program,
14406 on a per-function basis. The filename for the dump is made by
14407 appending .su to the auxname. auxname is generated from the name
14408 of the output file, if explicitly specified and it is not an
14409 executable, otherwise it is the basename of the source file. An
14410 entry is made up of three fields:
14411 * The name of the function.
14413 * A number of bytes.
14415 * One or more qualifiers: "static", "dynamic", "bounded".
14417 The qualifier "static" means that the function manipulates the
14419 stack statically: a fixed number of bytes are allocated for the
14420 frame on function entry and released on function exit; no stack
14421 adjustments are otherwise made in the function. The second field
14422 is this fixed number of bytes.
14423 The qualifier "dynamic" means that the function manipulates the
14425 stack dynamically: in addition to the static allocation described
14426 above, stack adjustments are made in the body of the function, for
14427 example to push/pop arguments around function calls. If the
14428 qualifier "bounded" is also present, the amount of these
14429 adjustments is bounded at compile time and the second field is an
14430 upper bound of the total amount of stack used by the function. If
14431 it is not present, the amount of these adjustments is not bounded
14432 at compile time and the second field only represents the bounded
14433 part.
14434 -fstats
14436 Emit statistics about front-end processing at the end of the
14437 compilation. This option is supported only by the C++ front end,
14438 and the information is generally only useful to the G++ development
14439 team.
14440 -fdbg-cnt-list
14442 Print the name and the counter upper bound for all debug counters.
14443 -fdbg-cnt=counter-value-list
14445 Set the internal debug counter lower and upper bound. counter-
14446 value-list is a comma-separated list of
14447 name:lower_bound1-upper_bound1 [:lower_bound2-upper_bound2...]
14448 tuples which sets the name of the counter and list of closed
14449 intervals. The lower_bound is optional and is zero initialized if
14450 not set. For example, with -fdbg-cnt=dce:2-4:10-11,tail_call:10,
14451 "dbg_cnt(dce)" returns true only for second, third, fourth, tenth
14452 and eleventh invocation. For "dbg_cnt(tail_call)" true is returned
14453 for first 10 invocations.
14454 -print-file-name=library
14456 Print the full absolute name of the library file library that would
14457 be used when linking---and don't do anything else. With this
14458 option, GCC does not compile or link anything; it just prints the
14459 file name.
14460 -print-multi-directory
14462 Print the directory name corresponding to the multilib selected by
14463 any other switches present in the command line. This directory is
14464 supposed to exist in GCC_EXEC_PREFIX.
14465 -print-multi-lib
14467 Print the mapping from multilib directory names to compiler
14468 switches that enable them. The directory name is separated from
14469 the switches by ;, and each switch starts with an @ instead of the
14470 -, without spaces between multiple switches. This is supposed to
14471 ease shell processing.
14472 -print-multi-os-directory
14474 Print the path to OS libraries for the selected multilib, relative
14475 to some lib subdirectory. If OS libraries are present in the lib
14476 subdirectory and no multilibs are used, this is usually just ., if
14477 OS libraries are present in libsuffix sibling directories this
14478 prints e.g. ../lib64, ../lib or ../lib32, or if OS libraries are
14479 present in lib/subdir subdirectories it prints e.g. amd64, sparcv9
14480 or ev6.
14481 -print-multiarch
14483 Print the path to OS libraries for the selected multiarch, relative
14484 to some lib subdirectory.
14485 -print-prog-name=program
14487 Like -print-file-name, but searches for a program such as cpp.
14488 -print-libgcc-file-name
14490 Same as -print-file-name=libgcc.a.
14491 This is useful when you use -nostdlib or -nodefaultlibs but you do
14493 want to link with libgcc.a. You can do:
14494 gcc -nostdlib <files>... `gcc -print-libgcc-file-name`
14496 -print-search-dirs
14498 Print the name of the configured installation directory and a list
14499 of program and library directories gcc searches---and don't do
14500 anything else.
14501 This is useful when gcc prints the error message installation
14503 problem, cannot exec cpp0: No such file or directory. To resolve
14504 this you either need to put cpp0 and the other compiler components
14505 where gcc expects to find them, or you can set the environment
14506 variable GCC_EXEC_PREFIX to the directory where you installed them.
14507 Don't forget the trailing /.
14508 -print-sysroot
14510 Print the target sysroot directory that is used during compilation.
14511 This is the target sysroot specified either at configure time or
14512 using the --sysroot option, possibly with an extra suffix that
14513 depends on compilation options. If no target sysroot is specified,
14514 the option prints nothing.
14515 -print-sysroot-headers-suffix
14517 Print the suffix added to the target sysroot when searching for
14518 headers, or give an error if the compiler is not configured with
14519 such a suffix---and don't do anything else.
14520 -dumpmachine
14522 Print the compiler's target machine (for example,
14523 i686-pc-linux-gnu)---and don't do anything else.
14524 -dumpversion
14526 Print the compiler version (for example, 3.0, 6.3.0 or 7)---and
14527 don't do anything else. This is the compiler version used in
14528 filesystem paths and specs. Depending on how the compiler has been
14529 configured it can be just a single number (major version), two
14530 numbers separated by a dot (major and minor version) or three
14531 numbers separated by dots (major, minor and patchlevel version).
14532 -dumpfullversion
14534 Print the full compiler version---and don't do anything else. The
14535 output is always three numbers separated by dots, major, minor and
14536 patchlevel version.
14537 -dumpspecs
14539 Print the compiler's built-in specs---and don't do anything else.
14540 (This is used when GCC itself is being built.)
14541 Machine-Dependent Options
14543 Each target machine supported by GCC can have its own options---for
14544 example, to allow you to compile for a particular processor variant or
14545 ABI, or to control optimizations specific to that machine. By
14546 convention, the names of machine-specific options start with -m.
14547 Some configurations of the compiler also support additional target-
14549 specific options, usually for compatibility with other compilers on the
14550 same platform.
14551 AArch64 Options
14553 These options are defined for AArch64 implementations:
14554 -mabi=name
14556 Generate code for the specified data model. Permissible values are
14557 ilp32 for SysV-like data model where int, long int and pointers are
14558 32 bits, and lp64 for SysV-like data model where int is 32 bits,
14559 but long int and pointers are 64 bits.
14560 The default depends on the specific target configuration. Note
14562 that the LP64 and ILP32 ABIs are not link-compatible; you must
14563 compile your entire program with the same ABI, and link with a
14564 compatible set of libraries.
14565 -mbig-endian
14567 Generate big-endian code. This is the default when GCC is
14568 configured for an aarch64_be-*-* target.
14569 -mgeneral-regs-only
14571 Generate code which uses only the general-purpose registers. This
14572 will prevent the compiler from using floating-point and Advanced
14573 SIMD registers but will not impose any restrictions on the
14574 assembler.
14575 -mlittle-endian
14577 Generate little-endian code. This is the default when GCC is
14578 configured for an aarch64-*-* but not an aarch64_be-*-* target.
14579 -mcmodel=tiny
14581 Generate code for the tiny code model. The program and its
14582 statically defined symbols must be within 1MB of each other.
14583 Programs can be statically or dynamically linked.
14584 -mcmodel=small
14586 Generate code for the small code model. The program and its
14587 statically defined symbols must be within 4GB of each other.
14588 Programs can be statically or dynamically linked. This is the
14589 default code model.
14590 -mcmodel=large
14592 Generate code for the large code model. This makes no assumptions
14593 about addresses and sizes of sections. Programs can be statically
14594 linked only. The -mcmodel=large option is incompatible with
14595 -mabi=ilp32, -fpic and -fPIC.
14596 -mstrict-align
14598 -mno-strict-align
14599 Avoid or allow generating memory accesses that may not be aligned
14600 on a natural object boundary as described in the architecture
14601 specification.
14602 -momit-leaf-frame-pointer
14604 -mno-omit-leaf-frame-pointer
14605 Omit or keep the frame pointer in leaf functions. The former
14606 behavior is the default.
14607 -mstack-protector-guard=guard
14609 -mstack-protector-guard-reg=reg
14610 -mstack-protector-guard-offset=offset
14611 Generate stack protection code using canary at guard. Supported
14612 locations are global for a global canary or sysreg for a canary in
14613 an appropriate system register.
14614 With the latter choice the options -mstack-protector-guard-reg=reg
14616 and -mstack-protector-guard-offset=offset furthermore specify which
14617 system register to use as base register for reading the canary, and
14618 from what offset from that base register. There is no default
14619 register or offset as this is entirely for use within the Linux
14620 kernel.
14621 -mstack-protector-guard=guard
14623 -mstack-protector-guard-reg=reg
14624 -mstack-protector-guard-offset=offset
14625 Generate stack protection code using canary at guard. Supported
14626 locations are global for a global canary or sysreg for a canary in
14627 an appropriate system register.
14628 With the latter choice the options -mstack-protector-guard-reg=reg
14630 and -mstack-protector-guard-offset=offset furthermore specify which
14631 system register to use as base register for reading the canary, and
14632 from what offset from that base register. There is no default
14633 register or offset as this is entirely for use within the Linux
14634 kernel.
14635 -mtls-dialect=desc
14637 Use TLS descriptors as the thread-local storage mechanism for
14638 dynamic accesses of TLS variables. This is the default.
14639 -mtls-dialect=traditional
14641 Use traditional TLS as the thread-local storage mechanism for
14642 dynamic accesses of TLS variables.
14643 -mtls-size=size
14645 Specify bit size of immediate TLS offsets. Valid values are 12,
14646 24, 32, 48. This option requires binutils 2.26 or newer.
14647 -mfix-cortex-a53-835769
14649 -mno-fix-cortex-a53-835769
14650 Enable or disable the workaround for the ARM Cortex-A53 erratum
14651 number 835769. This involves inserting a NOP instruction between
14652 memory instructions and 64-bit integer multiply-accumulate
14653 instructions.
14654 -mfix-cortex-a53-843419
14656 -mno-fix-cortex-a53-843419
14657 Enable or disable the workaround for the ARM Cortex-A53 erratum
14658 number 843419. This erratum workaround is made at link time and
14659 this will only pass the corresponding flag to the linker.
14660 -mlow-precision-recip-sqrt
14662 -mno-low-precision-recip-sqrt
14663 Enable or disable the reciprocal square root approximation. This
14664 option only has an effect if -ffast-math or
14665 -funsafe-math-optimizations is used as well. Enabling this reduces
14666 precision of reciprocal square root results to about 16 bits for
14667 single precision and to 32 bits for double precision.
14668 -mlow-precision-sqrt
14670 -mno-low-precision-sqrt
14671 Enable or disable the square root approximation. This option only
14672 has an effect if -ffast-math or -funsafe-math-optimizations is used
14673 as well. Enabling this reduces precision of square root results to
14674 about 16 bits for single precision and to 32 bits for double
14675 precision. If enabled, it implies -mlow-precision-recip-sqrt.
14676 -mlow-precision-div
14678 -mno-low-precision-div
14679 Enable or disable the division approximation. This option only has
14680 an effect if -ffast-math or -funsafe-math-optimizations is used as
14681 well. Enabling this reduces precision of division results to about
14682 16 bits for single precision and to 32 bits for double precision.
14683 -mtrack-speculation
14685 -mno-track-speculation
14686 Enable or disable generation of additional code to track
14687 speculative execution through conditional branches. The tracking
14688 state can then be used by the compiler when expanding calls to
14689 "__builtin_speculation_safe_copy" to permit a more efficient code
14690 sequence to be generated.
14691 -moutline-atomics
14693 -mno-outline-atomics
14694 Enable or disable calls to out-of-line helpers to implement atomic
14695 operations. These helpers will, at runtime, determine if the LSE
14696 instructions from ARMv8.1-A can be used; if not, they will use the
14697 load/store-exclusive instructions that are present in the base
14698 ARMv8.0 ISA.
14699 This option is only applicable when compiling for the base ARMv8.0
14701 instruction set. If using a later revision, e.g. -march=armv8.1-a
14702 or -march=armv8-a+lse, the ARMv8.1-Atomics instructions will be
14703 used directly. The same applies when using -mcpu= when the
14704 selected cpu supports the lse feature. This option is on by
14705 default.
14706 -march=name
14708 Specify the name of the target architecture and, optionally, one or
14709 more feature modifiers. This option has the form
14710 -march=arch{+[no]feature}*.
14711 The table below summarizes the permissible values for arch and the
14713 features that they enable by default:
14714 arch value : Architecture : Includes by default
14716 armv8-a : Armv8-A : +fp, +simd
14717 armv8.1-a : Armv8.1-A : armv8-a, +crc, +lse, +rdma
14718 armv8.2-a : Armv8.2-A : armv8.1-a
14719 armv8.3-a : Armv8.3-A : armv8.2-a
14720 armv8.4-a : Armv8.4-A : armv8.3-a, +fp16fml, +dotprod
14721 armv8.5-a : Armv8.5-A : armv8.4-a, +sb, +ssbs, +predres
14722 armv8.6-a : Armv8.6-A : armv8.5-a, +bf16, +i8mm
14723 The value native is available on native AArch64 GNU/Linux and
14725 causes the compiler to pick the architecture of the host system.
14726 This option has no effect if the compiler is unable to recognize
14727 the architecture of the host system,
14728 The permissible values for feature are listed in the sub-section on
14730 aarch64-feature-modifiers,,-march and -mcpu Feature Modifiers.
14731 Where conflicting feature modifiers are specified, the right-most
14732 feature is used.
14733 GCC uses name to determine what kind of instructions it can emit
14735 when generating assembly code. If -march is specified without
14736 either of -mtune or -mcpu also being specified, the code is tuned
14737 to perform well across a range of target processors implementing
14738 the target architecture.
14739 -mtune=name
14741 Specify the name of the target processor for which GCC should tune
14742 the performance of the code. Permissible values for this option
14743 are: generic, cortex-a35, cortex-a53, cortex-a55, cortex-a57,
14744 cortex-a72, cortex-a73, cortex-a75, cortex-a76, cortex-a76ae,
14745 cortex-a77, cortex-a65, cortex-a65ae, cortex-a34, ares, exynos-m1,
14746 emag, falkor, neoverse-e1, neoverse-n1, neoverse-n2, neoverse-v1,
14747 qdf24xx, saphira, phecda, xgene1, vulcan, octeontx, octeontx81,
14748 octeontx83, octeontx2, octeontx2t98, octeontx2t96 octeontx2t93,
14749 octeontx2f95, octeontx2f95n, octeontx2f95mm, a64fx, thunderx,
14750 thunderxt88, thunderxt88p1, thunderxt81, tsv110, thunderxt83,
14751 thunderx2t99, thunderx3t110, zeus, cortex-a57.cortex-a53,
14752 cortex-a72.cortex-a53, cortex-a73.cortex-a35,
14753 cortex-a73.cortex-a53, cortex-a75.cortex-a55, cortex-a76.cortex-a55
14754 native.
14755 The values cortex-a57.cortex-a53, cortex-a72.cortex-a53,
14757 cortex-a73.cortex-a35, cortex-a73.cortex-a53,
14758 cortex-a75.cortex-a55, cortex-a76.cortex-a55 specify that GCC
14759 should tune for a big.LITTLE system.
14760 Additionally on native AArch64 GNU/Linux systems the value native
14762 tunes performance to the host system. This option has no effect if
14763 the compiler is unable to recognize the processor of the host
14764 system.
14765 Where none of -mtune=, -mcpu= or -march= are specified, the code is
14767 tuned to perform well across a range of target processors.
14768 This option cannot be suffixed by feature modifiers.
14770 -mcpu=name
14772 Specify the name of the target processor, optionally suffixed by
14773 one or more feature modifiers. This option has the form
14774 -mcpu=cpu{+[no]feature}*, where the permissible values for cpu are
14775 the same as those available for -mtune. The permissible values for
14776 feature are documented in the sub-section on
14777 aarch64-feature-modifiers,,-march and -mcpu Feature Modifiers.
14778 Where conflicting feature modifiers are specified, the right-most
14779 feature is used.
14780 GCC uses name to determine what kind of instructions it can emit
14782 when generating assembly code (as if by -march) and to determine
14783 the target processor for which to tune for performance (as if by
14784 -mtune). Where this option is used in conjunction with -march or
14785 -mtune, those options take precedence over the appropriate part of
14786 this option.
14787 -moverride=string
14789 Override tuning decisions made by the back-end in response to a
14790 -mtune= switch. The syntax, semantics, and accepted values for
14791 string in this option are not guaranteed to be consistent across
14792 releases.
14793 This option is only intended to be useful when developing GCC.
14795 -mverbose-cost-dump
14797 Enable verbose cost model dumping in the debug dump files. This
14798 option is provided for use in debugging the compiler.
14799 -mpc-relative-literal-loads
14801 -mno-pc-relative-literal-loads
14802 Enable or disable PC-relative literal loads. With this option
14803 literal pools are accessed using a single instruction and emitted
14804 after each function. This limits the maximum size of functions to
14805 1MB. This is enabled by default for -mcmodel=tiny.
14806 -msign-return-address=scope
14808 Select the function scope on which return address signing will be
14809 applied. Permissible values are none, which disables return
14810 address signing, non-leaf, which enables pointer signing for
14811 functions which are not leaf functions, and all, which enables
14812 pointer signing for all functions. The default value is none. This
14813 option has been deprecated by -mbranch-protection.
14814 -mbranch-protection=none|standard|pac-ret[+leaf+b-key]|bti
14816 Select the branch protection features to use. none is the default
14817 and turns off all types of branch protection. standard turns on
14818 all types of branch protection features. If a feature has
14819 additional tuning options, then standard sets it to its standard
14820 level. pac-ret[+leaf] turns on return address signing to its
14821 standard level: signing functions that save the return address to
14822 memory (non-leaf functions will practically always do this) using
14823 the a-key. The optional argument leaf can be used to extend the
14824 signing to include leaf functions. The optional argument b-key can
14825 be used to sign the functions with the B-key instead of the A-key.
14826 bti turns on branch target identification mechanism.
14827 -mharden-sls=opts
14829 Enable compiler hardening against straight line speculation (SLS).
14830 opts is a comma-separated list of the following options:
14831 retbr
14833 blr
14834 In addition, -mharden-sls=all enables all SLS hardening while
14836 -mharden-sls=none disables all SLS hardening.
14837 -msve-vector-bits=bits
14839 Specify the number of bits in an SVE vector register. This option
14840 only has an effect when SVE is enabled.
14841 GCC supports two forms of SVE code generation: "vector-length
14843 agnostic" output that works with any size of vector register and
14844 "vector-length specific" output that allows GCC to make assumptions
14845 about the vector length when it is useful for optimization reasons.
14846 The possible values of bits are: scalable, 128, 256, 512, 1024 and
14847 2048. Specifying scalable selects vector-length agnostic output.
14848 At present -msve-vector-bits=128 also generates vector-length
14849 agnostic output for big-endian targets. All other values generate
14850 vector-length specific code. The behavior of these values may
14851 change in future releases and no value except scalable should be
14852 relied on for producing code that is portable across different
14853 hardware SVE vector lengths.
14854 The default is -msve-vector-bits=scalable, which produces vector-
14856 length agnostic code.
14857 -march and -mcpu Feature Modifiers
14859 Feature modifiers used with -march and -mcpu can be any of the
14861 following and their inverses nofeature:
14862 crc Enable CRC extension. This is on by default for -march=armv8.1-a.
14864 crypto
14866 Enable Crypto extension. This also enables Advanced SIMD and
14867 floating-point instructions.
14868 fp Enable floating-point instructions. This is on by default for all
14870 possible values for options -march and -mcpu.
14871 simd
14873 Enable Advanced SIMD instructions. This also enables floating-
14874 point instructions. This is on by default for all possible values
14875 for options -march and -mcpu.
14876 sve Enable Scalable Vector Extension instructions. This also enables
14878 Advanced SIMD and floating-point instructions.
14879 lse Enable Large System Extension instructions. This is on by default
14881 for -march=armv8.1-a.
14882 rdma
14884 Enable Round Double Multiply Accumulate instructions. This is on
14885 by default for -march=armv8.1-a.
14886 fp16
14888 Enable FP16 extension. This also enables floating-point
14889 instructions.
14890 fp16fml
14892 Enable FP16 fmla extension. This also enables FP16 extensions and
14893 floating-point instructions. This option is enabled by default for
14894 -march=armv8.4-a. Use of this option with architectures prior to
14895 Armv8.2-A is not supported.
14896 rcpc
14898 Enable the RcPc extension. This does not change code generation
14899 from GCC, but is passed on to the assembler, enabling inline asm
14900 statements to use instructions from the RcPc extension.
14901 dotprod
14903 Enable the Dot Product extension. This also enables Advanced SIMD
14904 instructions.
14905 aes Enable the Armv8-a aes and pmull crypto extension. This also
14907 enables Advanced SIMD instructions.
14908 sha2
14910 Enable the Armv8-a sha2 crypto extension. This also enables
14911 Advanced SIMD instructions.
14912 sha3
14914 Enable the sha512 and sha3 crypto extension. This also enables
14915 Advanced SIMD instructions. Use of this option with architectures
14916 prior to Armv8.2-A is not supported.
14917 sm4 Enable the sm3 and sm4 crypto extension. This also enables
14919 Advanced SIMD instructions. Use of this option with architectures
14920 prior to Armv8.2-A is not supported.
14921 profile
14923 Enable the Statistical Profiling extension. This option is only to
14924 enable the extension at the assembler level and does not affect
14925 code generation.
14926 rng Enable the Armv8.5-a Random Number instructions. This option is
14928 only to enable the extension at the assembler level and does not
14929 affect code generation.
14930 memtag
14932 Enable the Armv8.5-a Memory Tagging Extensions. Use of this option
14933 with architectures prior to Armv8.5-A is not supported.
14934 sb Enable the Armv8-a Speculation Barrier instruction. This option is
14936 only to enable the extension at the assembler level and does not
14937 affect code generation. This option is enabled by default for
14938 -march=armv8.5-a.
14939 ssbs
14941 Enable the Armv8-a Speculative Store Bypass Safe instruction. This
14942 option is only to enable the extension at the assembler level and
14943 does not affect code generation. This option is enabled by default
14944 for -march=armv8.5-a.
14945 predres
14947 Enable the Armv8-a Execution and Data Prediction Restriction
14948 instructions. This option is only to enable the extension at the
14949 assembler level and does not affect code generation. This option
14950 is enabled by default for -march=armv8.5-a.
14951 sve2
14953 Enable the Armv8-a Scalable Vector Extension 2. This also enables
14954 SVE instructions.
14955 sve2-bitperm
14957 Enable SVE2 bitperm instructions. This also enables SVE2
14958 instructions.
14959 sve2-sm4
14961 Enable SVE2 sm4 instructions. This also enables SVE2 instructions.
14962 sve2-aes
14964 Enable SVE2 aes instructions. This also enables SVE2 instructions.
14965 sve2-sha3
14967 Enable SVE2 sha3 instructions. This also enables SVE2
14968 instructions.
14969 tme Enable the Transactional Memory Extension.
14971 i8mm
14973 Enable 8-bit Integer Matrix Multiply instructions. This also
14974 enables Advanced SIMD and floating-point instructions. This option
14975 is enabled by default for -march=armv8.6-a. Use of this option
14976 with architectures prior to Armv8.2-A is not supported.
14977 f32mm
14979 Enable 32-bit Floating point Matrix Multiply instructions. This
14980 also enables SVE instructions. Use of this option with
14981 architectures prior to Armv8.2-A is not supported.
14982 f64mm
14984 Enable 64-bit Floating point Matrix Multiply instructions. This
14985 also enables SVE instructions. Use of this option with
14986 architectures prior to Armv8.2-A is not supported.
14987 bf16
14989 Enable brain half-precision floating-point instructions. This also
14990 enables Advanced SIMD and floating-point instructions. This option
14991 is enabled by default for -march=armv8.6-a. Use of this option
14992 with architectures prior to Armv8.2-A is not supported.
14993 Feature crypto implies aes, sha2, and simd, which implies fp.
14995 Conversely, nofp implies nosimd, which implies nocrypto, noaes and
14996 nosha2.
14997 Adapteva Epiphany Options
14999 These -m options are defined for Adapteva Epiphany:
15000 -mhalf-reg-file
15002 Don't allocate any register in the range "r32"..."r63". That
15003 allows code to run on hardware variants that lack these registers.
15004 -mprefer-short-insn-regs
15006 Preferentially allocate registers that allow short instruction
15007 generation. This can result in increased instruction count, so
15008 this may either reduce or increase overall code size.
15009 -mbranch-cost=num
15011 Set the cost of branches to roughly num "simple" instructions.
15012 This cost is only a heuristic and is not guaranteed to produce
15013 consistent results across releases.
15014 -mcmove
15016 Enable the generation of conditional moves.
15017 -mnops=num
15019 Emit num NOPs before every other generated instruction.
15020 -mno-soft-cmpsf
15022 For single-precision floating-point comparisons, emit an "fsub"
15023 instruction and test the flags. This is faster than a software
15024 comparison, but can get incorrect results in the presence of NaNs,
15025 or when two different small numbers are compared such that their
15026 difference is calculated as zero. The default is -msoft-cmpsf,
15027 which uses slower, but IEEE-compliant, software comparisons.
15028 -mstack-offset=num
15030 Set the offset between the top of the stack and the stack pointer.
15031 E.g., a value of 8 means that the eight bytes in the range
15032 "sp+0...sp+7" can be used by leaf functions without stack
15033 allocation. Values other than 8 or 16 are untested and unlikely to
15034 work. Note also that this option changes the ABI; compiling a
15035 program with a different stack offset than the libraries have been
15036 compiled with generally does not work. This option can be useful
15037 if you want to evaluate if a different stack offset would give you
15038 better code, but to actually use a different stack offset to build
15039 working programs, it is recommended to configure the toolchain with
15040 the appropriate --with-stack-offset=num option.
15041 -mno-round-nearest
15043 Make the scheduler assume that the rounding mode has been set to
15044 truncating. The default is -mround-nearest.
15045 -mlong-calls
15047 If not otherwise specified by an attribute, assume all calls might
15048 be beyond the offset range of the "b" / "bl" instructions, and
15049 therefore load the function address into a register before
15050 performing a (otherwise direct) call. This is the default.
15051 -mshort-calls
15053 If not otherwise specified by an attribute, assume all direct calls
15054 are in the range of the "b" / "bl" instructions, so use these
15055 instructions for direct calls. The default is -mlong-calls.
15056 -msmall16
15058 Assume addresses can be loaded as 16-bit unsigned values. This
15059 does not apply to function addresses for which -mlong-calls
15060 semantics are in effect.
15061 -mfp-mode=mode
15063 Set the prevailing mode of the floating-point unit. This
15064 determines the floating-point mode that is provided and expected at
15065 function call and return time. Making this mode match the mode you
15066 predominantly need at function start can make your programs smaller
15067 and faster by avoiding unnecessary mode switches.
15068 mode can be set to one the following values:
15070 caller
15072 Any mode at function entry is valid, and retained or restored
15073 when the function returns, and when it calls other functions.
15074 This mode is useful for compiling libraries or other
15075 compilation units you might want to incorporate into different
15076 programs with different prevailing FPU modes, and the
15077 convenience of being able to use a single object file outweighs
15078 the size and speed overhead for any extra mode switching that
15079 might be needed, compared with what would be needed with a more
15080 specific choice of prevailing FPU mode.
15081 truncate
15083 This is the mode used for floating-point calculations with
15084 truncating (i.e. round towards zero) rounding mode. That
15085 includes conversion from floating point to integer.
15086 round-nearest
15088 This is the mode used for floating-point calculations with
15089 round-to-nearest-or-even rounding mode.
15090 int This is the mode used to perform integer calculations in the
15092 FPU, e.g. integer multiply, or integer multiply-and-
15093 accumulate.
15094 The default is -mfp-mode=caller
15096 -mno-split-lohi
15098 -mno-postinc
15099 -mno-postmodify
15100 Code generation tweaks that disable, respectively, splitting of
15101 32-bit loads, generation of post-increment addresses, and
15102 generation of post-modify addresses. The defaults are msplit-lohi,
15103 -mpost-inc, and -mpost-modify.
15104 -mnovect-double
15106 Change the preferred SIMD mode to SImode. The default is
15107 -mvect-double, which uses DImode as preferred SIMD mode.
15108 -max-vect-align=num
15110 The maximum alignment for SIMD vector mode types. num may be 4 or
15111 8. The default is 8. Note that this is an ABI change, even though
15112 many library function interfaces are unaffected if they don't use
15113 SIMD vector modes in places that affect size and/or alignment of
15114 relevant types.
15115 -msplit-vecmove-early
15117 Split vector moves into single word moves before reload. In theory
15118 this can give better register allocation, but so far the reverse
15119 seems to be generally the case.
15120 -m1reg-reg
15122 Specify a register to hold the constant -1, which makes loading
15123 small negative constants and certain bitmasks faster. Allowable
15124 values for reg are r43 and r63, which specify use of that register
15125 as a fixed register, and none, which means that no register is used
15126 for this purpose. The default is -m1reg-none.
15127 AMD GCN Options
15129 These options are defined specifically for the AMD GCN port.
15130 -march=gpu
15132 -mtune=gpu
15133 Set architecture type or tuning for gpu. Supported values for gpu
15134 are
15135 fiji
15137 Compile for GCN3 Fiji devices (gfx803).
15138 gfx900
15140 Compile for GCN5 Vega 10 devices (gfx900).
15141 gfx906
15143 Compile for GCN5 Vega 20 devices (gfx906).
15144 -mstack-size=bytes
15146 Specify how many bytes of stack space will be requested for each
15147 GPU thread (wave-front). Beware that there may be many threads and
15148 limited memory available. The size of the stack allocation may
15149 also have an impact on run-time performance. The default is 32KB
15150 when using OpenACC or OpenMP, and 1MB otherwise.
15151 ARC Options
15153 The following options control the architecture variant for which code
15154 is being compiled:
15155 -mbarrel-shifter
15157 Generate instructions supported by barrel shifter. This is the
15158 default unless -mcpu=ARC601 or -mcpu=ARCEM is in effect.
15159 -mjli-always
15161 Force to call a function using jli_s instruction. This option is
15162 valid only for ARCv2 architecture.
15163 -mcpu=cpu
15165 Set architecture type, register usage, and instruction scheduling
15166 parameters for cpu. There are also shortcut alias options
15167 available for backward compatibility and convenience. Supported
15168 values for cpu are
15169 arc600
15171 Compile for ARC600. Aliases: -mA6, -mARC600.
15172 arc601
15174 Compile for ARC601. Alias: -mARC601.
15175 arc700
15177 Compile for ARC700. Aliases: -mA7, -mARC700. This is the
15178 default when configured with --with-cpu=arc700.
15179 arcem
15181 Compile for ARC EM.
15182 archs
15184 Compile for ARC HS.
15185 em Compile for ARC EM CPU with no hardware extensions.
15187 em4 Compile for ARC EM4 CPU.
15189 em4_dmips
15191 Compile for ARC EM4 DMIPS CPU.
15192 em4_fpus
15194 Compile for ARC EM4 DMIPS CPU with the single-precision
15195 floating-point extension.
15196 em4_fpuda
15198 Compile for ARC EM4 DMIPS CPU with single-precision floating-
15199 point and double assist instructions.
15200 hs Compile for ARC HS CPU with no hardware extensions except the
15202 atomic instructions.
15203 hs34
15205 Compile for ARC HS34 CPU.
15206 hs38
15208 Compile for ARC HS38 CPU.
15209 hs38_linux
15211 Compile for ARC HS38 CPU with all hardware extensions on.
15212 arc600_norm
15214 Compile for ARC 600 CPU with "norm" instructions enabled.
15215 arc600_mul32x16
15217 Compile for ARC 600 CPU with "norm" and 32x16-bit multiply
15218 instructions enabled.
15219 arc600_mul64
15221 Compile for ARC 600 CPU with "norm" and "mul64"-family
15222 instructions enabled.
15223 arc601_norm
15225 Compile for ARC 601 CPU with "norm" instructions enabled.
15226 arc601_mul32x16
15228 Compile for ARC 601 CPU with "norm" and 32x16-bit multiply
15229 instructions enabled.
15230 arc601_mul64
15232 Compile for ARC 601 CPU with "norm" and "mul64"-family
15233 instructions enabled.
15234 nps400
15236 Compile for ARC 700 on NPS400 chip.
15237 em_mini
15239 Compile for ARC EM minimalist configuration featuring reduced
15240 register set.
15241 -mdpfp
15243 -mdpfp-compact
15244 Generate double-precision FPX instructions, tuned for the compact
15245 implementation.
15246 -mdpfp-fast
15248 Generate double-precision FPX instructions, tuned for the fast
15249 implementation.
15250 -mno-dpfp-lrsr
15252 Disable "lr" and "sr" instructions from using FPX extension aux
15253 registers.
15254 -mea
15256 Generate extended arithmetic instructions. Currently only "divaw",
15257 "adds", "subs", and "sat16" are supported. Only valid for
15258 -mcpu=ARC700.
15259 -mno-mpy
15261 Do not generate "mpy"-family instructions for ARC700. This option
15262 is deprecated.
15263 -mmul32x16
15265 Generate 32x16-bit multiply and multiply-accumulate instructions.
15266 -mmul64
15268 Generate "mul64" and "mulu64" instructions. Only valid for
15269 -mcpu=ARC600.
15270 -mnorm
15272 Generate "norm" instructions. This is the default if -mcpu=ARC700
15273 is in effect.
15274 -mspfp
15276 -mspfp-compact
15277 Generate single-precision FPX instructions, tuned for the compact
15278 implementation.
15279 -mspfp-fast
15281 Generate single-precision FPX instructions, tuned for the fast
15282 implementation.
15283 -msimd
15285 Enable generation of ARC SIMD instructions via target-specific
15286 builtins. Only valid for -mcpu=ARC700.
15287 -msoft-float
15289 This option ignored; it is provided for compatibility purposes
15290 only. Software floating-point code is emitted by default, and this
15291 default can overridden by FPX options; -mspfp, -mspfp-compact, or
15292 -mspfp-fast for single precision, and -mdpfp, -mdpfp-compact, or
15293 -mdpfp-fast for double precision.
15294 -mswap
15296 Generate "swap" instructions.
15297 -matomic
15299 This enables use of the locked load/store conditional extension to
15300 implement atomic memory built-in functions. Not available for ARC
15301 6xx or ARC EM cores.
15302 -mdiv-rem
15304 Enable "div" and "rem" instructions for ARCv2 cores.
15305 -mcode-density
15307 Enable code density instructions for ARC EM. This option is on by
15308 default for ARC HS.
15309 -mll64
15311 Enable double load/store operations for ARC HS cores.
15312 -mtp-regno=regno
15314 Specify thread pointer register number.
15315 -mmpy-option=multo
15317 Compile ARCv2 code with a multiplier design option. You can
15318 specify the option using either a string or numeric value for
15319 multo. wlh1 is the default value. The recognized values are:
15320 0
15322 none
15323 No multiplier available.
15324 1
15326 w 16x16 multiplier, fully pipelined. The following instructions
15327 are enabled: "mpyw" and "mpyuw".
15328 2
15330 wlh1
15331 32x32 multiplier, fully pipelined (1 stage). The following
15332 instructions are additionally enabled: "mpy", "mpyu", "mpym",
15333 "mpymu", and "mpy_s".
15334 3
15336 wlh2
15337 32x32 multiplier, fully pipelined (2 stages). The following
15338 instructions are additionally enabled: "mpy", "mpyu", "mpym",
15339 "mpymu", and "mpy_s".
15340 4
15342 wlh3
15343 Two 16x16 multipliers, blocking, sequential. The following
15344 instructions are additionally enabled: "mpy", "mpyu", "mpym",
15345 "mpymu", and "mpy_s".
15346 5
15348 wlh4
15349 One 16x16 multiplier, blocking, sequential. The following
15350 instructions are additionally enabled: "mpy", "mpyu", "mpym",
15351 "mpymu", and "mpy_s".
15352 6
15354 wlh5
15355 One 32x4 multiplier, blocking, sequential. The following
15356 instructions are additionally enabled: "mpy", "mpyu", "mpym",
15357 "mpymu", and "mpy_s".
15358 7
15360 plus_dmpy
15361 ARC HS SIMD support.
15362 8
15364 plus_macd
15365 ARC HS SIMD support.
15366 9
15368 plus_qmacw
15369 ARC HS SIMD support.
15370 This option is only available for ARCv2 cores.
15372 -mfpu=fpu
15374 Enables support for specific floating-point hardware extensions for
15375 ARCv2 cores. Supported values for fpu are:
15376 fpus
15378 Enables support for single-precision floating-point hardware
15379 extensions.
15380 fpud
15382 Enables support for double-precision floating-point hardware
15383 extensions. The single-precision floating-point extension is
15384 also enabled. Not available for ARC EM.
15385 fpuda
15387 Enables support for double-precision floating-point hardware
15388 extensions using double-precision assist instructions. The
15389 single-precision floating-point extension is also enabled.
15390 This option is only available for ARC EM.
15391 fpuda_div
15393 Enables support for double-precision floating-point hardware
15394 extensions using double-precision assist instructions. The
15395 single-precision floating-point, square-root, and divide
15396 extensions are also enabled. This option is only available for
15397 ARC EM.
15398 fpuda_fma
15400 Enables support for double-precision floating-point hardware
15401 extensions using double-precision assist instructions. The
15402 single-precision floating-point and fused multiply and add
15403 hardware extensions are also enabled. This option is only
15404 available for ARC EM.
15405 fpuda_all
15407 Enables support for double-precision floating-point hardware
15408 extensions using double-precision assist instructions. All
15409 single-precision floating-point hardware extensions are also
15410 enabled. This option is only available for ARC EM.
15411 fpus_div
15413 Enables support for single-precision floating-point, square-
15414 root and divide hardware extensions.
15415 fpud_div
15417 Enables support for double-precision floating-point, square-
15418 root and divide hardware extensions. This option includes
15419 option fpus_div. Not available for ARC EM.
15420 fpus_fma
15422 Enables support for single-precision floating-point and fused
15423 multiply and add hardware extensions.
15424 fpud_fma
15426 Enables support for double-precision floating-point and fused
15427 multiply and add hardware extensions. This option includes
15428 option fpus_fma. Not available for ARC EM.
15429 fpus_all
15431 Enables support for all single-precision floating-point
15432 hardware extensions.
15433 fpud_all
15435 Enables support for all single- and double-precision floating-
15436 point hardware extensions. Not available for ARC EM.
15437 -mirq-ctrl-saved=register-range, blink, lp_count
15439 Specifies general-purposes registers that the processor
15440 automatically saves/restores on interrupt entry and exit.
15441 register-range is specified as two registers separated by a dash.
15442 The register range always starts with "r0", the upper limit is "fp"
15443 register. blink and lp_count are optional. This option is only
15444 valid for ARC EM and ARC HS cores.
15445 -mrgf-banked-regs=number
15447 Specifies the number of registers replicated in second register
15448 bank on entry to fast interrupt. Fast interrupts are interrupts
15449 with the highest priority level P0. These interrupts save only PC
15450 and STATUS32 registers to avoid memory transactions during
15451 interrupt entry and exit sequences. Use this option when you are
15452 using fast interrupts in an ARC V2 family processor. Permitted
15453 values are 4, 8, 16, and 32.
15454 -mlpc-width=width
15456 Specify the width of the "lp_count" register. Valid values for
15457 width are 8, 16, 20, 24, 28 and 32 bits. The default width is
15458 fixed to 32 bits. If the width is less than 32, the compiler does
15459 not attempt to transform loops in your program to use the zero-
15460 delay loop mechanism unless it is known that the "lp_count"
15461 register can hold the required loop-counter value. Depending on
15462 the width specified, the compiler and run-time library might
15463 continue to use the loop mechanism for various needs. This option
15464 defines macro "__ARC_LPC_WIDTH__" with the value of width.
15465 -mrf16
15467 This option instructs the compiler to generate code for a 16-entry
15468 register file. This option defines the "__ARC_RF16__" preprocessor
15469 macro.
15470 -mbranch-index
15472 Enable use of "bi" or "bih" instructions to implement jump tables.
15473 The following options are passed through to the assembler, and also
15475 define preprocessor macro symbols.
15476 -mdsp-packa
15478 Passed down to the assembler to enable the DSP Pack A extensions.
15479 Also sets the preprocessor symbol "__Xdsp_packa". This option is
15480 deprecated.
15481 -mdvbf
15483 Passed down to the assembler to enable the dual Viterbi butterfly
15484 extension. Also sets the preprocessor symbol "__Xdvbf". This
15485 option is deprecated.
15486 -mlock
15488 Passed down to the assembler to enable the locked load/store
15489 conditional extension. Also sets the preprocessor symbol
15490 "__Xlock".
15491 -mmac-d16
15493 Passed down to the assembler. Also sets the preprocessor symbol
15494 "__Xxmac_d16". This option is deprecated.
15495 -mmac-24
15497 Passed down to the assembler. Also sets the preprocessor symbol
15498 "__Xxmac_24". This option is deprecated.
15499 -mrtsc
15501 Passed down to the assembler to enable the 64-bit time-stamp
15502 counter extension instruction. Also sets the preprocessor symbol
15503 "__Xrtsc". This option is deprecated.
15504 -mswape
15506 Passed down to the assembler to enable the swap byte ordering
15507 extension instruction. Also sets the preprocessor symbol
15508 "__Xswape".
15509 -mtelephony
15511 Passed down to the assembler to enable dual- and single-operand
15512 instructions for telephony. Also sets the preprocessor symbol
15513 "__Xtelephony". This option is deprecated.
15514 -mxy
15516 Passed down to the assembler to enable the XY memory extension.
15517 Also sets the preprocessor symbol "__Xxy".
15518 The following options control how the assembly code is annotated:
15520 -misize
15522 Annotate assembler instructions with estimated addresses.
15523 -mannotate-align
15525 Explain what alignment considerations lead to the decision to make
15526 an instruction short or long.
15527 The following options are passed through to the linker:
15529 -marclinux
15531 Passed through to the linker, to specify use of the "arclinux"
15532 emulation. This option is enabled by default in tool chains built
15533 for "arc-linux-uclibc" and "arceb-linux-uclibc" targets when
15534 profiling is not requested.
15535 -marclinux_prof
15537 Passed through to the linker, to specify use of the "arclinux_prof"
15538 emulation. This option is enabled by default in tool chains built
15539 for "arc-linux-uclibc" and "arceb-linux-uclibc" targets when
15540 profiling is requested.
15541 The following options control the semantics of generated code:
15543 -mlong-calls
15545 Generate calls as register indirect calls, thus providing access to
15546 the full 32-bit address range.
15547 -mmedium-calls
15549 Don't use less than 25-bit addressing range for calls, which is the
15550 offset available for an unconditional branch-and-link instruction.
15551 Conditional execution of function calls is suppressed, to allow use
15552 of the 25-bit range, rather than the 21-bit range with conditional
15553 branch-and-link. This is the default for tool chains built for
15554 "arc-linux-uclibc" and "arceb-linux-uclibc" targets.
15555 -G num
15557 Put definitions of externally-visible data in a small data section
15558 if that data is no bigger than num bytes. The default value of num
15559 is 4 for any ARC configuration, or 8 when we have double load/store
15560 operations.
15561 -mno-sdata
15563 Do not generate sdata references. This is the default for tool
15564 chains built for "arc-linux-uclibc" and "arceb-linux-uclibc"
15565 targets.
15566 -mvolatile-cache
15568 Use ordinarily cached memory accesses for volatile references.
15569 This is the default.
15570 -mno-volatile-cache
15572 Enable cache bypass for volatile references.
15573 The following options fine tune code generation:
15575 -malign-call
15577 Do alignment optimizations for call instructions.
15578 -mauto-modify-reg
15580 Enable the use of pre/post modify with register displacement.
15581 -mbbit-peephole
15583 Enable bbit peephole2.
15584 -mno-brcc
15586 This option disables a target-specific pass in arc_reorg to
15587 generate compare-and-branch ("brcc") instructions. It has no
15588 effect on generation of these instructions driven by the combiner
15589 pass.
15590 -mcase-vector-pcrel
15592 Use PC-relative switch case tables to enable case table shortening.
15593 This is the default for -Os.
15594 -mcompact-casesi
15596 Enable compact "casesi" pattern. This is the default for -Os, and
15597 only available for ARCv1 cores. This option is deprecated.
15598 -mno-cond-exec
15600 Disable the ARCompact-specific pass to generate conditional
15601 execution instructions.
15602 Due to delay slot scheduling and interactions between operand
15604 numbers, literal sizes, instruction lengths, and the support for
15605 conditional execution, the target-independent pass to generate
15606 conditional execution is often lacking, so the ARC port has kept a
15607 special pass around that tries to find more conditional execution
15608 generation opportunities after register allocation, branch
15609 shortening, and delay slot scheduling have been done. This pass
15610 generally, but not always, improves performance and code size, at
15611 the cost of extra compilation time, which is why there is an option
15612 to switch it off. If you have a problem with call instructions
15613 exceeding their allowable offset range because they are
15614 conditionalized, you should consider using -mmedium-calls instead.
15615 -mearly-cbranchsi
15617 Enable pre-reload use of the "cbranchsi" pattern.
15618 -mexpand-adddi
15620 Expand "adddi3" and "subdi3" at RTL generation time into "add.f",
15621 "adc" etc. This option is deprecated.
15622 -mindexed-loads
15624 Enable the use of indexed loads. This can be problematic because
15625 some optimizers then assume that indexed stores exist, which is not
15626 the case.
15627 -mlra
15629 Enable Local Register Allocation. This is still experimental for
15630 ARC, so by default the compiler uses standard reload (i.e.
15631 -mno-lra).
15632 -mlra-priority-none
15634 Don't indicate any priority for target registers.
15635 -mlra-priority-compact
15637 Indicate target register priority for r0..r3 / r12..r15.
15638 -mlra-priority-noncompact
15640 Reduce target register priority for r0..r3 / r12..r15.
15641 -mmillicode
15643 When optimizing for size (using -Os), prologues and epilogues that
15644 have to save or restore a large number of registers are often
15645 shortened by using call to a special function in libgcc; this is
15646 referred to as a millicode call. As these calls can pose
15647 performance issues, and/or cause linking issues when linking in a
15648 nonstandard way, this option is provided to turn on or off
15649 millicode call generation.
15650 -mcode-density-frame
15652 This option enable the compiler to emit "enter" and "leave"
15653 instructions. These instructions are only valid for CPUs with
15654 code-density feature.
15655 -mmixed-code
15657 Tweak register allocation to help 16-bit instruction generation.
15658 This generally has the effect of decreasing the average instruction
15659 size while increasing the instruction count.
15660 -mq-class
15662 Ths option is deprecated. Enable q instruction alternatives. This
15663 is the default for -Os.
15664 -mRcq
15666 Enable Rcq constraint handling. Most short code generation depends
15667 on this. This is the default.
15668 -mRcw
15670 Enable Rcw constraint handling. Most ccfsm condexec mostly depends
15671 on this. This is the default.
15672 -msize-level=level
15674 Fine-tune size optimization with regards to instruction lengths and
15675 alignment. The recognized values for level are:
15676 0 No size optimization. This level is deprecated and treated
15678 like 1.
15679 1 Short instructions are used opportunistically.
15681 2 In addition, alignment of loops and of code after barriers are
15683 dropped.
15684 3 In addition, optional data alignment is dropped, and the option
15686 Os is enabled.
15687 This defaults to 3 when -Os is in effect. Otherwise, the behavior
15689 when this is not set is equivalent to level 1.
15690 -mtune=cpu
15692 Set instruction scheduling parameters for cpu, overriding any
15693 implied by -mcpu=.
15694 Supported values for cpu are
15696 ARC600
15698 Tune for ARC600 CPU.
15699 ARC601
15701 Tune for ARC601 CPU.
15702 ARC700
15704 Tune for ARC700 CPU with standard multiplier block.
15705 ARC700-xmac
15707 Tune for ARC700 CPU with XMAC block.
15708 ARC725D
15710 Tune for ARC725D CPU.
15711 ARC750D
15713 Tune for ARC750D CPU.
15714 -mmultcost=num
15716 Cost to assume for a multiply instruction, with 4 being equal to a
15717 normal instruction.
15718 -munalign-prob-threshold=probability
15720 Set probability threshold for unaligning branches. When tuning for
15721 ARC700 and optimizing for speed, branches without filled delay slot
15722 are preferably emitted unaligned and long, unless profiling
15723 indicates that the probability for the branch to be taken is below
15724 probability. The default is (REG_BR_PROB_BASE/2), i.e. 5000.
15725 The following options are maintained for backward compatibility, but
15727 are now deprecated and will be removed in a future release:
15728 -margonaut
15730 Obsolete FPX.
15731 -mbig-endian
15733 -EB Compile code for big-endian targets. Use of these options is now
15734 deprecated. Big-endian code is supported by configuring GCC to
15735 build "arceb-elf32" and "arceb-linux-uclibc" targets, for which big
15736 endian is the default.
15737 -mlittle-endian
15739 -EL Compile code for little-endian targets. Use of these options is
15740 now deprecated. Little-endian code is supported by configuring GCC
15741 to build "arc-elf32" and "arc-linux-uclibc" targets, for which
15742 little endian is the default.
15743 -mbarrel_shifter
15745 Replaced by -mbarrel-shifter.
15746 -mdpfp_compact
15748 Replaced by -mdpfp-compact.
15749 -mdpfp_fast
15751 Replaced by -mdpfp-fast.
15752 -mdsp_packa
15754 Replaced by -mdsp-packa.
15755 -mEA
15757 Replaced by -mea.
15758 -mmac_24
15760 Replaced by -mmac-24.
15761 -mmac_d16
15763 Replaced by -mmac-d16.
15764 -mspfp_compact
15766 Replaced by -mspfp-compact.
15767 -mspfp_fast
15769 Replaced by -mspfp-fast.
15770 -mtune=cpu
15772 Values arc600, arc601, arc700 and arc700-xmac for cpu are replaced
15773 by ARC600, ARC601, ARC700 and ARC700-xmac respectively.
15774 -multcost=num
15776 Replaced by -mmultcost.
15777 ARM Options
15779 These -m options are defined for the ARM port:
15780 -mabi=name
15782 Generate code for the specified ABI. Permissible values are: apcs-
15783 gnu, atpcs, aapcs, aapcs-linux and iwmmxt.
15784 -mapcs-frame
15786 Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the ARM Procedure
15787 Call Standard for all functions, even if this is not strictly
15788 necessary for correct execution of the code. Specifying
15789 -fomit-frame-pointer with this option causes the stack frames not
15790 to be generated for leaf functions. The default is
15791 -mno-apcs-frame. This option is deprecated.
15792 -mapcs
15794 This is a synonym for -mapcs-frame and is deprecated.
15795 -mthumb-interwork
15797 Generate code that supports calling between the ARM and Thumb
15798 instruction sets. Without this option, on pre-v5 architectures,
15799 the two instruction sets cannot be reliably used inside one
15800 program. The default is -mno-thumb-interwork, since slightly
15801 larger code is generated when -mthumb-interwork is specified. In
15802 AAPCS configurations this option is meaningless.
15803 -mno-sched-prolog
15805 Prevent the reordering of instructions in the function prologue, or
15806 the merging of those instruction with the instructions in the
15807 function's body. This means that all functions start with a
15808 recognizable set of instructions (or in fact one of a choice from a
15809 small set of different function prologues), and this information
15810 can be used to locate the start of functions inside an executable
15811 piece of code. The default is -msched-prolog.
15812 -mfloat-abi=name
15814 Specifies which floating-point ABI to use. Permissible values are:
15815 soft, softfp and hard.
15816 Specifying soft causes GCC to generate output containing library
15818 calls for floating-point operations. softfp allows the generation
15819 of code using hardware floating-point instructions, but still uses
15820 the soft-float calling conventions. hard allows generation of
15821 floating-point instructions and uses FPU-specific calling
15822 conventions.
15823 The default depends on the specific target configuration. Note
15825 that the hard-float and soft-float ABIs are not link-compatible;
15826 you must compile your entire program with the same ABI, and link
15827 with a compatible set of libraries.
15828 -mgeneral-regs-only
15830 Generate code which uses only the general-purpose registers. This
15831 will prevent the compiler from using floating-point and Advanced
15832 SIMD registers but will not impose any restrictions on the
15833 assembler.
15834 -mlittle-endian
15836 Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode. This
15837 is the default for all standard configurations.
15838 -mbig-endian
15840 Generate code for a processor running in big-endian mode; the
15841 default is to compile code for a little-endian processor.
15842 -mbe8
15844 -mbe32
15845 When linking a big-endian image select between BE8 and BE32
15846 formats. The option has no effect for little-endian images and is
15847 ignored. The default is dependent on the selected target
15848 architecture. For ARMv6 and later architectures the default is
15849 BE8, for older architectures the default is BE32. BE32 format has
15850 been deprecated by ARM.
15851 -march=name[+extension...]
15853 This specifies the name of the target ARM architecture. GCC uses
15854 this name to determine what kind of instructions it can emit when
15855 generating assembly code. This option can be used in conjunction
15856 with or instead of the -mcpu= option.
15857 Permissible names are: armv4t, armv5t, armv5te, armv6, armv6j,
15859 armv6k, armv6kz, armv6t2, armv6z, armv6zk, armv7, armv7-a, armv7ve,
15860 armv8-a, armv8.1-a, armv8.2-a, armv8.3-a, armv8.4-a, armv8.5-a,
15861 armv8.6-a, armv7-r, armv8-r, armv6-m, armv6s-m, armv7-m, armv7e-m,
15862 armv8-m.base, armv8-m.main, armv8.1-m.main, iwmmxt and iwmmxt2.
15863 Additionally, the following architectures, which lack support for
15865 the Thumb execution state, are recognized but support is
15866 deprecated: armv4.
15867 Many of the architectures support extensions. These can be added
15869 by appending +extension to the architecture name. Extension
15870 options are processed in order and capabilities accumulate. An
15871 extension will also enable any necessary base extensions upon which
15872 it depends. For example, the +crypto extension will always enable
15873 the +simd extension. The exception to the additive construction is
15874 for extensions that are prefixed with +no...: these extensions
15875 disable the specified option and any other extensions that may
15876 depend on the presence of that extension.
15877 For example, -march=armv7-a+simd+nofp+vfpv4 is equivalent to
15879 writing -march=armv7-a+vfpv4 since the +simd option is entirely
15880 disabled by the +nofp option that follows it.
15881 Most extension names are generically named, but have an effect that
15883 is dependent upon the architecture to which it is applied. For
15884 example, the +simd option can be applied to both armv7-a and
15885 armv8-a architectures, but will enable the original ARMv7-A
15886 Advanced SIMD (Neon) extensions for armv7-a and the ARMv8-A variant
15887 for armv8-a.
15888 The table below lists the supported extensions for each
15890 architecture. Architectures not mentioned do not support any
15891 extensions.
15892 armv5te
15894 armv6
15895 armv6j
15896 armv6k
15897 armv6kz
15898 armv6t2
15899 armv6z
15900 armv6zk
15901 +fp The VFPv2 floating-point instructions. The extension
15902 +vfpv2 can be used as an alias for this extension.
15903 +nofp
15905 Disable the floating-point instructions.
15906 armv7
15908 The common subset of the ARMv7-A, ARMv7-R and ARMv7-M
15909 architectures.
15910 +fp The VFPv3 floating-point instructions, with 16 double-
15912 precision registers. The extension +vfpv3-d16 can be used
15913 as an alias for this extension. Note that floating-point
15914 is not supported by the base ARMv7-M architecture, but is
15915 compatible with both the ARMv7-A and ARMv7-R architectures.
15916 +nofp
15918 Disable the floating-point instructions.
15919 armv7-a
15921 +mp The multiprocessing extension.
15922 +sec
15924 The security extension.
15925 +fp The VFPv3 floating-point instructions, with 16 double-
15927 precision registers. The extension +vfpv3-d16 can be used
15928 as an alias for this extension.
15929 +simd
15931 The Advanced SIMD (Neon) v1 and the VFPv3 floating-point
15932 instructions. The extensions +neon and +neon-vfpv3 can be
15933 used as aliases for this extension.
15934 +vfpv3
15936 The VFPv3 floating-point instructions, with 32 double-
15937 precision registers.
15938 +vfpv3-d16-fp16
15940 The VFPv3 floating-point instructions, with 16 double-
15941 precision registers and the half-precision floating-point
15942 conversion operations.
15943 +vfpv3-fp16
15945 The VFPv3 floating-point instructions, with 32 double-
15946 precision registers and the half-precision floating-point
15947 conversion operations.
15948 +vfpv4-d16
15950 The VFPv4 floating-point instructions, with 16 double-
15951 precision registers.
15952 +vfpv4
15954 The VFPv4 floating-point instructions, with 32 double-
15955 precision registers.
15956 +neon-fp16
15958 The Advanced SIMD (Neon) v1 and the VFPv3 floating-point
15959 instructions, with the half-precision floating-point
15960 conversion operations.
15961 +neon-vfpv4
15963 The Advanced SIMD (Neon) v2 and the VFPv4 floating-point
15964 instructions.
15965 +nosimd
15967 Disable the Advanced SIMD instructions (does not disable
15968 floating point).
15969 +nofp
15971 Disable the floating-point and Advanced SIMD instructions.
15972 armv7ve
15974 The extended version of the ARMv7-A architecture with support
15975 for virtualization.
15976 +fp The VFPv4 floating-point instructions, with 16 double-
15978 precision registers. The extension +vfpv4-d16 can be used
15979 as an alias for this extension.
15980 +simd
15982 The Advanced SIMD (Neon) v2 and the VFPv4 floating-point
15983 instructions. The extension +neon-vfpv4 can be used as an
15984 alias for this extension.
15985 +vfpv3-d16
15987 The VFPv3 floating-point instructions, with 16 double-
15988 precision registers.
15989 +vfpv3
15991 The VFPv3 floating-point instructions, with 32 double-
15992 precision registers.
15993 +vfpv3-d16-fp16
15995 The VFPv3 floating-point instructions, with 16 double-
15996 precision registers and the half-precision floating-point
15997 conversion operations.
15998 +vfpv3-fp16
16000 The VFPv3 floating-point instructions, with 32 double-
16001 precision registers and the half-precision floating-point
16002 conversion operations.
16003 +vfpv4-d16
16005 The VFPv4 floating-point instructions, with 16 double-
16006 precision registers.
16007 +vfpv4
16009 The VFPv4 floating-point instructions, with 32 double-
16010 precision registers.
16011 +neon
16013 The Advanced SIMD (Neon) v1 and the VFPv3 floating-point
16014 instructions. The extension +neon-vfpv3 can be used as an
16015 alias for this extension.
16016 +neon-fp16
16018 The Advanced SIMD (Neon) v1 and the VFPv3 floating-point
16019 instructions, with the half-precision floating-point
16020 conversion operations.
16021 +nosimd
16023 Disable the Advanced SIMD instructions (does not disable
16024 floating point).
16025 +nofp
16027 Disable the floating-point and Advanced SIMD instructions.
16028 armv8-a
16030 +crc
16031 The Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) instructions.
16032 +simd
16034 The ARMv8-A Advanced SIMD and floating-point instructions.
16035 +crypto
16037 The cryptographic instructions.
16038 +nocrypto
16040 Disable the cryptographic instructions.
16041 +nofp
16043 Disable the floating-point, Advanced SIMD and cryptographic
16044 instructions.
16045 +sb Speculation Barrier Instruction.
16047 +predres
16049 Execution and Data Prediction Restriction Instructions.
16050 armv8.1-a
16052 +simd
16053 The ARMv8.1-A Advanced SIMD and floating-point
16054 instructions.
16055 +crypto
16057 The cryptographic instructions. This also enables the
16058 Advanced SIMD and floating-point instructions.
16059 +nocrypto
16061 Disable the cryptographic instructions.
16062 +nofp
16064 Disable the floating-point, Advanced SIMD and cryptographic
16065 instructions.
16066 +sb Speculation Barrier Instruction.
16068 +predres
16070 Execution and Data Prediction Restriction Instructions.
16071 armv8.2-a
16073 armv8.3-a
16074 +fp16
16075 The half-precision floating-point data processing
16076 instructions. This also enables the Advanced SIMD and
16077 floating-point instructions.
16078 +fp16fml
16080 The half-precision floating-point fmla extension. This
16081 also enables the half-precision floating-point extension
16082 and Advanced SIMD and floating-point instructions.
16083 +simd
16085 The ARMv8.1-A Advanced SIMD and floating-point
16086 instructions.
16087 +crypto
16089 The cryptographic instructions. This also enables the
16090 Advanced SIMD and floating-point instructions.
16091 +dotprod
16093 Enable the Dot Product extension. This also enables
16094 Advanced SIMD instructions.
16095 +nocrypto
16097 Disable the cryptographic extension.
16098 +nofp
16100 Disable the floating-point, Advanced SIMD and cryptographic
16101 instructions.
16102 +sb Speculation Barrier Instruction.
16104 +predres
16106 Execution and Data Prediction Restriction Instructions.
16107 +i8mm
16109 8-bit Integer Matrix Multiply instructions. This also
16110 enables Advanced SIMD and floating-point instructions.
16111 +bf16
16113 Brain half-precision floating-point instructions. This
16114 also enables Advanced SIMD and floating-point instructions.
16115 armv8.4-a
16117 +fp16
16118 The half-precision floating-point data processing
16119 instructions. This also enables the Advanced SIMD and
16120 floating-point instructions as well as the Dot Product
16121 extension and the half-precision floating-point fmla
16122 extension.
16123 +simd
16125 The ARMv8.3-A Advanced SIMD and floating-point instructions
16126 as well as the Dot Product extension.
16127 +crypto
16129 The cryptographic instructions. This also enables the
16130 Advanced SIMD and floating-point instructions as well as
16131 the Dot Product extension.
16132 +nocrypto
16134 Disable the cryptographic extension.
16135 +nofp
16137 Disable the floating-point, Advanced SIMD and cryptographic
16138 instructions.
16139 +sb Speculation Barrier Instruction.
16141 +predres
16143 Execution and Data Prediction Restriction Instructions.
16144 +i8mm
16146 8-bit Integer Matrix Multiply instructions. This also
16147 enables Advanced SIMD and floating-point instructions.
16148 +bf16
16150 Brain half-precision floating-point instructions. This
16151 also enables Advanced SIMD and floating-point instructions.
16152 armv8.5-a
16154 +fp16
16155 The half-precision floating-point data processing
16156 instructions. This also enables the Advanced SIMD and
16157 floating-point instructions as well as the Dot Product
16158 extension and the half-precision floating-point fmla
16159 extension.
16160 +simd
16162 The ARMv8.3-A Advanced SIMD and floating-point instructions
16163 as well as the Dot Product extension.
16164 +crypto
16166 The cryptographic instructions. This also enables the
16167 Advanced SIMD and floating-point instructions as well as
16168 the Dot Product extension.
16169 +nocrypto
16171 Disable the cryptographic extension.
16172 +nofp
16174 Disable the floating-point, Advanced SIMD and cryptographic
16175 instructions.
16176 +i8mm
16178 8-bit Integer Matrix Multiply instructions. This also
16179 enables Advanced SIMD and floating-point instructions.
16180 +bf16
16182 Brain half-precision floating-point instructions. This
16183 also enables Advanced SIMD and floating-point instructions.
16184 armv8.6-a
16186 +fp16
16187 The half-precision floating-point data processing
16188 instructions. This also enables the Advanced SIMD and
16189 floating-point instructions as well as the Dot Product
16190 extension and the half-precision floating-point fmla
16191 extension.
16192 +simd
16194 The ARMv8.3-A Advanced SIMD and floating-point instructions
16195 as well as the Dot Product extension.
16196 +crypto
16198 The cryptographic instructions. This also enables the
16199 Advanced SIMD and floating-point instructions as well as
16200 the Dot Product extension.
16201 +nocrypto
16203 Disable the cryptographic extension.
16204 +nofp
16206 Disable the floating-point, Advanced SIMD and cryptographic
16207 instructions.
16208 +i8mm
16210 8-bit Integer Matrix Multiply instructions. This also
16211 enables Advanced SIMD and floating-point instructions.
16212 +bf16
16214 Brain half-precision floating-point instructions. This
16215 also enables Advanced SIMD and floating-point instructions.
16216 armv7-r
16218 +fp.sp
16219 The single-precision VFPv3 floating-point instructions.
16220 The extension +vfpv3xd can be used as an alias for this
16221 extension.
16222 +fp The VFPv3 floating-point instructions with 16 double-
16224 precision registers. The extension +vfpv3-d16 can be used
16225 as an alias for this extension.
16226 +vfpv3xd-d16-fp16
16228 The single-precision VFPv3 floating-point instructions with
16229 16 double-precision registers and the half-precision
16230 floating-point conversion operations.
16231 +vfpv3-d16-fp16
16233 The VFPv3 floating-point instructions with 16 double-
16234 precision registers and the half-precision floating-point
16235 conversion operations.
16236 +nofp
16238 Disable the floating-point extension.
16239 +idiv
16241 The ARM-state integer division instructions.
16242 +noidiv
16244 Disable the ARM-state integer division extension.
16245 armv7e-m
16247 +fp The single-precision VFPv4 floating-point instructions.
16248 +fpv5
16250 The single-precision FPv5 floating-point instructions.
16251 +fp.dp
16253 The single- and double-precision FPv5 floating-point
16254 instructions.
16255 +nofp
16257 Disable the floating-point extensions.
16258 armv8.1-m.main
16260 +dsp
16261 The DSP instructions.
16262 +mve
16264 The M-Profile Vector Extension (MVE) integer instructions.
16265 +mve.fp
16267 The M-Profile Vector Extension (MVE) integer and single
16268 precision floating-point instructions.
16269 +fp The single-precision floating-point instructions.
16271 +fp.dp
16273 The single- and double-precision floating-point
16274 instructions.
16275 +nofp
16277 Disable the floating-point extension.
16278 +cdecp0, +cdecp1, ... , +cdecp7
16280 Enable the Custom Datapath Extension (CDE) on selected
16281 coprocessors according to the numbers given in the options
16282 in the range 0 to 7.
16283 armv8-m.main
16285 +dsp
16286 The DSP instructions.
16287 +nodsp
16289 Disable the DSP extension.
16290 +fp The single-precision floating-point instructions.
16292 +fp.dp
16294 The single- and double-precision floating-point
16295 instructions.
16296 +nofp
16298 Disable the floating-point extension.
16299 +cdecp0, +cdecp1, ... , +cdecp7
16301 Enable the Custom Datapath Extension (CDE) on selected
16302 coprocessors according to the numbers given in the options
16303 in the range 0 to 7.
16304 armv8-r
16306 +crc
16307 The Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) instructions.
16308 +fp.sp
16310 The single-precision FPv5 floating-point instructions.
16311 +simd
16313 The ARMv8-A Advanced SIMD and floating-point instructions.
16314 +crypto
16316 The cryptographic instructions.
16317 +nocrypto
16319 Disable the cryptographic instructions.
16320 +nofp
16322 Disable the floating-point, Advanced SIMD and cryptographic
16323 instructions.
16324 -march=native causes the compiler to auto-detect the architecture
16326 of the build computer. At present, this feature is only supported
16327 on GNU/Linux, and not all architectures are recognized. If the
16328 auto-detect is unsuccessful the option has no effect.
16329 -mtune=name
16331 This option specifies the name of the target ARM processor for
16332 which GCC should tune the performance of the code. For some ARM
16333 implementations better performance can be obtained by using this
16334 option. Permissible names are: arm7tdmi, arm7tdmi-s, arm710t,
16335 arm720t, arm740t, strongarm, strongarm110, strongarm1100,
16336 0strongarm1110, arm8, arm810, arm9, arm9e, arm920, arm920t,
16337 arm922t, arm946e-s, arm966e-s, arm968e-s, arm926ej-s, arm940t,
16338 arm9tdmi, arm10tdmi, arm1020t, arm1026ej-s, arm10e, arm1020e,
16339 arm1022e, arm1136j-s, arm1136jf-s, mpcore, mpcorenovfp,
16340 arm1156t2-s, arm1156t2f-s, arm1176jz-s, arm1176jzf-s,
16341 generic-armv7-a, cortex-a5, cortex-a7, cortex-a8, cortex-a9,
16342 cortex-a12, cortex-a15, cortex-a17, cortex-a32, cortex-a35,
16343 cortex-a53, cortex-a55, cortex-a57, cortex-a72, cortex-a73,
16344 cortex-a75, cortex-a76, cortex-a76ae, cortex-a77, ares, cortex-r4,
16345 cortex-r4f, cortex-r5, cortex-r7, cortex-r8, cortex-r52, cortex-m0,
16346 cortex-m0plus, cortex-m1, cortex-m3, cortex-m4, cortex-m7,
16347 cortex-m23, cortex-m33, cortex-m35p, cortex-m55,
16348 cortex-m1.small-multiply, cortex-m0.small-multiply,
16349 cortex-m0plus.small-multiply, exynos-m1, marvell-pj4, neoverse-n1,
16350 neoverse-n2, neoverse-v1, xscale, iwmmxt, iwmmxt2, ep9312, fa526,
16351 fa626, fa606te, fa626te, fmp626, fa726te, xgene1.
16352 Additionally, this option can specify that GCC should tune the
16354 performance of the code for a big.LITTLE system. Permissible names
16355 are: cortex-a15.cortex-a7, cortex-a17.cortex-a7,
16356 cortex-a57.cortex-a53, cortex-a72.cortex-a53,
16357 cortex-a72.cortex-a35, cortex-a73.cortex-a53,
16358 cortex-a75.cortex-a55, cortex-a76.cortex-a55.
16359 -mtune=generic-arch specifies that GCC should tune the performance
16361 for a blend of processors within architecture arch. The aim is to
16362 generate code that run well on the current most popular processors,
16363 balancing between optimizations that benefit some CPUs in the
16364 range, and avoiding performance pitfalls of other CPUs. The
16365 effects of this option may change in future GCC versions as CPU
16366 models come and go.
16367 -mtune permits the same extension options as -mcpu, but the
16369 extension options do not affect the tuning of the generated code.
16370 -mtune=native causes the compiler to auto-detect the CPU of the
16372 build computer. At present, this feature is only supported on
16373 GNU/Linux, and not all architectures are recognized. If the auto-
16374 detect is unsuccessful the option has no effect.
16375 -mcpu=name[+extension...]
16377 This specifies the name of the target ARM processor. GCC uses this
16378 name to derive the name of the target ARM architecture (as if
16379 specified by -march) and the ARM processor type for which to tune
16380 for performance (as if specified by -mtune). Where this option is
16381 used in conjunction with -march or -mtune, those options take
16382 precedence over the appropriate part of this option.
16383 Many of the supported CPUs implement optional architectural
16385 extensions. Where this is so the architectural extensions are
16386 normally enabled by default. If implementations that lack the
16387 extension exist, then the extension syntax can be used to disable
16388 those extensions that have been omitted. For floating-point and
16389 Advanced SIMD (Neon) instructions, the settings of the options
16390 -mfloat-abi and -mfpu must also be considered: floating-point and
16391 Advanced SIMD instructions will only be used if -mfloat-abi is not
16392 set to soft; and any setting of -mfpu other than auto will override
16393 the available floating-point and SIMD extension instructions.
16394 For example, cortex-a9 can be found in three major configurations:
16396 integer only, with just a floating-point unit or with floating-
16397 point and Advanced SIMD. The default is to enable all the
16398 instructions, but the extensions +nosimd and +nofp can be used to
16399 disable just the SIMD or both the SIMD and floating-point
16400 instructions respectively.
16401 Permissible names for this option are the same as those for -mtune.
16403 The following extension options are common to the listed CPUs:
16405 +nodsp
16407 Disable the DSP instructions on cortex-m33, cortex-m35p.
16408 +nofp
16410 Disables the floating-point instructions on arm9e, arm946e-s,
16411 arm966e-s, arm968e-s, arm10e, arm1020e, arm1022e, arm926ej-s,
16412 arm1026ej-s, cortex-r5, cortex-r7, cortex-r8, cortex-m4,
16413 cortex-m7, cortex-m33 and cortex-m35p. Disables the floating-
16414 point and SIMD instructions on generic-armv7-a, cortex-a5,
16415 cortex-a7, cortex-a8, cortex-a9, cortex-a12, cortex-a15,
16416 cortex-a17, cortex-a15.cortex-a7, cortex-a17.cortex-a7,
16417 cortex-a32, cortex-a35, cortex-a53 and cortex-a55.
16418 +nofp.dp
16420 Disables the double-precision component of the floating-point
16421 instructions on cortex-r5, cortex-r7, cortex-r8, cortex-r52 and
16422 cortex-m7.
16423 +nosimd
16425 Disables the SIMD (but not floating-point) instructions on
16426 generic-armv7-a, cortex-a5, cortex-a7 and cortex-a9.
16427 +crypto
16429 Enables the cryptographic instructions on cortex-a32,
16430 cortex-a35, cortex-a53, cortex-a55, cortex-a57, cortex-a72,
16431 cortex-a73, cortex-a75, exynos-m1, xgene1,
16432 cortex-a57.cortex-a53, cortex-a72.cortex-a53,
16433 cortex-a73.cortex-a35, cortex-a73.cortex-a53 and
16434 cortex-a75.cortex-a55.
16435 Additionally the generic-armv7-a pseudo target defaults to VFPv3
16437 with 16 double-precision registers. It supports the following
16438 extension options: mp, sec, vfpv3-d16, vfpv3, vfpv3-d16-fp16,
16439 vfpv3-fp16, vfpv4-d16, vfpv4, neon, neon-vfpv3, neon-fp16,
16440 neon-vfpv4. The meanings are the same as for the extensions to
16441 -march=armv7-a.
16442 -mcpu=generic-arch is also permissible, and is equivalent to
16444 -march=arch -mtune=generic-arch. See -mtune for more information.
16445 -mcpu=native causes the compiler to auto-detect the CPU of the
16447 build computer. At present, this feature is only supported on
16448 GNU/Linux, and not all architectures are recognized. If the auto-
16449 detect is unsuccessful the option has no effect.
16450 -mfpu=name
16452 This specifies what floating-point hardware (or hardware emulation)
16453 is available on the target. Permissible names are: auto, vfpv2,
16454 vfpv3, vfpv3-fp16, vfpv3-d16, vfpv3-d16-fp16, vfpv3xd,
16455 vfpv3xd-fp16, neon-vfpv3, neon-fp16, vfpv4, vfpv4-d16, fpv4-sp-d16,
16456 neon-vfpv4, fpv5-d16, fpv5-sp-d16, fp-armv8, neon-fp-armv8 and
16457 crypto-neon-fp-armv8. Note that neon is an alias for neon-vfpv3
16458 and vfp is an alias for vfpv2.
16459 The setting auto is the default and is special. It causes the
16461 compiler to select the floating-point and Advanced SIMD
16462 instructions based on the settings of -mcpu and -march.
16463 If the selected floating-point hardware includes the NEON extension
16465 (e.g. -mfpu=neon), note that floating-point operations are not
16466 generated by GCC's auto-vectorization pass unless
16467 -funsafe-math-optimizations is also specified. This is because
16468 NEON hardware does not fully implement the IEEE 754 standard for
16469 floating-point arithmetic (in particular denormal values are
16470 treated as zero), so the use of NEON instructions may lead to a
16471 loss of precision.
16472 You can also set the fpu name at function level by using the
16474 "target("fpu=")" function attributes or pragmas.
16475 -mfp16-format=name
16477 Specify the format of the "__fp16" half-precision floating-point
16478 type. Permissible names are none, ieee, and alternative; the
16479 default is none, in which case the "__fp16" type is not defined.
16480 -mstructure-size-boundary=n
16482 The sizes of all structures and unions are rounded up to a multiple
16483 of the number of bits set by this option. Permissible values are
16484 8, 32 and 64. The default value varies for different toolchains.
16485 For the COFF targeted toolchain the default value is 8. A value of
16486 64 is only allowed if the underlying ABI supports it.
16487 Specifying a larger number can produce faster, more efficient code,
16489 but can also increase the size of the program. Different values
16490 are potentially incompatible. Code compiled with one value cannot
16491 necessarily expect to work with code or libraries compiled with
16492 another value, if they exchange information using structures or
16493 unions.
16494 This option is deprecated.
16496 -mabort-on-noreturn
16498 Generate a call to the function "abort" at the end of a "noreturn"
16499 function. It is executed if the function tries to return.
16500 -mlong-calls
16502 -mno-long-calls
16503 Tells the compiler to perform function calls by first loading the
16504 address of the function into a register and then performing a
16505 subroutine call on this register. This switch is needed if the
16506 target function lies outside of the 64-megabyte addressing range of
16507 the offset-based version of subroutine call instruction.
16508 Even if this switch is enabled, not all function calls are turned
16510 into long calls. The heuristic is that static functions, functions
16511 that have the "short_call" attribute, functions that are inside the
16512 scope of a "#pragma no_long_calls" directive, and functions whose
16513 definitions have already been compiled within the current
16514 compilation unit are not turned into long calls. The exceptions to
16515 this rule are that weak function definitions, functions with the
16516 "long_call" attribute or the "section" attribute, and functions
16517 that are within the scope of a "#pragma long_calls" directive are
16518 always turned into long calls.
16519 This feature is not enabled by default. Specifying -mno-long-calls
16521 restores the default behavior, as does placing the function calls
16522 within the scope of a "#pragma long_calls_off" directive. Note
16523 these switches have no effect on how the compiler generates code to
16524 handle function calls via function pointers.
16525 -msingle-pic-base
16527 Treat the register used for PIC addressing as read-only, rather
16528 than loading it in the prologue for each function. The runtime
16529 system is responsible for initializing this register with an
16530 appropriate value before execution begins.
16531 -mpic-register=reg
16533 Specify the register to be used for PIC addressing. For standard
16534 PIC base case, the default is any suitable register determined by
16535 compiler. For single PIC base case, the default is R9 if target is
16536 EABI based or stack-checking is enabled, otherwise the default is
16537 R10.
16538 -mpic-data-is-text-relative
16540 Assume that the displacement between the text and data segments is
16541 fixed at static link time. This permits using PC-relative
16542 addressing operations to access data known to be in the data
16543 segment. For non-VxWorks RTP targets, this option is enabled by
16544 default. When disabled on such targets, it will enable
16545 -msingle-pic-base by default.
16546 -mpoke-function-name
16548 Write the name of each function into the text section, directly
16549 preceding the function prologue. The generated code is similar to
16550 this:
16551 t0
16553 .ascii "arm_poke_function_name", 0
16554 .align
16555 t1
16556 .word 0xff000000 + (t1 - t0)
16557 arm_poke_function_name
16558 mov ip, sp
16559 stmfd sp!, {fp, ip, lr, pc}
16560 sub fp, ip, #4
16561 When performing a stack backtrace, code can inspect the value of
16563 "pc" stored at "fp + 0". If the trace function then looks at
16564 location "pc - 12" and the top 8 bits are set, then we know that
16565 there is a function name embedded immediately preceding this
16566 location and has length "((pc[-3]) & 0xff000000)".
16567 -mthumb
16569 -marm
16570 Select between generating code that executes in ARM and Thumb
16571 states. The default for most configurations is to generate code
16572 that executes in ARM state, but the default can be changed by
16573 configuring GCC with the --with-mode=state configure option.
16574 You can also override the ARM and Thumb mode for each function by
16576 using the "target("thumb")" and "target("arm")" function attributes
16577 or pragmas.
16578 -mflip-thumb
16580 Switch ARM/Thumb modes on alternating functions. This option is
16581 provided for regression testing of mixed Thumb/ARM code generation,
16582 and is not intended for ordinary use in compiling code.
16583 -mtpcs-frame
16585 Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure
16586 Call Standard for all non-leaf functions. (A leaf function is one
16587 that does not call any other functions.) The default is
16588 -mno-tpcs-frame.
16589 -mtpcs-leaf-frame
16591 Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure
16592 Call Standard for all leaf functions. (A leaf function is one that
16593 does not call any other functions.) The default is
16594 -mno-apcs-leaf-frame.
16595 -mcallee-super-interworking
16597 Gives all externally visible functions in the file being compiled
16598 an ARM instruction set header which switches to Thumb mode before
16599 executing the rest of the function. This allows these functions to
16600 be called from non-interworking code. This option is not valid in
16601 AAPCS configurations because interworking is enabled by default.
16602 -mcaller-super-interworking
16604 Allows calls via function pointers (including virtual functions) to
16605 execute correctly regardless of whether the target code has been
16606 compiled for interworking or not. There is a small overhead in the
16607 cost of executing a function pointer if this option is enabled.
16608 This option is not valid in AAPCS configurations because
16609 interworking is enabled by default.
16610 -mtp=name
16612 Specify the access model for the thread local storage pointer. The
16613 valid models are soft, which generates calls to "__aeabi_read_tp",
16614 cp15, which fetches the thread pointer from "cp15" directly
16615 (supported in the arm6k architecture), and auto, which uses the
16616 best available method for the selected processor. The default
16617 setting is auto.
16618 -mtls-dialect=dialect
16620 Specify the dialect to use for accessing thread local storage. Two
16621 dialects are supported---gnu and gnu2. The gnu dialect selects the
16622 original GNU scheme for supporting local and global dynamic TLS
16623 models. The gnu2 dialect selects the GNU descriptor scheme, which
16624 provides better performance for shared libraries. The GNU
16625 descriptor scheme is compatible with the original scheme, but does
16626 require new assembler, linker and library support. Initial and
16627 local exec TLS models are unaffected by this option and always use
16628 the original scheme.
16629 -mword-relocations
16631 Only generate absolute relocations on word-sized values (i.e.
16632 R_ARM_ABS32). This is enabled by default on targets (uClinux,
16633 SymbianOS) where the runtime loader imposes this restriction, and
16634 when -fpic or -fPIC is specified. This option conflicts with
16635 -mslow-flash-data.
16636 -mfix-cortex-m3-ldrd
16638 Some Cortex-M3 cores can cause data corruption when "ldrd"
16639 instructions with overlapping destination and base registers are
16640 used. This option avoids generating these instructions. This
16641 option is enabled by default when -mcpu=cortex-m3 is specified.
16642 -munaligned-access
16644 -mno-unaligned-access
16645 Enables (or disables) reading and writing of 16- and 32- bit values
16646 from addresses that are not 16- or 32- bit aligned. By default
16647 unaligned access is disabled for all pre-ARMv6, all ARMv6-M and for
16648 ARMv8-M Baseline architectures, and enabled for all other
16649 architectures. If unaligned access is not enabled then words in
16650 packed data structures are accessed a byte at a time.
16651 The ARM attribute "Tag_CPU_unaligned_access" is set in the
16653 generated object file to either true or false, depending upon the
16654 setting of this option. If unaligned access is enabled then the
16655 preprocessor symbol "__ARM_FEATURE_UNALIGNED" is also defined.
16656 -mneon-for-64bits
16658 This option is deprecated and has no effect.
16659 -mslow-flash-data
16661 Assume loading data from flash is slower than fetching instruction.
16662 Therefore literal load is minimized for better performance. This
16663 option is only supported when compiling for ARMv7 M-profile and off
16664 by default. It conflicts with -mword-relocations.
16665 -masm-syntax-unified
16667 Assume inline assembler is using unified asm syntax. The default
16668 is currently off which implies divided syntax. This option has no
16669 impact on Thumb2. However, this may change in future releases of
16670 GCC. Divided syntax should be considered deprecated.
16671 -mrestrict-it
16673 Restricts generation of IT blocks to conform to the rules of
16674 ARMv8-A. IT blocks can only contain a single 16-bit instruction
16675 from a select set of instructions. This option is on by default for
16676 ARMv8-A Thumb mode.
16677 -mprint-tune-info
16679 Print CPU tuning information as comment in assembler file. This is
16680 an option used only for regression testing of the compiler and not
16681 intended for ordinary use in compiling code. This option is
16682 disabled by default.
16683 -mverbose-cost-dump
16685 Enable verbose cost model dumping in the debug dump files. This
16686 option is provided for use in debugging the compiler.
16687 -mpure-code
16689 Do not allow constant data to be placed in code sections.
16690 Additionally, when compiling for ELF object format give all text
16691 sections the ELF processor-specific section attribute
16692 "SHF_ARM_PURECODE". This option is only available when generating
16693 non-pic code for M-profile targets.
16694 -mcmse
16696 Generate secure code as per the "ARMv8-M Security Extensions:
16697 Requirements on Development Tools Engineering Specification", which
16698 can be found on
16699 <https://developer.arm.com/documentation/ecm0359818/latest/>.
16700 -mfdpic
16702 -mno-fdpic
16703 Select the FDPIC ABI, which uses 64-bit function descriptors to
16704 represent pointers to functions. When the compiler is configured
16705 for "arm-*-uclinuxfdpiceabi" targets, this option is on by default
16706 and implies -fPIE if none of the PIC/PIE-related options is
16707 provided. On other targets, it only enables the FDPIC-specific
16708 code generation features, and the user should explicitly provide
16709 the PIC/PIE-related options as needed.
16710 Note that static linking is not supported because it would still
16712 involve the dynamic linker when the program self-relocates. If
16713 such behavior is acceptable, use -static and -Wl,-dynamic-linker
16714 options.
16715 The opposite -mno-fdpic option is useful (and required) to build
16717 the Linux kernel using the same ("arm-*-uclinuxfdpiceabi")
16718 toolchain as the one used to build the userland programs.
16719 AVR Options
16721 These options are defined for AVR implementations:
16722 -mmcu=mcu
16724 Specify Atmel AVR instruction set architectures (ISA) or MCU type.
16725 The default for this option is@tie{}avr2.
16727 GCC supports the following AVR devices and ISAs:
16729 "avr2"
16731 "Classic" devices with up to 8@tie{}KiB of program memory.
16732 mcu@tie{}= "attiny22", "attiny26", "at90s2313", "at90s2323",
16733 "at90s2333", "at90s2343", "at90s4414", "at90s4433",
16734 "at90s4434", "at90c8534", "at90s8515", "at90s8535".
16735 "avr25"
16737 "Classic" devices with up to 8@tie{}KiB of program memory and
16738 with the "MOVW" instruction. mcu@tie{}= "attiny13",
16739 "attiny13a", "attiny24", "attiny24a", "attiny25", "attiny261",
16740 "attiny261a", "attiny2313", "attiny2313a", "attiny43u",
16741 "attiny44", "attiny44a", "attiny45", "attiny48", "attiny441",
16742 "attiny461", "attiny461a", "attiny4313", "attiny84",
16743 "attiny84a", "attiny85", "attiny87", "attiny88", "attiny828",
16744 "attiny841", "attiny861", "attiny861a", "ata5272", "ata6616c",
16745 "at86rf401".
16746 "avr3"
16748 "Classic" devices with 16@tie{}KiB up to 64@tie{}KiB of program
16749 memory. mcu@tie{}= "at76c711", "at43usb355".
16750 "avr31"
16752 "Classic" devices with 128@tie{}KiB of program memory.
16753 mcu@tie{}= "atmega103", "at43usb320".
16754 "avr35"
16756 "Classic" devices with 16@tie{}KiB up to 64@tie{}KiB of program
16757 memory and with the "MOVW" instruction. mcu@tie{}=
16758 "attiny167", "attiny1634", "atmega8u2", "atmega16u2",
16759 "atmega32u2", "ata5505", "ata6617c", "ata664251", "at90usb82",
16760 "at90usb162".
16761 "avr4"
16763 "Enhanced" devices with up to 8@tie{}KiB of program memory.
16764 mcu@tie{}= "atmega48", "atmega48a", "atmega48p", "atmega48pa",
16765 "atmega48pb", "atmega8", "atmega8a", "atmega8hva", "atmega88",
16766 "atmega88a", "atmega88p", "atmega88pa", "atmega88pb",
16767 "atmega8515", "atmega8535", "ata6285", "ata6286", "ata6289",
16768 "ata6612c", "at90pwm1", "at90pwm2", "at90pwm2b", "at90pwm3",
16769 "at90pwm3b", "at90pwm81".
16770 "avr5"
16772 "Enhanced" devices with 16@tie{}KiB up to 64@tie{}KiB of
16773 program memory. mcu@tie{}= "atmega16", "atmega16a",
16774 "atmega16hva", "atmega16hva2", "atmega16hvb",
16775 "atmega16hvbrevb", "atmega16m1", "atmega16u4", "atmega161",
16776 "atmega162", "atmega163", "atmega164a", "atmega164p",
16777 "atmega164pa", "atmega165", "atmega165a", "atmega165p",
16778 "atmega165pa", "atmega168", "atmega168a", "atmega168p",
16779 "atmega168pa", "atmega168pb", "atmega169", "atmega169a",
16780 "atmega169p", "atmega169pa", "atmega32", "atmega32a",
16781 "atmega32c1", "atmega32hvb", "atmega32hvbrevb", "atmega32m1",
16782 "atmega32u4", "atmega32u6", "atmega323", "atmega324a",
16783 "atmega324p", "atmega324pa", "atmega325", "atmega325a",
16784 "atmega325p", "atmega325pa", "atmega328", "atmega328p",
16785 "atmega328pb", "atmega329", "atmega329a", "atmega329p",
16786 "atmega329pa", "atmega3250", "atmega3250a", "atmega3250p",
16787 "atmega3250pa", "atmega3290", "atmega3290a", "atmega3290p",
16788 "atmega3290pa", "atmega406", "atmega64", "atmega64a",
16789 "atmega64c1", "atmega64hve", "atmega64hve2", "atmega64m1",
16790 "atmega64rfr2", "atmega640", "atmega644", "atmega644a",
16791 "atmega644p", "atmega644pa", "atmega644rfr2", "atmega645",
16792 "atmega645a", "atmega645p", "atmega649", "atmega649a",
16793 "atmega649p", "atmega6450", "atmega6450a", "atmega6450p",
16794 "atmega6490", "atmega6490a", "atmega6490p", "ata5795",
16795 "ata5790", "ata5790n", "ata5791", "ata6613c", "ata6614q",
16796 "ata5782", "ata5831", "ata8210", "ata8510", "ata5702m322",
16797 "at90pwm161", "at90pwm216", "at90pwm316", "at90can32",
16798 "at90can64", "at90scr100", "at90usb646", "at90usb647", "at94k",
16799 "m3000".
16800 "avr51"
16802 "Enhanced" devices with 128@tie{}KiB of program memory.
16803 mcu@tie{}= "atmega128", "atmega128a", "atmega128rfa1",
16804 "atmega128rfr2", "atmega1280", "atmega1281", "atmega1284",
16805 "atmega1284p", "atmega1284rfr2", "at90can128", "at90usb1286",
16806 "at90usb1287".
16807 "avr6"
16809 "Enhanced" devices with 3-byte PC, i.e. with more than
16810 128@tie{}KiB of program memory. mcu@tie{}= "atmega256rfr2",
16811 "atmega2560", "atmega2561", "atmega2564rfr2".
16812 "avrxmega2"
16814 "XMEGA" devices with more than 8@tie{}KiB and up to 64@tie{}KiB
16815 of program memory. mcu@tie{}= "atxmega8e5", "atxmega16a4",
16816 "atxmega16a4u", "atxmega16c4", "atxmega16d4", "atxmega16e5",
16817 "atxmega32a4", "atxmega32a4u", "atxmega32c3", "atxmega32c4",
16818 "atxmega32d3", "atxmega32d4", "atxmega32e5".
16819 "avrxmega3"
16821 "XMEGA" devices with up to 64@tie{}KiB of combined program
16822 memory and RAM, and with program memory visible in the RAM
16823 address space. mcu@tie{}= "attiny202", "attiny204",
16824 "attiny212", "attiny214", "attiny402", "attiny404",
16825 "attiny406", "attiny412", "attiny414", "attiny416",
16826 "attiny417", "attiny804", "attiny806", "attiny807",
16827 "attiny814", "attiny816", "attiny817", "attiny1604",
16828 "attiny1606", "attiny1607", "attiny1614", "attiny1616",
16829 "attiny1617", "attiny3214", "attiny3216", "attiny3217",
16830 "atmega808", "atmega809", "atmega1608", "atmega1609",
16831 "atmega3208", "atmega3209", "atmega4808", "atmega4809".
16832 "avrxmega4"
16834 "XMEGA" devices with more than 64@tie{}KiB and up to
16835 128@tie{}KiB of program memory. mcu@tie{}= "atxmega64a3",
16836 "atxmega64a3u", "atxmega64a4u", "atxmega64b1", "atxmega64b3",
16837 "atxmega64c3", "atxmega64d3", "atxmega64d4".
16838 "avrxmega5"
16840 "XMEGA" devices with more than 64@tie{}KiB and up to
16841 128@tie{}KiB of program memory and more than 64@tie{}KiB of
16842 RAM. mcu@tie{}= "atxmega64a1", "atxmega64a1u".
16843 "avrxmega6"
16845 "XMEGA" devices with more than 128@tie{}KiB of program memory.
16846 mcu@tie{}= "atxmega128a3", "atxmega128a3u", "atxmega128b1",
16847 "atxmega128b3", "atxmega128c3", "atxmega128d3", "atxmega128d4",
16848 "atxmega192a3", "atxmega192a3u", "atxmega192c3",
16849 "atxmega192d3", "atxmega256a3", "atxmega256a3b",
16850 "atxmega256a3bu", "atxmega256a3u", "atxmega256c3",
16851 "atxmega256d3", "atxmega384c3", "atxmega384d3".
16852 "avrxmega7"
16854 "XMEGA" devices with more than 128@tie{}KiB of program memory
16855 and more than 64@tie{}KiB of RAM. mcu@tie{}= "atxmega128a1",
16856 "atxmega128a1u", "atxmega128a4u".
16857 "avrtiny"
16859 "TINY" Tiny core devices with 512@tie{}B up to 4@tie{}KiB of
16860 program memory. mcu@tie{}= "attiny4", "attiny5", "attiny9",
16861 "attiny10", "attiny20", "attiny40".
16862 "avr1"
16864 This ISA is implemented by the minimal AVR core and supported
16865 for assembler only. mcu@tie{}= "attiny11", "attiny12",
16866 "attiny15", "attiny28", "at90s1200".
16867 -mabsdata
16869 Assume that all data in static storage can be accessed by LDS / STS
16870 instructions. This option has only an effect on reduced Tiny
16871 devices like ATtiny40. See also the "absdata" AVR Variable
16872 Attributes,variable attribute.
16873 -maccumulate-args
16875 Accumulate outgoing function arguments and acquire/release the
16876 needed stack space for outgoing function arguments once in function
16877 prologue/epilogue. Without this option, outgoing arguments are
16878 pushed before calling a function and popped afterwards.
16879 Popping the arguments after the function call can be expensive on
16881 AVR so that accumulating the stack space might lead to smaller
16882 executables because arguments need not be removed from the stack
16883 after such a function call.
16884 This option can lead to reduced code size for functions that
16886 perform several calls to functions that get their arguments on the
16887 stack like calls to printf-like functions.
16888 -mbranch-cost=cost
16890 Set the branch costs for conditional branch instructions to cost.
16891 Reasonable values for cost are small, non-negative integers. The
16892 default branch cost is 0.
16893 -mcall-prologues
16895 Functions prologues/epilogues are expanded as calls to appropriate
16896 subroutines. Code size is smaller.
16897 -mdouble=bits
16899 -mlong-double=bits
16900 Set the size (in bits) of the "double" or "long double" type,
16901 respectively. Possible values for bits are 32 and 64. Whether or
16902 not a specific value for bits is allowed depends on the
16903 "--with-double=" and "--with-long-double=" configure options
16904 ("https://gcc.gnu.org/install/configure.html#avr"), and the same
16905 applies for the default values of the options.
16906 -mgas-isr-prologues
16908 Interrupt service routines (ISRs) may use the "__gcc_isr" pseudo
16909 instruction supported by GNU Binutils. If this option is on, the
16910 feature can still be disabled for individual ISRs by means of the
16911 AVR Function Attributes,,"no_gccisr" function attribute. This
16912 feature is activated per default if optimization is on (but not
16913 with -Og, @pxref{Optimize Options}), and if GNU Binutils support
16914 PR21683 ("https://sourceware.org/PR21683").
16915 -mint8
16917 Assume "int" to be 8-bit integer. This affects the sizes of all
16918 types: a "char" is 1 byte, an "int" is 1 byte, a "long" is 2 bytes,
16919 and "long long" is 4 bytes. Please note that this option does not
16920 conform to the C standards, but it results in smaller code size.
16921 -mmain-is-OS_task
16923 Do not save registers in "main". The effect is the same like
16924 attaching attribute AVR Function Attributes,,"OS_task" to "main".
16925 It is activated per default if optimization is on.
16926 -mn-flash=num
16928 Assume that the flash memory has a size of num times 64@tie{}KiB.
16929 -mno-interrupts
16931 Generated code is not compatible with hardware interrupts. Code
16932 size is smaller.
16933 -mrelax
16935 Try to replace "CALL" resp. "JMP" instruction by the shorter
16936 "RCALL" resp. "RJMP" instruction if applicable. Setting -mrelax
16937 just adds the --mlink-relax option to the assembler's command line
16938 and the --relax option to the linker's command line.
16939 Jump relaxing is performed by the linker because jump offsets are
16941 not known before code is located. Therefore, the assembler code
16942 generated by the compiler is the same, but the instructions in the
16943 executable may differ from instructions in the assembler code.
16944 Relaxing must be turned on if linker stubs are needed, see the
16946 section on "EIND" and linker stubs below.
16947 -mrmw
16949 Assume that the device supports the Read-Modify-Write instructions
16950 "XCH", "LAC", "LAS" and "LAT".
16951 -mshort-calls
16953 Assume that "RJMP" and "RCALL" can target the whole program memory.
16954 This option is used internally for multilib selection. It is not
16956 an optimization option, and you don't need to set it by hand.
16957 -msp8
16959 Treat the stack pointer register as an 8-bit register, i.e. assume
16960 the high byte of the stack pointer is zero. In general, you don't
16961 need to set this option by hand.
16962 This option is used internally by the compiler to select and build
16964 multilibs for architectures "avr2" and "avr25". These
16965 architectures mix devices with and without "SPH". For any setting
16966 other than -mmcu=avr2 or -mmcu=avr25 the compiler driver adds or
16967 removes this option from the compiler proper's command line,
16968 because the compiler then knows if the device or architecture has
16969 an 8-bit stack pointer and thus no "SPH" register or not.
16970 -mstrict-X
16972 Use address register "X" in a way proposed by the hardware. This
16973 means that "X" is only used in indirect, post-increment or pre-
16974 decrement addressing.
16975 Without this option, the "X" register may be used in the same way
16977 as "Y" or "Z" which then is emulated by additional instructions.
16978 For example, loading a value with "X+const" addressing with a small
16979 non-negative "const < 64" to a register Rn is performed as
16980 adiw r26, const ; X += const
16982 ld <Rn>, X ; <Rn> = *X
16983 sbiw r26, const ; X -= const
16984 -mtiny-stack
16986 Only change the lower 8@tie{}bits of the stack pointer.
16987 -mfract-convert-truncate
16989 Allow to use truncation instead of rounding towards zero for
16990 fractional fixed-point types.
16991 -nodevicelib
16993 Don't link against AVR-LibC's device specific library "lib<mcu>.a".
16994 -nodevicespecs
16996 Don't add -specs=device-specs/specs-mcu to the compiler driver's
16997 command line. The user takes responsibility for supplying the sub-
16998 processes like compiler proper, assembler and linker with
16999 appropriate command line options. This means that the user has to
17000 supply her private device specs file by means of -specs=path-to-
17001 specs-file. There is no more need for option -mmcu=mcu.
17002 This option can also serve as a replacement for the older way of
17004 specifying custom device-specs files that needed -B some-path to
17005 point to a directory which contains a folder named "device-specs"
17006 which contains a specs file named "specs-mcu", where mcu was
17007 specified by -mmcu=mcu.
17008 -Waddr-space-convert
17010 Warn about conversions between address spaces in the case where the
17011 resulting address space is not contained in the incoming address
17012 space.
17013 -Wmisspelled-isr
17015 Warn if the ISR is misspelled, i.e. without __vector prefix.
17016 Enabled by default.
17017 "EIND" and Devices with More Than 128 Ki Bytes of Flash
17019 Pointers in the implementation are 16@tie{}bits wide. The address of a
17021 function or label is represented as word address so that indirect jumps
17022 and calls can target any code address in the range of 64@tie{}Ki words.
17023 In order to facilitate indirect jump on devices with more than
17025 128@tie{}Ki bytes of program memory space, there is a special function
17026 register called "EIND" that serves as most significant part of the
17027 target address when "EICALL" or "EIJMP" instructions are used.
17028 Indirect jumps and calls on these devices are handled as follows by the
17030 compiler and are subject to some limitations:
17031 * The compiler never sets "EIND".
17033 * The compiler uses "EIND" implicitly in "EICALL"/"EIJMP"
17035 instructions or might read "EIND" directly in order to emulate an
17036 indirect call/jump by means of a "RET" instruction.
17037 * The compiler assumes that "EIND" never changes during the startup
17039 code or during the application. In particular, "EIND" is not
17040 saved/restored in function or interrupt service routine
17041 prologue/epilogue.
17042 * For indirect calls to functions and computed goto, the linker
17044 generates stubs. Stubs are jump pads sometimes also called
17045 trampolines. Thus, the indirect call/jump jumps to such a stub.
17046 The stub contains a direct jump to the desired address.
17047 * Linker relaxation must be turned on so that the linker generates
17049 the stubs correctly in all situations. See the compiler option
17050 -mrelax and the linker option --relax. There are corner cases
17051 where the linker is supposed to generate stubs but aborts without
17052 relaxation and without a helpful error message.
17053 * The default linker script is arranged for code with "EIND = 0". If
17055 code is supposed to work for a setup with "EIND != 0", a custom
17056 linker script has to be used in order to place the sections whose
17057 name start with ".trampolines" into the segment where "EIND" points
17058 to.
17059 * The startup code from libgcc never sets "EIND". Notice that
17061 startup code is a blend of code from libgcc and AVR-LibC. For the
17062 impact of AVR-LibC on "EIND", see the AVR-LibC user manual
17063 ("http://nongnu.org/avr-libc/user-manual/").
17064 * It is legitimate for user-specific startup code to set up "EIND"
17066 early, for example by means of initialization code located in
17067 section ".init3". Such code runs prior to general startup code that
17068 initializes RAM and calls constructors, but after the bit of
17069 startup code from AVR-LibC that sets "EIND" to the segment where
17070 the vector table is located.
17071 #include <avr/io.h>
17073 static void
17075 __attribute__((section(".init3"),naked,used,no_instrument_function))
17076 init3_set_eind (void)
17077 {
17078 __asm volatile ("ldi r24,pm_hh8(__trampolines_start)\n\t"
17079 "out %i0,r24" :: "n" (&EIND) : "r24","memory");
17080 }
17081 The "__trampolines_start" symbol is defined in the linker script.
17083 * Stubs are generated automatically by the linker if the following
17085 two conditions are met:
17086 -<The address of a label is taken by means of the "gs" modifier>
17088 (short for generate stubs) like so:
17089 LDI r24, lo8(gs(<func>))
17091 LDI r25, hi8(gs(<func>))
17092 -<The final location of that label is in a code segment>
17094 outside the segment where the stubs are located.
17095 * The compiler emits such "gs" modifiers for code labels in the
17097 following situations:
17098 -<Taking address of a function or code label.>
17100 -<Computed goto.>
17101 -<If prologue-save function is used, see -mcall-prologues>
17102 command-line option.
17103 -<Switch/case dispatch tables. If you do not want such dispatch>
17105 tables you can specify the -fno-jump-tables command-line
17106 option.
17107 -<C and C++ constructors/destructors called during
17109 startup/shutdown.>
17110 -<If the tools hit a "gs()" modifier explained above.>
17111 * Jumping to non-symbolic addresses like so is not supported:
17112 int main (void)
17114 {
17115 /* Call function at word address 0x2 */
17116 return ((int(*)(void)) 0x2)();
17117 }
17118 Instead, a stub has to be set up, i.e. the function has to be
17120 called through a symbol ("func_4" in the example):
17121 int main (void)
17123 {
17124 extern int func_4 (void);
17125 /* Call function at byte address 0x4 */
17127 return func_4();
17128 }
17129 and the application be linked with -Wl,--defsym,func_4=0x4.
17131 Alternatively, "func_4" can be defined in the linker script.
17132 Handling of the "RAMPD", "RAMPX", "RAMPY" and "RAMPZ" Special Function
17134 Registers
17135 Some AVR devices support memories larger than the 64@tie{}KiB range
17137 that can be accessed with 16-bit pointers. To access memory locations
17138 outside this 64@tie{}KiB range, the content of a "RAMP" register is
17139 used as high part of the address: The "X", "Y", "Z" address register is
17140 concatenated with the "RAMPX", "RAMPY", "RAMPZ" special function
17141 register, respectively, to get a wide address. Similarly, "RAMPD" is
17142 used together with direct addressing.
17143 * The startup code initializes the "RAMP" special function registers
17145 with zero.
17146 * If a AVR Named Address Spaces,named address space other than
17148 generic or "__flash" is used, then "RAMPZ" is set as needed before
17149 the operation.
17150 * If the device supports RAM larger than 64@tie{}KiB and the compiler
17152 needs to change "RAMPZ" to accomplish an operation, "RAMPZ" is
17153 reset to zero after the operation.
17154 * If the device comes with a specific "RAMP" register, the ISR
17156 prologue/epilogue saves/restores that SFR and initializes it with
17157 zero in case the ISR code might (implicitly) use it.
17158 * RAM larger than 64@tie{}KiB is not supported by GCC for AVR
17160 targets. If you use inline assembler to read from locations
17161 outside the 16-bit address range and change one of the "RAMP"
17162 registers, you must reset it to zero after the access.
17163 AVR Built-in Macros
17165 GCC defines several built-in macros so that the user code can test for
17167 the presence or absence of features. Almost any of the following
17168 built-in macros are deduced from device capabilities and thus triggered
17169 by the -mmcu= command-line option.
17170 For even more AVR-specific built-in macros see AVR Named Address Spaces
17172 and AVR Built-in Functions.
17173 "__AVR_ARCH__"
17175 Build-in macro that resolves to a decimal number that identifies
17176 the architecture and depends on the -mmcu=mcu option. Possible
17177 values are:
17178 2, 25, 3, 31, 35, 4, 5, 51, 6
17180 for mcu="avr2", "avr25", "avr3", "avr31", "avr35", "avr4", "avr5",
17182 "avr51", "avr6",
17183 respectively and
17185 100, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107
17187 for mcu="avrtiny", "avrxmega2", "avrxmega3", "avrxmega4",
17189 "avrxmega5", "avrxmega6", "avrxmega7", respectively. If mcu
17190 specifies a device, this built-in macro is set accordingly. For
17191 example, with -mmcu=atmega8 the macro is defined to 4.
17192 "__AVR_Device__"
17194 Setting -mmcu=device defines this built-in macro which reflects the
17195 device's name. For example, -mmcu=atmega8 defines the built-in
17196 macro "__AVR_ATmega8__", -mmcu=attiny261a defines
17197 "__AVR_ATtiny261A__", etc.
17198 The built-in macros' names follow the scheme "__AVR_Device__" where
17200 Device is the device name as from the AVR user manual. The
17201 difference between Device in the built-in macro and device in
17202 -mmcu=device is that the latter is always lowercase.
17203 If device is not a device but only a core architecture like avr51,
17205 this macro is not defined.
17206 "__AVR_DEVICE_NAME__"
17208 Setting -mmcu=device defines this built-in macro to the device's
17209 name. For example, with -mmcu=atmega8 the macro is defined to
17210 "atmega8".
17211 If device is not a device but only a core architecture like avr51,
17213 this macro is not defined.
17214 "__AVR_XMEGA__"
17216 The device / architecture belongs to the XMEGA family of devices.
17217 "__AVR_HAVE_ELPM__"
17219 The device has the "ELPM" instruction.
17220 "__AVR_HAVE_ELPMX__"
17222 The device has the "ELPM Rn,Z" and "ELPM Rn,Z+" instructions.
17223 "__AVR_HAVE_MOVW__"
17225 The device has the "MOVW" instruction to perform 16-bit register-
17226 register moves.
17227 "__AVR_HAVE_LPMX__"
17229 The device has the "LPM Rn,Z" and "LPM Rn,Z+" instructions.
17230 "__AVR_HAVE_MUL__"
17232 The device has a hardware multiplier.
17233 "__AVR_HAVE_JMP_CALL__"
17235 The device has the "JMP" and "CALL" instructions. This is the case
17236 for devices with more than 8@tie{}KiB of program memory.
17237 "__AVR_HAVE_EIJMP_EICALL__"
17239 "__AVR_3_BYTE_PC__"
17240 The device has the "EIJMP" and "EICALL" instructions. This is the
17241 case for devices with more than 128@tie{}KiB of program memory.
17242 This also means that the program counter (PC) is 3@tie{}bytes wide.
17243 "__AVR_2_BYTE_PC__"
17245 The program counter (PC) is 2@tie{}bytes wide. This is the case for
17246 devices with up to 128@tie{}KiB of program memory.
17247 "__AVR_HAVE_8BIT_SP__"
17249 "__AVR_HAVE_16BIT_SP__"
17250 The stack pointer (SP) register is treated as 8-bit respectively
17251 16-bit register by the compiler. The definition of these macros is
17252 affected by -mtiny-stack.
17253 "__AVR_HAVE_SPH__"
17255 "__AVR_SP8__"
17256 The device has the SPH (high part of stack pointer) special
17257 function register or has an 8-bit stack pointer, respectively. The
17258 definition of these macros is affected by -mmcu= and in the cases
17259 of -mmcu=avr2 and -mmcu=avr25 also by -msp8.
17260 "__AVR_HAVE_RAMPD__"
17262 "__AVR_HAVE_RAMPX__"
17263 "__AVR_HAVE_RAMPY__"
17264 "__AVR_HAVE_RAMPZ__"
17265 The device has the "RAMPD", "RAMPX", "RAMPY", "RAMPZ" special
17266 function register, respectively.
17267 "__NO_INTERRUPTS__"
17269 This macro reflects the -mno-interrupts command-line option.
17270 "__AVR_ERRATA_SKIP__"
17272 "__AVR_ERRATA_SKIP_JMP_CALL__"
17273 Some AVR devices (AT90S8515, ATmega103) must not skip 32-bit
17274 instructions because of a hardware erratum. Skip instructions are
17275 "SBRS", "SBRC", "SBIS", "SBIC" and "CPSE". The second macro is
17276 only defined if "__AVR_HAVE_JMP_CALL__" is also set.
17277 "__AVR_ISA_RMW__"
17279 The device has Read-Modify-Write instructions (XCH, LAC, LAS and
17280 LAT).
17281 "__AVR_SFR_OFFSET__=offset"
17283 Instructions that can address I/O special function registers
17284 directly like "IN", "OUT", "SBI", etc. may use a different address
17285 as if addressed by an instruction to access RAM like "LD" or "STS".
17286 This offset depends on the device architecture and has to be
17287 subtracted from the RAM address in order to get the respective
17288 I/O@tie{}address.
17289 "__AVR_SHORT_CALLS__"
17291 The -mshort-calls command line option is set.
17292 "__AVR_PM_BASE_ADDRESS__=addr"
17294 Some devices support reading from flash memory by means of "LD*"
17295 instructions. The flash memory is seen in the data address space
17296 at an offset of "__AVR_PM_BASE_ADDRESS__". If this macro is not
17297 defined, this feature is not available. If defined, the address
17298 space is linear and there is no need to put ".rodata" into RAM.
17299 This is handled by the default linker description file, and is
17300 currently available for "avrtiny" and "avrxmega3". Even more
17301 convenient, there is no need to use address spaces like "__flash"
17302 or features like attribute "progmem" and "pgm_read_*".
17303 "__WITH_AVRLIBC__"
17305 The compiler is configured to be used together with AVR-Libc. See
17306 the --with-avrlibc configure option.
17307 "__HAVE_DOUBLE_MULTILIB__"
17309 Defined if -mdouble= acts as a multilib option.
17310 "__HAVE_DOUBLE32__"
17312 "__HAVE_DOUBLE64__"
17313 Defined if the compiler supports 32-bit double resp. 64-bit double.
17314 The actual layout is specified by option -mdouble=.
17315 "__DEFAULT_DOUBLE__"
17317 The size in bits of "double" if -mdouble= is not set. To test the
17318 layout of "double" in a program, use the built-in macro
17319 "__SIZEOF_DOUBLE__".
17320 "__HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE32__"
17322 "__HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE64__"
17323 "__HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE_MULTILIB__"
17324 "__DEFAULT_LONG_DOUBLE__"
17325 Same as above, but for "long double" instead of "double".
17326 "__WITH_DOUBLE_COMPARISON__"
17328 Reflects the "--with-double-comparison={tristate|bool|libf7}"
17329 configure option ("https://gcc.gnu.org/install/configure.html#avr")
17330 and is defined to 2 or 3.
17331 "__WITH_LIBF7_LIBGCC__"
17333 "__WITH_LIBF7_MATH__"
17334 "__WITH_LIBF7_MATH_SYMBOLS__"
17335 Reflects the "--with-libf7={libgcc|math|math-symbols}"
17336 configure option
17337 ("https://gcc.gnu.org/install/configure.html#avr").
17338 Blackfin Options
17340 -mcpu=cpu[-sirevision]
17341 Specifies the name of the target Blackfin processor. Currently,
17342 cpu can be one of bf512, bf514, bf516, bf518, bf522, bf523, bf524,
17343 bf525, bf526, bf527, bf531, bf532, bf533, bf534, bf536, bf537,
17344 bf538, bf539, bf542, bf544, bf547, bf548, bf549, bf542m, bf544m,
17345 bf547m, bf548m, bf549m, bf561, bf592.
17346 The optional sirevision specifies the silicon revision of the
17348 target Blackfin processor. Any workarounds available for the
17349 targeted silicon revision are enabled. If sirevision is none, no
17350 workarounds are enabled. If sirevision is any, all workarounds for
17351 the targeted processor are enabled. The "__SILICON_REVISION__"
17352 macro is defined to two hexadecimal digits representing the major
17353 and minor numbers in the silicon revision. If sirevision is none,
17354 the "__SILICON_REVISION__" is not defined. If sirevision is any,
17355 the "__SILICON_REVISION__" is defined to be 0xffff. If this
17356 optional sirevision is not used, GCC assumes the latest known
17357 silicon revision of the targeted Blackfin processor.
17358 GCC defines a preprocessor macro for the specified cpu. For the
17360 bfin-elf toolchain, this option causes the hardware BSP provided by
17361 libgloss to be linked in if -msim is not given.
17362 Without this option, bf532 is used as the processor by default.
17364 Note that support for bf561 is incomplete. For bf561, only the
17366 preprocessor macro is defined.
17367 -msim
17369 Specifies that the program will be run on the simulator. This
17370 causes the simulator BSP provided by libgloss to be linked in.
17371 This option has effect only for bfin-elf toolchain. Certain other
17372 options, such as -mid-shared-library and -mfdpic, imply -msim.
17373 -momit-leaf-frame-pointer
17375 Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for leaf functions.
17376 This avoids the instructions to save, set up and restore frame
17377 pointers and makes an extra register available in leaf functions.
17378 -mspecld-anomaly
17380 When enabled, the compiler ensures that the generated code does not
17381 contain speculative loads after jump instructions. If this option
17382 is used, "__WORKAROUND_SPECULATIVE_LOADS" is defined.
17383 -mno-specld-anomaly
17385 Don't generate extra code to prevent speculative loads from
17386 occurring.
17387 -mcsync-anomaly
17389 When enabled, the compiler ensures that the generated code does not
17390 contain CSYNC or SSYNC instructions too soon after conditional
17391 branches. If this option is used, "__WORKAROUND_SPECULATIVE_SYNCS"
17392 is defined.
17393 -mno-csync-anomaly
17395 Don't generate extra code to prevent CSYNC or SSYNC instructions
17396 from occurring too soon after a conditional branch.
17397 -mlow64k
17399 When enabled, the compiler is free to take advantage of the
17400 knowledge that the entire program fits into the low 64k of memory.
17401 -mno-low64k
17403 Assume that the program is arbitrarily large. This is the default.
17404 -mstack-check-l1
17406 Do stack checking using information placed into L1 scratchpad
17407 memory by the uClinux kernel.
17408 -mid-shared-library
17410 Generate code that supports shared libraries via the library ID
17411 method. This allows for execute in place and shared libraries in
17412 an environment without virtual memory management. This option
17413 implies -fPIC. With a bfin-elf target, this option implies -msim.
17414 -mno-id-shared-library
17416 Generate code that doesn't assume ID-based shared libraries are
17417 being used. This is the default.
17418 -mleaf-id-shared-library
17420 Generate code that supports shared libraries via the library ID
17421 method, but assumes that this library or executable won't link
17422 against any other ID shared libraries. That allows the compiler to
17423 use faster code for jumps and calls.
17424 -mno-leaf-id-shared-library
17426 Do not assume that the code being compiled won't link against any
17427 ID shared libraries. Slower code is generated for jump and call
17428 insns.
17429 -mshared-library-id=n
17431 Specifies the identification number of the ID-based shared library
17432 being compiled. Specifying a value of 0 generates more compact
17433 code; specifying other values forces the allocation of that number
17434 to the current library but is no more space- or time-efficient than
17435 omitting this option.
17436 -msep-data
17438 Generate code that allows the data segment to be located in a
17439 different area of memory from the text segment. This allows for
17440 execute in place in an environment without virtual memory
17441 management by eliminating relocations against the text section.
17442 -mno-sep-data
17444 Generate code that assumes that the data segment follows the text
17445 segment. This is the default.
17446 -mlong-calls
17448 -mno-long-calls
17449 Tells the compiler to perform function calls by first loading the
17450 address of the function into a register and then performing a
17451 subroutine call on this register. This switch is needed if the
17452 target function lies outside of the 24-bit addressing range of the
17453 offset-based version of subroutine call instruction.
17454 This feature is not enabled by default. Specifying -mno-long-calls
17456 restores the default behavior. Note these switches have no effect
17457 on how the compiler generates code to handle function calls via
17458 function pointers.
17459 -mfast-fp
17461 Link with the fast floating-point library. This library relaxes
17462 some of the IEEE floating-point standard's rules for checking
17463 inputs against Not-a-Number (NAN), in the interest of performance.
17464 -minline-plt
17466 Enable inlining of PLT entries in function calls to functions that
17467 are not known to bind locally. It has no effect without -mfdpic.
17468 -mmulticore
17470 Build a standalone application for multicore Blackfin processors.
17471 This option causes proper start files and link scripts supporting
17472 multicore to be used, and defines the macro "__BFIN_MULTICORE". It
17473 can only be used with -mcpu=bf561[-sirevision].
17474 This option can be used with -mcorea or -mcoreb, which selects the
17476 one-application-per-core programming model. Without -mcorea or
17477 -mcoreb, the single-application/dual-core programming model is
17478 used. In this model, the main function of Core B should be named as
17479 "coreb_main".
17480 If this option is not used, the single-core application programming
17482 model is used.
17483 -mcorea
17485 Build a standalone application for Core A of BF561 when using the
17486 one-application-per-core programming model. Proper start files and
17487 link scripts are used to support Core A, and the macro
17488 "__BFIN_COREA" is defined. This option can only be used in
17489 conjunction with -mmulticore.
17490 -mcoreb
17492 Build a standalone application for Core B of BF561 when using the
17493 one-application-per-core programming model. Proper start files and
17494 link scripts are used to support Core B, and the macro
17495 "__BFIN_COREB" is defined. When this option is used, "coreb_main"
17496 should be used instead of "main". This option can only be used in
17497 conjunction with -mmulticore.
17498 -msdram
17500 Build a standalone application for SDRAM. Proper start files and
17501 link scripts are used to put the application into SDRAM, and the
17502 macro "__BFIN_SDRAM" is defined. The loader should initialize
17503 SDRAM before loading the application.
17504 -micplb
17506 Assume that ICPLBs are enabled at run time. This has an effect on
17507 certain anomaly workarounds. For Linux targets, the default is to
17508 assume ICPLBs are enabled; for standalone applications the default
17509 is off.
17510 C6X Options
17512 -march=name
17513 This specifies the name of the target architecture. GCC uses this
17514 name to determine what kind of instructions it can emit when
17515 generating assembly code. Permissible names are: c62x, c64x,
17516 c64x+, c67x, c67x+, c674x.
17517 -mbig-endian
17519 Generate code for a big-endian target.
17520 -mlittle-endian
17522 Generate code for a little-endian target. This is the default.
17523 -msim
17525 Choose startup files and linker script suitable for the simulator.
17526 -msdata=default
17528 Put small global and static data in the ".neardata" section, which
17529 is pointed to by register "B14". Put small uninitialized global
17530 and static data in the ".bss" section, which is adjacent to the
17531 ".neardata" section. Put small read-only data into the ".rodata"
17532 section. The corresponding sections used for large pieces of data
17533 are ".fardata", ".far" and ".const".
17534 -msdata=all
17536 Put all data, not just small objects, into the sections reserved
17537 for small data, and use addressing relative to the "B14" register
17538 to access them.
17539 -msdata=none
17541 Make no use of the sections reserved for small data, and use
17542 absolute addresses to access all data. Put all initialized global
17543 and static data in the ".fardata" section, and all uninitialized
17544 data in the ".far" section. Put all constant data into the
17545 ".const" section.
17546 CRIS Options
17548 These options are defined specifically for the CRIS ports.
17549 -march=architecture-type
17551 -mcpu=architecture-type
17552 Generate code for the specified architecture. The choices for
17553 architecture-type are v3, v8 and v10 for respectively ETRAX 4,
17554 ETRAX 100, and ETRAX 100 LX. Default is v0 except for cris-axis-
17555 linux-gnu, where the default is v10.
17556 -mtune=architecture-type
17558 Tune to architecture-type everything applicable about the generated
17559 code, except for the ABI and the set of available instructions.
17560 The choices for architecture-type are the same as for
17561 -march=architecture-type.
17562 -mmax-stack-frame=n
17564 Warn when the stack frame of a function exceeds n bytes.
17565 -metrax4
17567 -metrax100
17568 The options -metrax4 and -metrax100 are synonyms for -march=v3 and
17569 -march=v8 respectively.
17570 -mmul-bug-workaround
17572 -mno-mul-bug-workaround
17573 Work around a bug in the "muls" and "mulu" instructions for CPU
17574 models where it applies. This option is active by default.
17575 -mpdebug
17577 Enable CRIS-specific verbose debug-related information in the
17578 assembly code. This option also has the effect of turning off the
17579 #NO_APP formatted-code indicator to the assembler at the beginning
17580 of the assembly file.
17581 -mcc-init
17583 Do not use condition-code results from previous instruction; always
17584 emit compare and test instructions before use of condition codes.
17585 -mno-side-effects
17587 Do not emit instructions with side effects in addressing modes
17588 other than post-increment.
17589 -mstack-align
17591 -mno-stack-align
17592 -mdata-align
17593 -mno-data-align
17594 -mconst-align
17595 -mno-const-align
17596 These options (no- options) arrange (eliminate arrangements) for
17597 the stack frame, individual data and constants to be aligned for
17598 the maximum single data access size for the chosen CPU model. The
17599 default is to arrange for 32-bit alignment. ABI details such as
17600 structure layout are not affected by these options.
17601 -m32-bit
17603 -m16-bit
17604 -m8-bit
17605 Similar to the stack- data- and const-align options above, these
17606 options arrange for stack frame, writable data and constants to all
17607 be 32-bit, 16-bit or 8-bit aligned. The default is 32-bit
17608 alignment.
17609 -mno-prologue-epilogue
17611 -mprologue-epilogue
17612 With -mno-prologue-epilogue, the normal function prologue and
17613 epilogue which set up the stack frame are omitted and no return
17614 instructions or return sequences are generated in the code. Use
17615 this option only together with visual inspection of the compiled
17616 code: no warnings or errors are generated when call-saved registers
17617 must be saved, or storage for local variables needs to be
17618 allocated.
17619 -mno-gotplt
17621 -mgotplt
17622 With -fpic and -fPIC, don't generate (do generate) instruction
17623 sequences that load addresses for functions from the PLT part of
17624 the GOT rather than (traditional on other architectures) calls to
17625 the PLT. The default is -mgotplt.
17626 -melf
17628 Legacy no-op option only recognized with the cris-axis-elf and
17629 cris-axis-linux-gnu targets.
17630 -mlinux
17632 Legacy no-op option only recognized with the cris-axis-linux-gnu
17633 target.
17634 -sim
17636 This option, recognized for the cris-axis-elf, arranges to link
17637 with input-output functions from a simulator library. Code,
17638 initialized data and zero-initialized data are allocated
17639 consecutively.
17640 -sim2
17642 Like -sim, but pass linker options to locate initialized data at
17643 0x40000000 and zero-initialized data at 0x80000000.
17644 CR16 Options
17646 These options are defined specifically for the CR16 ports.
17647 -mmac
17649 Enable the use of multiply-accumulate instructions. Disabled by
17650 default.
17651 -mcr16cplus
17653 -mcr16c
17654 Generate code for CR16C or CR16C+ architecture. CR16C+ architecture
17655 is default.
17656 -msim
17658 Links the library libsim.a which is in compatible with simulator.
17659 Applicable to ELF compiler only.
17660 -mint32
17662 Choose integer type as 32-bit wide.
17663 -mbit-ops
17665 Generates "sbit"/"cbit" instructions for bit manipulations.
17666 -mdata-model=model
17668 Choose a data model. The choices for model are near, far or medium.
17669 medium is default. However, far is not valid with -mcr16c, as the
17670 CR16C architecture does not support the far data model.
17671 C-SKY Options
17673 GCC supports these options when compiling for C-SKY V2 processors.
17674 -march=arch
17676 Specify the C-SKY target architecture. Valid values for arch are:
17677 ck801, ck802, ck803, ck807, and ck810. The default is ck810.
17678 -mcpu=cpu
17680 Specify the C-SKY target processor. Valid values for cpu are:
17681 ck801, ck801t, ck802, ck802t, ck802j, ck803, ck803h, ck803t,
17682 ck803ht, ck803f, ck803fh, ck803e, ck803eh, ck803et, ck803eht,
17683 ck803ef, ck803efh, ck803ft, ck803eft, ck803efht, ck803r1, ck803hr1,
17684 ck803tr1, ck803htr1, ck803fr1, ck803fhr1, ck803er1, ck803ehr1,
17685 ck803etr1, ck803ehtr1, ck803efr1, ck803efhr1, ck803ftr1,
17686 ck803eftr1, ck803efhtr1, ck803s, ck803st, ck803se, ck803sf,
17687 ck803sef, ck803seft, ck807e, ck807ef, ck807, ck807f, ck810e,
17688 ck810et, ck810ef, ck810eft, ck810, ck810v, ck810f, ck810t, ck810fv,
17689 ck810tv, ck810ft, and ck810ftv.
17690 -mbig-endian
17692 -EB
17693 -mlittle-endian
17694 -EL Select big- or little-endian code. The default is little-endian.
17695 -mhard-float
17697 -msoft-float
17698 Select hardware or software floating-point implementations. The
17699 default is soft float.
17700 -mdouble-float
17702 -mno-double-float
17703 When -mhard-float is in effect, enable generation of double-
17704 precision float instructions. This is the default except when
17705 compiling for CK803.
17706 -mfdivdu
17708 -mno-fdivdu
17709 When -mhard-float is in effect, enable generation of "frecipd",
17710 "fsqrtd", and "fdivd" instructions. This is the default except
17711 when compiling for CK803.
17712 -mfpu=fpu
17714 Select the floating-point processor. This option can only be used
17715 with -mhard-float. Values for fpu are fpv2_sf (equivalent to
17716 -mno-double-float -mno-fdivdu), fpv2 (-mdouble-float -mno-divdu),
17717 and fpv2_divd (-mdouble-float -mdivdu).
17718 -melrw
17720 -mno-elrw
17721 Enable the extended "lrw" instruction. This option defaults to on
17722 for CK801 and off otherwise.
17723 -mistack
17725 -mno-istack
17726 Enable interrupt stack instructions; the default is off.
17727 The -mistack option is required to handle the "interrupt" and "isr"
17729 function attributes.
17730 -mmp
17732 Enable multiprocessor instructions; the default is off.
17733 -mcp
17735 Enable coprocessor instructions; the default is off.
17736 -mcache
17738 Enable coprocessor instructions; the default is off.
17739 -msecurity
17741 Enable C-SKY security instructions; the default is off.
17742 -mtrust
17744 Enable C-SKY trust instructions; the default is off.
17745 -mdsp
17747 -medsp
17748 -mvdsp
17749 Enable C-SKY DSP, Enhanced DSP, or Vector DSP instructions,
17750 respectively. All of these options default to off.
17751 -mdiv
17753 -mno-div
17754 Generate divide instructions. Default is off.
17755 -msmart
17757 -mno-smart
17758 Generate code for Smart Mode, using only registers numbered 0-7 to
17759 allow use of 16-bit instructions. This option is ignored for CK801
17760 where this is the required behavior, and it defaults to on for
17761 CK802. For other targets, the default is off.
17762 -mhigh-registers
17764 -mno-high-registers
17765 Generate code using the high registers numbered 16-31. This option
17766 is not supported on CK801, CK802, or CK803, and is enabled by
17767 default for other processors.
17768 -manchor
17770 -mno-anchor
17771 Generate code using global anchor symbol addresses.
17772 -mpushpop
17774 -mno-pushpop
17775 Generate code using "push" and "pop" instructions. This option
17776 defaults to on.
17777 -mmultiple-stld
17779 -mstm
17780 -mno-multiple-stld
17781 -mno-stm
17782 Generate code using "stm" and "ldm" instructions. This option
17783 isn't supported on CK801 but is enabled by default on other
17784 processors.
17785 -mconstpool
17787 -mno-constpool
17788 Create constant pools in the compiler instead of deferring it to
17789 the assembler. This option is the default and required for correct
17790 code generation on CK801 and CK802, and is optional on other
17791 processors.
17792 -mstack-size
17794 -mno-stack-size
17795 Emit ".stack_size" directives for each function in the assembly
17796 output. This option defaults to off.
17797 -mccrt
17799 -mno-ccrt
17800 Generate code for the C-SKY compiler runtime instead of libgcc.
17801 This option defaults to off.
17802 -mbranch-cost=n
17804 Set the branch costs to roughly "n" instructions. The default is
17805 1.
17806 -msched-prolog
17808 -mno-sched-prolog
17809 Permit scheduling of function prologue and epilogue sequences.
17810 Using this option can result in code that is not compliant with the
17811 C-SKY V2 ABI prologue requirements and that cannot be debugged or
17812 backtraced. It is disabled by default.
17813 Darwin Options
17815 These options are defined for all architectures running the Darwin
17816 operating system.
17817 FSF GCC on Darwin does not create "fat" object files; it creates an
17819 object file for the single architecture that GCC was built to target.
17820 Apple's GCC on Darwin does create "fat" files if multiple -arch options
17821 are used; it does so by running the compiler or linker multiple times
17822 and joining the results together with lipo.
17823 The subtype of the file created (like ppc7400 or ppc970 or i686) is
17825 determined by the flags that specify the ISA that GCC is targeting,
17826 like -mcpu or -march. The -force_cpusubtype_ALL option can be used to
17827 override this.
17828 The Darwin tools vary in their behavior when presented with an ISA
17830 mismatch. The assembler, as, only permits instructions to be used that
17831 are valid for the subtype of the file it is generating, so you cannot
17832 put 64-bit instructions in a ppc750 object file. The linker for shared
17833 libraries, /usr/bin/libtool, fails and prints an error if asked to
17834 create a shared library with a less restrictive subtype than its input
17835 files (for instance, trying to put a ppc970 object file in a ppc7400
17836 library). The linker for executables, ld, quietly gives the executable
17837 the most restrictive subtype of any of its input files.
17838 -Fdir
17840 Add the framework directory dir to the head of the list of
17841 directories to be searched for header files. These directories are
17842 interleaved with those specified by -I options and are scanned in a
17843 left-to-right order.
17844 A framework directory is a directory with frameworks in it. A
17846 framework is a directory with a Headers and/or PrivateHeaders
17847 directory contained directly in it that ends in .framework. The
17848 name of a framework is the name of this directory excluding the
17849 .framework. Headers associated with the framework are found in one
17850 of those two directories, with Headers being searched first. A
17851 subframework is a framework directory that is in a framework's
17852 Frameworks directory. Includes of subframework headers can only
17853 appear in a header of a framework that contains the subframework,
17854 or in a sibling subframework header. Two subframeworks are
17855 siblings if they occur in the same framework. A subframework
17856 should not have the same name as a framework; a warning is issued
17857 if this is violated. Currently a subframework cannot have
17858 subframeworks; in the future, the mechanism may be extended to
17859 support this. The standard frameworks can be found in
17860 /System/Library/Frameworks and /Library/Frameworks. An example
17861 include looks like "#include <Framework/header.h>", where Framework
17862 denotes the name of the framework and header.h is found in the
17863 PrivateHeaders or Headers directory.
17864 -iframeworkdir
17866 Like -F except the directory is a treated as a system directory.
17867 The main difference between this -iframework and -F is that with
17868 -iframework the compiler does not warn about constructs contained
17869 within header files found via dir. This option is valid only for
17870 the C family of languages.
17871 -gused
17873 Emit debugging information for symbols that are used. For stabs
17874 debugging format, this enables -feliminate-unused-debug-symbols.
17875 This is by default ON.
17876 -gfull
17878 Emit debugging information for all symbols and types.
17879 -mmacosx-version-min=version
17881 The earliest version of MacOS X that this executable will run on is
17882 version. Typical values of version include 10.1, 10.2, and 10.3.9.
17883 If the compiler was built to use the system's headers by default,
17885 then the default for this option is the system version on which the
17886 compiler is running, otherwise the default is to make choices that
17887 are compatible with as many systems and code bases as possible.
17888 -mkernel
17890 Enable kernel development mode. The -mkernel option sets -static,
17891 -fno-common, -fno-use-cxa-atexit, -fno-exceptions,
17892 -fno-non-call-exceptions, -fapple-kext, -fno-weak and -fno-rtti
17893 where applicable. This mode also sets -mno-altivec, -msoft-float,
17894 -fno-builtin and -mlong-branch for PowerPC targets.
17895 -mone-byte-bool
17897 Override the defaults for "bool" so that "sizeof(bool)==1". By
17898 default "sizeof(bool)" is 4 when compiling for Darwin/PowerPC and 1
17899 when compiling for Darwin/x86, so this option has no effect on x86.
17900 Warning: The -mone-byte-bool switch causes GCC to generate code
17902 that is not binary compatible with code generated without that
17903 switch. Using this switch may require recompiling all other
17904 modules in a program, including system libraries. Use this switch
17905 to conform to a non-default data model.
17906 -mfix-and-continue
17908 -ffix-and-continue
17909 -findirect-data
17910 Generate code suitable for fast turnaround development, such as to
17911 allow GDB to dynamically load .o files into already-running
17912 programs. -findirect-data and -ffix-and-continue are provided for
17913 backwards compatibility.
17914 -all_load
17916 Loads all members of static archive libraries. See man ld(1) for
17917 more information.
17918 -arch_errors_fatal
17920 Cause the errors having to do with files that have the wrong
17921 architecture to be fatal.
17922 -bind_at_load
17924 Causes the output file to be marked such that the dynamic linker
17925 will bind all undefined references when the file is loaded or
17926 launched.
17927 -bundle
17929 Produce a Mach-o bundle format file. See man ld(1) for more
17930 information.
17931 -bundle_loader executable
17933 This option specifies the executable that will load the build
17934 output file being linked. See man ld(1) for more information.
17935 -dynamiclib
17937 When passed this option, GCC produces a dynamic library instead of
17938 an executable when linking, using the Darwin libtool command.
17939 -force_cpusubtype_ALL
17941 This causes GCC's output file to have the ALL subtype, instead of
17942 one controlled by the -mcpu or -march option.
17943 -allowable_client client_name
17945 -client_name
17946 -compatibility_version
17947 -current_version
17948 -dead_strip
17949 -dependency-file
17950 -dylib_file
17951 -dylinker_install_name
17952 -dynamic
17953 -exported_symbols_list
17954 -filelist
17955 -flat_namespace
17956 -force_flat_namespace
17957 -headerpad_max_install_names
17958 -image_base
17959 -init
17960 -install_name
17961 -keep_private_externs
17962 -multi_module
17963 -multiply_defined
17964 -multiply_defined_unused
17965 -noall_load
17966 -no_dead_strip_inits_and_terms
17967 -nofixprebinding
17968 -nomultidefs
17969 -noprebind
17970 -noseglinkedit
17971 -pagezero_size
17972 -prebind
17973 -prebind_all_twolevel_modules
17974 -private_bundle
17975 -read_only_relocs
17976 -sectalign
17977 -sectobjectsymbols
17978 -whyload
17979 -seg1addr
17980 -sectcreate
17981 -sectobjectsymbols
17982 -sectorder
17983 -segaddr
17984 -segs_read_only_addr
17985 -segs_read_write_addr
17986 -seg_addr_table
17987 -seg_addr_table_filename
17988 -seglinkedit
17989 -segprot
17990 -segs_read_only_addr
17991 -segs_read_write_addr
17992 -single_module
17993 -static
17994 -sub_library
17995 -sub_umbrella
17996 -twolevel_namespace
17997 -umbrella
17998 -undefined
17999 -unexported_symbols_list
18000 -weak_reference_mismatches
18001 -whatsloaded
18002 These options are passed to the Darwin linker. The Darwin linker
18003 man page describes them in detail.
18004 DEC Alpha Options
18006 These -m options are defined for the DEC Alpha implementations:
18007 -mno-soft-float
18009 -msoft-float
18010 Use (do not use) the hardware floating-point instructions for
18011 floating-point operations. When -msoft-float is specified,
18012 functions in libgcc.a are used to perform floating-point
18013 operations. Unless they are replaced by routines that emulate the
18014 floating-point operations, or compiled in such a way as to call
18015 such emulations routines, these routines issue floating-point
18016 operations. If you are compiling for an Alpha without floating-
18017 point operations, you must ensure that the library is built so as
18018 not to call them.
18019 Note that Alpha implementations without floating-point operations
18021 are required to have floating-point registers.
18022 -mfp-reg
18024 -mno-fp-regs
18025 Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point register
18026 set. -mno-fp-regs implies -msoft-float. If the floating-point
18027 register set is not used, floating-point operands are passed in
18028 integer registers as if they were integers and floating-point
18029 results are passed in $0 instead of $f0. This is a non-standard
18030 calling sequence, so any function with a floating-point argument or
18031 return value called by code compiled with -mno-fp-regs must also be
18032 compiled with that option.
18033 A typical use of this option is building a kernel that does not
18035 use, and hence need not save and restore, any floating-point
18036 registers.
18037 -mieee
18039 The Alpha architecture implements floating-point hardware optimized
18040 for maximum performance. It is mostly compliant with the IEEE
18041 floating-point standard. However, for full compliance, software
18042 assistance is required. This option generates code fully IEEE-
18043 compliant code except that the inexact-flag is not maintained (see
18044 below). If this option is turned on, the preprocessor macro
18045 "_IEEE_FP" is defined during compilation. The resulting code is
18046 less efficient but is able to correctly support denormalized
18047 numbers and exceptional IEEE values such as not-a-number and
18048 plus/minus infinity. Other Alpha compilers call this option
18049 -ieee_with_no_inexact.
18050 -mieee-with-inexact
18052 This is like -mieee except the generated code also maintains the
18053 IEEE inexact-flag. Turning on this option causes the generated
18054 code to implement fully-compliant IEEE math. In addition to
18055 "_IEEE_FP", "_IEEE_FP_EXACT" is defined as a preprocessor macro.
18056 On some Alpha implementations the resulting code may execute
18057 significantly slower than the code generated by default. Since
18058 there is very little code that depends on the inexact-flag, you
18059 should normally not specify this option. Other Alpha compilers
18060 call this option -ieee_with_inexact.
18061 -mfp-trap-mode=trap-mode
18063 This option controls what floating-point related traps are enabled.
18064 Other Alpha compilers call this option -fptm trap-mode. The trap
18065 mode can be set to one of four values:
18066 n This is the default (normal) setting. The only traps that are
18068 enabled are the ones that cannot be disabled in software (e.g.,
18069 division by zero trap).
18070 u In addition to the traps enabled by n, underflow traps are
18072 enabled as well.
18073 su Like u, but the instructions are marked to be safe for software
18075 completion (see Alpha architecture manual for details).
18076 sui Like su, but inexact traps are enabled as well.
18078 -mfp-rounding-mode=rounding-mode
18080 Selects the IEEE rounding mode. Other Alpha compilers call this
18081 option -fprm rounding-mode. The rounding-mode can be one of:
18082 n Normal IEEE rounding mode. Floating-point numbers are rounded
18084 towards the nearest machine number or towards the even machine
18085 number in case of a tie.
18086 m Round towards minus infinity.
18088 c Chopped rounding mode. Floating-point numbers are rounded
18090 towards zero.
18091 d Dynamic rounding mode. A field in the floating-point control
18093 register (fpcr, see Alpha architecture reference manual)
18094 controls the rounding mode in effect. The C library
18095 initializes this register for rounding towards plus infinity.
18096 Thus, unless your program modifies the fpcr, d corresponds to
18097 round towards plus infinity.
18098 -mtrap-precision=trap-precision
18100 In the Alpha architecture, floating-point traps are imprecise.
18101 This means without software assistance it is impossible to recover
18102 from a floating trap and program execution normally needs to be
18103 terminated. GCC can generate code that can assist operating system
18104 trap handlers in determining the exact location that caused a
18105 floating-point trap. Depending on the requirements of an
18106 application, different levels of precisions can be selected:
18107 p Program precision. This option is the default and means a trap
18109 handler can only identify which program caused a floating-point
18110 exception.
18111 f Function precision. The trap handler can determine the
18113 function that caused a floating-point exception.
18114 i Instruction precision. The trap handler can determine the
18116 exact instruction that caused a floating-point exception.
18117 Other Alpha compilers provide the equivalent options called
18119 -scope_safe and -resumption_safe.
18120 -mieee-conformant
18122 This option marks the generated code as IEEE conformant. You must
18123 not use this option unless you also specify -mtrap-precision=i and
18124 either -mfp-trap-mode=su or -mfp-trap-mode=sui. Its only effect is
18125 to emit the line .eflag 48 in the function prologue of the
18126 generated assembly file.
18127 -mbuild-constants
18129 Normally GCC examines a 32- or 64-bit integer constant to see if it
18130 can construct it from smaller constants in two or three
18131 instructions. If it cannot, it outputs the constant as a literal
18132 and generates code to load it from the data segment at run time.
18133 Use this option to require GCC to construct all integer constants
18135 using code, even if it takes more instructions (the maximum is
18136 six).
18137 You typically use this option to build a shared library dynamic
18139 loader. Itself a shared library, it must relocate itself in memory
18140 before it can find the variables and constants in its own data
18141 segment.
18142 -mbwx
18144 -mno-bwx
18145 -mcix
18146 -mno-cix
18147 -mfix
18148 -mno-fix
18149 -mmax
18150 -mno-max
18151 Indicate whether GCC should generate code to use the optional BWX,
18152 CIX, FIX and MAX instruction sets. The default is to use the
18153 instruction sets supported by the CPU type specified via -mcpu=
18154 option or that of the CPU on which GCC was built if none is
18155 specified.
18156 -mfloat-vax
18158 -mfloat-ieee
18159 Generate code that uses (does not use) VAX F and G floating-point
18160 arithmetic instead of IEEE single and double precision.
18161 -mexplicit-relocs
18163 -mno-explicit-relocs
18164 Older Alpha assemblers provided no way to generate symbol
18165 relocations except via assembler macros. Use of these macros does
18166 not allow optimal instruction scheduling. GNU binutils as of
18167 version 2.12 supports a new syntax that allows the compiler to
18168 explicitly mark which relocations should apply to which
18169 instructions. This option is mostly useful for debugging, as GCC
18170 detects the capabilities of the assembler when it is built and sets
18171 the default accordingly.
18172 -msmall-data
18174 -mlarge-data
18175 When -mexplicit-relocs is in effect, static data is accessed via
18176 gp-relative relocations. When -msmall-data is used, objects 8
18177 bytes long or smaller are placed in a small data area (the ".sdata"
18178 and ".sbss" sections) and are accessed via 16-bit relocations off
18179 of the $gp register. This limits the size of the small data area
18180 to 64KB, but allows the variables to be directly accessed via a
18181 single instruction.
18182 The default is -mlarge-data. With this option the data area is
18184 limited to just below 2GB. Programs that require more than 2GB of
18185 data must use "malloc" or "mmap" to allocate the data in the heap
18186 instead of in the program's data segment.
18187 When generating code for shared libraries, -fpic implies
18189 -msmall-data and -fPIC implies -mlarge-data.
18190 -msmall-text
18192 -mlarge-text
18193 When -msmall-text is used, the compiler assumes that the code of
18194 the entire program (or shared library) fits in 4MB, and is thus
18195 reachable with a branch instruction. When -msmall-data is used,
18196 the compiler can assume that all local symbols share the same $gp
18197 value, and thus reduce the number of instructions required for a
18198 function call from 4 to 1.
18199 The default is -mlarge-text.
18201 -mcpu=cpu_type
18203 Set the instruction set and instruction scheduling parameters for
18204 machine type cpu_type. You can specify either the EV style name or
18205 the corresponding chip number. GCC supports scheduling parameters
18206 for the EV4, EV5 and EV6 family of processors and chooses the
18207 default values for the instruction set from the processor you
18208 specify. If you do not specify a processor type, GCC defaults to
18209 the processor on which the compiler was built.
18210 Supported values for cpu_type are
18212 ev4
18214 ev45
18215 21064
18216 Schedules as an EV4 and has no instruction set extensions.
18217 ev5
18219 21164
18220 Schedules as an EV5 and has no instruction set extensions.
18221 ev56
18223 21164a
18224 Schedules as an EV5 and supports the BWX extension.
18225 pca56
18227 21164pc
18228 21164PC
18229 Schedules as an EV5 and supports the BWX and MAX extensions.
18230 ev6
18232 21264
18233 Schedules as an EV6 and supports the BWX, FIX, and MAX
18234 extensions.
18235 ev67
18237 21264a
18238 Schedules as an EV6 and supports the BWX, CIX, FIX, and MAX
18239 extensions.
18240 Native toolchains also support the value native, which selects the
18242 best architecture option for the host processor. -mcpu=native has
18243 no effect if GCC does not recognize the processor.
18244 -mtune=cpu_type
18246 Set only the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
18247 cpu_type. The instruction set is not changed.
18248 Native toolchains also support the value native, which selects the
18250 best architecture option for the host processor. -mtune=native has
18251 no effect if GCC does not recognize the processor.
18252 -mmemory-latency=time
18254 Sets the latency the scheduler should assume for typical memory
18255 references as seen by the application. This number is highly
18256 dependent on the memory access patterns used by the application and
18257 the size of the external cache on the machine.
18258 Valid options for time are
18260 number
18262 A decimal number representing clock cycles.
18263 L1
18265 L2
18266 L3
18267 main
18268 The compiler contains estimates of the number of clock cycles
18269 for "typical" EV4 & EV5 hardware for the Level 1, 2 & 3 caches
18270 (also called Dcache, Scache, and Bcache), as well as to main
18271 memory. Note that L3 is only valid for EV5.
18272 eBPF Options
18274 -mframe-limit=bytes
18275 This specifies the hard limit for frame sizes, in bytes.
18276 Currently, the value that can be specified should be less than or
18277 equal to 32767. Defaults to whatever limit is imposed by the
18278 version of the Linux kernel targeted.
18279 -mkernel=version
18281 This specifies the minimum version of the kernel that will run the
18282 compiled program. GCC uses this version to determine which
18283 instructions to use, what kernel helpers to allow, etc. Currently,
18284 version can be one of 4.0, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8,
18285 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19,
18286 4.20, 5.0, 5.1, 5.2, latest and native.
18287 -mbig-endian
18289 Generate code for a big-endian target.
18290 -mlittle-endian
18292 Generate code for a little-endian target. This is the default.
18293 -mxbpf
18295 Generate code for an expanded version of BPF, which relaxes some of
18296 the restrictions imposed by the BPF architecture:
18297 -<Save and restore callee-saved registers at function entry and>
18299 exit, respectively.
18300 FR30 Options
18302 These options are defined specifically for the FR30 port.
18303 -msmall-model
18305 Use the small address space model. This can produce smaller code,
18306 but it does assume that all symbolic values and addresses fit into
18307 a 20-bit range.
18308 -mno-lsim
18310 Assume that runtime support has been provided and so there is no
18311 need to include the simulator library (libsim.a) on the linker
18312 command line.
18313 FT32 Options
18315 These options are defined specifically for the FT32 port.
18316 -msim
18318 Specifies that the program will be run on the simulator. This
18319 causes an alternate runtime startup and library to be linked. You
18320 must not use this option when generating programs that will run on
18321 real hardware; you must provide your own runtime library for
18322 whatever I/O functions are needed.
18323 -mlra
18325 Enable Local Register Allocation. This is still experimental for
18326 FT32, so by default the compiler uses standard reload.
18327 -mnodiv
18329 Do not use div and mod instructions.
18330 -mft32b
18332 Enable use of the extended instructions of the FT32B processor.
18333 -mcompress
18335 Compress all code using the Ft32B code compression scheme.
18336 -mnopm
18338 Do not generate code that reads program memory.
18339 FRV Options
18341 -mgpr-32
18342 Only use the first 32 general-purpose registers.
18343 -mgpr-64
18345 Use all 64 general-purpose registers.
18346 -mfpr-32
18348 Use only the first 32 floating-point registers.
18349 -mfpr-64
18351 Use all 64 floating-point registers.
18352 -mhard-float
18354 Use hardware instructions for floating-point operations.
18355 -msoft-float
18357 Use library routines for floating-point operations.
18358 -malloc-cc
18360 Dynamically allocate condition code registers.
18361 -mfixed-cc
18363 Do not try to dynamically allocate condition code registers, only
18364 use "icc0" and "fcc0".
18365 -mdword
18367 Change ABI to use double word insns.
18368 -mno-dword
18370 Do not use double word instructions.
18371 -mdouble
18373 Use floating-point double instructions.
18374 -mno-double
18376 Do not use floating-point double instructions.
18377 -mmedia
18379 Use media instructions.
18380 -mno-media
18382 Do not use media instructions.
18383 -mmuladd
18385 Use multiply and add/subtract instructions.
18386 -mno-muladd
18388 Do not use multiply and add/subtract instructions.
18389 -mfdpic
18391 Select the FDPIC ABI, which uses function descriptors to represent
18392 pointers to functions. Without any PIC/PIE-related options, it
18393 implies -fPIE. With -fpic or -fpie, it assumes GOT entries and
18394 small data are within a 12-bit range from the GOT base address;
18395 with -fPIC or -fPIE, GOT offsets are computed with 32 bits. With a
18396 bfin-elf target, this option implies -msim.
18397 -minline-plt
18399 Enable inlining of PLT entries in function calls to functions that
18400 are not known to bind locally. It has no effect without -mfdpic.
18401 It's enabled by default if optimizing for speed and compiling for
18402 shared libraries (i.e., -fPIC or -fpic), or when an optimization
18403 option such as -O3 or above is present in the command line.
18404 -mTLS
18406 Assume a large TLS segment when generating thread-local code.
18407 -mtls
18409 Do not assume a large TLS segment when generating thread-local
18410 code.
18411 -mgprel-ro
18413 Enable the use of "GPREL" relocations in the FDPIC ABI for data
18414 that is known to be in read-only sections. It's enabled by
18415 default, except for -fpic or -fpie: even though it may help make
18416 the global offset table smaller, it trades 1 instruction for 4.
18417 With -fPIC or -fPIE, it trades 3 instructions for 4, one of which
18418 may be shared by multiple symbols, and it avoids the need for a GOT
18419 entry for the referenced symbol, so it's more likely to be a win.
18420 If it is not, -mno-gprel-ro can be used to disable it.
18421 -multilib-library-pic
18423 Link with the (library, not FD) pic libraries. It's implied by
18424 -mlibrary-pic, as well as by -fPIC and -fpic without -mfdpic. You
18425 should never have to use it explicitly.
18426 -mlinked-fp
18428 Follow the EABI requirement of always creating a frame pointer
18429 whenever a stack frame is allocated. This option is enabled by
18430 default and can be disabled with -mno-linked-fp.
18431 -mlong-calls
18433 Use indirect addressing to call functions outside the current
18434 compilation unit. This allows the functions to be placed anywhere
18435 within the 32-bit address space.
18436 -malign-labels
18438 Try to align labels to an 8-byte boundary by inserting NOPs into
18439 the previous packet. This option only has an effect when VLIW
18440 packing is enabled. It doesn't create new packets; it merely adds
18441 NOPs to existing ones.
18442 -mlibrary-pic
18444 Generate position-independent EABI code.
18445 -macc-4
18447 Use only the first four media accumulator registers.
18448 -macc-8
18450 Use all eight media accumulator registers.
18451 -mpack
18453 Pack VLIW instructions.
18454 -mno-pack
18456 Do not pack VLIW instructions.
18457 -mno-eflags
18459 Do not mark ABI switches in e_flags.
18460 -mcond-move
18462 Enable the use of conditional-move instructions (default).
18463 This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be
18465 removed in a future version.
18466 -mno-cond-move
18468 Disable the use of conditional-move instructions.
18469 This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be
18471 removed in a future version.
18472 -mscc
18474 Enable the use of conditional set instructions (default).
18475 This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be
18477 removed in a future version.
18478 -mno-scc
18480 Disable the use of conditional set instructions.
18481 This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be
18483 removed in a future version.
18484 -mcond-exec
18486 Enable the use of conditional execution (default).
18487 This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be
18489 removed in a future version.
18490 -mno-cond-exec
18492 Disable the use of conditional execution.
18493 This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be
18495 removed in a future version.
18496 -mvliw-branch
18498 Run a pass to pack branches into VLIW instructions (default).
18499 This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be
18501 removed in a future version.
18502 -mno-vliw-branch
18504 Do not run a pass to pack branches into VLIW instructions.
18505 This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be
18507 removed in a future version.
18508 -mmulti-cond-exec
18510 Enable optimization of "&&" and "||" in conditional execution
18511 (default).
18512 This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be
18514 removed in a future version.
18515 -mno-multi-cond-exec
18517 Disable optimization of "&&" and "||" in conditional execution.
18518 This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be
18520 removed in a future version.
18521 -mnested-cond-exec
18523 Enable nested conditional execution optimizations (default).
18524 This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be
18526 removed in a future version.
18527 -mno-nested-cond-exec
18529 Disable nested conditional execution optimizations.
18530 This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be
18532 removed in a future version.
18533 -moptimize-membar
18535 This switch removes redundant "membar" instructions from the
18536 compiler-generated code. It is enabled by default.
18537 -mno-optimize-membar
18539 This switch disables the automatic removal of redundant "membar"
18540 instructions from the generated code.
18541 -mtomcat-stats
18543 Cause gas to print out tomcat statistics.
18544 -mcpu=cpu
18546 Select the processor type for which to generate code. Possible
18547 values are frv, fr550, tomcat, fr500, fr450, fr405, fr400, fr300
18548 and simple.
18549 GNU/Linux Options
18551 These -m options are defined for GNU/Linux targets:
18552 -mglibc
18554 Use the GNU C library. This is the default except on
18555 *-*-linux-*uclibc*, *-*-linux-*musl* and *-*-linux-*android*
18556 targets.
18557 -muclibc
18559 Use uClibc C library. This is the default on *-*-linux-*uclibc*
18560 targets.
18561 -mmusl
18563 Use the musl C library. This is the default on *-*-linux-*musl*
18564 targets.
18565 -mbionic
18567 Use Bionic C library. This is the default on *-*-linux-*android*
18568 targets.
18569 -mandroid
18571 Compile code compatible with Android platform. This is the default
18572 on *-*-linux-*android* targets.
18573 When compiling, this option enables -mbionic, -fPIC,
18575 -fno-exceptions and -fno-rtti by default. When linking, this
18576 option makes the GCC driver pass Android-specific options to the
18577 linker. Finally, this option causes the preprocessor macro
18578 "__ANDROID__" to be defined.
18579 -tno-android-cc
18581 Disable compilation effects of -mandroid, i.e., do not enable
18582 -mbionic, -fPIC, -fno-exceptions and -fno-rtti by default.
18583 -tno-android-ld
18585 Disable linking effects of -mandroid, i.e., pass standard Linux
18586 linking options to the linker.
18587 H8/300 Options
18589 These -m options are defined for the H8/300 implementations:
18590 -mrelax
18592 Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses
18593 the linker option -relax.
18594 -mh Generate code for the H8/300H.
18596 -ms Generate code for the H8S.
18598 -mn Generate code for the H8S and H8/300H in the normal mode. This
18600 switch must be used either with -mh or -ms.
18601 -ms2600
18603 Generate code for the H8S/2600. This switch must be used with -ms.
18604 -mexr
18606 Extended registers are stored on stack before execution of function
18607 with monitor attribute. Default option is -mexr. This option is
18608 valid only for H8S targets.
18609 -mno-exr
18611 Extended registers are not stored on stack before execution of
18612 function with monitor attribute. Default option is -mno-exr. This
18613 option is valid only for H8S targets.
18614 -mint32
18616 Make "int" data 32 bits by default.
18617 -malign-300
18619 On the H8/300H and H8S, use the same alignment rules as for the
18620 H8/300. The default for the H8/300H and H8S is to align longs and
18621 floats on 4-byte boundaries. -malign-300 causes them to be aligned
18622 on 2-byte boundaries. This option has no effect on the H8/300.
18623 HPPA Options
18625 These -m options are defined for the HPPA family of computers:
18626 -march=architecture-type
18628 Generate code for the specified architecture. The choices for
18629 architecture-type are 1.0 for PA 1.0, 1.1 for PA 1.1, and 2.0 for
18630 PA 2.0 processors. Refer to /usr/lib/sched.models on an HP-UX
18631 system to determine the proper architecture option for your
18632 machine. Code compiled for lower numbered architectures runs on
18633 higher numbered architectures, but not the other way around.
18634 -mpa-risc-1-0
18636 -mpa-risc-1-1
18637 -mpa-risc-2-0
18638 Synonyms for -march=1.0, -march=1.1, and -march=2.0 respectively.
18639 -mcaller-copies
18641 The caller copies function arguments passed by hidden reference.
18642 This option should be used with care as it is not compatible with
18643 the default 32-bit runtime. However, only aggregates larger than
18644 eight bytes are passed by hidden reference and the option provides
18645 better compatibility with OpenMP.
18646 -mjump-in-delay
18648 This option is ignored and provided for compatibility purposes
18649 only.
18650 -mdisable-fpregs
18652 Prevent floating-point registers from being used in any manner.
18653 This is necessary for compiling kernels that perform lazy context
18654 switching of floating-point registers. If you use this option and
18655 attempt to perform floating-point operations, the compiler aborts.
18656 -mdisable-indexing
18658 Prevent the compiler from using indexing address modes. This
18659 avoids some rather obscure problems when compiling MIG generated
18660 code under MACH.
18661 -mno-space-regs
18663 Generate code that assumes the target has no space registers. This
18664 allows GCC to generate faster indirect calls and use unscaled index
18665 address modes.
18666 Such code is suitable for level 0 PA systems and kernels.
18668 -mfast-indirect-calls
18670 Generate code that assumes calls never cross space boundaries.
18671 This allows GCC to emit code that performs faster indirect calls.
18672 This option does not work in the presence of shared libraries or
18674 nested functions.
18675 -mfixed-range=register-range
18677 Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers.
18678 A fixed register is one that the register allocator cannot use.
18679 This is useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is
18680 specified as two registers separated by a dash. Multiple register
18681 ranges can be specified separated by a comma.
18682 -mlong-load-store
18684 Generate 3-instruction load and store sequences as sometimes
18685 required by the HP-UX 10 linker. This is equivalent to the +k
18686 option to the HP compilers.
18687 -mportable-runtime
18689 Use the portable calling conventions proposed by HP for ELF
18690 systems.
18691 -mgas
18693 Enable the use of assembler directives only GAS understands.
18694 -mschedule=cpu-type
18696 Schedule code according to the constraints for the machine type
18697 cpu-type. The choices for cpu-type are 700 7100, 7100LC, 7200,
18698 7300 and 8000. Refer to /usr/lib/sched.models on an HP-UX system
18699 to determine the proper scheduling option for your machine. The
18700 default scheduling is 8000.
18701 -mlinker-opt
18703 Enable the optimization pass in the HP-UX linker. Note this makes
18704 symbolic debugging impossible. It also triggers a bug in the HP-UX
18705 8 and HP-UX 9 linkers in which they give bogus error messages when
18706 linking some programs.
18707 -msoft-float
18709 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
18710 Warning: the requisite libraries are not available for all HPPA
18711 targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler
18712 are used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation.
18713 You must make your own arrangements to provide suitable library
18714 functions for cross-compilation.
18715 -msoft-float changes the calling convention in the output file;
18717 therefore, it is only useful if you compile all of a program with
18718 this option. In particular, you need to compile libgcc.a, the
18719 library that comes with GCC, with -msoft-float in order for this to
18720 work.
18721 -msio
18723 Generate the predefine, "_SIO", for server IO. The default is
18724 -mwsio. This generates the predefines, "__hp9000s700",
18725 "__hp9000s700__" and "_WSIO", for workstation IO. These options
18726 are available under HP-UX and HI-UX.
18727 -mgnu-ld
18729 Use options specific to GNU ld. This passes -shared to ld when
18730 building a shared library. It is the default when GCC is
18731 configured, explicitly or implicitly, with the GNU linker. This
18732 option does not affect which ld is called; it only changes what
18733 parameters are passed to that ld. The ld that is called is
18734 determined by the --with-ld configure option, GCC's program search
18735 path, and finally by the user's PATH. The linker used by GCC can
18736 be printed using which `gcc -print-prog-name=ld`. This option is
18737 only available on the 64-bit HP-UX GCC, i.e. configured with
18738 hppa*64*-*-hpux*.
18739 -mhp-ld
18741 Use options specific to HP ld. This passes -b to ld when building
18742 a shared library and passes +Accept TypeMismatch to ld on all
18743 links. It is the default when GCC is configured, explicitly or
18744 implicitly, with the HP linker. This option does not affect which
18745 ld is called; it only changes what parameters are passed to that
18746 ld. The ld that is called is determined by the --with-ld configure
18747 option, GCC's program search path, and finally by the user's PATH.
18748 The linker used by GCC can be printed using which `gcc
18749 -print-prog-name=ld`. This option is only available on the 64-bit
18750 HP-UX GCC, i.e. configured with hppa*64*-*-hpux*.
18751 -mlong-calls
18753 Generate code that uses long call sequences. This ensures that a
18754 call is always able to reach linker generated stubs. The default
18755 is to generate long calls only when the distance from the call site
18756 to the beginning of the function or translation unit, as the case
18757 may be, exceeds a predefined limit set by the branch type being
18758 used. The limits for normal calls are 7,600,000 and 240,000 bytes,
18759 respectively for the PA 2.0 and PA 1.X architectures. Sibcalls are
18760 always limited at 240,000 bytes.
18761 Distances are measured from the beginning of functions when using
18763 the -ffunction-sections option, or when using the -mgas and
18764 -mno-portable-runtime options together under HP-UX with the SOM
18765 linker.
18766 It is normally not desirable to use this option as it degrades
18768 performance. However, it may be useful in large applications,
18769 particularly when partial linking is used to build the application.
18770 The types of long calls used depends on the capabilities of the
18772 assembler and linker, and the type of code being generated. The
18773 impact on systems that support long absolute calls, and long pic
18774 symbol-difference or pc-relative calls should be relatively small.
18775 However, an indirect call is used on 32-bit ELF systems in pic code
18776 and it is quite long.
18777 -munix=unix-std
18779 Generate compiler predefines and select a startfile for the
18780 specified UNIX standard. The choices for unix-std are 93, 95 and
18781 98. 93 is supported on all HP-UX versions. 95 is available on HP-
18782 UX 10.10 and later. 98 is available on HP-UX 11.11 and later. The
18783 default values are 93 for HP-UX 10.00, 95 for HP-UX 10.10 though to
18784 11.00, and 98 for HP-UX 11.11 and later.
18785 -munix=93 provides the same predefines as GCC 3.3 and 3.4.
18787 -munix=95 provides additional predefines for "XOPEN_UNIX" and
18788 "_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED", and the startfile unix95.o. -munix=98
18789 provides additional predefines for "_XOPEN_UNIX",
18790 "_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED", "_INCLUDE__STDC_A1_SOURCE" and
18791 "_INCLUDE_XOPEN_SOURCE_500", and the startfile unix98.o.
18792 It is important to note that this option changes the interfaces for
18794 various library routines. It also affects the operational behavior
18795 of the C library. Thus, extreme care is needed in using this
18796 option.
18797 Library code that is intended to operate with more than one UNIX
18799 standard must test, set and restore the variable
18800 "__xpg4_extended_mask" as appropriate. Most GNU software doesn't
18801 provide this capability.
18802 -nolibdld
18804 Suppress the generation of link options to search libdld.sl when
18805 the -static option is specified on HP-UX 10 and later.
18806 -static
18808 The HP-UX implementation of setlocale in libc has a dependency on
18809 libdld.sl. There isn't an archive version of libdld.sl. Thus,
18810 when the -static option is specified, special link options are
18811 needed to resolve this dependency.
18812 On HP-UX 10 and later, the GCC driver adds the necessary options to
18814 link with libdld.sl when the -static option is specified. This
18815 causes the resulting binary to be dynamic. On the 64-bit port, the
18816 linkers generate dynamic binaries by default in any case. The
18817 -nolibdld option can be used to prevent the GCC driver from adding
18818 these link options.
18819 -threads
18821 Add support for multithreading with the dce thread library under
18822 HP-UX. This option sets flags for both the preprocessor and
18823 linker.
18824 IA-64 Options
18826 These are the -m options defined for the Intel IA-64 architecture.
18827 -mbig-endian
18829 Generate code for a big-endian target. This is the default for HP-
18830 UX.
18831 -mlittle-endian
18833 Generate code for a little-endian target. This is the default for
18834 AIX5 and GNU/Linux.
18835 -mgnu-as
18837 -mno-gnu-as
18838 Generate (or don't) code for the GNU assembler. This is the
18839 default.
18840 -mgnu-ld
18842 -mno-gnu-ld
18843 Generate (or don't) code for the GNU linker. This is the default.
18844 -mno-pic
18846 Generate code that does not use a global pointer register. The
18847 result is not position independent code, and violates the IA-64
18848 ABI.
18849 -mvolatile-asm-stop
18851 -mno-volatile-asm-stop
18852 Generate (or don't) a stop bit immediately before and after
18853 volatile asm statements.
18854 -mregister-names
18856 -mno-register-names
18857 Generate (or don't) in, loc, and out register names for the stacked
18858 registers. This may make assembler output more readable.
18859 -mno-sdata
18861 -msdata
18862 Disable (or enable) optimizations that use the small data section.
18863 This may be useful for working around optimizer bugs.
18864 -mconstant-gp
18866 Generate code that uses a single constant global pointer value.
18867 This is useful when compiling kernel code.
18868 -mauto-pic
18870 Generate code that is self-relocatable. This implies
18871 -mconstant-gp. This is useful when compiling firmware code.
18872 -minline-float-divide-min-latency
18874 Generate code for inline divides of floating-point values using the
18875 minimum latency algorithm.
18876 -minline-float-divide-max-throughput
18878 Generate code for inline divides of floating-point values using the
18879 maximum throughput algorithm.
18880 -mno-inline-float-divide
18882 Do not generate inline code for divides of floating-point values.
18883 -minline-int-divide-min-latency
18885 Generate code for inline divides of integer values using the
18886 minimum latency algorithm.
18887 -minline-int-divide-max-throughput
18889 Generate code for inline divides of integer values using the
18890 maximum throughput algorithm.
18891 -mno-inline-int-divide
18893 Do not generate inline code for divides of integer values.
18894 -minline-sqrt-min-latency
18896 Generate code for inline square roots using the minimum latency
18897 algorithm.
18898 -minline-sqrt-max-throughput
18900 Generate code for inline square roots using the maximum throughput
18901 algorithm.
18902 -mno-inline-sqrt
18904 Do not generate inline code for "sqrt".
18905 -mfused-madd
18907 -mno-fused-madd
18908 Do (don't) generate code that uses the fused multiply/add or
18909 multiply/subtract instructions. The default is to use these
18910 instructions.
18911 -mno-dwarf2-asm
18913 -mdwarf2-asm
18914 Don't (or do) generate assembler code for the DWARF line number
18915 debugging info. This may be useful when not using the GNU
18916 assembler.
18917 -mearly-stop-bits
18919 -mno-early-stop-bits
18920 Allow stop bits to be placed earlier than immediately preceding the
18921 instruction that triggered the stop bit. This can improve
18922 instruction scheduling, but does not always do so.
18923 -mfixed-range=register-range
18925 Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers.
18926 A fixed register is one that the register allocator cannot use.
18927 This is useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is
18928 specified as two registers separated by a dash. Multiple register
18929 ranges can be specified separated by a comma.
18930 -mtls-size=tls-size
18932 Specify bit size of immediate TLS offsets. Valid values are 14,
18933 22, and 64.
18934 -mtune=cpu-type
18936 Tune the instruction scheduling for a particular CPU, Valid values
18937 are itanium, itanium1, merced, itanium2, and mckinley.
18938 -milp32
18940 -mlp64
18941 Generate code for a 32-bit or 64-bit environment. The 32-bit
18942 environment sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits. The 64-bit
18943 environment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer to 64 bits.
18944 These are HP-UX specific flags.
18945 -mno-sched-br-data-spec
18947 -msched-br-data-spec
18948 (Dis/En)able data speculative scheduling before reload. This
18949 results in generation of "ld.a" instructions and the corresponding
18950 check instructions ("ld.c" / "chk.a"). The default setting is
18951 disabled.
18952 -msched-ar-data-spec
18954 -mno-sched-ar-data-spec
18955 (En/Dis)able data speculative scheduling after reload. This
18956 results in generation of "ld.a" instructions and the corresponding
18957 check instructions ("ld.c" / "chk.a"). The default setting is
18958 enabled.
18959 -mno-sched-control-spec
18961 -msched-control-spec
18962 (Dis/En)able control speculative scheduling. This feature is
18963 available only during region scheduling (i.e. before reload). This
18964 results in generation of the "ld.s" instructions and the
18965 corresponding check instructions "chk.s". The default setting is
18966 disabled.
18967 -msched-br-in-data-spec
18969 -mno-sched-br-in-data-spec
18970 (En/Dis)able speculative scheduling of the instructions that are
18971 dependent on the data speculative loads before reload. This is
18972 effective only with -msched-br-data-spec enabled. The default
18973 setting is enabled.
18974 -msched-ar-in-data-spec
18976 -mno-sched-ar-in-data-spec
18977 (En/Dis)able speculative scheduling of the instructions that are
18978 dependent on the data speculative loads after reload. This is
18979 effective only with -msched-ar-data-spec enabled. The default
18980 setting is enabled.
18981 -msched-in-control-spec
18983 -mno-sched-in-control-spec
18984 (En/Dis)able speculative scheduling of the instructions that are
18985 dependent on the control speculative loads. This is effective only
18986 with -msched-control-spec enabled. The default setting is enabled.
18987 -mno-sched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns
18989 -msched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns
18990 If enabled, data-speculative instructions are chosen for schedule
18991 only if there are no other choices at the moment. This makes the
18992 use of the data speculation much more conservative. The default
18993 setting is disabled.
18994 -mno-sched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns
18996 -msched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns
18997 If enabled, control-speculative instructions are chosen for
18998 schedule only if there are no other choices at the moment. This
18999 makes the use of the control speculation much more conservative.
19000 The default setting is disabled.
19001 -mno-sched-count-spec-in-critical-path
19003 -msched-count-spec-in-critical-path
19004 If enabled, speculative dependencies are considered during
19005 computation of the instructions priorities. This makes the use of
19006 the speculation a bit more conservative. The default setting is
19007 disabled.
19008 -msched-spec-ldc
19010 Use a simple data speculation check. This option is on by default.
19011 -msched-control-spec-ldc
19013 Use a simple check for control speculation. This option is on by
19014 default.
19015 -msched-stop-bits-after-every-cycle
19017 Place a stop bit after every cycle when scheduling. This option is
19018 on by default.
19019 -msched-fp-mem-deps-zero-cost
19021 Assume that floating-point stores and loads are not likely to cause
19022 a conflict when placed into the same instruction group. This
19023 option is disabled by default.
19024 -msel-sched-dont-check-control-spec
19026 Generate checks for control speculation in selective scheduling.
19027 This flag is disabled by default.
19028 -msched-max-memory-insns=max-insns
19030 Limit on the number of memory insns per instruction group, giving
19031 lower priority to subsequent memory insns attempting to schedule in
19032 the same instruction group. Frequently useful to prevent cache bank
19033 conflicts. The default value is 1.
19034 -msched-max-memory-insns-hard-limit
19036 Makes the limit specified by msched-max-memory-insns a hard limit,
19037 disallowing more than that number in an instruction group.
19038 Otherwise, the limit is "soft", meaning that non-memory operations
19039 are preferred when the limit is reached, but memory operations may
19040 still be scheduled.
19041 LM32 Options
19043 These -m options are defined for the LatticeMico32 architecture:
19044 -mbarrel-shift-enabled
19046 Enable barrel-shift instructions.
19047 -mdivide-enabled
19049 Enable divide and modulus instructions.
19050 -mmultiply-enabled
19052 Enable multiply instructions.
19053 -msign-extend-enabled
19055 Enable sign extend instructions.
19056 -muser-enabled
19058 Enable user-defined instructions.
19059 M32C Options
19061 -mcpu=name
19062 Select the CPU for which code is generated. name may be one of r8c
19063 for the R8C/Tiny series, m16c for the M16C (up to /60) series,
19064 m32cm for the M16C/80 series, or m32c for the M32C/80 series.
19065 -msim
19067 Specifies that the program will be run on the simulator. This
19068 causes an alternate runtime library to be linked in which supports,
19069 for example, file I/O. You must not use this option when
19070 generating programs that will run on real hardware; you must
19071 provide your own runtime library for whatever I/O functions are
19072 needed.
19073 -memregs=number
19075 Specifies the number of memory-based pseudo-registers GCC uses
19076 during code generation. These pseudo-registers are used like real
19077 registers, so there is a tradeoff between GCC's ability to fit the
19078 code into available registers, and the performance penalty of using
19079 memory instead of registers. Note that all modules in a program
19080 must be compiled with the same value for this option. Because of
19081 that, you must not use this option with GCC's default runtime
19082 libraries.
19083 M32R/D Options
19085 These -m options are defined for Renesas M32R/D architectures:
19086 -m32r2
19088 Generate code for the M32R/2.
19089 -m32rx
19091 Generate code for the M32R/X.
19092 -m32r
19094 Generate code for the M32R. This is the default.
19095 -mmodel=small
19097 Assume all objects live in the lower 16MB of memory (so that their
19098 addresses can be loaded with the "ld24" instruction), and assume
19099 all subroutines are reachable with the "bl" instruction. This is
19100 the default.
19101 The addressability of a particular object can be set with the
19103 "model" attribute.
19104 -mmodel=medium
19106 Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32-bit address space (the
19107 compiler generates "seth/add3" instructions to load their
19108 addresses), and assume all subroutines are reachable with the "bl"
19109 instruction.
19110 -mmodel=large
19112 Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32-bit address space (the
19113 compiler generates "seth/add3" instructions to load their
19114 addresses), and assume subroutines may not be reachable with the
19115 "bl" instruction (the compiler generates the much slower
19116 "seth/add3/jl" instruction sequence).
19117 -msdata=none
19119 Disable use of the small data area. Variables are put into one of
19120 ".data", ".bss", or ".rodata" (unless the "section" attribute has
19121 been specified). This is the default.
19122 The small data area consists of sections ".sdata" and ".sbss".
19124 Objects may be explicitly put in the small data area with the
19125 "section" attribute using one of these sections.
19126 -msdata=sdata
19128 Put small global and static data in the small data area, but do not
19129 generate special code to reference them.
19130 -msdata=use
19132 Put small global and static data in the small data area, and
19133 generate special instructions to reference them.
19134 -G num
19136 Put global and static objects less than or equal to num bytes into
19137 the small data or BSS sections instead of the normal data or BSS
19138 sections. The default value of num is 8. The -msdata option must
19139 be set to one of sdata or use for this option to have any effect.
19140 All modules should be compiled with the same -G num value.
19142 Compiling with different values of num may or may not work; if it
19143 doesn't the linker gives an error message---incorrect code is not
19144 generated.
19145 -mdebug
19147 Makes the M32R-specific code in the compiler display some
19148 statistics that might help in debugging programs.
19149 -malign-loops
19151 Align all loops to a 32-byte boundary.
19152 -mno-align-loops
19154 Do not enforce a 32-byte alignment for loops. This is the default.
19155 -missue-rate=number
19157 Issue number instructions per cycle. number can only be 1 or 2.
19158 -mbranch-cost=number
19160 number can only be 1 or 2. If it is 1 then branches are preferred
19161 over conditional code, if it is 2, then the opposite applies.
19162 -mflush-trap=number
19164 Specifies the trap number to use to flush the cache. The default
19165 is 12. Valid numbers are between 0 and 15 inclusive.
19166 -mno-flush-trap
19168 Specifies that the cache cannot be flushed by using a trap.
19169 -mflush-func=name
19171 Specifies the name of the operating system function to call to
19172 flush the cache. The default is _flush_cache, but a function call
19173 is only used if a trap is not available.
19174 -mno-flush-func
19176 Indicates that there is no OS function for flushing the cache.
19177 M680x0 Options
19179 These are the -m options defined for M680x0 and ColdFire processors.
19180 The default settings depend on which architecture was selected when the
19181 compiler was configured; the defaults for the most common choices are
19182 given below.
19183 -march=arch
19185 Generate code for a specific M680x0 or ColdFire instruction set
19186 architecture. Permissible values of arch for M680x0 architectures
19187 are: 68000, 68010, 68020, 68030, 68040, 68060 and cpu32. ColdFire
19188 architectures are selected according to Freescale's ISA
19189 classification and the permissible values are: isaa, isaaplus, isab
19190 and isac.
19191 GCC defines a macro "__mcfarch__" whenever it is generating code
19193 for a ColdFire target. The arch in this macro is one of the -march
19194 arguments given above.
19195 When used together, -march and -mtune select code that runs on a
19197 family of similar processors but that is optimized for a particular
19198 microarchitecture.
19199 -mcpu=cpu
19201 Generate code for a specific M680x0 or ColdFire processor. The
19202 M680x0 cpus are: 68000, 68010, 68020, 68030, 68040, 68060, 68302,
19203 68332 and cpu32. The ColdFire cpus are given by the table below,
19204 which also classifies the CPUs into families:
19205 Family : -mcpu arguments
19207 51 : 51 51ac 51ag 51cn 51em 51je 51jf 51jg 51jm 51mm 51qe 51qm
19208 5206 : 5202 5204 5206
19209 5206e : 5206e
19210 5208 : 5207 5208
19211 5211a : 5210a 5211a
19212 5213 : 5211 5212 5213
19213 5216 : 5214 5216
19214 52235 : 52230 52231 52232 52233 52234 52235
19215 5225 : 5224 5225
19216 52259 : 52252 52254 52255 52256 52258 52259
19217 5235 : 5232 5233 5234 5235 523x
19218 5249 : 5249
19219 5250 : 5250
19220 5271 : 5270 5271
19221 5272 : 5272
19222 5275 : 5274 5275
19223 5282 : 5280 5281 5282 528x
19224 53017 : 53011 53012 53013 53014 53015 53016 53017
19225 5307 : 5307
19226 5329 : 5327 5328 5329 532x
19227 5373 : 5372 5373 537x
19228 5407 : 5407
19229 5475 : 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 547x 5480 5481 5482 5483 5484
19230 5485
19231 -mcpu=cpu overrides -march=arch if arch is compatible with cpu.
19233 Other combinations of -mcpu and -march are rejected.
19234 GCC defines the macro "__mcf_cpu_cpu" when ColdFire target cpu is
19236 selected. It also defines "__mcf_family_family", where the value
19237 of family is given by the table above.
19238 -mtune=tune
19240 Tune the code for a particular microarchitecture within the
19241 constraints set by -march and -mcpu. The M680x0 microarchitectures
19242 are: 68000, 68010, 68020, 68030, 68040, 68060 and cpu32. The
19243 ColdFire microarchitectures are: cfv1, cfv2, cfv3, cfv4 and cfv4e.
19244 You can also use -mtune=68020-40 for code that needs to run
19246 relatively well on 68020, 68030 and 68040 targets. -mtune=68020-60
19247 is similar but includes 68060 targets as well. These two options
19248 select the same tuning decisions as -m68020-40 and -m68020-60
19249 respectively.
19250 GCC defines the macros "__mcarch" and "__mcarch__" when tuning for
19252 680x0 architecture arch. It also defines "mcarch" unless either
19253 -ansi or a non-GNU -std option is used. If GCC is tuning for a
19254 range of architectures, as selected by -mtune=68020-40 or
19255 -mtune=68020-60, it defines the macros for every architecture in
19256 the range.
19257 GCC also defines the macro "__muarch__" when tuning for ColdFire
19259 microarchitecture uarch, where uarch is one of the arguments given
19260 above.
19261 -m68000
19263 -mc68000
19264 Generate output for a 68000. This is the default when the compiler
19265 is configured for 68000-based systems. It is equivalent to
19266 -march=68000.
19267 Use this option for microcontrollers with a 68000 or EC000 core,
19269 including the 68008, 68302, 68306, 68307, 68322, 68328 and 68356.
19270 -m68010
19272 Generate output for a 68010. This is the default when the compiler
19273 is configured for 68010-based systems. It is equivalent to
19274 -march=68010.
19275 -m68020
19277 -mc68020
19278 Generate output for a 68020. This is the default when the compiler
19279 is configured for 68020-based systems. It is equivalent to
19280 -march=68020.
19281 -m68030
19283 Generate output for a 68030. This is the default when the compiler
19284 is configured for 68030-based systems. It is equivalent to
19285 -march=68030.
19286 -m68040
19288 Generate output for a 68040. This is the default when the compiler
19289 is configured for 68040-based systems. It is equivalent to
19290 -march=68040.
19291 This option inhibits the use of 68881/68882 instructions that have
19293 to be emulated by software on the 68040. Use this option if your
19294 68040 does not have code to emulate those instructions.
19295 -m68060
19297 Generate output for a 68060. This is the default when the compiler
19298 is configured for 68060-based systems. It is equivalent to
19299 -march=68060.
19300 This option inhibits the use of 68020 and 68881/68882 instructions
19302 that have to be emulated by software on the 68060. Use this option
19303 if your 68060 does not have code to emulate those instructions.
19304 -mcpu32
19306 Generate output for a CPU32. This is the default when the compiler
19307 is configured for CPU32-based systems. It is equivalent to
19308 -march=cpu32.
19309 Use this option for microcontrollers with a CPU32 or CPU32+ core,
19311 including the 68330, 68331, 68332, 68333, 68334, 68336, 68340,
19312 68341, 68349 and 68360.
19313 -m5200
19315 Generate output for a 520X ColdFire CPU. This is the default when
19316 the compiler is configured for 520X-based systems. It is
19317 equivalent to -mcpu=5206, and is now deprecated in favor of that
19318 option.
19319 Use this option for microcontroller with a 5200 core, including the
19321 MCF5202, MCF5203, MCF5204 and MCF5206.
19322 -m5206e
19324 Generate output for a 5206e ColdFire CPU. The option is now
19325 deprecated in favor of the equivalent -mcpu=5206e.
19326 -m528x
19328 Generate output for a member of the ColdFire 528X family. The
19329 option is now deprecated in favor of the equivalent -mcpu=528x.
19330 -m5307
19332 Generate output for a ColdFire 5307 CPU. The option is now
19333 deprecated in favor of the equivalent -mcpu=5307.
19334 -m5407
19336 Generate output for a ColdFire 5407 CPU. The option is now
19337 deprecated in favor of the equivalent -mcpu=5407.
19338 -mcfv4e
19340 Generate output for a ColdFire V4e family CPU (e.g. 547x/548x).
19341 This includes use of hardware floating-point instructions. The
19342 option is equivalent to -mcpu=547x, and is now deprecated in favor
19343 of that option.
19344 -m68020-40
19346 Generate output for a 68040, without using any of the new
19347 instructions. This results in code that can run relatively
19348 efficiently on either a 68020/68881 or a 68030 or a 68040. The
19349 generated code does use the 68881 instructions that are emulated on
19350 the 68040.
19351 The option is equivalent to -march=68020 -mtune=68020-40.
19353 -m68020-60
19355 Generate output for a 68060, without using any of the new
19356 instructions. This results in code that can run relatively
19357 efficiently on either a 68020/68881 or a 68030 or a 68040. The
19358 generated code does use the 68881 instructions that are emulated on
19359 the 68060.
19360 The option is equivalent to -march=68020 -mtune=68020-60.
19362 -mhard-float
19364 -m68881
19365 Generate floating-point instructions. This is the default for
19366 68020 and above, and for ColdFire devices that have an FPU. It
19367 defines the macro "__HAVE_68881__" on M680x0 targets and
19368 "__mcffpu__" on ColdFire targets.
19369 -msoft-float
19371 Do not generate floating-point instructions; use library calls
19372 instead. This is the default for 68000, 68010, and 68832 targets.
19373 It is also the default for ColdFire devices that have no FPU.
19374 -mdiv
19376 -mno-div
19377 Generate (do not generate) ColdFire hardware divide and remainder
19378 instructions. If -march is used without -mcpu, the default is "on"
19379 for ColdFire architectures and "off" for M680x0 architectures.
19380 Otherwise, the default is taken from the target CPU (either the
19381 default CPU, or the one specified by -mcpu). For example, the
19382 default is "off" for -mcpu=5206 and "on" for -mcpu=5206e.
19383 GCC defines the macro "__mcfhwdiv__" when this option is enabled.
19385 -mshort
19387 Consider type "int" to be 16 bits wide, like "short int".
19388 Additionally, parameters passed on the stack are also aligned to a
19389 16-bit boundary even on targets whose API mandates promotion to
19390 32-bit.
19391 -mno-short
19393 Do not consider type "int" to be 16 bits wide. This is the
19394 default.
19395 -mnobitfield
19397 -mno-bitfield
19398 Do not use the bit-field instructions. The -m68000, -mcpu32 and
19399 -m5200 options imply -mnobitfield.
19400 -mbitfield
19402 Do use the bit-field instructions. The -m68020 option implies
19403 -mbitfield. This is the default if you use a configuration
19404 designed for a 68020.
19405 -mrtd
19407 Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions
19408 that take a fixed number of arguments return with the "rtd"
19409 instruction, which pops their arguments while returning. This
19410 saves one instruction in the caller since there is no need to pop
19411 the arguments there.
19412 This calling convention is incompatible with the one normally used
19414 on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call libraries
19415 compiled with the Unix compiler.
19416 Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that
19418 take variable numbers of arguments (including "printf"); otherwise
19419 incorrect code is generated for calls to those functions.
19420 In addition, seriously incorrect code results if you call a
19422 function with too many arguments. (Normally, extra arguments are
19423 harmlessly ignored.)
19424 The "rtd" instruction is supported by the 68010, 68020, 68030,
19426 68040, 68060 and CPU32 processors, but not by the 68000 or 5200.
19427 The default is -mno-rtd.
19429 -malign-int
19431 -mno-align-int
19432 Control whether GCC aligns "int", "long", "long long", "float",
19433 "double", and "long double" variables on a 32-bit boundary
19434 (-malign-int) or a 16-bit boundary (-mno-align-int). Aligning
19435 variables on 32-bit boundaries produces code that runs somewhat
19436 faster on processors with 32-bit busses at the expense of more
19437 memory.
19438 Warning: if you use the -malign-int switch, GCC aligns structures
19440 containing the above types differently than most published
19441 application binary interface specifications for the m68k.
19442 Use the pc-relative addressing mode of the 68000 directly, instead
19444 of using a global offset table. At present, this option implies
19445 -fpic, allowing at most a 16-bit offset for pc-relative addressing.
19446 -fPIC is not presently supported with -mpcrel, though this could be
19447 supported for 68020 and higher processors.
19448 -mno-strict-align
19450 -mstrict-align
19451 Do not (do) assume that unaligned memory references are handled by
19452 the system.
19453 -msep-data
19455 Generate code that allows the data segment to be located in a
19456 different area of memory from the text segment. This allows for
19457 execute-in-place in an environment without virtual memory
19458 management. This option implies -fPIC.
19459 -mno-sep-data
19461 Generate code that assumes that the data segment follows the text
19462 segment. This is the default.
19463 -mid-shared-library
19465 Generate code that supports shared libraries via the library ID
19466 method. This allows for execute-in-place and shared libraries in
19467 an environment without virtual memory management. This option
19468 implies -fPIC.
19469 -mno-id-shared-library
19471 Generate code that doesn't assume ID-based shared libraries are
19472 being used. This is the default.
19473 -mshared-library-id=n
19475 Specifies the identification number of the ID-based shared library
19476 being compiled. Specifying a value of 0 generates more compact
19477 code; specifying other values forces the allocation of that number
19478 to the current library, but is no more space- or time-efficient
19479 than omitting this option.
19480 -mxgot
19482 -mno-xgot
19483 When generating position-independent code for ColdFire, generate
19484 code that works if the GOT has more than 8192 entries. This code
19485 is larger and slower than code generated without this option. On
19486 M680x0 processors, this option is not needed; -fPIC suffices.
19487 GCC normally uses a single instruction to load values from the GOT.
19489 While this is relatively efficient, it only works if the GOT is
19490 smaller than about 64k. Anything larger causes the linker to
19491 report an error such as:
19492 relocation truncated to fit: R_68K_GOT16O foobar
19494 If this happens, you should recompile your code with -mxgot. It
19496 should then work with very large GOTs. However, code generated
19497 with -mxgot is less efficient, since it takes 4 instructions to
19498 fetch the value of a global symbol.
19499 Note that some linkers, including newer versions of the GNU linker,
19501 can create multiple GOTs and sort GOT entries. If you have such a
19502 linker, you should only need to use -mxgot when compiling a single
19503 object file that accesses more than 8192 GOT entries. Very few do.
19504 These options have no effect unless GCC is generating position-
19506 independent code.
19507 -mlong-jump-table-offsets
19509 Use 32-bit offsets in "switch" tables. The default is to use
19510 16-bit offsets.
19511 MCore Options
19513 These are the -m options defined for the Motorola M*Core processors.
19514 -mhardlit
19516 -mno-hardlit
19517 Inline constants into the code stream if it can be done in two
19518 instructions or less.
19519 -mdiv
19521 -mno-div
19522 Use the divide instruction. (Enabled by default).
19523 -mrelax-immediate
19525 -mno-relax-immediate
19526 Allow arbitrary-sized immediates in bit operations.
19527 -mwide-bitfields
19529 -mno-wide-bitfields
19530 Always treat bit-fields as "int"-sized.
19531 -m4byte-functions
19533 -mno-4byte-functions
19534 Force all functions to be aligned to a 4-byte boundary.
19535 -mcallgraph-data
19537 -mno-callgraph-data
19538 Emit callgraph information.
19539 -mslow-bytes
19541 -mno-slow-bytes
19542 Prefer word access when reading byte quantities.
19543 -mlittle-endian
19545 -mbig-endian
19546 Generate code for a little-endian target.
19547 -m210
19549 -m340
19550 Generate code for the 210 processor.
19551 -mno-lsim
19553 Assume that runtime support has been provided and so omit the
19554 simulator library (libsim.a) from the linker command line.
19555 -mstack-increment=size
19557 Set the maximum amount for a single stack increment operation.
19558 Large values can increase the speed of programs that contain
19559 functions that need a large amount of stack space, but they can
19560 also trigger a segmentation fault if the stack is extended too
19561 much. The default value is 0x1000.
19562 MeP Options
19564 -mabsdiff
19565 Enables the "abs" instruction, which is the absolute difference
19566 between two registers.
19567 -mall-opts
19569 Enables all the optional instructions---average, multiply, divide,
19570 bit operations, leading zero, absolute difference, min/max, clip,
19571 and saturation.
19572 -maverage
19574 Enables the "ave" instruction, which computes the average of two
19575 registers.
19576 -mbased=n
19578 Variables of size n bytes or smaller are placed in the ".based"
19579 section by default. Based variables use the $tp register as a base
19580 register, and there is a 128-byte limit to the ".based" section.
19581 -mbitops
19583 Enables the bit operation instructions---bit test ("btstm"), set
19584 ("bsetm"), clear ("bclrm"), invert ("bnotm"), and test-and-set
19585 ("tas").
19586 -mc=name
19588 Selects which section constant data is placed in. name may be
19589 tiny, near, or far.
19590 -mclip
19592 Enables the "clip" instruction. Note that -mclip is not useful
19593 unless you also provide -mminmax.
19594 -mconfig=name
19596 Selects one of the built-in core configurations. Each MeP chip has
19597 one or more modules in it; each module has a core CPU and a variety
19598 of coprocessors, optional instructions, and peripherals. The
19599 "MeP-Integrator" tool, not part of GCC, provides these
19600 configurations through this option; using this option is the same
19601 as using all the corresponding command-line options. The default
19602 configuration is default.
19603 -mcop
19605 Enables the coprocessor instructions. By default, this is a 32-bit
19606 coprocessor. Note that the coprocessor is normally enabled via the
19607 -mconfig= option.
19608 -mcop32
19610 Enables the 32-bit coprocessor's instructions.
19611 -mcop64
19613 Enables the 64-bit coprocessor's instructions.
19614 -mivc2
19616 Enables IVC2 scheduling. IVC2 is a 64-bit VLIW coprocessor.
19617 -mdc
19619 Causes constant variables to be placed in the ".near" section.
19620 -mdiv
19622 Enables the "div" and "divu" instructions.
19623 -meb
19625 Generate big-endian code.
19626 -mel
19628 Generate little-endian code.
19629 -mio-volatile
19631 Tells the compiler that any variable marked with the "io" attribute
19632 is to be considered volatile.
19633 -ml Causes variables to be assigned to the ".far" section by default.
19635 -mleadz
19637 Enables the "leadz" (leading zero) instruction.
19638 -mm Causes variables to be assigned to the ".near" section by default.
19640 -mminmax
19642 Enables the "min" and "max" instructions.
19643 -mmult
19645 Enables the multiplication and multiply-accumulate instructions.
19646 -mno-opts
19648 Disables all the optional instructions enabled by -mall-opts.
19649 -mrepeat
19651 Enables the "repeat" and "erepeat" instructions, used for low-
19652 overhead looping.
19653 -ms Causes all variables to default to the ".tiny" section. Note that
19655 there is a 65536-byte limit to this section. Accesses to these
19656 variables use the %gp base register.
19657 -msatur
19659 Enables the saturation instructions. Note that the compiler does
19660 not currently generate these itself, but this option is included
19661 for compatibility with other tools, like "as".
19662 -msdram
19664 Link the SDRAM-based runtime instead of the default ROM-based
19665 runtime.
19666 -msim
19668 Link the simulator run-time libraries.
19669 -msimnovec
19671 Link the simulator runtime libraries, excluding built-in support
19672 for reset and exception vectors and tables.
19673 -mtf
19675 Causes all functions to default to the ".far" section. Without
19676 this option, functions default to the ".near" section.
19677 -mtiny=n
19679 Variables that are n bytes or smaller are allocated to the ".tiny"
19680 section. These variables use the $gp base register. The default
19681 for this option is 4, but note that there's a 65536-byte limit to
19682 the ".tiny" section.
19683 MicroBlaze Options
19685 -msoft-float
19686 Use software emulation for floating point (default).
19687 -mhard-float
19689 Use hardware floating-point instructions.
19690 -mmemcpy
19692 Do not optimize block moves, use "memcpy".
19693 -mno-clearbss
19695 This option is deprecated. Use -fno-zero-initialized-in-bss
19696 instead.
19697 -mcpu=cpu-type
19699 Use features of, and schedule code for, the given CPU. Supported
19700 values are in the format vX.YY.Z, where X is a major version, YY is
19701 the minor version, and Z is compatibility code. Example values are
19702 v3.00.a, v4.00.b, v5.00.a, v5.00.b, v6.00.a.
19703 -mxl-soft-mul
19705 Use software multiply emulation (default).
19706 -mxl-soft-div
19708 Use software emulation for divides (default).
19709 -mxl-barrel-shift
19711 Use the hardware barrel shifter.
19712 -mxl-pattern-compare
19714 Use pattern compare instructions.
19715 -msmall-divides
19717 Use table lookup optimization for small signed integer divisions.
19718 -mxl-stack-check
19720 This option is deprecated. Use -fstack-check instead.
19721 -mxl-gp-opt
19723 Use GP-relative ".sdata"/".sbss" sections.
19724 -mxl-multiply-high
19726 Use multiply high instructions for high part of 32x32 multiply.
19727 -mxl-float-convert
19729 Use hardware floating-point conversion instructions.
19730 -mxl-float-sqrt
19732 Use hardware floating-point square root instruction.
19733 -mbig-endian
19735 Generate code for a big-endian target.
19736 -mlittle-endian
19738 Generate code for a little-endian target.
19739 -mxl-reorder
19741 Use reorder instructions (swap and byte reversed load/store).
19742 -mxl-mode-app-model
19744 Select application model app-model. Valid models are
19745 executable
19747 normal executable (default), uses startup code crt0.o.
19748 -mpic-data-is-text-relative
19750 Assume that the displacement between the text and data segments
19751 is fixed at static link time. This allows data to be
19752 referenced by offset from start of text address instead of GOT
19753 since PC-relative addressing is not supported.
19754 xmdstub
19756 for use with Xilinx Microprocessor Debugger (XMD) based
19757 software intrusive debug agent called xmdstub. This uses
19758 startup file crt1.o and sets the start address of the program
19759 to 0x800.
19760 bootstrap
19762 for applications that are loaded using a bootloader. This
19763 model uses startup file crt2.o which does not contain a
19764 processor reset vector handler. This is suitable for
19765 transferring control on a processor reset to the bootloader
19766 rather than the application.
19767 novectors
19769 for applications that do not require any of the MicroBlaze
19770 vectors. This option may be useful for applications running
19771 within a monitoring application. This model uses crt3.o as a
19772 startup file.
19773 Option -xl-mode-app-model is a deprecated alias for -mxl-mode-app-
19775 model.
19776 MIPS Options
19778 -EB Generate big-endian code.
19779 -EL Generate little-endian code. This is the default for mips*el-*-*
19781 configurations.
19782 -march=arch
19784 Generate code that runs on arch, which can be the name of a generic
19785 MIPS ISA, or the name of a particular processor. The ISA names
19786 are: mips1, mips2, mips3, mips4, mips32, mips32r2, mips32r3,
19787 mips32r5, mips32r6, mips64, mips64r2, mips64r3, mips64r5 and
19788 mips64r6. The processor names are: 4kc, 4km, 4kp, 4ksc, 4kec,
19789 4kem, 4kep, 4ksd, 5kc, 5kf, 20kc, 24kc, 24kf2_1, 24kf1_1, 24kec,
19790 24kef2_1, 24kef1_1, 34kc, 34kf2_1, 34kf1_1, 34kn, 74kc, 74kf2_1,
19791 74kf1_1, 74kf3_2, 1004kc, 1004kf2_1, 1004kf1_1, i6400, i6500,
19792 interaptiv, loongson2e, loongson2f, loongson3a, gs464, gs464e,
19793 gs264e, m4k, m14k, m14kc, m14ke, m14kec, m5100, m5101, octeon,
19794 octeon+, octeon2, octeon3, orion, p5600, p6600, r2000, r3000,
19795 r3900, r4000, r4400, r4600, r4650, r4700, r5900, r6000, r8000,
19796 rm7000, rm9000, r10000, r12000, r14000, r16000, sb1, sr71000,
19797 vr4100, vr4111, vr4120, vr4130, vr4300, vr5000, vr5400, vr5500, xlr
19798 and xlp. The special value from-abi selects the most compatible
19799 architecture for the selected ABI (that is, mips1 for 32-bit ABIs
19800 and mips3 for 64-bit ABIs).
19801 The native Linux/GNU toolchain also supports the value native,
19803 which selects the best architecture option for the host processor.
19804 -march=native has no effect if GCC does not recognize the
19805 processor.
19806 In processor names, a final 000 can be abbreviated as k (for
19808 example, -march=r2k). Prefixes are optional, and vr may be written
19809 r.
19810 Names of the form nf2_1 refer to processors with FPUs clocked at
19812 half the rate of the core, names of the form nf1_1 refer to
19813 processors with FPUs clocked at the same rate as the core, and
19814 names of the form nf3_2 refer to processors with FPUs clocked a
19815 ratio of 3:2 with respect to the core. For compatibility reasons,
19816 nf is accepted as a synonym for nf2_1 while nx and bfx are accepted
19817 as synonyms for nf1_1.
19818 GCC defines two macros based on the value of this option. The
19820 first is "_MIPS_ARCH", which gives the name of target architecture,
19821 as a string. The second has the form "_MIPS_ARCH_foo", where foo
19822 is the capitalized value of "_MIPS_ARCH". For example,
19823 -march=r2000 sets "_MIPS_ARCH" to "r2000" and defines the macro
19824 "_MIPS_ARCH_R2000".
19825 Note that the "_MIPS_ARCH" macro uses the processor names given
19827 above. In other words, it has the full prefix and does not
19828 abbreviate 000 as k. In the case of from-abi, the macro names the
19829 resolved architecture (either "mips1" or "mips3"). It names the
19830 default architecture when no -march option is given.
19831 -mtune=arch
19833 Optimize for arch. Among other things, this option controls the
19834 way instructions are scheduled, and the perceived cost of
19835 arithmetic operations. The list of arch values is the same as for
19836 -march.
19837 When this option is not used, GCC optimizes for the processor
19839 specified by -march. By using -march and -mtune together, it is
19840 possible to generate code that runs on a family of processors, but
19841 optimize the code for one particular member of that family.
19842 -mtune defines the macros "_MIPS_TUNE" and "_MIPS_TUNE_foo", which
19844 work in the same way as the -march ones described above.
19845 -mips1
19847 Equivalent to -march=mips1.
19848 -mips2
19850 Equivalent to -march=mips2.
19851 -mips3
19853 Equivalent to -march=mips3.
19854 -mips4
19856 Equivalent to -march=mips4.
19857 -mips32
19859 Equivalent to -march=mips32.
19860 -mips32r3
19862 Equivalent to -march=mips32r3.
19863 -mips32r5
19865 Equivalent to -march=mips32r5.
19866 -mips32r6
19868 Equivalent to -march=mips32r6.
19869 -mips64
19871 Equivalent to -march=mips64.
19872 -mips64r2
19874 Equivalent to -march=mips64r2.
19875 -mips64r3
19877 Equivalent to -march=mips64r3.
19878 -mips64r5
19880 Equivalent to -march=mips64r5.
19881 -mips64r6
19883 Equivalent to -march=mips64r6.
19884 -mips16
19886 -mno-mips16
19887 Generate (do not generate) MIPS16 code. If GCC is targeting a
19888 MIPS32 or MIPS64 architecture, it makes use of the MIPS16e ASE.
19889 MIPS16 code generation can also be controlled on a per-function
19891 basis by means of "mips16" and "nomips16" attributes.
19892 -mflip-mips16
19894 Generate MIPS16 code on alternating functions. This option is
19895 provided for regression testing of mixed MIPS16/non-MIPS16 code
19896 generation, and is not intended for ordinary use in compiling user
19897 code.
19898 -minterlink-compressed
19900 -mno-interlink-compressed
19901 Require (do not require) that code using the standard
19902 (uncompressed) MIPS ISA be link-compatible with MIPS16 and
19903 microMIPS code, and vice versa.
19904 For example, code using the standard ISA encoding cannot jump
19906 directly to MIPS16 or microMIPS code; it must either use a call or
19907 an indirect jump. -minterlink-compressed therefore disables direct
19908 jumps unless GCC knows that the target of the jump is not
19909 compressed.
19910 -minterlink-mips16
19912 -mno-interlink-mips16
19913 Aliases of -minterlink-compressed and -mno-interlink-compressed.
19914 These options predate the microMIPS ASE and are retained for
19915 backwards compatibility.
19916 -mabi=32
19918 -mabi=o64
19919 -mabi=n32
19920 -mabi=64
19921 -mabi=eabi
19922 Generate code for the given ABI.
19923 Note that the EABI has a 32-bit and a 64-bit variant. GCC normally
19925 generates 64-bit code when you select a 64-bit architecture, but
19926 you can use -mgp32 to get 32-bit code instead.
19927 For information about the O64 ABI, see
19929 <http://gcc.gnu.org/projects/mipso64-abi.html>.
19930 GCC supports a variant of the o32 ABI in which floating-point
19932 registers are 64 rather than 32 bits wide. You can select this
19933 combination with -mabi=32 -mfp64. This ABI relies on the "mthc1"
19934 and "mfhc1" instructions and is therefore only supported for
19935 MIPS32R2, MIPS32R3 and MIPS32R5 processors.
19936 The register assignments for arguments and return values remain the
19938 same, but each scalar value is passed in a single 64-bit register
19939 rather than a pair of 32-bit registers. For example, scalar
19940 floating-point values are returned in $f0 only, not a $f0/$f1 pair.
19941 The set of call-saved registers also remains the same in that the
19942 even-numbered double-precision registers are saved.
19943 Two additional variants of the o32 ABI are supported to enable a
19945 transition from 32-bit to 64-bit registers. These are FPXX
19946 (-mfpxx) and FP64A (-mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg). The FPXX extension
19947 mandates that all code must execute correctly when run using 32-bit
19948 or 64-bit registers. The code can be interlinked with either FP32
19949 or FP64, but not both. The FP64A extension is similar to the FP64
19950 extension but forbids the use of odd-numbered single-precision
19951 registers. This can be used in conjunction with the "FRE" mode of
19952 FPUs in MIPS32R5 processors and allows both FP32 and FP64A code to
19953 interlink and run in the same process without changing FPU modes.
19954 -mabicalls
19956 -mno-abicalls
19957 Generate (do not generate) code that is suitable for SVR4-style
19958 dynamic objects. -mabicalls is the default for SVR4-based systems.
19959 -mshared
19961 -mno-shared
19962 Generate (do not generate) code that is fully position-independent,
19963 and that can therefore be linked into shared libraries. This
19964 option only affects -mabicalls.
19965 All -mabicalls code has traditionally been position-independent,
19967 regardless of options like -fPIC and -fpic. However, as an
19968 extension, the GNU toolchain allows executables to use absolute
19969 accesses for locally-binding symbols. It can also use shorter GP
19970 initialization sequences and generate direct calls to locally-
19971 defined functions. This mode is selected by -mno-shared.
19972 -mno-shared depends on binutils 2.16 or higher and generates
19974 objects that can only be linked by the GNU linker. However, the
19975 option does not affect the ABI of the final executable; it only
19976 affects the ABI of relocatable objects. Using -mno-shared
19977 generally makes executables both smaller and quicker.
19978 -mshared is the default.
19980 -mplt
19982 -mno-plt
19983 Assume (do not assume) that the static and dynamic linkers support
19984 PLTs and copy relocations. This option only affects -mno-shared
19985 -mabicalls. For the n64 ABI, this option has no effect without
19986 -msym32.
19987 You can make -mplt the default by configuring GCC with
19989 --with-mips-plt. The default is -mno-plt otherwise.
19990 -mxgot
19992 -mno-xgot
19993 Lift (do not lift) the usual restrictions on the size of the global
19994 offset table.
19995 GCC normally uses a single instruction to load values from the GOT.
19997 While this is relatively efficient, it only works if the GOT is
19998 smaller than about 64k. Anything larger causes the linker to
19999 report an error such as:
20000 relocation truncated to fit: R_MIPS_GOT16 foobar
20002 If this happens, you should recompile your code with -mxgot. This
20004 works with very large GOTs, although the code is also less
20005 efficient, since it takes three instructions to fetch the value of
20006 a global symbol.
20007 Note that some linkers can create multiple GOTs. If you have such
20009 a linker, you should only need to use -mxgot when a single object
20010 file accesses more than 64k's worth of GOT entries. Very few do.
20011 These options have no effect unless GCC is generating position
20013 independent code.
20014 -mgp32
20016 Assume that general-purpose registers are 32 bits wide.
20017 -mgp64
20019 Assume that general-purpose registers are 64 bits wide.
20020 -mfp32
20022 Assume that floating-point registers are 32 bits wide.
20023 -mfp64
20025 Assume that floating-point registers are 64 bits wide.
20026 -mfpxx
20028 Do not assume the width of floating-point registers.
20029 -mhard-float
20031 Use floating-point coprocessor instructions.
20032 -msoft-float
20034 Do not use floating-point coprocessor instructions. Implement
20035 floating-point calculations using library calls instead.
20036 -mno-float
20038 Equivalent to -msoft-float, but additionally asserts that the
20039 program being compiled does not perform any floating-point
20040 operations. This option is presently supported only by some bare-
20041 metal MIPS configurations, where it may select a special set of
20042 libraries that lack all floating-point support (including, for
20043 example, the floating-point "printf" formats). If code compiled
20044 with -mno-float accidentally contains floating-point operations, it
20045 is likely to suffer a link-time or run-time failure.
20046 -msingle-float
20048 Assume that the floating-point coprocessor only supports single-
20049 precision operations.
20050 -mdouble-float
20052 Assume that the floating-point coprocessor supports double-
20053 precision operations. This is the default.
20054 -modd-spreg
20056 -mno-odd-spreg
20057 Enable the use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point
20058 registers for the o32 ABI. This is the default for processors that
20059 are known to support these registers. When using the o32 FPXX ABI,
20060 -mno-odd-spreg is set by default.
20061 -mabs=2008
20063 -mabs=legacy
20064 These options control the treatment of the special not-a-number
20065 (NaN) IEEE 754 floating-point data with the "abs.fmt" and "neg.fmt"
20066 machine instructions.
20067 By default or when -mabs=legacy is used the legacy treatment is
20069 selected. In this case these instructions are considered
20070 arithmetic and avoided where correct operation is required and the
20071 input operand might be a NaN. A longer sequence of instructions
20072 that manipulate the sign bit of floating-point datum manually is
20073 used instead unless the -ffinite-math-only option has also been
20074 specified.
20075 The -mabs=2008 option selects the IEEE 754-2008 treatment. In this
20077 case these instructions are considered non-arithmetic and therefore
20078 operating correctly in all cases, including in particular where the
20079 input operand is a NaN. These instructions are therefore always
20080 used for the respective operations.
20081 -mnan=2008
20083 -mnan=legacy
20084 These options control the encoding of the special not-a-number
20085 (NaN) IEEE 754 floating-point data.
20086 The -mnan=legacy option selects the legacy encoding. In this case
20088 quiet NaNs (qNaNs) are denoted by the first bit of their trailing
20089 significand field being 0, whereas signaling NaNs (sNaNs) are
20090 denoted by the first bit of their trailing significand field being
20091 1.
20092 The -mnan=2008 option selects the IEEE 754-2008 encoding. In this
20094 case qNaNs are denoted by the first bit of their trailing
20095 significand field being 1, whereas sNaNs are denoted by the first
20096 bit of their trailing significand field being 0.
20097 The default is -mnan=legacy unless GCC has been configured with
20099 --with-nan=2008.
20100 -mllsc
20102 -mno-llsc
20103 Use (do not use) ll, sc, and sync instructions to implement atomic
20104 memory built-in functions. When neither option is specified, GCC
20105 uses the instructions if the target architecture supports them.
20106 -mllsc is useful if the runtime environment can emulate the
20108 instructions and -mno-llsc can be useful when compiling for
20109 nonstandard ISAs. You can make either option the default by
20110 configuring GCC with --with-llsc and --without-llsc respectively.
20111 --with-llsc is the default for some configurations; see the
20112 installation documentation for details.
20113 -mdsp
20115 -mno-dsp
20116 Use (do not use) revision 1 of the MIPS DSP ASE.
20117 This option defines the preprocessor macro "__mips_dsp". It also
20118 defines "__mips_dsp_rev" to 1.
20119 -mdspr2
20121 -mno-dspr2
20122 Use (do not use) revision 2 of the MIPS DSP ASE.
20123 This option defines the preprocessor macros "__mips_dsp" and
20124 "__mips_dspr2". It also defines "__mips_dsp_rev" to 2.
20125 -msmartmips
20127 -mno-smartmips
20128 Use (do not use) the MIPS SmartMIPS ASE.
20129 -mpaired-single
20131 -mno-paired-single
20132 Use (do not use) paired-single floating-point instructions.
20133 This option requires hardware floating-point support to be
20134 enabled.
20135 -mdmx
20137 -mno-mdmx
20138 Use (do not use) MIPS Digital Media Extension instructions. This
20139 option can only be used when generating 64-bit code and requires
20140 hardware floating-point support to be enabled.
20141 -mips3d
20143 -mno-mips3d
20144 Use (do not use) the MIPS-3D ASE. The option -mips3d implies
20145 -mpaired-single.
20146 -mmicromips
20148 -mno-micromips
20149 Generate (do not generate) microMIPS code.
20150 MicroMIPS code generation can also be controlled on a per-function
20152 basis by means of "micromips" and "nomicromips" attributes.
20153 -mmt
20155 -mno-mt
20156 Use (do not use) MT Multithreading instructions.
20157 -mmcu
20159 -mno-mcu
20160 Use (do not use) the MIPS MCU ASE instructions.
20161 -meva
20163 -mno-eva
20164 Use (do not use) the MIPS Enhanced Virtual Addressing instructions.
20165 -mvirt
20167 -mno-virt
20168 Use (do not use) the MIPS Virtualization (VZ) instructions.
20169 -mxpa
20171 -mno-xpa
20172 Use (do not use) the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA)
20173 instructions.
20174 -mcrc
20176 -mno-crc
20177 Use (do not use) the MIPS Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC)
20178 instructions.
20179 -mginv
20181 -mno-ginv
20182 Use (do not use) the MIPS Global INValidate (GINV) instructions.
20183 -mloongson-mmi
20185 -mno-loongson-mmi
20186 Use (do not use) the MIPS Loongson MultiMedia extensions
20187 Instructions (MMI).
20188 -mloongson-ext
20190 -mno-loongson-ext
20191 Use (do not use) the MIPS Loongson EXTensions (EXT) instructions.
20192 -mloongson-ext2
20194 -mno-loongson-ext2
20195 Use (do not use) the MIPS Loongson EXTensions r2 (EXT2)
20196 instructions.
20197 -mlong64
20199 Force "long" types to be 64 bits wide. See -mlong32 for an
20200 explanation of the default and the way that the pointer size is
20201 determined.
20202 -mlong32
20204 Force "long", "int", and pointer types to be 32 bits wide.
20205 The default size of "int"s, "long"s and pointers depends on the
20207 ABI. All the supported ABIs use 32-bit "int"s. The n64 ABI uses
20208 64-bit "long"s, as does the 64-bit EABI; the others use 32-bit
20209 "long"s. Pointers are the same size as "long"s, or the same size
20210 as integer registers, whichever is smaller.
20211 -msym32
20213 -mno-sym32
20214 Assume (do not assume) that all symbols have 32-bit values,
20215 regardless of the selected ABI. This option is useful in
20216 combination with -mabi=64 and -mno-abicalls because it allows GCC
20217 to generate shorter and faster references to symbolic addresses.
20218 -G num
20220 Put definitions of externally-visible data in a small data section
20221 if that data is no bigger than num bytes. GCC can then generate
20222 more efficient accesses to the data; see -mgpopt for details.
20223 The default -G option depends on the configuration.
20225 -mlocal-sdata
20227 -mno-local-sdata
20228 Extend (do not extend) the -G behavior to local data too, such as
20229 to static variables in C. -mlocal-sdata is the default for all
20230 configurations.
20231 If the linker complains that an application is using too much small
20233 data, you might want to try rebuilding the less performance-
20234 critical parts with -mno-local-sdata. You might also want to build
20235 large libraries with -mno-local-sdata, so that the libraries leave
20236 more room for the main program.
20237 -mextern-sdata
20239 -mno-extern-sdata
20240 Assume (do not assume) that externally-defined data is in a small
20241 data section if the size of that data is within the -G limit.
20242 -mextern-sdata is the default for all configurations.
20243 If you compile a module Mod with -mextern-sdata -G num -mgpopt, and
20245 Mod references a variable Var that is no bigger than num bytes, you
20246 must make sure that Var is placed in a small data section. If Var
20247 is defined by another module, you must either compile that module
20248 with a high-enough -G setting or attach a "section" attribute to
20249 Var's definition. If Var is common, you must link the application
20250 with a high-enough -G setting.
20251 The easiest way of satisfying these restrictions is to compile and
20253 link every module with the same -G option. However, you may wish
20254 to build a library that supports several different small data
20255 limits. You can do this by compiling the library with the highest
20256 supported -G setting and additionally using -mno-extern-sdata to
20257 stop the library from making assumptions about externally-defined
20258 data.
20259 -mgpopt
20261 -mno-gpopt
20262 Use (do not use) GP-relative accesses for symbols that are known to
20263 be in a small data section; see -G, -mlocal-sdata and
20264 -mextern-sdata. -mgpopt is the default for all configurations.
20265 -mno-gpopt is useful for cases where the $gp register might not
20267 hold the value of "_gp". For example, if the code is part of a
20268 library that might be used in a boot monitor, programs that call
20269 boot monitor routines pass an unknown value in $gp. (In such
20270 situations, the boot monitor itself is usually compiled with -G0.)
20271 -mno-gpopt implies -mno-local-sdata and -mno-extern-sdata.
20273 -membedded-data
20275 -mno-embedded-data
20276 Allocate variables to the read-only data section first if possible,
20277 then next in the small data section if possible, otherwise in data.
20278 This gives slightly slower code than the default, but reduces the
20279 amount of RAM required when executing, and thus may be preferred
20280 for some embedded systems.
20281 -muninit-const-in-rodata
20283 -mno-uninit-const-in-rodata
20284 Put uninitialized "const" variables in the read-only data section.
20285 This option is only meaningful in conjunction with -membedded-data.
20286 -mcode-readable=setting
20288 Specify whether GCC may generate code that reads from executable
20289 sections. There are three possible settings:
20290 -mcode-readable=yes
20292 Instructions may freely access executable sections. This is
20293 the default setting.
20294 -mcode-readable=pcrel
20296 MIPS16 PC-relative load instructions can access executable
20297 sections, but other instructions must not do so. This option
20298 is useful on 4KSc and 4KSd processors when the code TLBs have
20299 the Read Inhibit bit set. It is also useful on processors that
20300 can be configured to have a dual instruction/data SRAM
20301 interface and that, like the M4K, automatically redirect PC-
20302 relative loads to the instruction RAM.
20303 -mcode-readable=no
20305 Instructions must not access executable sections. This option
20306 can be useful on targets that are configured to have a dual
20307 instruction/data SRAM interface but that (unlike the M4K) do
20308 not automatically redirect PC-relative loads to the instruction
20309 RAM.
20310 -msplit-addresses
20312 -mno-split-addresses
20313 Enable (disable) use of the "%hi()" and "%lo()" assembler
20314 relocation operators. This option has been superseded by
20315 -mexplicit-relocs but is retained for backwards compatibility.
20316 -mexplicit-relocs
20318 -mno-explicit-relocs
20319 Use (do not use) assembler relocation operators when dealing with
20320 symbolic addresses. The alternative, selected by
20321 -mno-explicit-relocs, is to use assembler macros instead.
20322 -mexplicit-relocs is the default if GCC was configured to use an
20324 assembler that supports relocation operators.
20325 -mcheck-zero-division
20327 -mno-check-zero-division
20328 Trap (do not trap) on integer division by zero.
20329 The default is -mcheck-zero-division.
20331 -mdivide-traps
20333 -mdivide-breaks
20334 MIPS systems check for division by zero by generating either a
20335 conditional trap or a break instruction. Using traps results in
20336 smaller code, but is only supported on MIPS II and later. Also,
20337 some versions of the Linux kernel have a bug that prevents trap
20338 from generating the proper signal ("SIGFPE"). Use -mdivide-traps
20339 to allow conditional traps on architectures that support them and
20340 -mdivide-breaks to force the use of breaks.
20341 The default is usually -mdivide-traps, but this can be overridden
20343 at configure time using --with-divide=breaks. Divide-by-zero
20344 checks can be completely disabled using -mno-check-zero-division.
20345 -mload-store-pairs
20347 -mno-load-store-pairs
20348 Enable (disable) an optimization that pairs consecutive load or
20349 store instructions to enable load/store bonding. This option is
20350 enabled by default but only takes effect when the selected
20351 architecture is known to support bonding.
20352 -mmemcpy
20354 -mno-memcpy
20355 Force (do not force) the use of "memcpy" for non-trivial block
20356 moves. The default is -mno-memcpy, which allows GCC to inline most
20357 constant-sized copies.
20358 -mlong-calls
20360 -mno-long-calls
20361 Disable (do not disable) use of the "jal" instruction. Calling
20362 functions using "jal" is more efficient but requires the caller and
20363 callee to be in the same 256 megabyte segment.
20364 This option has no effect on abicalls code. The default is
20366 -mno-long-calls.
20367 -mmad
20369 -mno-mad
20370 Enable (disable) use of the "mad", "madu" and "mul" instructions,
20371 as provided by the R4650 ISA.
20372 -mimadd
20374 -mno-imadd
20375 Enable (disable) use of the "madd" and "msub" integer instructions.
20376 The default is -mimadd on architectures that support "madd" and
20377 "msub" except for the 74k architecture where it was found to
20378 generate slower code.
20379 -mfused-madd
20381 -mno-fused-madd
20382 Enable (disable) use of the floating-point multiply-accumulate
20383 instructions, when they are available. The default is
20384 -mfused-madd.
20385 On the R8000 CPU when multiply-accumulate instructions are used,
20387 the intermediate product is calculated to infinite precision and is
20388 not subject to the FCSR Flush to Zero bit. This may be undesirable
20389 in some circumstances. On other processors the result is
20390 numerically identical to the equivalent computation using separate
20391 multiply, add, subtract and negate instructions.
20392 -nocpp
20394 Tell the MIPS assembler to not run its preprocessor over user
20395 assembler files (with a .s suffix) when assembling them.
20396 -mfix-24k
20398 -mno-fix-24k
20399 Work around the 24K E48 (lost data on stores during refill) errata.
20400 The workarounds are implemented by the assembler rather than by
20401 GCC.
20402 -mfix-r4000
20404 -mno-fix-r4000
20405 Work around certain R4000 CPU errata:
20406 - A double-word or a variable shift may give an incorrect result
20408 if executed immediately after starting an integer division.
20409 - A double-word or a variable shift may give an incorrect result
20411 if executed while an integer multiplication is in progress.
20412 - An integer division may give an incorrect result if started in
20414 a delay slot of a taken branch or a jump.
20415 -mfix-r4400
20417 -mno-fix-r4400
20418 Work around certain R4400 CPU errata:
20419 - A double-word or a variable shift may give an incorrect result
20421 if executed immediately after starting an integer division.
20422 -mfix-r10000
20424 -mno-fix-r10000
20425 Work around certain R10000 errata:
20426 - "ll"/"sc" sequences may not behave atomically on revisions
20428 prior to 3.0. They may deadlock on revisions 2.6 and earlier.
20429 This option can only be used if the target architecture supports
20431 branch-likely instructions. -mfix-r10000 is the default when
20432 -march=r10000 is used; -mno-fix-r10000 is the default otherwise.
20433 -mfix-r5900
20435 -mno-fix-r5900
20436 Do not attempt to schedule the preceding instruction into the delay
20437 slot of a branch instruction placed at the end of a short loop of
20438 six instructions or fewer and always schedule a "nop" instruction
20439 there instead. The short loop bug under certain conditions causes
20440 loops to execute only once or twice, due to a hardware bug in the
20441 R5900 chip. The workaround is implemented by the assembler rather
20442 than by GCC.
20443 -mfix-rm7000
20445 -mno-fix-rm7000
20446 Work around the RM7000 "dmult"/"dmultu" errata. The workarounds
20447 are implemented by the assembler rather than by GCC.
20448 -mfix-vr4120
20450 -mno-fix-vr4120
20451 Work around certain VR4120 errata:
20452 - "dmultu" does not always produce the correct result.
20454 - "div" and "ddiv" do not always produce the correct result if
20456 one of the operands is negative.
20457 The workarounds for the division errata rely on special functions
20459 in libgcc.a. At present, these functions are only provided by the
20460 "mips64vr*-elf" configurations.
20461 Other VR4120 errata require a NOP to be inserted between certain
20463 pairs of instructions. These errata are handled by the assembler,
20464 not by GCC itself.
20465 -mfix-vr4130
20467 Work around the VR4130 "mflo"/"mfhi" errata. The workarounds are
20468 implemented by the assembler rather than by GCC, although GCC
20469 avoids using "mflo" and "mfhi" if the VR4130 "macc", "macchi",
20470 "dmacc" and "dmacchi" instructions are available instead.
20471 -mfix-sb1
20473 -mno-fix-sb1
20474 Work around certain SB-1 CPU core errata. (This flag currently
20475 works around the SB-1 revision 2 "F1" and "F2" floating-point
20476 errata.)
20477 -mr10k-cache-barrier=setting
20479 Specify whether GCC should insert cache barriers to avoid the side
20480 effects of speculation on R10K processors.
20481 In common with many processors, the R10K tries to predict the
20483 outcome of a conditional branch and speculatively executes
20484 instructions from the "taken" branch. It later aborts these
20485 instructions if the predicted outcome is wrong. However, on the
20486 R10K, even aborted instructions can have side effects.
20487 This problem only affects kernel stores and, depending on the
20489 system, kernel loads. As an example, a speculatively-executed
20490 store may load the target memory into cache and mark the cache line
20491 as dirty, even if the store itself is later aborted. If a DMA
20492 operation writes to the same area of memory before the "dirty" line
20493 is flushed, the cached data overwrites the DMA-ed data. See the
20494 R10K processor manual for a full description, including other
20495 potential problems.
20496 One workaround is to insert cache barrier instructions before every
20498 memory access that might be speculatively executed and that might
20499 have side effects even if aborted. -mr10k-cache-barrier=setting
20500 controls GCC's implementation of this workaround. It assumes that
20501 aborted accesses to any byte in the following regions does not have
20502 side effects:
20503 1. the memory occupied by the current function's stack frame;
20505 2. the memory occupied by an incoming stack argument;
20507 3. the memory occupied by an object with a link-time-constant
20509 address.
20510 It is the kernel's responsibility to ensure that speculative
20512 accesses to these regions are indeed safe.
20513 If the input program contains a function declaration such as:
20515 void foo (void);
20517 then the implementation of "foo" must allow "j foo" and "jal foo"
20519 to be executed speculatively. GCC honors this restriction for
20520 functions it compiles itself. It expects non-GCC functions (such
20521 as hand-written assembly code) to do the same.
20522 The option has three forms:
20524 -mr10k-cache-barrier=load-store
20526 Insert a cache barrier before a load or store that might be
20527 speculatively executed and that might have side effects even if
20528 aborted.
20529 -mr10k-cache-barrier=store
20531 Insert a cache barrier before a store that might be
20532 speculatively executed and that might have side effects even if
20533 aborted.
20534 -mr10k-cache-barrier=none
20536 Disable the insertion of cache barriers. This is the default
20537 setting.
20538 -mflush-func=func
20540 -mno-flush-func
20541 Specifies the function to call to flush the I and D caches, or to
20542 not call any such function. If called, the function must take the
20543 same arguments as the common "_flush_func", that is, the address of
20544 the memory range for which the cache is being flushed, the size of
20545 the memory range, and the number 3 (to flush both caches). The
20546 default depends on the target GCC was configured for, but commonly
20547 is either "_flush_func" or "__cpu_flush".
20548 mbranch-cost=num
20550 Set the cost of branches to roughly num "simple" instructions.
20551 This cost is only a heuristic and is not guaranteed to produce
20552 consistent results across releases. A zero cost redundantly
20553 selects the default, which is based on the -mtune setting.
20554 -mbranch-likely
20556 -mno-branch-likely
20557 Enable or disable use of Branch Likely instructions, regardless of
20558 the default for the selected architecture. By default, Branch
20559 Likely instructions may be generated if they are supported by the
20560 selected architecture. An exception is for the MIPS32 and MIPS64
20561 architectures and processors that implement those architectures;
20562 for those, Branch Likely instructions are not be generated by
20563 default because the MIPS32 and MIPS64 architectures specifically
20564 deprecate their use.
20565 -mcompact-branches=never
20567 -mcompact-branches=optimal
20568 -mcompact-branches=always
20569 These options control which form of branches will be generated.
20570 The default is -mcompact-branches=optimal.
20571 The -mcompact-branches=never option ensures that compact branch
20573 instructions will never be generated.
20574 The -mcompact-branches=always option ensures that a compact branch
20576 instruction will be generated if available. If a compact branch
20577 instruction is not available, a delay slot form of the branch will
20578 be used instead.
20579 This option is supported from MIPS Release 6 onwards.
20581 The -mcompact-branches=optimal option will cause a delay slot
20583 branch to be used if one is available in the current ISA and the
20584 delay slot is successfully filled. If the delay slot is not
20585 filled, a compact branch will be chosen if one is available.
20586 -mfp-exceptions
20588 -mno-fp-exceptions
20589 Specifies whether FP exceptions are enabled. This affects how FP
20590 instructions are scheduled for some processors. The default is
20591 that FP exceptions are enabled.
20592 For instance, on the SB-1, if FP exceptions are disabled, and we
20594 are emitting 64-bit code, then we can use both FP pipes.
20595 Otherwise, we can only use one FP pipe.
20596 -mvr4130-align
20598 -mno-vr4130-align
20599 The VR4130 pipeline is two-way superscalar, but can only issue two
20600 instructions together if the first one is 8-byte aligned. When
20601 this option is enabled, GCC aligns pairs of instructions that it
20602 thinks should execute in parallel.
20603 This option only has an effect when optimizing for the VR4130. It
20605 normally makes code faster, but at the expense of making it bigger.
20606 It is enabled by default at optimization level -O3.
20607 -msynci
20609 -mno-synci
20610 Enable (disable) generation of "synci" instructions on
20611 architectures that support it. The "synci" instructions (if
20612 enabled) are generated when "__builtin___clear_cache" is compiled.
20613 This option defaults to -mno-synci, but the default can be
20615 overridden by configuring GCC with --with-synci.
20616 When compiling code for single processor systems, it is generally
20618 safe to use "synci". However, on many multi-core (SMP) systems, it
20619 does not invalidate the instruction caches on all cores and may
20620 lead to undefined behavior.
20621 -mrelax-pic-calls
20623 -mno-relax-pic-calls
20624 Try to turn PIC calls that are normally dispatched via register $25
20625 into direct calls. This is only possible if the linker can resolve
20626 the destination at link time and if the destination is within range
20627 for a direct call.
20628 -mrelax-pic-calls is the default if GCC was configured to use an
20630 assembler and a linker that support the ".reloc" assembly directive
20631 and -mexplicit-relocs is in effect. With -mno-explicit-relocs,
20632 this optimization can be performed by the assembler and the linker
20633 alone without help from the compiler.
20634 -mmcount-ra-address
20636 -mno-mcount-ra-address
20637 Emit (do not emit) code that allows "_mcount" to modify the calling
20638 function's return address. When enabled, this option extends the
20639 usual "_mcount" interface with a new ra-address parameter, which
20640 has type "intptr_t *" and is passed in register $12. "_mcount" can
20641 then modify the return address by doing both of the following:
20642 * Returning the new address in register $31.
20644 * Storing the new address in "*ra-address", if ra-address is
20646 nonnull.
20647 The default is -mno-mcount-ra-address.
20649 -mframe-header-opt
20651 -mno-frame-header-opt
20652 Enable (disable) frame header optimization in the o32 ABI. When
20653 using the o32 ABI, calling functions will allocate 16 bytes on the
20654 stack for the called function to write out register arguments.
20655 When enabled, this optimization will suppress the allocation of the
20656 frame header if it can be determined that it is unused.
20657 This optimization is off by default at all optimization levels.
20659 -mlxc1-sxc1
20661 -mno-lxc1-sxc1
20662 When applicable, enable (disable) the generation of "lwxc1",
20663 "swxc1", "ldxc1", "sdxc1" instructions. Enabled by default.
20664 -mmadd4
20666 -mno-madd4
20667 When applicable, enable (disable) the generation of 4-operand
20668 "madd.s", "madd.d" and related instructions. Enabled by default.
20669 MMIX Options
20671 These options are defined for the MMIX:
20672 -mlibfuncs
20674 -mno-libfuncs
20675 Specify that intrinsic library functions are being compiled,
20676 passing all values in registers, no matter the size.
20677 -mepsilon
20679 -mno-epsilon
20680 Generate floating-point comparison instructions that compare with
20681 respect to the "rE" epsilon register.
20682 -mabi=mmixware
20684 -mabi=gnu
20685 Generate code that passes function parameters and return values
20686 that (in the called function) are seen as registers $0 and up, as
20687 opposed to the GNU ABI which uses global registers $231 and up.
20688 -mzero-extend
20690 -mno-zero-extend
20691 When reading data from memory in sizes shorter than 64 bits, use
20692 (do not use) zero-extending load instructions by default, rather
20693 than sign-extending ones.
20694 -mknuthdiv
20696 -mno-knuthdiv
20697 Make the result of a division yielding a remainder have the same
20698 sign as the divisor. With the default, -mno-knuthdiv, the sign of
20699 the remainder follows the sign of the dividend. Both methods are
20700 arithmetically valid, the latter being almost exclusively used.
20701 -mtoplevel-symbols
20703 -mno-toplevel-symbols
20704 Prepend (do not prepend) a : to all global symbols, so the assembly
20705 code can be used with the "PREFIX" assembly directive.
20706 -melf
20708 Generate an executable in the ELF format, rather than the default
20709 mmo format used by the mmix simulator.
20710 -mbranch-predict
20712 -mno-branch-predict
20713 Use (do not use) the probable-branch instructions, when static
20714 branch prediction indicates a probable branch.
20715 -mbase-addresses
20717 -mno-base-addresses
20718 Generate (do not generate) code that uses base addresses. Using a
20719 base address automatically generates a request (handled by the
20720 assembler and the linker) for a constant to be set up in a global
20721 register. The register is used for one or more base address
20722 requests within the range 0 to 255 from the value held in the
20723 register. The generally leads to short and fast code, but the
20724 number of different data items that can be addressed is limited.
20725 This means that a program that uses lots of static data may require
20726 -mno-base-addresses.
20727 -msingle-exit
20729 -mno-single-exit
20730 Force (do not force) generated code to have a single exit point in
20731 each function.
20732 MN10300 Options
20734 These -m options are defined for Matsushita MN10300 architectures:
20735 -mmult-bug
20737 Generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for the
20738 MN10300 processors. This is the default.
20739 -mno-mult-bug
20741 Do not generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for
20742 the MN10300 processors.
20743 -mam33
20745 Generate code using features specific to the AM33 processor.
20746 -mno-am33
20748 Do not generate code using features specific to the AM33 processor.
20749 This is the default.
20750 -mam33-2
20752 Generate code using features specific to the AM33/2.0 processor.
20753 -mam34
20755 Generate code using features specific to the AM34 processor.
20756 -mtune=cpu-type
20758 Use the timing characteristics of the indicated CPU type when
20759 scheduling instructions. This does not change the targeted
20760 processor type. The CPU type must be one of mn10300, am33, am33-2
20761 or am34.
20762 -mreturn-pointer-on-d0
20764 When generating a function that returns a pointer, return the
20765 pointer in both "a0" and "d0". Otherwise, the pointer is returned
20766 only in "a0", and attempts to call such functions without a
20767 prototype result in errors. Note that this option is on by
20768 default; use -mno-return-pointer-on-d0 to disable it.
20769 -mno-crt0
20771 Do not link in the C run-time initialization object file.
20772 -mrelax
20774 Indicate to the linker that it should perform a relaxation
20775 optimization pass to shorten branches, calls and absolute memory
20776 addresses. This option only has an effect when used on the command
20777 line for the final link step.
20778 This option makes symbolic debugging impossible.
20780 -mliw
20782 Allow the compiler to generate Long Instruction Word instructions
20783 if the target is the AM33 or later. This is the default. This
20784 option defines the preprocessor macro "__LIW__".
20785 -mno-liw
20787 Do not allow the compiler to generate Long Instruction Word
20788 instructions. This option defines the preprocessor macro
20789 "__NO_LIW__".
20790 -msetlb
20792 Allow the compiler to generate the SETLB and Lcc instructions if
20793 the target is the AM33 or later. This is the default. This option
20794 defines the preprocessor macro "__SETLB__".
20795 -mno-setlb
20797 Do not allow the compiler to generate SETLB or Lcc instructions.
20798 This option defines the preprocessor macro "__NO_SETLB__".
20799 Moxie Options
20801 -meb
20802 Generate big-endian code. This is the default for moxie-*-*
20803 configurations.
20804 -mel
20806 Generate little-endian code.
20807 -mmul.x
20809 Generate mul.x and umul.x instructions. This is the default for
20810 moxiebox-*-* configurations.
20811 -mno-crt0
20813 Do not link in the C run-time initialization object file.
20814 MSP430 Options
20816 These options are defined for the MSP430:
20817 -masm-hex
20819 Force assembly output to always use hex constants. Normally such
20820 constants are signed decimals, but this option is available for
20821 testsuite and/or aesthetic purposes.
20822 -mmcu=
20824 Select the MCU to target. This is used to create a C preprocessor
20825 symbol based upon the MCU name, converted to upper case and pre-
20826 and post-fixed with __. This in turn is used by the msp430.h
20827 header file to select an MCU-specific supplementary header file.
20828 The option also sets the ISA to use. If the MCU name is one that
20830 is known to only support the 430 ISA then that is selected,
20831 otherwise the 430X ISA is selected. A generic MCU name of msp430
20832 can also be used to select the 430 ISA. Similarly the generic
20833 msp430x MCU name selects the 430X ISA.
20834 In addition an MCU-specific linker script is added to the linker
20836 command line. The script's name is the name of the MCU with .ld
20837 appended. Thus specifying -mmcu=xxx on the gcc command line
20838 defines the C preprocessor symbol "__XXX__" and cause the linker to
20839 search for a script called xxx.ld.
20840 The ISA and hardware multiply supported for the different MCUs is
20842 hard-coded into GCC. However, an external devices.csv file can be
20843 used to extend device support beyond those that have been hard-
20844 coded.
20845 GCC searches for the devices.csv file using the following methods
20847 in the given precedence order, where the first method takes
20848 precendence over the second which takes precedence over the third.
20849 Include path specified with "-I" and "-L"
20851 devices.csv will be searched for in each of the directories
20852 specified by include paths and linker library search paths.
20853 Path specified by the environment variable MSP430_GCC_INCLUDE_DIR
20855 Define the value of the global environment variable
20856 MSP430_GCC_INCLUDE_DIR to the full path to the directory
20857 containing devices.csv, and GCC will search this directory for
20858 devices.csv. If devices.csv is found, this directory will also
20859 be registered as an include path, and linker library path.
20860 Header files and linker scripts in this directory can therefore
20861 be used without manually specifying "-I" and "-L" on the
20862 command line.
20863 The msp430-elf{,bare}/include/devices directory
20865 Finally, GCC will examine msp430-elf{,bare}/include/devices
20866 from the toolchain root directory. This directory does not
20867 exist in a default installation, but if the user has created it
20868 and copied devices.csv there, then the MCU data will be read.
20869 As above, this directory will also be registered as an include
20870 path, and linker library path.
20871 If none of the above search methods find devices.csv, then the
20873 hard-coded MCU data is used.
20874 -mwarn-mcu
20876 -mno-warn-mcu
20877 This option enables or disables warnings about conflicts between
20878 the MCU name specified by the -mmcu option and the ISA set by the
20879 -mcpu option and/or the hardware multiply support set by the
20880 -mhwmult option. It also toggles warnings about unrecognized MCU
20881 names. This option is on by default.
20882 -mcpu=
20884 Specifies the ISA to use. Accepted values are msp430, msp430x and
20885 msp430xv2. This option is deprecated. The -mmcu= option should be
20886 used to select the ISA.
20887 -msim
20889 Link to the simulator runtime libraries and linker script.
20890 Overrides any scripts that would be selected by the -mmcu= option.
20891 -mlarge
20893 Use large-model addressing (20-bit pointers, 32-bit "size_t").
20894 -msmall
20896 Use small-model addressing (16-bit pointers, 16-bit "size_t").
20897 -mrelax
20899 This option is passed to the assembler and linker, and allows the
20900 linker to perform certain optimizations that cannot be done until
20901 the final link.
20902 mhwmult=
20904 Describes the type of hardware multiply supported by the target.
20905 Accepted values are none for no hardware multiply, 16bit for the
20906 original 16-bit-only multiply supported by early MCUs. 32bit for
20907 the 16/32-bit multiply supported by later MCUs and f5series for the
20908 16/32-bit multiply supported by F5-series MCUs. A value of auto
20909 can also be given. This tells GCC to deduce the hardware multiply
20910 support based upon the MCU name provided by the -mmcu option. If
20911 no -mmcu option is specified or if the MCU name is not recognized
20912 then no hardware multiply support is assumed. "auto" is the
20913 default setting.
20914 Hardware multiplies are normally performed by calling a library
20916 routine. This saves space in the generated code. When compiling
20917 at -O3 or higher however the hardware multiplier is invoked inline.
20918 This makes for bigger, but faster code.
20919 The hardware multiply routines disable interrupts whilst running
20921 and restore the previous interrupt state when they finish. This
20922 makes them safe to use inside interrupt handlers as well as in
20923 normal code.
20924 -minrt
20926 Enable the use of a minimum runtime environment - no static
20927 initializers or constructors. This is intended for memory-
20928 constrained devices. The compiler includes special symbols in some
20929 objects that tell the linker and runtime which code fragments are
20930 required.
20931 -mtiny-printf
20933 Enable reduced code size "printf" and "puts" library functions.
20934 The tiny implementations of these functions are not reentrant, so
20935 must be used with caution in multi-threaded applications.
20936 Support for streams has been removed and the string to be printed
20938 will always be sent to stdout via the "write" syscall. The string
20939 is not buffered before it is sent to write.
20940 This option requires Newlib Nano IO, so GCC must be configured with
20942 --enable-newlib-nano-formatted-io.
20943 -mcode-region=
20945 -mdata-region=
20946 These options tell the compiler where to place functions and data
20947 that do not have one of the "lower", "upper", "either" or "section"
20948 attributes. Possible values are "lower", "upper", "either" or
20949 "any". The first three behave like the corresponding attribute.
20950 The fourth possible value - "any" - is the default. It leaves
20951 placement entirely up to the linker script and how it assigns the
20952 standard sections (".text", ".data", etc) to the memory regions.
20953 -msilicon-errata=
20955 This option passes on a request to assembler to enable the fixes
20956 for the named silicon errata.
20957 -msilicon-errata-warn=
20959 This option passes on a request to the assembler to enable warning
20960 messages when a silicon errata might need to be applied.
20961 -mwarn-devices-csv
20963 -mno-warn-devices-csv
20964 Warn if devices.csv is not found or there are problem parsing it
20965 (default: on).
20966 NDS32 Options
20968 These options are defined for NDS32 implementations:
20969 -mbig-endian
20971 Generate code in big-endian mode.
20972 -mlittle-endian
20974 Generate code in little-endian mode.
20975 -mreduced-regs
20977 Use reduced-set registers for register allocation.
20978 -mfull-regs
20980 Use full-set registers for register allocation.
20981 -mcmov
20983 Generate conditional move instructions.
20984 -mno-cmov
20986 Do not generate conditional move instructions.
20987 -mext-perf
20989 Generate performance extension instructions.
20990 -mno-ext-perf
20992 Do not generate performance extension instructions.
20993 -mext-perf2
20995 Generate performance extension 2 instructions.
20996 -mno-ext-perf2
20998 Do not generate performance extension 2 instructions.
20999 -mext-string
21001 Generate string extension instructions.
21002 -mno-ext-string
21004 Do not generate string extension instructions.
21005 -mv3push
21007 Generate v3 push25/pop25 instructions.
21008 -mno-v3push
21010 Do not generate v3 push25/pop25 instructions.
21011 -m16-bit
21013 Generate 16-bit instructions.
21014 -mno-16-bit
21016 Do not generate 16-bit instructions.
21017 -misr-vector-size=num
21019 Specify the size of each interrupt vector, which must be 4 or 16.
21020 -mcache-block-size=num
21022 Specify the size of each cache block, which must be a power of 2
21023 between 4 and 512.
21024 -march=arch
21026 Specify the name of the target architecture.
21027 -mcmodel=code-model
21029 Set the code model to one of
21030 small
21032 All the data and read-only data segments must be within 512KB
21033 addressing space. The text segment must be within 16MB
21034 addressing space.
21035 medium
21037 The data segment must be within 512KB while the read-only data
21038 segment can be within 4GB addressing space. The text segment
21039 should be still within 16MB addressing space.
21040 large
21042 All the text and data segments can be within 4GB addressing
21043 space.
21044 -mctor-dtor
21046 Enable constructor/destructor feature.
21047 -mrelax
21049 Guide linker to relax instructions.
21050 Nios II Options
21052 These are the options defined for the Altera Nios II processor.
21053 -G num
21055 Put global and static objects less than or equal to num bytes into
21056 the small data or BSS sections instead of the normal data or BSS
21057 sections. The default value of num is 8.
21058 -mgpopt=option
21060 -mgpopt
21061 -mno-gpopt
21062 Generate (do not generate) GP-relative accesses. The following
21063 option names are recognized:
21064 none
21066 Do not generate GP-relative accesses.
21067 local
21069 Generate GP-relative accesses for small data objects that are
21070 not external, weak, or uninitialized common symbols. Also use
21071 GP-relative addressing for objects that have been explicitly
21072 placed in a small data section via a "section" attribute.
21073 global
21075 As for local, but also generate GP-relative accesses for small
21076 data objects that are external, weak, or common. If you use
21077 this option, you must ensure that all parts of your program
21078 (including libraries) are compiled with the same -G setting.
21079 data
21081 Generate GP-relative accesses for all data objects in the
21082 program. If you use this option, the entire data and BSS
21083 segments of your program must fit in 64K of memory and you must
21084 use an appropriate linker script to allocate them within the
21085 addressable range of the global pointer.
21086 all Generate GP-relative addresses for function pointers as well as
21088 data pointers. If you use this option, the entire text, data,
21089 and BSS segments of your program must fit in 64K of memory and
21090 you must use an appropriate linker script to allocate them
21091 within the addressable range of the global pointer.
21092 -mgpopt is equivalent to -mgpopt=local, and -mno-gpopt is
21094 equivalent to -mgpopt=none.
21095 The default is -mgpopt except when -fpic or -fPIC is specified to
21097 generate position-independent code. Note that the Nios II ABI does
21098 not permit GP-relative accesses from shared libraries.
21099 You may need to specify -mno-gpopt explicitly when building
21101 programs that include large amounts of small data, including large
21102 GOT data sections. In this case, the 16-bit offset for GP-relative
21103 addressing may not be large enough to allow access to the entire
21104 small data section.
21105 -mgprel-sec=regexp
21107 This option specifies additional section names that can be accessed
21108 via GP-relative addressing. It is most useful in conjunction with
21109 "section" attributes on variable declarations and a custom linker
21110 script. The regexp is a POSIX Extended Regular Expression.
21111 This option does not affect the behavior of the -G option, and the
21113 specified sections are in addition to the standard ".sdata" and
21114 ".sbss" small-data sections that are recognized by -mgpopt.
21115 -mr0rel-sec=regexp
21117 This option specifies names of sections that can be accessed via a
21118 16-bit offset from "r0"; that is, in the low 32K or high 32K of the
21119 32-bit address space. It is most useful in conjunction with
21120 "section" attributes on variable declarations and a custom linker
21121 script. The regexp is a POSIX Extended Regular Expression.
21122 In contrast to the use of GP-relative addressing for small data,
21124 zero-based addressing is never generated by default and there are
21125 no conventional section names used in standard linker scripts for
21126 sections in the low or high areas of memory.
21127 -mel
21129 -meb
21130 Generate little-endian (default) or big-endian (experimental) code,
21131 respectively.
21132 -march=arch
21134 This specifies the name of the target Nios II architecture. GCC
21135 uses this name to determine what kind of instructions it can emit
21136 when generating assembly code. Permissible names are: r1, r2.
21137 The preprocessor macro "__nios2_arch__" is available to programs,
21139 with value 1 or 2, indicating the targeted ISA level.
21140 -mbypass-cache
21142 -mno-bypass-cache
21143 Force all load and store instructions to always bypass cache by
21144 using I/O variants of the instructions. The default is not to
21145 bypass the cache.
21146 -mno-cache-volatile
21148 -mcache-volatile
21149 Volatile memory access bypass the cache using the I/O variants of
21150 the load and store instructions. The default is not to bypass the
21151 cache.
21152 -mno-fast-sw-div
21154 -mfast-sw-div
21155 Do not use table-based fast divide for small numbers. The default
21156 is to use the fast divide at -O3 and above.
21157 -mno-hw-mul
21159 -mhw-mul
21160 -mno-hw-mulx
21161 -mhw-mulx
21162 -mno-hw-div
21163 -mhw-div
21164 Enable or disable emitting "mul", "mulx" and "div" family of
21165 instructions by the compiler. The default is to emit "mul" and not
21166 emit "div" and "mulx".
21167 -mbmx
21169 -mno-bmx
21170 -mcdx
21171 -mno-cdx
21172 Enable or disable generation of Nios II R2 BMX (bit manipulation)
21173 and CDX (code density) instructions. Enabling these instructions
21174 also requires -march=r2. Since these instructions are optional
21175 extensions to the R2 architecture, the default is not to emit them.
21176 -mcustom-insn=N
21178 -mno-custom-insn
21179 Each -mcustom-insn=N option enables use of a custom instruction
21180 with encoding N when generating code that uses insn. For example,
21181 -mcustom-fadds=253 generates custom instruction 253 for single-
21182 precision floating-point add operations instead of the default
21183 behavior of using a library call.
21184 The following values of insn are supported. Except as otherwise
21186 noted, floating-point operations are expected to be implemented
21187 with normal IEEE 754 semantics and correspond directly to the C
21188 operators or the equivalent GCC built-in functions.
21189 Single-precision floating point:
21191 fadds, fsubs, fdivs, fmuls
21193 Binary arithmetic operations.
21194 fnegs
21196 Unary negation.
21197 fabss
21199 Unary absolute value.
21200 fcmpeqs, fcmpges, fcmpgts, fcmples, fcmplts, fcmpnes
21202 Comparison operations.
21203 fmins, fmaxs
21205 Floating-point minimum and maximum. These instructions are
21206 only generated if -ffinite-math-only is specified.
21207 fsqrts
21209 Unary square root operation.
21210 fcoss, fsins, ftans, fatans, fexps, flogs
21212 Floating-point trigonometric and exponential functions. These
21213 instructions are only generated if -funsafe-math-optimizations
21214 is also specified.
21215 Double-precision floating point:
21217 faddd, fsubd, fdivd, fmuld
21219 Binary arithmetic operations.
21220 fnegd
21222 Unary negation.
21223 fabsd
21225 Unary absolute value.
21226 fcmpeqd, fcmpged, fcmpgtd, fcmpled, fcmpltd, fcmpned
21228 Comparison operations.
21229 fmind, fmaxd
21231 Double-precision minimum and maximum. These instructions are
21232 only generated if -ffinite-math-only is specified.
21233 fsqrtd
21235 Unary square root operation.
21236 fcosd, fsind, ftand, fatand, fexpd, flogd
21238 Double-precision trigonometric and exponential functions.
21239 These instructions are only generated if
21240 -funsafe-math-optimizations is also specified.
21241 Conversions:
21243 fextsd
21245 Conversion from single precision to double precision.
21246 ftruncds
21248 Conversion from double precision to single precision.
21249 fixsi, fixsu, fixdi, fixdu
21251 Conversion from floating point to signed or unsigned integer
21252 types, with truncation towards zero.
21253 round
21255 Conversion from single-precision floating point to signed
21256 integer, rounding to the nearest integer and ties away from
21257 zero. This corresponds to the "__builtin_lroundf" function
21258 when -fno-math-errno is used.
21259 floatis, floatus, floatid, floatud
21261 Conversion from signed or unsigned integer types to floating-
21262 point types.
21263 In addition, all of the following transfer instructions for
21265 internal registers X and Y must be provided to use any of the
21266 double-precision floating-point instructions. Custom instructions
21267 taking two double-precision source operands expect the first
21268 operand in the 64-bit register X. The other operand (or only
21269 operand of a unary operation) is given to the custom arithmetic
21270 instruction with the least significant half in source register src1
21271 and the most significant half in src2. A custom instruction that
21272 returns a double-precision result returns the most significant 32
21273 bits in the destination register and the other half in 32-bit
21274 register Y. GCC automatically generates the necessary code
21275 sequences to write register X and/or read register Y when double-
21276 precision floating-point instructions are used.
21277 fwrx
21279 Write src1 into the least significant half of X and src2 into
21280 the most significant half of X.
21281 fwry
21283 Write src1 into Y.
21284 frdxhi, frdxlo
21286 Read the most or least (respectively) significant half of X and
21287 store it in dest.
21288 frdy
21290 Read the value of Y and store it into dest.
21291 Note that you can gain more local control over generation of Nios
21293 II custom instructions by using the "target("custom-insn=N")" and
21294 "target("no-custom-insn")" function attributes or pragmas.
21295 -mcustom-fpu-cfg=name
21297 This option enables a predefined, named set of custom instruction
21298 encodings (see -mcustom-insn above). Currently, the following sets
21299 are defined:
21300 -mcustom-fpu-cfg=60-1 is equivalent to: -mcustom-fmuls=252
21302 -mcustom-fadds=253 -mcustom-fsubs=254 -fsingle-precision-constant
21303 -mcustom-fpu-cfg=60-2 is equivalent to: -mcustom-fmuls=252
21305 -mcustom-fadds=253 -mcustom-fsubs=254 -mcustom-fdivs=255
21306 -fsingle-precision-constant
21307 -mcustom-fpu-cfg=72-3 is equivalent to: -mcustom-floatus=243
21309 -mcustom-fixsi=244 -mcustom-floatis=245 -mcustom-fcmpgts=246
21310 -mcustom-fcmples=249 -mcustom-fcmpeqs=250 -mcustom-fcmpnes=251
21311 -mcustom-fmuls=252 -mcustom-fadds=253 -mcustom-fsubs=254
21312 -mcustom-fdivs=255 -fsingle-precision-constant
21313 Custom instruction assignments given by individual -mcustom-insn=
21315 options override those given by -mcustom-fpu-cfg=, regardless of
21316 the order of the options on the command line.
21317 Note that you can gain more local control over selection of a FPU
21319 configuration by using the "target("custom-fpu-cfg=name")" function
21320 attribute or pragma.
21321 These additional -m options are available for the Altera Nios II ELF
21323 (bare-metal) target:
21324 -mhal
21326 Link with HAL BSP. This suppresses linking with the GCC-provided C
21327 runtime startup and termination code, and is typically used in
21328 conjunction with -msys-crt0= to specify the location of the
21329 alternate startup code provided by the HAL BSP.
21330 -msmallc
21332 Link with a limited version of the C library, -lsmallc, rather than
21333 Newlib.
21334 -msys-crt0=startfile
21336 startfile is the file name of the startfile (crt0) to use when
21337 linking. This option is only useful in conjunction with -mhal.
21338 -msys-lib=systemlib
21340 systemlib is the library name of the library that provides low-
21341 level system calls required by the C library, e.g. "read" and
21342 "write". This option is typically used to link with a library
21343 provided by a HAL BSP.
21344 Nvidia PTX Options
21346 These options are defined for Nvidia PTX:
21347 -m32
21349 -m64
21350 Generate code for 32-bit or 64-bit ABI.
21351 -misa=ISA-string
21353 Generate code for given the specified PTX ISA (e.g. sm_35). ISA
21354 strings must be lower-case. Valid ISA strings include sm_30 and
21355 sm_35. The default ISA is sm_30.
21356 -mmainkernel
21358 Link in code for a __main kernel. This is for stand-alone instead
21359 of offloading execution.
21360 -moptimize
21362 Apply partitioned execution optimizations. This is the default
21363 when any level of optimization is selected.
21364 -msoft-stack
21366 Generate code that does not use ".local" memory directly for stack
21367 storage. Instead, a per-warp stack pointer is maintained
21368 explicitly. This enables variable-length stack allocation (with
21369 variable-length arrays or "alloca"), and when global memory is used
21370 for underlying storage, makes it possible to access automatic
21371 variables from other threads, or with atomic instructions. This
21372 code generation variant is used for OpenMP offloading, but the
21373 option is exposed on its own for the purpose of testing the
21374 compiler; to generate code suitable for linking into programs using
21375 OpenMP offloading, use option -mgomp.
21376 -muniform-simt
21378 Switch to code generation variant that allows to execute all
21379 threads in each warp, while maintaining memory state and side
21380 effects as if only one thread in each warp was active outside of
21381 OpenMP SIMD regions. All atomic operations and calls to runtime
21382 (malloc, free, vprintf) are conditionally executed (iff current
21383 lane index equals the master lane index), and the register being
21384 assigned is copied via a shuffle instruction from the master lane.
21385 Outside of SIMD regions lane 0 is the master; inside, each thread
21386 sees itself as the master. Shared memory array "int __nvptx_uni[]"
21387 stores all-zeros or all-ones bitmasks for each warp, indicating
21388 current mode (0 outside of SIMD regions). Each thread can bitwise-
21389 and the bitmask at position "tid.y" with current lane index to
21390 compute the master lane index.
21391 -mgomp
21393 Generate code for use in OpenMP offloading: enables -msoft-stack
21394 and -muniform-simt options, and selects corresponding multilib
21395 variant.
21396 OpenRISC Options
21398 These options are defined for OpenRISC:
21399 -mboard=name
21401 Configure a board specific runtime. This will be passed to the
21402 linker for newlib board library linking. The default is "or1ksim".
21403 -mnewlib
21405 This option is ignored; it is for compatibility purposes only.
21406 This used to select linker and preprocessor options for use with
21407 newlib.
21408 -msoft-div
21410 -mhard-div
21411 Select software or hardware divide ("l.div", "l.divu")
21412 instructions. This default is hardware divide.
21413 -msoft-mul
21415 -mhard-mul
21416 Select software or hardware multiply ("l.mul", "l.muli")
21417 instructions. This default is hardware multiply.
21418 -msoft-float
21420 -mhard-float
21421 Select software or hardware for floating point operations. The
21422 default is software.
21423 -mdouble-float
21425 When -mhard-float is selected, enables generation of double-
21426 precision floating point instructions. By default functions from
21427 libgcc are used to perform double-precision floating point
21428 operations.
21429 -munordered-float
21431 When -mhard-float is selected, enables generation of unordered
21432 floating point compare and set flag ("lf.sfun*") instructions. By
21433 default functions from libgcc are used to perform unordered
21434 floating point compare and set flag operations.
21435 -mcmov
21437 Enable generation of conditional move ("l.cmov") instructions. By
21438 default the equivalent will be generated using set and branch.
21439 -mror
21441 Enable generation of rotate right ("l.ror") instructions. By
21442 default functions from libgcc are used to perform rotate right
21443 operations.
21444 -mrori
21446 Enable generation of rotate right with immediate ("l.rori")
21447 instructions. By default functions from libgcc are used to perform
21448 rotate right with immediate operations.
21449 -msext
21451 Enable generation of sign extension ("l.ext*") instructions. By
21452 default memory loads are used to perform sign extension.
21453 -msfimm
21455 Enable generation of compare and set flag with immediate ("l.sf*i")
21456 instructions. By default extra instructions will be generated to
21457 store the immediate to a register first.
21458 -mshftimm
21460 Enable generation of shift with immediate ("l.srai", "l.srli",
21461 "l.slli") instructions. By default extra instructions will be
21462 generated to store the immediate to a register first.
21463 PDP-11 Options
21465 These options are defined for the PDP-11:
21466 -mfpu
21468 Use hardware FPP floating point. This is the default. (FIS
21469 floating point on the PDP-11/40 is not supported.) Implies -m45.
21470 -msoft-float
21472 Do not use hardware floating point.
21473 -mac0
21475 Return floating-point results in ac0 (fr0 in Unix assembler
21476 syntax).
21477 -mno-ac0
21479 Return floating-point results in memory. This is the default.
21480 -m40
21482 Generate code for a PDP-11/40. Implies -msoft-float -mno-split.
21483 -m45
21485 Generate code for a PDP-11/45. This is the default.
21486 -m10
21488 Generate code for a PDP-11/10. Implies -msoft-float -mno-split.
21489 -mint16
21491 -mno-int32
21492 Use 16-bit "int". This is the default.
21493 -mint32
21495 -mno-int16
21496 Use 32-bit "int".
21497 -msplit
21499 Target has split instruction and data space. Implies -m45.
21500 -munix-asm
21502 Use Unix assembler syntax.
21503 -mdec-asm
21505 Use DEC assembler syntax.
21506 -mgnu-asm
21508 Use GNU assembler syntax. This is the default.
21509 -mlra
21511 Use the new LRA register allocator. By default, the old "reload"
21512 allocator is used.
21513 picoChip Options
21515 These -m options are defined for picoChip implementations:
21516 -mae=ae_type
21518 Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling
21519 parameters for array element type ae_type. Supported values for
21520 ae_type are ANY, MUL, and MAC.
21521 -mae=ANY selects a completely generic AE type. Code generated with
21523 this option runs on any of the other AE types. The code is not as
21524 efficient as it would be if compiled for a specific AE type, and
21525 some types of operation (e.g., multiplication) do not work properly
21526 on all types of AE.
21527 -mae=MUL selects a MUL AE type. This is the most useful AE type
21529 for compiled code, and is the default.
21530 -mae=MAC selects a DSP-style MAC AE. Code compiled with this
21532 option may suffer from poor performance of byte (char)
21533 manipulation, since the DSP AE does not provide hardware support
21534 for byte load/stores.
21535 -msymbol-as-address
21537 Enable the compiler to directly use a symbol name as an address in
21538 a load/store instruction, without first loading it into a register.
21539 Typically, the use of this option generates larger programs, which
21540 run faster than when the option isn't used. However, the results
21541 vary from program to program, so it is left as a user option,
21542 rather than being permanently enabled.
21543 -mno-inefficient-warnings
21545 Disables warnings about the generation of inefficient code. These
21546 warnings can be generated, for example, when compiling code that
21547 performs byte-level memory operations on the MAC AE type. The MAC
21548 AE has no hardware support for byte-level memory operations, so all
21549 byte load/stores must be synthesized from word load/store
21550 operations. This is inefficient and a warning is generated to
21551 indicate that you should rewrite the code to avoid byte operations,
21552 or to target an AE type that has the necessary hardware support.
21553 This option disables these warnings.
21554 PowerPC Options
21556 These are listed under
21557 PRU Options
21559 These command-line options are defined for PRU target:
21560 -minrt
21562 Link with a minimum runtime environment, with no support for static
21563 initializers and constructors. Using this option can significantly
21564 reduce the size of the final ELF binary. Beware that the compiler
21565 could still generate code with static initializers and
21566 constructors. It is up to the programmer to ensure that the source
21567 program will not use those features.
21568 -mmcu=mcu
21570 Specify the PRU MCU variant to use. Check Newlib for the exact
21571 list of supported MCUs.
21572 -mno-relax
21574 Make GCC pass the --no-relax command-line option to the linker
21575 instead of the --relax option.
21576 -mloop
21578 Allow (or do not allow) GCC to use the LOOP instruction.
21579 -mabi=variant
21581 Specify the ABI variant to output code for. -mabi=ti selects the
21582 unmodified TI ABI while -mabi=gnu selects a GNU variant that copes
21583 more naturally with certain GCC assumptions. These are the
21584 differences:
21585 Function Pointer Size
21587 TI ABI specifies that function (code) pointers are 16-bit,
21588 whereas GNU supports only 32-bit data and code pointers.
21589 Optional Return Value Pointer
21591 Function return values larger than 64 bits are passed by using
21592 a hidden pointer as the first argument of the function. TI
21593 ABI, though, mandates that the pointer can be NULL in case the
21594 caller is not using the returned value. GNU always passes and
21595 expects a valid return value pointer.
21596 The current -mabi=ti implementation simply raises a compile error
21598 when any of the above code constructs is detected. As a
21599 consequence the standard C library cannot be built and it is
21600 omitted when linking with -mabi=ti.
21601 Relaxation is a GNU feature and for safety reasons is disabled when
21603 using -mabi=ti. The TI toolchain does not emit relocations for
21604 QBBx instructions, so the GNU linker cannot adjust them when
21605 shortening adjacent LDI32 pseudo instructions.
21606 RISC-V Options
21608 These command-line options are defined for RISC-V targets:
21609 -mbranch-cost=n
21611 Set the cost of branches to roughly n instructions.
21612 -mplt
21614 -mno-plt
21615 When generating PIC code, do or don't allow the use of PLTs.
21616 Ignored for non-PIC. The default is -mplt.
21617 -mabi=ABI-string
21619 Specify integer and floating-point calling convention. ABI-string
21620 contains two parts: the size of integer types and the registers
21621 used for floating-point types. For example -march=rv64ifd
21622 -mabi=lp64d means that long and pointers are 64-bit (implicitly
21623 defining int to be 32-bit), and that floating-point values up to 64
21624 bits wide are passed in F registers. Contrast this with
21625 -march=rv64ifd -mabi=lp64f, which still allows the compiler to
21626 generate code that uses the F and D extensions but only allows
21627 floating-point values up to 32 bits long to be passed in registers;
21628 or -march=rv64ifd -mabi=lp64, in which no floating-point arguments
21629 will be passed in registers.
21630 The default for this argument is system dependent, users who want a
21632 specific calling convention should specify one explicitly. The
21633 valid calling conventions are: ilp32, ilp32f, ilp32d, lp64, lp64f,
21634 and lp64d. Some calling conventions are impossible to implement on
21635 some ISAs: for example, -march=rv32if -mabi=ilp32d is invalid
21636 because the ABI requires 64-bit values be passed in F registers,
21637 but F registers are only 32 bits wide. There is also the ilp32e
21638 ABI that can only be used with the rv32e architecture. This ABI is
21639 not well specified at present, and is subject to change.
21640 -mfdiv
21642 -mno-fdiv
21643 Do or don't use hardware floating-point divide and square root
21644 instructions. This requires the F or D extensions for floating-
21645 point registers. The default is to use them if the specified
21646 architecture has these instructions.
21647 -mdiv
21649 -mno-div
21650 Do or don't use hardware instructions for integer division. This
21651 requires the M extension. The default is to use them if the
21652 specified architecture has these instructions.
21653 -march=ISA-string
21655 Generate code for given RISC-V ISA (e.g. rv64im). ISA strings must
21656 be lower-case. Examples include rv64i, rv32g, rv32e, and rv32imaf.
21657 -mtune=processor-string
21659 Optimize the output for the given processor, specified by
21660 microarchitecture name. Permissible values for this option are:
21661 rocket, sifive-3-series, sifive-5-series, sifive-7-series, and
21662 size.
21663 When -mtune= is not specified, the default is rocket.
21665 The size choice is not intended for use by end-users. This is used
21667 when -Os is specified. It overrides the instruction cost info
21668 provided by -mtune=, but does not override the pipeline info. This
21669 helps reduce code size while still giving good performance.
21670 -mpreferred-stack-boundary=num
21672 Attempt to keep the stack boundary aligned to a 2 raised to num
21673 byte boundary. If -mpreferred-stack-boundary is not specified, the
21674 default is 4 (16 bytes or 128-bits).
21675 Warning: If you use this switch, then you must build all modules
21677 with the same value, including any libraries. This includes the
21678 system libraries and startup modules.
21679 -msmall-data-limit=n
21681 Put global and static data smaller than n bytes into a special
21682 section (on some targets).
21683 -msave-restore
21685 -mno-save-restore
21686 Do or don't use smaller but slower prologue and epilogue code that
21687 uses library function calls. The default is to use fast inline
21688 prologues and epilogues.
21689 -mstrict-align
21691 -mno-strict-align
21692 Do not or do generate unaligned memory accesses. The default is
21693 set depending on whether the processor we are optimizing for
21694 supports fast unaligned access or not.
21695 -mcmodel=medlow
21697 Generate code for the medium-low code model. The program and its
21698 statically defined symbols must lie within a single 2 GiB address
21699 range and must lie between absolute addresses -2 GiB and +2 GiB.
21700 Programs can be statically or dynamically linked. This is the
21701 default code model.
21702 -mcmodel=medany
21704 Generate code for the medium-any code model. The program and its
21705 statically defined symbols must be within any single 2 GiB address
21706 range. Programs can be statically or dynamically linked.
21707 -mexplicit-relocs
21709 -mno-exlicit-relocs
21710 Use or do not use assembler relocation operators when dealing with
21711 symbolic addresses. The alternative is to use assembler macros
21712 instead, which may limit optimization.
21713 -mrelax
21715 -mno-relax
21716 Take advantage of linker relaxations to reduce the number of
21717 instructions required to materialize symbol addresses. The default
21718 is to take advantage of linker relaxations.
21719 -memit-attribute
21721 -mno-emit-attribute
21722 Emit (do not emit) RISC-V attribute to record extra information
21723 into ELF objects. This feature requires at least binutils 2.32.
21724 -malign-data=type
21726 Control how GCC aligns variables and constants of array, structure,
21727 or union types. Supported values for type are xlen which uses x
21728 register width as the alignment value, and natural which uses
21729 natural alignment. xlen is the default.
21730 RL78 Options
21732 -msim
21733 Links in additional target libraries to support operation within a
21734 simulator.
21735 -mmul=none
21737 -mmul=g10
21738 -mmul=g13
21739 -mmul=g14
21740 -mmul=rl78
21741 Specifies the type of hardware multiplication and division support
21742 to be used. The simplest is "none", which uses software for both
21743 multiplication and division. This is the default. The "g13" value
21744 is for the hardware multiply/divide peripheral found on the
21745 RL78/G13 (S2 core) targets. The "g14" value selects the use of the
21746 multiplication and division instructions supported by the RL78/G14
21747 (S3 core) parts. The value "rl78" is an alias for "g14" and the
21748 value "mg10" is an alias for "none".
21749 In addition a C preprocessor macro is defined, based upon the
21751 setting of this option. Possible values are: "__RL78_MUL_NONE__",
21752 "__RL78_MUL_G13__" or "__RL78_MUL_G14__".
21753 -mcpu=g10
21755 -mcpu=g13
21756 -mcpu=g14
21757 -mcpu=rl78
21758 Specifies the RL78 core to target. The default is the G14 core,
21759 also known as an S3 core or just RL78. The G13 or S2 core does not
21760 have multiply or divide instructions, instead it uses a hardware
21761 peripheral for these operations. The G10 or S1 core does not have
21762 register banks, so it uses a different calling convention.
21763 If this option is set it also selects the type of hardware multiply
21765 support to use, unless this is overridden by an explicit -mmul=none
21766 option on the command line. Thus specifying -mcpu=g13 enables the
21767 use of the G13 hardware multiply peripheral and specifying
21768 -mcpu=g10 disables the use of hardware multiplications altogether.
21769 Note, although the RL78/G14 core is the default target, specifying
21771 -mcpu=g14 or -mcpu=rl78 on the command line does change the
21772 behavior of the toolchain since it also enables G14 hardware
21773 multiply support. If these options are not specified on the
21774 command line then software multiplication routines will be used
21775 even though the code targets the RL78 core. This is for backwards
21776 compatibility with older toolchains which did not have hardware
21777 multiply and divide support.
21778 In addition a C preprocessor macro is defined, based upon the
21780 setting of this option. Possible values are: "__RL78_G10__",
21781 "__RL78_G13__" or "__RL78_G14__".
21782 -mg10
21784 -mg13
21785 -mg14
21786 -mrl78
21787 These are aliases for the corresponding -mcpu= option. They are
21788 provided for backwards compatibility.
21789 -mallregs
21791 Allow the compiler to use all of the available registers. By
21792 default registers "r24..r31" are reserved for use in interrupt
21793 handlers. With this option enabled these registers can be used in
21794 ordinary functions as well.
21795 -m64bit-doubles
21797 -m32bit-doubles
21798 Make the "double" data type be 64 bits (-m64bit-doubles) or 32 bits
21799 (-m32bit-doubles) in size. The default is -m32bit-doubles.
21800 -msave-mduc-in-interrupts
21802 -mno-save-mduc-in-interrupts
21803 Specifies that interrupt handler functions should preserve the MDUC
21804 registers. This is only necessary if normal code might use the
21805 MDUC registers, for example because it performs multiplication and
21806 division operations. The default is to ignore the MDUC registers
21807 as this makes the interrupt handlers faster. The target option
21808 -mg13 needs to be passed for this to work as this feature is only
21809 available on the G13 target (S2 core). The MDUC registers will
21810 only be saved if the interrupt handler performs a multiplication or
21811 division operation or it calls another function.
21812 IBM RS/6000 and PowerPC Options
21814 These -m options are defined for the IBM RS/6000 and PowerPC:
21815 -mpowerpc-gpopt
21817 -mno-powerpc-gpopt
21818 -mpowerpc-gfxopt
21819 -mno-powerpc-gfxopt
21820 -mpowerpc64
21821 -mno-powerpc64
21822 -mmfcrf
21823 -mno-mfcrf
21824 -mpopcntb
21825 -mno-popcntb
21826 -mpopcntd
21827 -mno-popcntd
21828 -mfprnd
21829 -mno-fprnd
21830 -mcmpb
21831 -mno-cmpb
21832 -mhard-dfp
21833 -mno-hard-dfp
21834 You use these options to specify which instructions are available
21835 on the processor you are using. The default value of these options
21836 is determined when configuring GCC. Specifying the -mcpu=cpu_type
21837 overrides the specification of these options. We recommend you use
21838 the -mcpu=cpu_type option rather than the options listed above.
21839 Specifying -mpowerpc-gpopt allows GCC to use the optional PowerPC
21841 architecture instructions in the General Purpose group, including
21842 floating-point square root. Specifying -mpowerpc-gfxopt allows GCC
21843 to use the optional PowerPC architecture instructions in the
21844 Graphics group, including floating-point select.
21845 The -mmfcrf option allows GCC to generate the move from condition
21847 register field instruction implemented on the POWER4 processor and
21848 other processors that support the PowerPC V2.01 architecture. The
21849 -mpopcntb option allows GCC to generate the popcount and double-
21850 precision FP reciprocal estimate instruction implemented on the
21851 POWER5 processor and other processors that support the PowerPC
21852 V2.02 architecture. The -mpopcntd option allows GCC to generate
21853 the popcount instruction implemented on the POWER7 processor and
21854 other processors that support the PowerPC V2.06 architecture. The
21855 -mfprnd option allows GCC to generate the FP round to integer
21856 instructions implemented on the POWER5+ processor and other
21857 processors that support the PowerPC V2.03 architecture. The -mcmpb
21858 option allows GCC to generate the compare bytes instruction
21859 implemented on the POWER6 processor and other processors that
21860 support the PowerPC V2.05 architecture. The -mhard-dfp option
21861 allows GCC to generate the decimal floating-point instructions
21862 implemented on some POWER processors.
21863 The -mpowerpc64 option allows GCC to generate the additional 64-bit
21865 instructions that are found in the full PowerPC64 architecture and
21866 to treat GPRs as 64-bit, doubleword quantities. GCC defaults to
21867 -mno-powerpc64.
21868 -mcpu=cpu_type
21870 Set architecture type, register usage, and instruction scheduling
21871 parameters for machine type cpu_type. Supported values for
21872 cpu_type are 401, 403, 405, 405fp, 440, 440fp, 464, 464fp, 476,
21873 476fp, 505, 601, 602, 603, 603e, 604, 604e, 620, 630, 740, 7400,
21874 7450, 750, 801, 821, 823, 860, 970, 8540, a2, e300c2, e300c3,
21875 e500mc, e500mc64, e5500, e6500, ec603e, G3, G4, G5, titan, power3,
21876 power4, power5, power5+, power6, power6x, power7, power8, power9,
21877 future, powerpc, powerpc64, powerpc64le, rs64, and native.
21878 -mcpu=powerpc, -mcpu=powerpc64, and -mcpu=powerpc64le specify pure
21880 32-bit PowerPC (either endian), 64-bit big endian PowerPC and
21881 64-bit little endian PowerPC architecture machine types, with an
21882 appropriate, generic processor model assumed for scheduling
21883 purposes.
21884 Specifying native as cpu type detects and selects the architecture
21886 option that corresponds to the host processor of the system
21887 performing the compilation. -mcpu=native has no effect if GCC does
21888 not recognize the processor.
21889 The other options specify a specific processor. Code generated
21891 under those options runs best on that processor, and may not run at
21892 all on others.
21893 The -mcpu options automatically enable or disable the following
21895 options:
21896 -maltivec -mfprnd -mhard-float -mmfcrf -mmultiple -mpopcntb
21898 -mpopcntd -mpowerpc64 -mpowerpc-gpopt -mpowerpc-gfxopt -mmulhw
21899 -mdlmzb -mmfpgpr -mvsx -mcrypto -mhtm -mpower8-fusion
21900 -mpower8-vector -mquad-memory -mquad-memory-atomic -mfloat128
21901 -mfloat128-hardware -mprefixed -mpcrel -mmma
21902 The particular options set for any particular CPU varies between
21904 compiler versions, depending on what setting seems to produce
21905 optimal code for that CPU; it doesn't necessarily reflect the
21906 actual hardware's capabilities. If you wish to set an individual
21907 option to a particular value, you may specify it after the -mcpu
21908 option, like -mcpu=970 -mno-altivec.
21909 On AIX, the -maltivec and -mpowerpc64 options are not enabled or
21911 disabled by the -mcpu option at present because AIX does not have
21912 full support for these options. You may still enable or disable
21913 them individually if you're sure it'll work in your environment.
21914 -mtune=cpu_type
21916 Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
21917 cpu_type, but do not set the architecture type or register usage,
21918 as -mcpu=cpu_type does. The same values for cpu_type are used for
21919 -mtune as for -mcpu. If both are specified, the code generated
21920 uses the architecture and registers set by -mcpu, but the
21921 scheduling parameters set by -mtune.
21922 -mcmodel=small
21924 Generate PowerPC64 code for the small model: The TOC is limited to
21925 64k.
21926 -mcmodel=medium
21928 Generate PowerPC64 code for the medium model: The TOC and other
21929 static data may be up to a total of 4G in size. This is the
21930 default for 64-bit Linux.
21931 -mcmodel=large
21933 Generate PowerPC64 code for the large model: The TOC may be up to
21934 4G in size. Other data and code is only limited by the 64-bit
21935 address space.
21936 -maltivec
21938 -mno-altivec
21939 Generate code that uses (does not use) AltiVec instructions, and
21940 also enable the use of built-in functions that allow more direct
21941 access to the AltiVec instruction set. You may also need to set
21942 -mabi=altivec to adjust the current ABI with AltiVec ABI
21943 enhancements.
21944 When -maltivec is used, the element order for AltiVec intrinsics
21946 such as "vec_splat", "vec_extract", and "vec_insert" match array
21947 element order corresponding to the endianness of the target. That
21948 is, element zero identifies the leftmost element in a vector
21949 register when targeting a big-endian platform, and identifies the
21950 rightmost element in a vector register when targeting a little-
21951 endian platform.
21952 -mvrsave
21954 -mno-vrsave
21955 Generate VRSAVE instructions when generating AltiVec code.
21956 -msecure-plt
21958 Generate code that allows ld and ld.so to build executables and
21959 shared libraries with non-executable ".plt" and ".got" sections.
21960 This is a PowerPC 32-bit SYSV ABI option.
21961 -mbss-plt
21963 Generate code that uses a BSS ".plt" section that ld.so fills in,
21964 and requires ".plt" and ".got" sections that are both writable and
21965 executable. This is a PowerPC 32-bit SYSV ABI option.
21966 -misel
21968 -mno-isel
21969 This switch enables or disables the generation of ISEL
21970 instructions.
21971 -mvsx
21973 -mno-vsx
21974 Generate code that uses (does not use) vector/scalar (VSX)
21975 instructions, and also enable the use of built-in functions that
21976 allow more direct access to the VSX instruction set.
21977 -mcrypto
21979 -mno-crypto
21980 Enable the use (disable) of the built-in functions that allow
21981 direct access to the cryptographic instructions that were added in
21982 version 2.07 of the PowerPC ISA.
21983 -mhtm
21985 -mno-htm
21986 Enable (disable) the use of the built-in functions that allow
21987 direct access to the Hardware Transactional Memory (HTM)
21988 instructions that were added in version 2.07 of the PowerPC ISA.
21989 -mpower8-fusion
21991 -mno-power8-fusion
21992 Generate code that keeps (does not keeps) some integer operations
21993 adjacent so that the instructions can be fused together on power8
21994 and later processors.
21995 -mpower8-vector
21997 -mno-power8-vector
21998 Generate code that uses (does not use) the vector and scalar
21999 instructions that were added in version 2.07 of the PowerPC ISA.
22000 Also enable the use of built-in functions that allow more direct
22001 access to the vector instructions.
22002 -mquad-memory
22004 -mno-quad-memory
22005 Generate code that uses (does not use) the non-atomic quad word
22006 memory instructions. The -mquad-memory option requires use of
22007 64-bit mode.
22008 -mquad-memory-atomic
22010 -mno-quad-memory-atomic
22011 Generate code that uses (does not use) the atomic quad word memory
22012 instructions. The -mquad-memory-atomic option requires use of
22013 64-bit mode.
22014 -mfloat128
22016 -mno-float128
22017 Enable/disable the __float128 keyword for IEEE 128-bit floating
22018 point and use either software emulation for IEEE 128-bit floating
22019 point or hardware instructions.
22020 The VSX instruction set (-mvsx, -mcpu=power7, -mcpu=power8), or
22022 -mcpu=power9 must be enabled to use the IEEE 128-bit floating point
22023 support. The IEEE 128-bit floating point support only works on
22024 PowerPC Linux systems.
22025 The default for -mfloat128 is enabled on PowerPC Linux systems
22027 using the VSX instruction set, and disabled on other systems.
22028 If you use the ISA 3.0 instruction set (-mpower9-vector or
22030 -mcpu=power9) on a 64-bit system, the IEEE 128-bit floating point
22031 support will also enable the generation of ISA 3.0 IEEE 128-bit
22032 floating point instructions. Otherwise, if you do not specify to
22033 generate ISA 3.0 instructions or you are targeting a 32-bit big
22034 endian system, IEEE 128-bit floating point will be done with
22035 software emulation.
22036 -mfloat128-hardware
22038 -mno-float128-hardware
22039 Enable/disable using ISA 3.0 hardware instructions to support the
22040 __float128 data type.
22041 The default for -mfloat128-hardware is enabled on PowerPC Linux
22043 systems using the ISA 3.0 instruction set, and disabled on other
22044 systems.
22045 -m32
22047 -m64
22048 Generate code for 32-bit or 64-bit environments of Darwin and SVR4
22049 targets (including GNU/Linux). The 32-bit environment sets int,
22050 long and pointer to 32 bits and generates code that runs on any
22051 PowerPC variant. The 64-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and
22052 long and pointer to 64 bits, and generates code for PowerPC64, as
22053 for -mpowerpc64.
22054 -mfull-toc
22056 -mno-fp-in-toc
22057 -mno-sum-in-toc
22058 -mminimal-toc
22059 Modify generation of the TOC (Table Of Contents), which is created
22060 for every executable file. The -mfull-toc option is selected by
22061 default. In that case, GCC allocates at least one TOC entry for
22062 each unique non-automatic variable reference in your program. GCC
22063 also places floating-point constants in the TOC. However, only
22064 16,384 entries are available in the TOC.
22065 If you receive a linker error message that saying you have
22067 overflowed the available TOC space, you can reduce the amount of
22068 TOC space used with the -mno-fp-in-toc and -mno-sum-in-toc options.
22069 -mno-fp-in-toc prevents GCC from putting floating-point constants
22070 in the TOC and -mno-sum-in-toc forces GCC to generate code to
22071 calculate the sum of an address and a constant at run time instead
22072 of putting that sum into the TOC. You may specify one or both of
22073 these options. Each causes GCC to produce very slightly slower and
22074 larger code at the expense of conserving TOC space.
22075 If you still run out of space in the TOC even when you specify both
22077 of these options, specify -mminimal-toc instead. This option
22078 causes GCC to make only one TOC entry for every file. When you
22079 specify this option, GCC produces code that is slower and larger
22080 but which uses extremely little TOC space. You may wish to use
22081 this option only on files that contain less frequently-executed
22082 code.
22083 -maix64
22085 -maix32
22086 Enable 64-bit AIX ABI and calling convention: 64-bit pointers,
22087 64-bit "long" type, and the infrastructure needed to support them.
22088 Specifying -maix64 implies -mpowerpc64, while -maix32 disables the
22089 64-bit ABI and implies -mno-powerpc64. GCC defaults to -maix32.
22090 -mxl-compat
22092 -mno-xl-compat
22093 Produce code that conforms more closely to IBM XL compiler
22094 semantics when using AIX-compatible ABI. Pass floating-point
22095 arguments to prototyped functions beyond the register save area
22096 (RSA) on the stack in addition to argument FPRs. Do not assume
22097 that most significant double in 128-bit long double value is
22098 properly rounded when comparing values and converting to double.
22099 Use XL symbol names for long double support routines.
22100 The AIX calling convention was extended but not initially
22102 documented to handle an obscure K&R C case of calling a function
22103 that takes the address of its arguments with fewer arguments than
22104 declared. IBM XL compilers access floating-point arguments that do
22105 not fit in the RSA from the stack when a subroutine is compiled
22106 without optimization. Because always storing floating-point
22107 arguments on the stack is inefficient and rarely needed, this
22108 option is not enabled by default and only is necessary when calling
22109 subroutines compiled by IBM XL compilers without optimization.
22110 -mpe
22112 Support IBM RS/6000 SP Parallel Environment (PE). Link an
22113 application written to use message passing with special startup
22114 code to enable the application to run. The system must have PE
22115 installed in the standard location (/usr/lpp/ppe.poe/), or the
22116 specs file must be overridden with the -specs= option to specify
22117 the appropriate directory location. The Parallel Environment does
22118 not support threads, so the -mpe option and the -pthread option are
22119 incompatible.
22120 -malign-natural
22122 -malign-power
22123 On AIX, 32-bit Darwin, and 64-bit PowerPC GNU/Linux, the option
22124 -malign-natural overrides the ABI-defined alignment of larger
22125 types, such as floating-point doubles, on their natural size-based
22126 boundary. The option -malign-power instructs GCC to follow the
22127 ABI-specified alignment rules. GCC defaults to the standard
22128 alignment defined in the ABI.
22129 On 64-bit Darwin, natural alignment is the default, and
22131 -malign-power is not supported.
22132 -msoft-float
22134 -mhard-float
22135 Generate code that does not use (uses) the floating-point register
22136 set. Software floating-point emulation is provided if you use the
22137 -msoft-float option, and pass the option to GCC when linking.
22138 -mmultiple
22140 -mno-multiple
22141 Generate code that uses (does not use) the load multiple word
22142 instructions and the store multiple word instructions. These
22143 instructions are generated by default on POWER systems, and not
22144 generated on PowerPC systems. Do not use -mmultiple on little-
22145 endian PowerPC systems, since those instructions do not work when
22146 the processor is in little-endian mode. The exceptions are PPC740
22147 and PPC750 which permit these instructions in little-endian mode.
22148 -mupdate
22150 -mno-update
22151 Generate code that uses (does not use) the load or store
22152 instructions that update the base register to the address of the
22153 calculated memory location. These instructions are generated by
22154 default. If you use -mno-update, there is a small window between
22155 the time that the stack pointer is updated and the address of the
22156 previous frame is stored, which means code that walks the stack
22157 frame across interrupts or signals may get corrupted data.
22158 -mavoid-indexed-addresses
22160 -mno-avoid-indexed-addresses
22161 Generate code that tries to avoid (not avoid) the use of indexed
22162 load or store instructions. These instructions can incur a
22163 performance penalty on Power6 processors in certain situations,
22164 such as when stepping through large arrays that cross a 16M
22165 boundary. This option is enabled by default when targeting Power6
22166 and disabled otherwise.
22167 -mfused-madd
22169 -mno-fused-madd
22170 Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point multiply
22171 and accumulate instructions. These instructions are generated by
22172 default if hardware floating point is used. The machine-dependent
22173 -mfused-madd option is now mapped to the machine-independent
22174 -ffp-contract=fast option, and -mno-fused-madd is mapped to
22175 -ffp-contract=off.
22176 -mmulhw
22178 -mno-mulhw
22179 Generate code that uses (does not use) the half-word multiply and
22180 multiply-accumulate instructions on the IBM 405, 440, 464 and 476
22181 processors. These instructions are generated by default when
22182 targeting those processors.
22183 -mdlmzb
22185 -mno-dlmzb
22186 Generate code that uses (does not use) the string-search dlmzb
22187 instruction on the IBM 405, 440, 464 and 476 processors. This
22188 instruction is generated by default when targeting those
22189 processors.
22190 -mno-bit-align
22192 -mbit-align
22193 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) force
22194 structures and unions that contain bit-fields to be aligned to the
22195 base type of the bit-field.
22196 For example, by default a structure containing nothing but 8
22198 "unsigned" bit-fields of length 1 is aligned to a 4-byte boundary
22199 and has a size of 4 bytes. By using -mno-bit-align, the structure
22200 is aligned to a 1-byte boundary and is 1 byte in size.
22201 -mno-strict-align
22203 -mstrict-align
22204 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that
22205 unaligned memory references are handled by the system.
22206 -mrelocatable
22208 -mno-relocatable
22209 Generate code that allows (does not allow) a static executable to
22210 be relocated to a different address at run time. A simple embedded
22211 PowerPC system loader should relocate the entire contents of
22212 ".got2" and 4-byte locations listed in the ".fixup" section, a
22213 table of 32-bit addresses generated by this option. For this to
22214 work, all objects linked together must be compiled with
22215 -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. -mrelocatable code aligns the
22216 stack to an 8-byte boundary.
22217 -mrelocatable-lib
22219 -mno-relocatable-lib
22220 Like -mrelocatable, -mrelocatable-lib generates a ".fixup" section
22221 to allow static executables to be relocated at run time, but
22222 -mrelocatable-lib does not use the smaller stack alignment of
22223 -mrelocatable. Objects compiled with -mrelocatable-lib may be
22224 linked with objects compiled with any combination of the
22225 -mrelocatable options.
22226 -mno-toc
22228 -mtoc
22229 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that
22230 register 2 contains a pointer to a global area pointing to the
22231 addresses used in the program.
22232 -mlittle
22234 -mlittle-endian
22235 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
22236 processor in little-endian mode. The -mlittle-endian option is the
22237 same as -mlittle.
22238 -mbig
22240 -mbig-endian
22241 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
22242 processor in big-endian mode. The -mbig-endian option is the same
22243 as -mbig.
22244 -mdynamic-no-pic
22246 On Darwin and Mac OS X systems, compile code so that it is not
22247 relocatable, but that its external references are relocatable. The
22248 resulting code is suitable for applications, but not shared
22249 libraries.
22250 -msingle-pic-base
22252 Treat the register used for PIC addressing as read-only, rather
22253 than loading it in the prologue for each function. The runtime
22254 system is responsible for initializing this register with an
22255 appropriate value before execution begins.
22256 -mprioritize-restricted-insns=priority
22258 This option controls the priority that is assigned to dispatch-slot
22259 restricted instructions during the second scheduling pass. The
22260 argument priority takes the value 0, 1, or 2 to assign no, highest,
22261 or second-highest (respectively) priority to dispatch-slot
22262 restricted instructions.
22263 -msched-costly-dep=dependence_type
22265 This option controls which dependences are considered costly by the
22266 target during instruction scheduling. The argument dependence_type
22267 takes one of the following values:
22268 no No dependence is costly.
22270 all All dependences are costly.
22272 true_store_to_load
22274 A true dependence from store to load is costly.
22275 store_to_load
22277 Any dependence from store to load is costly.
22278 number
22280 Any dependence for which the latency is greater than or equal
22281 to number is costly.
22282 -minsert-sched-nops=scheme
22284 This option controls which NOP insertion scheme is used during the
22285 second scheduling pass. The argument scheme takes one of the
22286 following values:
22287 no Don't insert NOPs.
22289 pad Pad with NOPs any dispatch group that has vacant issue slots,
22291 according to the scheduler's grouping.
22292 regroup_exact
22294 Insert NOPs to force costly dependent insns into separate
22295 groups. Insert exactly as many NOPs as needed to force an insn
22296 to a new group, according to the estimated processor grouping.
22297 number
22299 Insert NOPs to force costly dependent insns into separate
22300 groups. Insert number NOPs to force an insn to a new group.
22301 -mcall-sysv
22303 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code using
22304 calling conventions that adhere to the March 1995 draft of the
22305 System V Application Binary Interface, PowerPC processor
22306 supplement. This is the default unless you configured GCC using
22307 powerpc-*-eabiaix.
22308 -mcall-sysv-eabi
22310 -mcall-eabi
22311 Specify both -mcall-sysv and -meabi options.
22312 -mcall-sysv-noeabi
22314 Specify both -mcall-sysv and -mno-eabi options.
22315 -mcall-aixdesc
22317 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the AIX
22318 operating system.
22319 -mcall-linux
22321 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
22322 Linux-based GNU system.
22323 -mcall-freebsd
22325 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
22326 FreeBSD operating system.
22327 -mcall-netbsd
22329 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
22330 NetBSD operating system.
22331 -mcall-openbsd
22333 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
22334 OpenBSD operating system.
22335 -mtraceback=traceback_type
22337 Select the type of traceback table. Valid values for traceback_type
22338 are full, part, and no.
22339 -maix-struct-return
22341 Return all structures in memory (as specified by the AIX ABI).
22342 -msvr4-struct-return
22344 Return structures smaller than 8 bytes in registers (as specified
22345 by the SVR4 ABI).
22346 -mabi=abi-type
22348 Extend the current ABI with a particular extension, or remove such
22349 extension. Valid values are altivec, no-altivec, ibmlongdouble,
22350 ieeelongdouble, elfv1, elfv2.
22351 -mabi=ibmlongdouble
22353 Change the current ABI to use IBM extended-precision long double.
22354 This is not likely to work if your system defaults to using IEEE
22355 extended-precision long double. If you change the long double type
22356 from IEEE extended-precision, the compiler will issue a warning
22357 unless you use the -Wno-psabi option. Requires -mlong-double-128
22358 to be enabled.
22359 -mabi=ieeelongdouble
22361 Change the current ABI to use IEEE extended-precision long double.
22362 This is not likely to work if your system defaults to using IBM
22363 extended-precision long double. If you change the long double type
22364 from IBM extended-precision, the compiler will issue a warning
22365 unless you use the -Wno-psabi option. Requires -mlong-double-128
22366 to be enabled.
22367 -mabi=elfv1
22369 Change the current ABI to use the ELFv1 ABI. This is the default
22370 ABI for big-endian PowerPC 64-bit Linux. Overriding the default
22371 ABI requires special system support and is likely to fail in
22372 spectacular ways.
22373 -mabi=elfv2
22375 Change the current ABI to use the ELFv2 ABI. This is the default
22376 ABI for little-endian PowerPC 64-bit Linux. Overriding the default
22377 ABI requires special system support and is likely to fail in
22378 spectacular ways.
22379 -mgnu-attribute
22381 -mno-gnu-attribute
22382 Emit .gnu_attribute assembly directives to set tag/value pairs in a
22383 .gnu.attributes section that specify ABI variations in function
22384 parameters or return values.
22385 -mprototype
22387 -mno-prototype
22388 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems assume that all calls to
22389 variable argument functions are properly prototyped. Otherwise,
22390 the compiler must insert an instruction before every non-prototyped
22391 call to set or clear bit 6 of the condition code register ("CR") to
22392 indicate whether floating-point values are passed in the floating-
22393 point registers in case the function takes variable arguments.
22394 With -mprototype, only calls to prototyped variable argument
22395 functions set or clear the bit.
22396 -msim
22398 On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is
22399 called sim-crt0.o and that the standard C libraries are libsim.a
22400 and libc.a. This is the default for powerpc-*-eabisim
22401 configurations.
22402 -mmvme
22404 On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is
22405 called crt0.o and the standard C libraries are libmvme.a and
22406 libc.a.
22407 -mads
22409 On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is
22410 called crt0.o and the standard C libraries are libads.a and libc.a.
22411 -myellowknife
22413 On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is
22414 called crt0.o and the standard C libraries are libyk.a and libc.a.
22415 -mvxworks
22417 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, specify that you are
22418 compiling for a VxWorks system.
22419 -memb
22421 On embedded PowerPC systems, set the "PPC_EMB" bit in the ELF flags
22422 header to indicate that eabi extended relocations are used.
22423 -meabi
22425 -mno-eabi
22426 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) adhere to
22427 the Embedded Applications Binary Interface (EABI), which is a set
22428 of modifications to the System V.4 specifications. Selecting
22429 -meabi means that the stack is aligned to an 8-byte boundary, a
22430 function "__eabi" is called from "main" to set up the EABI
22431 environment, and the -msdata option can use both "r2" and "r13" to
22432 point to two separate small data areas. Selecting -mno-eabi means
22433 that the stack is aligned to a 16-byte boundary, no EABI
22434 initialization function is called from "main", and the -msdata
22435 option only uses "r13" to point to a single small data area. The
22436 -meabi option is on by default if you configured GCC using one of
22437 the powerpc*-*-eabi* options.
22438 -msdata=eabi
22440 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small initialized
22441 "const" global and static data in the ".sdata2" section, which is
22442 pointed to by register "r2". Put small initialized non-"const"
22443 global and static data in the ".sdata" section, which is pointed to
22444 by register "r13". Put small uninitialized global and static data
22445 in the ".sbss" section, which is adjacent to the ".sdata" section.
22446 The -msdata=eabi option is incompatible with the -mrelocatable
22447 option. The -msdata=eabi option also sets the -memb option.
22448 -msdata=sysv
22450 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global and
22451 static data in the ".sdata" section, which is pointed to by
22452 register "r13". Put small uninitialized global and static data in
22453 the ".sbss" section, which is adjacent to the ".sdata" section.
22454 The -msdata=sysv option is incompatible with the -mrelocatable
22455 option.
22456 -msdata=default
22458 -msdata
22459 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, if -meabi is used,
22460 compile code the same as -msdata=eabi, otherwise compile code the
22461 same as -msdata=sysv.
22462 -msdata=data
22464 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global data
22465 in the ".sdata" section. Put small uninitialized global data in
22466 the ".sbss" section. Do not use register "r13" to address small
22467 data however. This is the default behavior unless other -msdata
22468 options are used.
22469 -msdata=none
22471 -mno-sdata
22472 On embedded PowerPC systems, put all initialized global and static
22473 data in the ".data" section, and all uninitialized data in the
22474 ".bss" section.
22475 -mreadonly-in-sdata
22477 Put read-only objects in the ".sdata" section as well. This is the
22478 default.
22479 -mblock-move-inline-limit=num
22481 Inline all block moves (such as calls to "memcpy" or structure
22482 copies) less than or equal to num bytes. The minimum value for num
22483 is 32 bytes on 32-bit targets and 64 bytes on 64-bit targets. The
22484 default value is target-specific.
22485 -mblock-compare-inline-limit=num
22487 Generate non-looping inline code for all block compares (such as
22488 calls to "memcmp" or structure compares) less than or equal to num
22489 bytes. If num is 0, all inline expansion (non-loop and loop) of
22490 block compare is disabled. The default value is target-specific.
22491 -mblock-compare-inline-loop-limit=num
22493 Generate an inline expansion using loop code for all block compares
22494 that are less than or equal to num bytes, but greater than the
22495 limit for non-loop inline block compare expansion. If the block
22496 length is not constant, at most num bytes will be compared before
22497 "memcmp" is called to compare the remainder of the block. The
22498 default value is target-specific.
22499 -mstring-compare-inline-limit=num
22501 Compare at most num string bytes with inline code. If the
22502 difference or end of string is not found at the end of the inline
22503 compare a call to "strcmp" or "strncmp" will take care of the rest
22504 of the comparison. The default is 64 bytes.
22505 -G num
22507 On embedded PowerPC systems, put global and static items less than
22508 or equal to num bytes into the small data or BSS sections instead
22509 of the normal data or BSS section. By default, num is 8. The -G
22510 num switch is also passed to the linker. All modules should be
22511 compiled with the same -G num value.
22512 -mregnames
22514 -mno-regnames
22515 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) emit
22516 register names in the assembly language output using symbolic
22517 forms.
22518 -mlongcall
22520 -mno-longcall
22521 By default assume that all calls are far away so that a longer and
22522 more expensive calling sequence is required. This is required for
22523 calls farther than 32 megabytes (33,554,432 bytes) from the current
22524 location. A short call is generated if the compiler knows the call
22525 cannot be that far away. This setting can be overridden by the
22526 "shortcall" function attribute, or by "#pragma longcall(0)".
22527 Some linkers are capable of detecting out-of-range calls and
22529 generating glue code on the fly. On these systems, long calls are
22530 unnecessary and generate slower code. As of this writing, the AIX
22531 linker can do this, as can the GNU linker for PowerPC/64. It is
22532 planned to add this feature to the GNU linker for 32-bit PowerPC
22533 systems as well.
22534 On PowerPC64 ELFv2 and 32-bit PowerPC systems with newer GNU
22536 linkers, GCC can generate long calls using an inline PLT call
22537 sequence (see -mpltseq). PowerPC with -mbss-plt and PowerPC64
22538 ELFv1 (big-endian) do not support inline PLT calls.
22539 On Darwin/PPC systems, "#pragma longcall" generates "jbsr callee,
22541 L42", plus a branch island (glue code). The two target addresses
22542 represent the callee and the branch island. The Darwin/PPC linker
22543 prefers the first address and generates a "bl callee" if the PPC
22544 "bl" instruction reaches the callee directly; otherwise, the linker
22545 generates "bl L42" to call the branch island. The branch island is
22546 appended to the body of the calling function; it computes the full
22547 32-bit address of the callee and jumps to it.
22548 On Mach-O (Darwin) systems, this option directs the compiler emit
22550 to the glue for every direct call, and the Darwin linker decides
22551 whether to use or discard it.
22552 In the future, GCC may ignore all longcall specifications when the
22554 linker is known to generate glue.
22555 -mpltseq
22557 -mno-pltseq
22558 Implement (do not implement) -fno-plt and long calls using an
22559 inline PLT call sequence that supports lazy linking and long calls
22560 to functions in dlopen'd shared libraries. Inline PLT calls are
22561 only supported on PowerPC64 ELFv2 and 32-bit PowerPC systems with
22562 newer GNU linkers, and are enabled by default if the support is
22563 detected when configuring GCC, and, in the case of 32-bit PowerPC,
22564 if GCC is configured with --enable-secureplt. -mpltseq code and
22565 -mbss-plt 32-bit PowerPC relocatable objects may not be linked
22566 together.
22567 -mtls-markers
22569 -mno-tls-markers
22570 Mark (do not mark) calls to "__tls_get_addr" with a relocation
22571 specifying the function argument. The relocation allows the linker
22572 to reliably associate function call with argument setup
22573 instructions for TLS optimization, which in turn allows GCC to
22574 better schedule the sequence.
22575 -mrecip
22577 -mno-recip
22578 This option enables use of the reciprocal estimate and reciprocal
22579 square root estimate instructions with additional Newton-Raphson
22580 steps to increase precision instead of doing a divide or square
22581 root and divide for floating-point arguments. You should use the
22582 -ffast-math option when using -mrecip (or at least
22583 -funsafe-math-optimizations, -ffinite-math-only, -freciprocal-math
22584 and -fno-trapping-math). Note that while the throughput of the
22585 sequence is generally higher than the throughput of the non-
22586 reciprocal instruction, the precision of the sequence can be
22587 decreased by up to 2 ulp (i.e. the inverse of 1.0 equals
22588 0.99999994) for reciprocal square roots.
22589 -mrecip=opt
22591 This option controls which reciprocal estimate instructions may be
22592 used. opt is a comma-separated list of options, which may be
22593 preceded by a "!" to invert the option:
22594 all Enable all estimate instructions.
22596 default
22598 Enable the default instructions, equivalent to -mrecip.
22599 none
22601 Disable all estimate instructions, equivalent to -mno-recip.
22602 div Enable the reciprocal approximation instructions for both
22604 single and double precision.
22605 divf
22607 Enable the single-precision reciprocal approximation
22608 instructions.
22609 divd
22611 Enable the double-precision reciprocal approximation
22612 instructions.
22613 rsqrt
22615 Enable the reciprocal square root approximation instructions
22616 for both single and double precision.
22617 rsqrtf
22619 Enable the single-precision reciprocal square root
22620 approximation instructions.
22621 rsqrtd
22623 Enable the double-precision reciprocal square root
22624 approximation instructions.
22625 So, for example, -mrecip=all,!rsqrtd enables all of the reciprocal
22627 estimate instructions, except for the "FRSQRTE", "XSRSQRTEDP", and
22628 "XVRSQRTEDP" instructions which handle the double-precision
22629 reciprocal square root calculations.
22630 -mrecip-precision
22632 -mno-recip-precision
22633 Assume (do not assume) that the reciprocal estimate instructions
22634 provide higher-precision estimates than is mandated by the PowerPC
22635 ABI. Selecting -mcpu=power6, -mcpu=power7 or -mcpu=power8
22636 automatically selects -mrecip-precision. The double-precision
22637 square root estimate instructions are not generated by default on
22638 low-precision machines, since they do not provide an estimate that
22639 converges after three steps.
22640 -mveclibabi=type
22642 Specifies the ABI type to use for vectorizing intrinsics using an
22643 external library. The only type supported at present is mass,
22644 which specifies to use IBM's Mathematical Acceleration Subsystem
22645 (MASS) libraries for vectorizing intrinsics using external
22646 libraries. GCC currently emits calls to "acosd2", "acosf4",
22647 "acoshd2", "acoshf4", "asind2", "asinf4", "asinhd2", "asinhf4",
22648 "atan2d2", "atan2f4", "atand2", "atanf4", "atanhd2", "atanhf4",
22649 "cbrtd2", "cbrtf4", "cosd2", "cosf4", "coshd2", "coshf4", "erfcd2",
22650 "erfcf4", "erfd2", "erff4", "exp2d2", "exp2f4", "expd2", "expf4",
22651 "expm1d2", "expm1f4", "hypotd2", "hypotf4", "lgammad2", "lgammaf4",
22652 "log10d2", "log10f4", "log1pd2", "log1pf4", "log2d2", "log2f4",
22653 "logd2", "logf4", "powd2", "powf4", "sind2", "sinf4", "sinhd2",
22654 "sinhf4", "sqrtd2", "sqrtf4", "tand2", "tanf4", "tanhd2", and
22655 "tanhf4" when generating code for power7. Both -ftree-vectorize
22656 and -funsafe-math-optimizations must also be enabled. The MASS
22657 libraries must be specified at link time.
22658 -mfriz
22660 -mno-friz
22661 Generate (do not generate) the "friz" instruction when the
22662 -funsafe-math-optimizations option is used to optimize rounding of
22663 floating-point values to 64-bit integer and back to floating point.
22664 The "friz" instruction does not return the same value if the
22665 floating-point number is too large to fit in an integer.
22666 -mpointers-to-nested-functions
22668 -mno-pointers-to-nested-functions
22669 Generate (do not generate) code to load up the static chain
22670 register ("r11") when calling through a pointer on AIX and 64-bit
22671 Linux systems where a function pointer points to a 3-word
22672 descriptor giving the function address, TOC value to be loaded in
22673 register "r2", and static chain value to be loaded in register
22674 "r11". The -mpointers-to-nested-functions is on by default. You
22675 cannot call through pointers to nested functions or pointers to
22676 functions compiled in other languages that use the static chain if
22677 you use -mno-pointers-to-nested-functions.
22678 -msave-toc-indirect
22680 -mno-save-toc-indirect
22681 Generate (do not generate) code to save the TOC value in the
22682 reserved stack location in the function prologue if the function
22683 calls through a pointer on AIX and 64-bit Linux systems. If the
22684 TOC value is not saved in the prologue, it is saved just before the
22685 call through the pointer. The -mno-save-toc-indirect option is the
22686 default.
22687 -mcompat-align-parm
22689 -mno-compat-align-parm
22690 Generate (do not generate) code to pass structure parameters with a
22691 maximum alignment of 64 bits, for compatibility with older versions
22692 of GCC.
22693 Older versions of GCC (prior to 4.9.0) incorrectly did not align a
22695 structure parameter on a 128-bit boundary when that structure
22696 contained a member requiring 128-bit alignment. This is corrected
22697 in more recent versions of GCC. This option may be used to
22698 generate code that is compatible with functions compiled with older
22699 versions of GCC.
22700 The -mno-compat-align-parm option is the default.
22702 -mstack-protector-guard=guard
22704 -mstack-protector-guard-reg=reg
22705 -mstack-protector-guard-offset=offset
22706 -mstack-protector-guard-symbol=symbol
22707 Generate stack protection code using canary at guard. Supported
22708 locations are global for global canary or tls for per-thread canary
22709 in the TLS block (the default with GNU libc version 2.4 or later).
22710 With the latter choice the options -mstack-protector-guard-reg=reg
22712 and -mstack-protector-guard-offset=offset furthermore specify which
22713 register to use as base register for reading the canary, and from
22714 what offset from that base register. The default for those is as
22715 specified in the relevant ABI.
22716 -mstack-protector-guard-symbol=symbol overrides the offset with a
22717 symbol reference to a canary in the TLS block.
22718 -mpcrel
22720 -mno-pcrel
22721 Generate (do not generate) pc-relative addressing when the option
22722 -mcpu=future is used. The -mpcrel option requires that the medium
22723 code model (-mcmodel=medium) and prefixed addressing (-mprefixed)
22724 options are enabled.
22725 -mprefixed
22727 -mno-prefixed
22728 Generate (do not generate) addressing modes using prefixed load and
22729 store instructions when the option -mcpu=future is used.
22730 -mmma
22732 -mno-mma
22733 Generate (do not generate) the MMA instructions when the option
22734 -mcpu=future is used.
22735 RX Options
22737 These command-line options are defined for RX targets:
22738 -m64bit-doubles
22740 -m32bit-doubles
22741 Make the "double" data type be 64 bits (-m64bit-doubles) or 32 bits
22742 (-m32bit-doubles) in size. The default is -m32bit-doubles. Note
22743 RX floating-point hardware only works on 32-bit values, which is
22744 why the default is -m32bit-doubles.
22745 -fpu
22747 -nofpu
22748 Enables (-fpu) or disables (-nofpu) the use of RX floating-point
22749 hardware. The default is enabled for the RX600 series and disabled
22750 for the RX200 series.
22751 Floating-point instructions are only generated for 32-bit floating-
22753 point values, however, so the FPU hardware is not used for doubles
22754 if the -m64bit-doubles option is used.
22755 Note If the -fpu option is enabled then -funsafe-math-optimizations
22757 is also enabled automatically. This is because the RX FPU
22758 instructions are themselves unsafe.
22759 -mcpu=name
22761 Selects the type of RX CPU to be targeted. Currently three types
22762 are supported, the generic RX600 and RX200 series hardware and the
22763 specific RX610 CPU. The default is RX600.
22764 The only difference between RX600 and RX610 is that the RX610 does
22766 not support the "MVTIPL" instruction.
22767 The RX200 series does not have a hardware floating-point unit and
22769 so -nofpu is enabled by default when this type is selected.
22770 -mbig-endian-data
22772 -mlittle-endian-data
22773 Store data (but not code) in the big-endian format. The default is
22774 -mlittle-endian-data, i.e. to store data in the little-endian
22775 format.
22776 -msmall-data-limit=N
22778 Specifies the maximum size in bytes of global and static variables
22779 which can be placed into the small data area. Using the small data
22780 area can lead to smaller and faster code, but the size of area is
22781 limited and it is up to the programmer to ensure that the area does
22782 not overflow. Also when the small data area is used one of the
22783 RX's registers (usually "r13") is reserved for use pointing to this
22784 area, so it is no longer available for use by the compiler. This
22785 could result in slower and/or larger code if variables are pushed
22786 onto the stack instead of being held in this register.
22787 Note, common variables (variables that have not been initialized)
22789 and constants are not placed into the small data area as they are
22790 assigned to other sections in the output executable.
22791 The default value is zero, which disables this feature. Note, this
22793 feature is not enabled by default with higher optimization levels
22794 (-O2 etc) because of the potentially detrimental effects of
22795 reserving a register. It is up to the programmer to experiment and
22796 discover whether this feature is of benefit to their program. See
22797 the description of the -mpid option for a description of how the
22798 actual register to hold the small data area pointer is chosen.
22799 -msim
22801 -mno-sim
22802 Use the simulator runtime. The default is to use the libgloss
22803 board-specific runtime.
22804 -mas100-syntax
22806 -mno-as100-syntax
22807 When generating assembler output use a syntax that is compatible
22808 with Renesas's AS100 assembler. This syntax can also be handled by
22809 the GAS assembler, but it has some restrictions so it is not
22810 generated by default.
22811 -mmax-constant-size=N
22813 Specifies the maximum size, in bytes, of a constant that can be
22814 used as an operand in a RX instruction. Although the RX
22815 instruction set does allow constants of up to 4 bytes in length to
22816 be used in instructions, a longer value equates to a longer
22817 instruction. Thus in some circumstances it can be beneficial to
22818 restrict the size of constants that are used in instructions.
22819 Constants that are too big are instead placed into a constant pool
22820 and referenced via register indirection.
22821 The value N can be between 0 and 4. A value of 0 (the default) or
22823 4 means that constants of any size are allowed.
22824 -mrelax
22826 Enable linker relaxation. Linker relaxation is a process whereby
22827 the linker attempts to reduce the size of a program by finding
22828 shorter versions of various instructions. Disabled by default.
22829 -mint-register=N
22831 Specify the number of registers to reserve for fast interrupt
22832 handler functions. The value N can be between 0 and 4. A value of
22833 1 means that register "r13" is reserved for the exclusive use of
22834 fast interrupt handlers. A value of 2 reserves "r13" and "r12". A
22835 value of 3 reserves "r13", "r12" and "r11", and a value of 4
22836 reserves "r13" through "r10". A value of 0, the default, does not
22837 reserve any registers.
22838 -msave-acc-in-interrupts
22840 Specifies that interrupt handler functions should preserve the
22841 accumulator register. This is only necessary if normal code might
22842 use the accumulator register, for example because it performs
22843 64-bit multiplications. The default is to ignore the accumulator
22844 as this makes the interrupt handlers faster.
22845 -mpid
22847 -mno-pid
22848 Enables the generation of position independent data. When enabled
22849 any access to constant data is done via an offset from a base
22850 address held in a register. This allows the location of constant
22851 data to be determined at run time without requiring the executable
22852 to be relocated, which is a benefit to embedded applications with
22853 tight memory constraints. Data that can be modified is not
22854 affected by this option.
22855 Note, using this feature reserves a register, usually "r13", for
22857 the constant data base address. This can result in slower and/or
22858 larger code, especially in complicated functions.
22859 The actual register chosen to hold the constant data base address
22861 depends upon whether the -msmall-data-limit and/or the
22862 -mint-register command-line options are enabled. Starting with
22863 register "r13" and proceeding downwards, registers are allocated
22864 first to satisfy the requirements of -mint-register, then -mpid and
22865 finally -msmall-data-limit. Thus it is possible for the small data
22866 area register to be "r8" if both -mint-register=4 and -mpid are
22867 specified on the command line.
22868 By default this feature is not enabled. The default can be
22870 restored via the -mno-pid command-line option.
22871 -mno-warn-multiple-fast-interrupts
22873 -mwarn-multiple-fast-interrupts
22874 Prevents GCC from issuing a warning message if it finds more than
22875 one fast interrupt handler when it is compiling a file. The
22876 default is to issue a warning for each extra fast interrupt handler
22877 found, as the RX only supports one such interrupt.
22878 -mallow-string-insns
22880 -mno-allow-string-insns
22881 Enables or disables the use of the string manipulation instructions
22882 "SMOVF", "SCMPU", "SMOVB", "SMOVU", "SUNTIL" "SWHILE" and also the
22883 "RMPA" instruction. These instructions may prefetch data, which is
22884 not safe to do if accessing an I/O register. (See section 12.2.7
22885 of the RX62N Group User's Manual for more information).
22886 The default is to allow these instructions, but it is not possible
22888 for GCC to reliably detect all circumstances where a string
22889 instruction might be used to access an I/O register, so their use
22890 cannot be disabled automatically. Instead it is reliant upon the
22891 programmer to use the -mno-allow-string-insns option if their
22892 program accesses I/O space.
22893 When the instructions are enabled GCC defines the C preprocessor
22895 symbol "__RX_ALLOW_STRING_INSNS__", otherwise it defines the symbol
22896 "__RX_DISALLOW_STRING_INSNS__".
22897 -mjsr
22899 -mno-jsr
22900 Use only (or not only) "JSR" instructions to access functions.
22901 This option can be used when code size exceeds the range of "BSR"
22902 instructions. Note that -mno-jsr does not mean to not use "JSR"
22903 but instead means that any type of branch may be used.
22904 Note: The generic GCC command-line option -ffixed-reg has special
22906 significance to the RX port when used with the "interrupt" function
22907 attribute. This attribute indicates a function intended to process
22908 fast interrupts. GCC ensures that it only uses the registers "r10",
22909 "r11", "r12" and/or "r13" and only provided that the normal use of the
22910 corresponding registers have been restricted via the -ffixed-reg or
22911 -mint-register command-line options.
22912 S/390 and zSeries Options
22914 These are the -m options defined for the S/390 and zSeries
22915 architecture.
22916 -mhard-float
22918 -msoft-float
22919 Use (do not use) the hardware floating-point instructions and
22920 registers for floating-point operations. When -msoft-float is
22921 specified, functions in libgcc.a are used to perform floating-point
22922 operations. When -mhard-float is specified, the compiler generates
22923 IEEE floating-point instructions. This is the default.
22924 -mhard-dfp
22926 -mno-hard-dfp
22927 Use (do not use) the hardware decimal-floating-point instructions
22928 for decimal-floating-point operations. When -mno-hard-dfp is
22929 specified, functions in libgcc.a are used to perform decimal-
22930 floating-point operations. When -mhard-dfp is specified, the
22931 compiler generates decimal-floating-point hardware instructions.
22932 This is the default for -march=z9-ec or higher.
22933 -mlong-double-64
22935 -mlong-double-128
22936 These switches control the size of "long double" type. A size of 64
22937 bits makes the "long double" type equivalent to the "double" type.
22938 This is the default.
22939 -mbackchain
22941 -mno-backchain
22942 Store (do not store) the address of the caller's frame as backchain
22943 pointer into the callee's stack frame. A backchain may be needed
22944 to allow debugging using tools that do not understand DWARF call
22945 frame information. When -mno-packed-stack is in effect, the
22946 backchain pointer is stored at the bottom of the stack frame; when
22947 -mpacked-stack is in effect, the backchain is placed into the
22948 topmost word of the 96/160 byte register save area.
22949 In general, code compiled with -mbackchain is call-compatible with
22951 code compiled with -mmo-backchain; however, use of the backchain
22952 for debugging purposes usually requires that the whole binary is
22953 built with -mbackchain. Note that the combination of -mbackchain,
22954 -mpacked-stack and -mhard-float is not supported. In order to
22955 build a linux kernel use -msoft-float.
22956 The default is to not maintain the backchain.
22958 -mpacked-stack
22960 -mno-packed-stack
22961 Use (do not use) the packed stack layout. When -mno-packed-stack
22962 is specified, the compiler uses the all fields of the 96/160 byte
22963 register save area only for their default purpose; unused fields
22964 still take up stack space. When -mpacked-stack is specified,
22965 register save slots are densely packed at the top of the register
22966 save area; unused space is reused for other purposes, allowing for
22967 more efficient use of the available stack space. However, when
22968 -mbackchain is also in effect, the topmost word of the save area is
22969 always used to store the backchain, and the return address register
22970 is always saved two words below the backchain.
22971 As long as the stack frame backchain is not used, code generated
22973 with -mpacked-stack is call-compatible with code generated with
22974 -mno-packed-stack. Note that some non-FSF releases of GCC 2.95 for
22975 S/390 or zSeries generated code that uses the stack frame backchain
22976 at run time, not just for debugging purposes. Such code is not
22977 call-compatible with code compiled with -mpacked-stack. Also, note
22978 that the combination of -mbackchain, -mpacked-stack and
22979 -mhard-float is not supported. In order to build a linux kernel
22980 use -msoft-float.
22981 The default is to not use the packed stack layout.
22983 -msmall-exec
22985 -mno-small-exec
22986 Generate (or do not generate) code using the "bras" instruction to
22987 do subroutine calls. This only works reliably if the total
22988 executable size does not exceed 64k. The default is to use the
22989 "basr" instruction instead, which does not have this limitation.
22990 -m64
22992 -m31
22993 When -m31 is specified, generate code compliant to the GNU/Linux
22994 for S/390 ABI. When -m64 is specified, generate code compliant to
22995 the GNU/Linux for zSeries ABI. This allows GCC in particular to
22996 generate 64-bit instructions. For the s390 targets, the default is
22997 -m31, while the s390x targets default to -m64.
22998 -mzarch
23000 -mesa
23001 When -mzarch is specified, generate code using the instructions
23002 available on z/Architecture. When -mesa is specified, generate
23003 code using the instructions available on ESA/390. Note that -mesa
23004 is not possible with -m64. When generating code compliant to the
23005 GNU/Linux for S/390 ABI, the default is -mesa. When generating
23006 code compliant to the GNU/Linux for zSeries ABI, the default is
23007 -mzarch.
23008 -mhtm
23010 -mno-htm
23011 The -mhtm option enables a set of builtins making use of
23012 instructions available with the transactional execution facility
23013 introduced with the IBM zEnterprise EC12 machine generation S/390
23014 System z Built-in Functions. -mhtm is enabled by default when
23015 using -march=zEC12.
23016 -mvx
23018 -mno-vx
23019 When -mvx is specified, generate code using the instructions
23020 available with the vector extension facility introduced with the
23021 IBM z13 machine generation. This option changes the ABI for some
23022 vector type values with regard to alignment and calling
23023 conventions. In case vector type values are being used in an ABI-
23024 relevant context a GAS .gnu_attribute command will be added to mark
23025 the resulting binary with the ABI used. -mvx is enabled by default
23026 when using -march=z13.
23027 -mzvector
23029 -mno-zvector
23030 The -mzvector option enables vector language extensions and
23031 builtins using instructions available with the vector extension
23032 facility introduced with the IBM z13 machine generation. This
23033 option adds support for vector to be used as a keyword to define
23034 vector type variables and arguments. vector is only available when
23035 GNU extensions are enabled. It will not be expanded when
23036 requesting strict standard compliance e.g. with -std=c99. In
23037 addition to the GCC low-level builtins -mzvector enables a set of
23038 builtins added for compatibility with AltiVec-style implementations
23039 like Power and Cell. In order to make use of these builtins the
23040 header file vecintrin.h needs to be included. -mzvector is
23041 disabled by default.
23042 -mmvcle
23044 -mno-mvcle
23045 Generate (or do not generate) code using the "mvcle" instruction to
23046 perform block moves. When -mno-mvcle is specified, use a "mvc"
23047 loop instead. This is the default unless optimizing for size.
23048 -mdebug
23050 -mno-debug
23051 Print (or do not print) additional debug information when
23052 compiling. The default is to not print debug information.
23053 -march=cpu-type
23055 Generate code that runs on cpu-type, which is the name of a system
23056 representing a certain processor type. Possible values for cpu-
23057 type are z900/arch5, z990/arch6, z9-109, z9-ec/arch7, z10/arch8,
23058 z196/arch9, zEC12, z13/arch11, z14/arch12, z15/arch13, and native.
23059 The default is -march=z900.
23061 Specifying native as cpu type can be used to select the best
23063 architecture option for the host processor. -march=native has no
23064 effect if GCC does not recognize the processor.
23065 -mtune=cpu-type
23067 Tune to cpu-type everything applicable about the generated code,
23068 except for the ABI and the set of available instructions. The list
23069 of cpu-type values is the same as for -march. The default is the
23070 value used for -march.
23071 -mtpf-trace
23073 -mno-tpf-trace
23074 Generate code that adds (does not add) in TPF OS specific branches
23075 to trace routines in the operating system. This option is off by
23076 default, even when compiling for the TPF OS.
23077 -mtpf-trace-skip
23079 -mno-tpf-trace-skip
23080 Generate code that changes (does not change) the default branch
23081 targets enabled by -mtpf-trace to point to specialized trace
23082 routines providing the ability of selectively skipping function
23083 trace entries for the TPF OS. This option is off by default, even
23084 when compiling for the TPF OS and specifying -mtpf-trace.
23085 -mfused-madd
23087 -mno-fused-madd
23088 Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point multiply
23089 and accumulate instructions. These instructions are generated by
23090 default if hardware floating point is used.
23091 -mwarn-framesize=framesize
23093 Emit a warning if the current function exceeds the given frame
23094 size. Because this is a compile-time check it doesn't need to be a
23095 real problem when the program runs. It is intended to identify
23096 functions that most probably cause a stack overflow. It is useful
23097 to be used in an environment with limited stack size e.g. the linux
23098 kernel.
23099 -mwarn-dynamicstack
23101 Emit a warning if the function calls "alloca" or uses dynamically-
23102 sized arrays. This is generally a bad idea with a limited stack
23103 size.
23104 -mstack-guard=stack-guard
23106 -mstack-size=stack-size
23107 If these options are provided the S/390 back end emits additional
23108 instructions in the function prologue that trigger a trap if the
23109 stack size is stack-guard bytes above the stack-size (remember that
23110 the stack on S/390 grows downward). If the stack-guard option is
23111 omitted the smallest power of 2 larger than the frame size of the
23112 compiled function is chosen. These options are intended to be used
23113 to help debugging stack overflow problems. The additionally
23114 emitted code causes only little overhead and hence can also be used
23115 in production-like systems without greater performance degradation.
23116 The given values have to be exact powers of 2 and stack-size has to
23117 be greater than stack-guard without exceeding 64k. In order to be
23118 efficient the extra code makes the assumption that the stack starts
23119 at an address aligned to the value given by stack-size. The stack-
23120 guard option can only be used in conjunction with stack-size.
23121 -mhotpatch=pre-halfwords,post-halfwords
23123 If the hotpatch option is enabled, a "hot-patching" function
23124 prologue is generated for all functions in the compilation unit.
23125 The funtion label is prepended with the given number of two-byte
23126 NOP instructions (pre-halfwords, maximum 1000000). After the
23127 label, 2 * post-halfwords bytes are appended, using the largest NOP
23128 like instructions the architecture allows (maximum 1000000).
23129 If both arguments are zero, hotpatching is disabled.
23131 This option can be overridden for individual functions with the
23133 "hotpatch" attribute.
23134 Score Options
23136 These options are defined for Score implementations:
23137 -meb
23139 Compile code for big-endian mode. This is the default.
23140 -mel
23142 Compile code for little-endian mode.
23143 -mnhwloop
23145 Disable generation of "bcnz" instructions.
23146 -muls
23148 Enable generation of unaligned load and store instructions.
23149 -mmac
23151 Enable the use of multiply-accumulate instructions. Disabled by
23152 default.
23153 -mscore5
23155 Specify the SCORE5 as the target architecture.
23156 -mscore5u
23158 Specify the SCORE5U of the target architecture.
23159 -mscore7
23161 Specify the SCORE7 as the target architecture. This is the default.
23162 -mscore7d
23164 Specify the SCORE7D as the target architecture.
23165 SH Options
23167 These -m options are defined for the SH implementations:
23168 -m1 Generate code for the SH1.
23170 -m2 Generate code for the SH2.
23172 -m2e
23174 Generate code for the SH2e.
23175 -m2a-nofpu
23177 Generate code for the SH2a without FPU, or for a SH2a-FPU in such a
23178 way that the floating-point unit is not used.
23179 -m2a-single-only
23181 Generate code for the SH2a-FPU, in such a way that no double-
23182 precision floating-point operations are used.
23183 -m2a-single
23185 Generate code for the SH2a-FPU assuming the floating-point unit is
23186 in single-precision mode by default.
23187 -m2a
23189 Generate code for the SH2a-FPU assuming the floating-point unit is
23190 in double-precision mode by default.
23191 -m3 Generate code for the SH3.
23193 -m3e
23195 Generate code for the SH3e.
23196 -m4-nofpu
23198 Generate code for the SH4 without a floating-point unit.
23199 -m4-single-only
23201 Generate code for the SH4 with a floating-point unit that only
23202 supports single-precision arithmetic.
23203 -m4-single
23205 Generate code for the SH4 assuming the floating-point unit is in
23206 single-precision mode by default.
23207 -m4 Generate code for the SH4.
23209 -m4-100
23211 Generate code for SH4-100.
23212 -m4-100-nofpu
23214 Generate code for SH4-100 in such a way that the floating-point
23215 unit is not used.
23216 -m4-100-single
23218 Generate code for SH4-100 assuming the floating-point unit is in
23219 single-precision mode by default.
23220 -m4-100-single-only
23222 Generate code for SH4-100 in such a way that no double-precision
23223 floating-point operations are used.
23224 -m4-200
23226 Generate code for SH4-200.
23227 -m4-200-nofpu
23229 Generate code for SH4-200 without in such a way that the floating-
23230 point unit is not used.
23231 -m4-200-single
23233 Generate code for SH4-200 assuming the floating-point unit is in
23234 single-precision mode by default.
23235 -m4-200-single-only
23237 Generate code for SH4-200 in such a way that no double-precision
23238 floating-point operations are used.
23239 -m4-300
23241 Generate code for SH4-300.
23242 -m4-300-nofpu
23244 Generate code for SH4-300 without in such a way that the floating-
23245 point unit is not used.
23246 -m4-300-single
23248 Generate code for SH4-300 in such a way that no double-precision
23249 floating-point operations are used.
23250 -m4-300-single-only
23252 Generate code for SH4-300 in such a way that no double-precision
23253 floating-point operations are used.
23254 -m4-340
23256 Generate code for SH4-340 (no MMU, no FPU).
23257 -m4-500
23259 Generate code for SH4-500 (no FPU). Passes -isa=sh4-nofpu to the
23260 assembler.
23261 -m4a-nofpu
23263 Generate code for the SH4al-dsp, or for a SH4a in such a way that
23264 the floating-point unit is not used.
23265 -m4a-single-only
23267 Generate code for the SH4a, in such a way that no double-precision
23268 floating-point operations are used.
23269 -m4a-single
23271 Generate code for the SH4a assuming the floating-point unit is in
23272 single-precision mode by default.
23273 -m4a
23275 Generate code for the SH4a.
23276 -m4al
23278 Same as -m4a-nofpu, except that it implicitly passes -dsp to the
23279 assembler. GCC doesn't generate any DSP instructions at the
23280 moment.
23281 -mb Compile code for the processor in big-endian mode.
23283 -ml Compile code for the processor in little-endian mode.
23285 -mdalign
23287 Align doubles at 64-bit boundaries. Note that this changes the
23288 calling conventions, and thus some functions from the standard C
23289 library do not work unless you recompile it first with -mdalign.
23290 -mrelax
23292 Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses
23293 the linker option -relax.
23294 -mbigtable
23296 Use 32-bit offsets in "switch" tables. The default is to use
23297 16-bit offsets.
23298 -mbitops
23300 Enable the use of bit manipulation instructions on SH2A.
23301 -mfmovd
23303 Enable the use of the instruction "fmovd". Check -mdalign for
23304 alignment constraints.
23305 -mrenesas
23307 Comply with the calling conventions defined by Renesas.
23308 -mno-renesas
23310 Comply with the calling conventions defined for GCC before the
23311 Renesas conventions were available. This option is the default for
23312 all targets of the SH toolchain.
23313 -mnomacsave
23315 Mark the "MAC" register as call-clobbered, even if -mrenesas is
23316 given.
23317 -mieee
23319 -mno-ieee
23320 Control the IEEE compliance of floating-point comparisons, which
23321 affects the handling of cases where the result of a comparison is
23322 unordered. By default -mieee is implicitly enabled. If
23323 -ffinite-math-only is enabled -mno-ieee is implicitly set, which
23324 results in faster floating-point greater-equal and less-equal
23325 comparisons. The implicit settings can be overridden by specifying
23326 either -mieee or -mno-ieee.
23327 -minline-ic_invalidate
23329 Inline code to invalidate instruction cache entries after setting
23330 up nested function trampolines. This option has no effect if
23331 -musermode is in effect and the selected code generation option
23332 (e.g. -m4) does not allow the use of the "icbi" instruction. If
23333 the selected code generation option does not allow the use of the
23334 "icbi" instruction, and -musermode is not in effect, the inlined
23335 code manipulates the instruction cache address array directly with
23336 an associative write. This not only requires privileged mode at
23337 run time, but it also fails if the cache line had been mapped via
23338 the TLB and has become unmapped.
23339 -misize
23341 Dump instruction size and location in the assembly code.
23342 -mpadstruct
23344 This option is deprecated. It pads structures to multiple of 4
23345 bytes, which is incompatible with the SH ABI.
23346 -matomic-model=model
23348 Sets the model of atomic operations and additional parameters as a
23349 comma separated list. For details on the atomic built-in functions
23350 see __atomic Builtins. The following models and parameters are
23351 supported:
23352 none
23354 Disable compiler generated atomic sequences and emit library
23355 calls for atomic operations. This is the default if the target
23356 is not "sh*-*-linux*".
23357 soft-gusa
23359 Generate GNU/Linux compatible gUSA software atomic sequences
23360 for the atomic built-in functions. The generated atomic
23361 sequences require additional support from the
23362 interrupt/exception handling code of the system and are only
23363 suitable for SH3* and SH4* single-core systems. This option is
23364 enabled by default when the target is "sh*-*-linux*" and SH3*
23365 or SH4*. When the target is SH4A, this option also partially
23366 utilizes the hardware atomic instructions "movli.l" and
23367 "movco.l" to create more efficient code, unless strict is
23368 specified.
23369 soft-tcb
23371 Generate software atomic sequences that use a variable in the
23372 thread control block. This is a variation of the gUSA
23373 sequences which can also be used on SH1* and SH2* targets. The
23374 generated atomic sequences require additional support from the
23375 interrupt/exception handling code of the system and are only
23376 suitable for single-core systems. When using this model, the
23377 gbr-offset= parameter has to be specified as well.
23378 soft-imask
23380 Generate software atomic sequences that temporarily disable
23381 interrupts by setting "SR.IMASK = 1111". This model works only
23382 when the program runs in privileged mode and is only suitable
23383 for single-core systems. Additional support from the
23384 interrupt/exception handling code of the system is not
23385 required. This model is enabled by default when the target is
23386 "sh*-*-linux*" and SH1* or SH2*.
23387 hard-llcs
23389 Generate hardware atomic sequences using the "movli.l" and
23390 "movco.l" instructions only. This is only available on SH4A
23391 and is suitable for multi-core systems. Since the hardware
23392 instructions support only 32 bit atomic variables access to 8
23393 or 16 bit variables is emulated with 32 bit accesses. Code
23394 compiled with this option is also compatible with other
23395 software atomic model interrupt/exception handling systems if
23396 executed on an SH4A system. Additional support from the
23397 interrupt/exception handling code of the system is not required
23398 for this model.
23399 gbr-offset=
23401 This parameter specifies the offset in bytes of the variable in
23402 the thread control block structure that should be used by the
23403 generated atomic sequences when the soft-tcb model has been
23404 selected. For other models this parameter is ignored. The
23405 specified value must be an integer multiple of four and in the
23406 range 0-1020.
23407 strict
23409 This parameter prevents mixed usage of multiple atomic models,
23410 even if they are compatible, and makes the compiler generate
23411 atomic sequences of the specified model only.
23412 -mtas
23414 Generate the "tas.b" opcode for "__atomic_test_and_set". Notice
23415 that depending on the particular hardware and software
23416 configuration this can degrade overall performance due to the
23417 operand cache line flushes that are implied by the "tas.b"
23418 instruction. On multi-core SH4A processors the "tas.b" instruction
23419 must be used with caution since it can result in data corruption
23420 for certain cache configurations.
23421 -mprefergot
23423 When generating position-independent code, emit function calls
23424 using the Global Offset Table instead of the Procedure Linkage
23425 Table.
23426 -musermode
23428 -mno-usermode
23429 Don't allow (allow) the compiler generating privileged mode code.
23430 Specifying -musermode also implies -mno-inline-ic_invalidate if the
23431 inlined code would not work in user mode. -musermode is the
23432 default when the target is "sh*-*-linux*". If the target is SH1*
23433 or SH2* -musermode has no effect, since there is no user mode.
23434 -multcost=number
23436 Set the cost to assume for a multiply insn.
23437 -mdiv=strategy
23439 Set the division strategy to be used for integer division
23440 operations. strategy can be one of:
23441 call-div1
23443 Calls a library function that uses the single-step division
23444 instruction "div1" to perform the operation. Division by zero
23445 calculates an unspecified result and does not trap. This is
23446 the default except for SH4, SH2A and SHcompact.
23447 call-fp
23449 Calls a library function that performs the operation in double
23450 precision floating point. Division by zero causes a floating-
23451 point exception. This is the default for SHcompact with FPU.
23452 Specifying this for targets that do not have a double precision
23453 FPU defaults to "call-div1".
23454 call-table
23456 Calls a library function that uses a lookup table for small
23457 divisors and the "div1" instruction with case distinction for
23458 larger divisors. Division by zero calculates an unspecified
23459 result and does not trap. This is the default for SH4.
23460 Specifying this for targets that do not have dynamic shift
23461 instructions defaults to "call-div1".
23462 When a division strategy has not been specified the default
23464 strategy is selected based on the current target. For SH2A the
23465 default strategy is to use the "divs" and "divu" instructions
23466 instead of library function calls.
23467 -maccumulate-outgoing-args
23469 Reserve space once for outgoing arguments in the function prologue
23470 rather than around each call. Generally beneficial for performance
23471 and size. Also needed for unwinding to avoid changing the stack
23472 frame around conditional code.
23473 -mdivsi3_libfunc=name
23475 Set the name of the library function used for 32-bit signed
23476 division to name. This only affects the name used in the call
23477 division strategies, and the compiler still expects the same sets
23478 of input/output/clobbered registers as if this option were not
23479 present.
23480 -mfixed-range=register-range
23482 Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers.
23483 A fixed register is one that the register allocator cannot use.
23484 This is useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is
23485 specified as two registers separated by a dash. Multiple register
23486 ranges can be specified separated by a comma.
23487 -mbranch-cost=num
23489 Assume num to be the cost for a branch instruction. Higher numbers
23490 make the compiler try to generate more branch-free code if
23491 possible. If not specified the value is selected depending on the
23492 processor type that is being compiled for.
23493 -mzdcbranch
23495 -mno-zdcbranch
23496 Assume (do not assume) that zero displacement conditional branch
23497 instructions "bt" and "bf" are fast. If -mzdcbranch is specified,
23498 the compiler prefers zero displacement branch code sequences. This
23499 is enabled by default when generating code for SH4 and SH4A. It
23500 can be explicitly disabled by specifying -mno-zdcbranch.
23501 -mcbranch-force-delay-slot
23503 Force the usage of delay slots for conditional branches, which
23504 stuffs the delay slot with a "nop" if a suitable instruction cannot
23505 be found. By default this option is disabled. It can be enabled
23506 to work around hardware bugs as found in the original SH7055.
23507 -mfused-madd
23509 -mno-fused-madd
23510 Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point multiply
23511 and accumulate instructions. These instructions are generated by
23512 default if hardware floating point is used. The machine-dependent
23513 -mfused-madd option is now mapped to the machine-independent
23514 -ffp-contract=fast option, and -mno-fused-madd is mapped to
23515 -ffp-contract=off.
23516 -mfsca
23518 -mno-fsca
23519 Allow or disallow the compiler to emit the "fsca" instruction for
23520 sine and cosine approximations. The option -mfsca must be used in
23521 combination with -funsafe-math-optimizations. It is enabled by
23522 default when generating code for SH4A. Using -mno-fsca disables
23523 sine and cosine approximations even if -funsafe-math-optimizations
23524 is in effect.
23525 -mfsrra
23527 -mno-fsrra
23528 Allow or disallow the compiler to emit the "fsrra" instruction for
23529 reciprocal square root approximations. The option -mfsrra must be
23530 used in combination with -funsafe-math-optimizations and
23531 -ffinite-math-only. It is enabled by default when generating code
23532 for SH4A. Using -mno-fsrra disables reciprocal square root
23533 approximations even if -funsafe-math-optimizations and
23534 -ffinite-math-only are in effect.
23535 -mpretend-cmove
23537 Prefer zero-displacement conditional branches for conditional move
23538 instruction patterns. This can result in faster code on the SH4
23539 processor.
23540 -mfdpic
23542 Generate code using the FDPIC ABI.
23543 Solaris 2 Options
23545 These -m options are supported on Solaris 2:
23546 -mclear-hwcap
23548 -mclear-hwcap tells the compiler to remove the hardware
23549 capabilities generated by the Solaris assembler. This is only
23550 necessary when object files use ISA extensions not supported by the
23551 current machine, but check at runtime whether or not to use them.
23552 -mimpure-text
23554 -mimpure-text, used in addition to -shared, tells the compiler to
23555 not pass -z text to the linker when linking a shared object. Using
23556 this option, you can link position-dependent code into a shared
23557 object.
23558 -mimpure-text suppresses the "relocations remain against
23560 allocatable but non-writable sections" linker error message.
23561 However, the necessary relocations trigger copy-on-write, and the
23562 shared object is not actually shared across processes. Instead of
23563 using -mimpure-text, you should compile all source code with -fpic
23564 or -fPIC.
23565 These switches are supported in addition to the above on Solaris 2:
23567 -pthreads
23569 This is a synonym for -pthread.
23570 SPARC Options
23572 These -m options are supported on the SPARC:
23573 -mno-app-regs
23575 -mapp-regs
23576 Specify -mapp-regs to generate output using the global registers 2
23577 through 4, which the SPARC SVR4 ABI reserves for applications.
23578 Like the global register 1, each global register 2 through 4 is
23579 then treated as an allocable register that is clobbered by function
23580 calls. This is the default.
23581 To be fully SVR4 ABI-compliant at the cost of some performance
23583 loss, specify -mno-app-regs. You should compile libraries and
23584 system software with this option.
23585 -mflat
23587 -mno-flat
23588 With -mflat, the compiler does not generate save/restore
23589 instructions and uses a "flat" or single register window model.
23590 This model is compatible with the regular register window model.
23591 The local registers and the input registers (0--5) are still
23592 treated as "call-saved" registers and are saved on the stack as
23593 needed.
23594 With -mno-flat (the default), the compiler generates save/restore
23596 instructions (except for leaf functions). This is the normal
23597 operating mode.
23598 -mfpu
23600 -mhard-float
23601 Generate output containing floating-point instructions. This is
23602 the default.
23603 -mno-fpu
23605 -msoft-float
23606 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
23607 Warning: the requisite libraries are not available for all SPARC
23608 targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler
23609 are used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation.
23610 You must make your own arrangements to provide suitable library
23611 functions for cross-compilation. The embedded targets sparc-*-aout
23612 and sparclite-*-* do provide software floating-point support.
23613 -msoft-float changes the calling convention in the output file;
23615 therefore, it is only useful if you compile all of a program with
23616 this option. In particular, you need to compile libgcc.a, the
23617 library that comes with GCC, with -msoft-float in order for this to
23618 work.
23619 -mhard-quad-float
23621 Generate output containing quad-word (long double) floating-point
23622 instructions.
23623 -msoft-quad-float
23625 Generate output containing library calls for quad-word (long
23626 double) floating-point instructions. The functions called are
23627 those specified in the SPARC ABI. This is the default.
23628 As of this writing, there are no SPARC implementations that have
23630 hardware support for the quad-word floating-point instructions.
23631 They all invoke a trap handler for one of these instructions, and
23632 then the trap handler emulates the effect of the instruction.
23633 Because of the trap handler overhead, this is much slower than
23634 calling the ABI library routines. Thus the -msoft-quad-float
23635 option is the default.
23636 -mno-unaligned-doubles
23638 -munaligned-doubles
23639 Assume that doubles have 8-byte alignment. This is the default.
23640 With -munaligned-doubles, GCC assumes that doubles have 8-byte
23642 alignment only if they are contained in another type, or if they
23643 have an absolute address. Otherwise, it assumes they have 4-byte
23644 alignment. Specifying this option avoids some rare compatibility
23645 problems with code generated by other compilers. It is not the
23646 default because it results in a performance loss, especially for
23647 floating-point code.
23648 -muser-mode
23650 -mno-user-mode
23651 Do not generate code that can only run in supervisor mode. This is
23652 relevant only for the "casa" instruction emitted for the LEON3
23653 processor. This is the default.
23654 -mfaster-structs
23656 -mno-faster-structs
23657 With -mfaster-structs, the compiler assumes that structures should
23658 have 8-byte alignment. This enables the use of pairs of "ldd" and
23659 "std" instructions for copies in structure assignment, in place of
23660 twice as many "ld" and "st" pairs. However, the use of this
23661 changed alignment directly violates the SPARC ABI. Thus, it's
23662 intended only for use on targets where the developer acknowledges
23663 that their resulting code is not directly in line with the rules of
23664 the ABI.
23665 -mstd-struct-return
23667 -mno-std-struct-return
23668 With -mstd-struct-return, the compiler generates checking code in
23669 functions returning structures or unions to detect size mismatches
23670 between the two sides of function calls, as per the 32-bit ABI.
23671 The default is -mno-std-struct-return. This option has no effect
23673 in 64-bit mode.
23674 -mlra
23676 -mno-lra
23677 Enable Local Register Allocation. This is the default for SPARC
23678 since GCC 7 so -mno-lra needs to be passed to get old Reload.
23679 -mcpu=cpu_type
23681 Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling
23682 parameters for machine type cpu_type. Supported values for
23683 cpu_type are v7, cypress, v8, supersparc, hypersparc, leon, leon3,
23684 leon3v7, sparclite, f930, f934, sparclite86x, sparclet, tsc701, v9,
23685 ultrasparc, ultrasparc3, niagara, niagara2, niagara3, niagara4,
23686 niagara7 and m8.
23687 Native Solaris and GNU/Linux toolchains also support the value
23689 native, which selects the best architecture option for the host
23690 processor. -mcpu=native has no effect if GCC does not recognize
23691 the processor.
23692 Default instruction scheduling parameters are used for values that
23694 select an architecture and not an implementation. These are v7,
23695 v8, sparclite, sparclet, v9.
23696 Here is a list of each supported architecture and their supported
23698 implementations.
23699 v7 cypress, leon3v7
23701 v8 supersparc, hypersparc, leon, leon3
23703 sparclite
23705 f930, f934, sparclite86x
23706 sparclet
23708 tsc701
23709 v9 ultrasparc, ultrasparc3, niagara, niagara2, niagara3, niagara4,
23711 niagara7, m8
23712 By default (unless configured otherwise), GCC generates code for
23714 the V7 variant of the SPARC architecture. With -mcpu=cypress, the
23715 compiler additionally optimizes it for the Cypress CY7C602 chip, as
23716 used in the SPARCStation/SPARCServer 3xx series. This is also
23717 appropriate for the older SPARCStation 1, 2, IPX etc.
23718 With -mcpu=v8, GCC generates code for the V8 variant of the SPARC
23720 architecture. The only difference from V7 code is that the
23721 compiler emits the integer multiply and integer divide instructions
23722 which exist in SPARC-V8 but not in SPARC-V7. With
23723 -mcpu=supersparc, the compiler additionally optimizes it for the
23724 SuperSPARC chip, as used in the SPARCStation 10, 1000 and 2000
23725 series.
23726 With -mcpu=sparclite, GCC generates code for the SPARClite variant
23728 of the SPARC architecture. This adds the integer multiply, integer
23729 divide step and scan ("ffs") instructions which exist in SPARClite
23730 but not in SPARC-V7. With -mcpu=f930, the compiler additionally
23731 optimizes it for the Fujitsu MB86930 chip, which is the original
23732 SPARClite, with no FPU. With -mcpu=f934, the compiler additionally
23733 optimizes it for the Fujitsu MB86934 chip, which is the more recent
23734 SPARClite with FPU.
23735 With -mcpu=sparclet, GCC generates code for the SPARClet variant of
23737 the SPARC architecture. This adds the integer multiply,
23738 multiply/accumulate, integer divide step and scan ("ffs")
23739 instructions which exist in SPARClet but not in SPARC-V7. With
23740 -mcpu=tsc701, the compiler additionally optimizes it for the TEMIC
23741 SPARClet chip.
23742 With -mcpu=v9, GCC generates code for the V9 variant of the SPARC
23744 architecture. This adds 64-bit integer and floating-point move
23745 instructions, 3 additional floating-point condition code registers
23746 and conditional move instructions. With -mcpu=ultrasparc, the
23747 compiler additionally optimizes it for the Sun UltraSPARC I/II/IIi
23748 chips. With -mcpu=ultrasparc3, the compiler additionally optimizes
23749 it for the Sun UltraSPARC III/III+/IIIi/IIIi+/IV/IV+ chips. With
23750 -mcpu=niagara, the compiler additionally optimizes it for Sun
23751 UltraSPARC T1 chips. With -mcpu=niagara2, the compiler
23752 additionally optimizes it for Sun UltraSPARC T2 chips. With
23753 -mcpu=niagara3, the compiler additionally optimizes it for Sun
23754 UltraSPARC T3 chips. With -mcpu=niagara4, the compiler
23755 additionally optimizes it for Sun UltraSPARC T4 chips. With
23756 -mcpu=niagara7, the compiler additionally optimizes it for Oracle
23757 SPARC M7 chips. With -mcpu=m8, the compiler additionally optimizes
23758 it for Oracle M8 chips.
23759 -mtune=cpu_type
23761 Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
23762 cpu_type, but do not set the instruction set or register set that
23763 the option -mcpu=cpu_type does.
23764 The same values for -mcpu=cpu_type can be used for -mtune=cpu_type,
23766 but the only useful values are those that select a particular CPU
23767 implementation. Those are cypress, supersparc, hypersparc, leon,
23768 leon3, leon3v7, f930, f934, sparclite86x, tsc701, ultrasparc,
23769 ultrasparc3, niagara, niagara2, niagara3, niagara4, niagara7 and
23770 m8. With native Solaris and GNU/Linux toolchains, native can also
23771 be used.
23772 -mv8plus
23774 -mno-v8plus
23775 With -mv8plus, GCC generates code for the SPARC-V8+ ABI. The
23776 difference from the V8 ABI is that the global and out registers are
23777 considered 64 bits wide. This is enabled by default on Solaris in
23778 32-bit mode for all SPARC-V9 processors.
23779 -mvis
23781 -mno-vis
23782 With -mvis, GCC generates code that takes advantage of the
23783 UltraSPARC Visual Instruction Set extensions. The default is
23784 -mno-vis.
23785 -mvis2
23787 -mno-vis2
23788 With -mvis2, GCC generates code that takes advantage of version 2.0
23789 of the UltraSPARC Visual Instruction Set extensions. The default
23790 is -mvis2 when targeting a cpu that supports such instructions,
23791 such as UltraSPARC-III and later. Setting -mvis2 also sets -mvis.
23792 -mvis3
23794 -mno-vis3
23795 With -mvis3, GCC generates code that takes advantage of version 3.0
23796 of the UltraSPARC Visual Instruction Set extensions. The default
23797 is -mvis3 when targeting a cpu that supports such instructions,
23798 such as niagara-3 and later. Setting -mvis3 also sets -mvis2 and
23799 -mvis.
23800 -mvis4
23802 -mno-vis4
23803 With -mvis4, GCC generates code that takes advantage of version 4.0
23804 of the UltraSPARC Visual Instruction Set extensions. The default
23805 is -mvis4 when targeting a cpu that supports such instructions,
23806 such as niagara-7 and later. Setting -mvis4 also sets -mvis3,
23807 -mvis2 and -mvis.
23808 -mvis4b
23810 -mno-vis4b
23811 With -mvis4b, GCC generates code that takes advantage of version
23812 4.0 of the UltraSPARC Visual Instruction Set extensions, plus the
23813 additional VIS instructions introduced in the Oracle SPARC
23814 Architecture 2017. The default is -mvis4b when targeting a cpu
23815 that supports such instructions, such as m8 and later. Setting
23816 -mvis4b also sets -mvis4, -mvis3, -mvis2 and -mvis.
23817 -mcbcond
23819 -mno-cbcond
23820 With -mcbcond, GCC generates code that takes advantage of the
23821 UltraSPARC Compare-and-Branch-on-Condition instructions. The
23822 default is -mcbcond when targeting a CPU that supports such
23823 instructions, such as Niagara-4 and later.
23824 -mfmaf
23826 -mno-fmaf
23827 With -mfmaf, GCC generates code that takes advantage of the
23828 UltraSPARC Fused Multiply-Add Floating-point instructions. The
23829 default is -mfmaf when targeting a CPU that supports such
23830 instructions, such as Niagara-3 and later.
23831 -mfsmuld
23833 -mno-fsmuld
23834 With -mfsmuld, GCC generates code that takes advantage of the
23835 Floating-point Multiply Single to Double (FsMULd) instruction. The
23836 default is -mfsmuld when targeting a CPU supporting the
23837 architecture versions V8 or V9 with FPU except -mcpu=leon.
23838 -mpopc
23840 -mno-popc
23841 With -mpopc, GCC generates code that takes advantage of the
23842 UltraSPARC Population Count instruction. The default is -mpopc
23843 when targeting a CPU that supports such an instruction, such as
23844 Niagara-2 and later.
23845 -msubxc
23847 -mno-subxc
23848 With -msubxc, GCC generates code that takes advantage of the
23849 UltraSPARC Subtract-Extended-with-Carry instruction. The default
23850 is -msubxc when targeting a CPU that supports such an instruction,
23851 such as Niagara-7 and later.
23852 -mfix-at697f
23854 Enable the documented workaround for the single erratum of the
23855 Atmel AT697F processor (which corresponds to erratum #13 of the
23856 AT697E processor).
23857 -mfix-ut699
23859 Enable the documented workarounds for the floating-point errata and
23860 the data cache nullify errata of the UT699 processor.
23861 -mfix-ut700
23863 Enable the documented workaround for the back-to-back store errata
23864 of the UT699E/UT700 processor.
23865 -mfix-gr712rc
23867 Enable the documented workaround for the back-to-back store errata
23868 of the GR712RC processor.
23869 These -m options are supported in addition to the above on SPARC-V9
23871 processors in 64-bit environments:
23872 -m32
23874 -m64
23875 Generate code for a 32-bit or 64-bit environment. The 32-bit
23876 environment sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits. The 64-bit
23877 environment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer to 64 bits.
23878 -mcmodel=which
23880 Set the code model to one of
23881 medlow
23883 The Medium/Low code model: 64-bit addresses, programs must be
23884 linked in the low 32 bits of memory. Programs can be
23885 statically or dynamically linked.
23886 medmid
23888 The Medium/Middle code model: 64-bit addresses, programs must
23889 be linked in the low 44 bits of memory, the text and data
23890 segments must be less than 2GB in size and the data segment
23891 must be located within 2GB of the text segment.
23892 medany
23894 The Medium/Anywhere code model: 64-bit addresses, programs may
23895 be linked anywhere in memory, the text and data segments must
23896 be less than 2GB in size and the data segment must be located
23897 within 2GB of the text segment.
23898 embmedany
23900 The Medium/Anywhere code model for embedded systems: 64-bit
23901 addresses, the text and data segments must be less than 2GB in
23902 size, both starting anywhere in memory (determined at link
23903 time). The global register %g4 points to the base of the data
23904 segment. Programs are statically linked and PIC is not
23905 supported.
23906 -mmemory-model=mem-model
23908 Set the memory model in force on the processor to one of
23909 default
23911 The default memory model for the processor and operating
23912 system.
23913 rmo Relaxed Memory Order
23915 pso Partial Store Order
23917 tso Total Store Order
23919 sc Sequential Consistency
23921 These memory models are formally defined in Appendix D of the
23923 SPARC-V9 architecture manual, as set in the processor's "PSTATE.MM"
23924 field.
23925 -mstack-bias
23927 -mno-stack-bias
23928 With -mstack-bias, GCC assumes that the stack pointer, and frame
23929 pointer if present, are offset by -2047 which must be added back
23930 when making stack frame references. This is the default in 64-bit
23931 mode. Otherwise, assume no such offset is present.
23932 Options for System V
23934 These additional options are available on System V Release 4 for
23935 compatibility with other compilers on those systems:
23936 -G Create a shared object. It is recommended that -symbolic or
23938 -shared be used instead.
23939 -Qy Identify the versions of each tool used by the compiler, in a
23941 ".ident" assembler directive in the output.
23942 -Qn Refrain from adding ".ident" directives to the output file (this is
23944 the default).
23945 -YP,dirs
23947 Search the directories dirs, and no others, for libraries specified
23948 with -l.
23949 -Ym,dir
23951 Look in the directory dir to find the M4 preprocessor. The
23952 assembler uses this option.
23953 TILE-Gx Options
23955 These -m options are supported on the TILE-Gx:
23956 -mcmodel=small
23958 Generate code for the small model. The distance for direct calls
23959 is limited to 500M in either direction. PC-relative addresses are
23960 32 bits. Absolute addresses support the full address range.
23961 -mcmodel=large
23963 Generate code for the large model. There is no limitation on call
23964 distance, pc-relative addresses, or absolute addresses.
23965 -mcpu=name
23967 Selects the type of CPU to be targeted. Currently the only
23968 supported type is tilegx.
23969 -m32
23971 -m64
23972 Generate code for a 32-bit or 64-bit environment. The 32-bit
23973 environment sets int, long, and pointer to 32 bits. The 64-bit
23974 environment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer to 64 bits.
23975 -mbig-endian
23977 -mlittle-endian
23978 Generate code in big/little endian mode, respectively.
23979 TILEPro Options
23981 These -m options are supported on the TILEPro:
23982 -mcpu=name
23984 Selects the type of CPU to be targeted. Currently the only
23985 supported type is tilepro.
23986 -m32
23988 Generate code for a 32-bit environment, which sets int, long, and
23989 pointer to 32 bits. This is the only supported behavior so the
23990 flag is essentially ignored.
23991 V850 Options
23993 These -m options are defined for V850 implementations:
23994 -mlong-calls
23996 -mno-long-calls
23997 Treat all calls as being far away (near). If calls are assumed to
23998 be far away, the compiler always loads the function's address into
23999 a register, and calls indirect through the pointer.
24000 -mno-ep
24002 -mep
24003 Do not optimize (do optimize) basic blocks that use the same index
24004 pointer 4 or more times to copy pointer into the "ep" register, and
24005 use the shorter "sld" and "sst" instructions. The -mep option is
24006 on by default if you optimize.
24007 -mno-prolog-function
24009 -mprolog-function
24010 Do not use (do use) external functions to save and restore
24011 registers at the prologue and epilogue of a function. The external
24012 functions are slower, but use less code space if more than one
24013 function saves the same number of registers. The -mprolog-function
24014 option is on by default if you optimize.
24015 -mspace
24017 Try to make the code as small as possible. At present, this just
24018 turns on the -mep and -mprolog-function options.
24019 -mtda=n
24021 Put static or global variables whose size is n bytes or less into
24022 the tiny data area that register "ep" points to. The tiny data
24023 area can hold up to 256 bytes in total (128 bytes for byte
24024 references).
24025 -msda=n
24027 Put static or global variables whose size is n bytes or less into
24028 the small data area that register "gp" points to. The small data
24029 area can hold up to 64 kilobytes.
24030 -mzda=n
24032 Put static or global variables whose size is n bytes or less into
24033 the first 32 kilobytes of memory.
24034 -mv850
24036 Specify that the target processor is the V850.
24037 -mv850e3v5
24039 Specify that the target processor is the V850E3V5. The
24040 preprocessor constant "__v850e3v5__" is defined if this option is
24041 used.
24042 -mv850e2v4
24044 Specify that the target processor is the V850E3V5. This is an
24045 alias for the -mv850e3v5 option.
24046 -mv850e2v3
24048 Specify that the target processor is the V850E2V3. The
24049 preprocessor constant "__v850e2v3__" is defined if this option is
24050 used.
24051 -mv850e2
24053 Specify that the target processor is the V850E2. The preprocessor
24054 constant "__v850e2__" is defined if this option is used.
24055 -mv850e1
24057 Specify that the target processor is the V850E1. The preprocessor
24058 constants "__v850e1__" and "__v850e__" are defined if this option
24059 is used.
24060 -mv850es
24062 Specify that the target processor is the V850ES. This is an alias
24063 for the -mv850e1 option.
24064 -mv850e
24066 Specify that the target processor is the V850E. The preprocessor
24067 constant "__v850e__" is defined if this option is used.
24068 If neither -mv850 nor -mv850e nor -mv850e1 nor -mv850e2 nor
24070 -mv850e2v3 nor -mv850e3v5 are defined then a default target
24071 processor is chosen and the relevant __v850*__ preprocessor
24072 constant is defined.
24073 The preprocessor constants "__v850" and "__v851__" are always
24075 defined, regardless of which processor variant is the target.
24076 -mdisable-callt
24078 -mno-disable-callt
24079 This option suppresses generation of the "CALLT" instruction for
24080 the v850e, v850e1, v850e2, v850e2v3 and v850e3v5 flavors of the
24081 v850 architecture.
24082 This option is enabled by default when the RH850 ABI is in use (see
24084 -mrh850-abi), and disabled by default when the GCC ABI is in use.
24085 If "CALLT" instructions are being generated then the C preprocessor
24086 symbol "__V850_CALLT__" is defined.
24087 -mrelax
24089 -mno-relax
24090 Pass on (or do not pass on) the -mrelax command-line option to the
24091 assembler.
24092 -mlong-jumps
24094 -mno-long-jumps
24095 Disable (or re-enable) the generation of PC-relative jump
24096 instructions.
24097 -msoft-float
24099 -mhard-float
24100 Disable (or re-enable) the generation of hardware floating point
24101 instructions. This option is only significant when the target
24102 architecture is V850E2V3 or higher. If hardware floating point
24103 instructions are being generated then the C preprocessor symbol
24104 "__FPU_OK__" is defined, otherwise the symbol "__NO_FPU__" is
24105 defined.
24106 -mloop
24108 Enables the use of the e3v5 LOOP instruction. The use of this
24109 instruction is not enabled by default when the e3v5 architecture is
24110 selected because its use is still experimental.
24111 -mrh850-abi
24113 -mghs
24114 Enables support for the RH850 version of the V850 ABI. This is the
24115 default. With this version of the ABI the following rules apply:
24116 * Integer sized structures and unions are returned via a memory
24118 pointer rather than a register.
24119 * Large structures and unions (more than 8 bytes in size) are
24121 passed by value.
24122 * Functions are aligned to 16-bit boundaries.
24124 * The -m8byte-align command-line option is supported.
24126 * The -mdisable-callt command-line option is enabled by default.
24128 The -mno-disable-callt command-line option is not supported.
24129 When this version of the ABI is enabled the C preprocessor symbol
24131 "__V850_RH850_ABI__" is defined.
24132 -mgcc-abi
24134 Enables support for the old GCC version of the V850 ABI. With this
24135 version of the ABI the following rules apply:
24136 * Integer sized structures and unions are returned in register
24138 "r10".
24139 * Large structures and unions (more than 8 bytes in size) are
24141 passed by reference.
24142 * Functions are aligned to 32-bit boundaries, unless optimizing
24144 for size.
24145 * The -m8byte-align command-line option is not supported.
24147 * The -mdisable-callt command-line option is supported but not
24149 enabled by default.
24150 When this version of the ABI is enabled the C preprocessor symbol
24152 "__V850_GCC_ABI__" is defined.
24153 -m8byte-align
24155 -mno-8byte-align
24156 Enables support for "double" and "long long" types to be aligned on
24157 8-byte boundaries. The default is to restrict the alignment of all
24158 objects to at most 4-bytes. When -m8byte-align is in effect the C
24159 preprocessor symbol "__V850_8BYTE_ALIGN__" is defined.
24160 -mbig-switch
24162 Generate code suitable for big switch tables. Use this option only
24163 if the assembler/linker complain about out of range branches within
24164 a switch table.
24165 -mapp-regs
24167 This option causes r2 and r5 to be used in the code generated by
24168 the compiler. This setting is the default.
24169 -mno-app-regs
24171 This option causes r2 and r5 to be treated as fixed registers.
24172 VAX Options
24174 These -m options are defined for the VAX:
24175 -munix
24177 Do not output certain jump instructions ("aobleq" and so on) that
24178 the Unix assembler for the VAX cannot handle across long ranges.
24179 -mgnu
24181 Do output those jump instructions, on the assumption that the GNU
24182 assembler is being used.
24183 -mg Output code for G-format floating-point numbers instead of
24185 D-format.
24186 Visium Options
24188 -mdebug
24189 A program which performs file I/O and is destined to run on an MCM
24190 target should be linked with this option. It causes the libraries
24191 libc.a and libdebug.a to be linked. The program should be run on
24192 the target under the control of the GDB remote debugging stub.
24193 -msim
24195 A program which performs file I/O and is destined to run on the
24196 simulator should be linked with option. This causes libraries
24197 libc.a and libsim.a to be linked.
24198 -mfpu
24200 -mhard-float
24201 Generate code containing floating-point instructions. This is the
24202 default.
24203 -mno-fpu
24205 -msoft-float
24206 Generate code containing library calls for floating-point.
24207 -msoft-float changes the calling convention in the output file;
24209 therefore, it is only useful if you compile all of a program with
24210 this option. In particular, you need to compile libgcc.a, the
24211 library that comes with GCC, with -msoft-float in order for this to
24212 work.
24213 -mcpu=cpu_type
24215 Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling
24216 parameters for machine type cpu_type. Supported values for
24217 cpu_type are mcm, gr5 and gr6.
24218 mcm is a synonym of gr5 present for backward compatibility.
24220 By default (unless configured otherwise), GCC generates code for
24222 the GR5 variant of the Visium architecture.
24223 With -mcpu=gr6, GCC generates code for the GR6 variant of the
24225 Visium architecture. The only difference from GR5 code is that the
24226 compiler will generate block move instructions.
24227 -mtune=cpu_type
24229 Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
24230 cpu_type, but do not set the instruction set or register set that
24231 the option -mcpu=cpu_type would.
24232 -msv-mode
24234 Generate code for the supervisor mode, where there are no
24235 restrictions on the access to general registers. This is the
24236 default.
24237 -muser-mode
24239 Generate code for the user mode, where the access to some general
24240 registers is forbidden: on the GR5, registers r24 to r31 cannot be
24241 accessed in this mode; on the GR6, only registers r29 to r31 are
24242 affected.
24243 VMS Options
24245 These -m options are defined for the VMS implementations:
24246 -mvms-return-codes
24248 Return VMS condition codes from "main". The default is to return
24249 POSIX-style condition (e.g. error) codes.
24250 -mdebug-main=prefix
24252 Flag the first routine whose name starts with prefix as the main
24253 routine for the debugger.
24254 -mmalloc64
24256 Default to 64-bit memory allocation routines.
24257 -mpointer-size=size
24259 Set the default size of pointers. Possible options for size are 32
24260 or short for 32 bit pointers, 64 or long for 64 bit pointers, and
24261 no for supporting only 32 bit pointers. The later option disables
24262 "pragma pointer_size".
24263 VxWorks Options
24265 The options in this section are defined for all VxWorks targets.
24266 Options specific to the target hardware are listed with the other
24267 options for that target.
24268 -mrtp
24270 GCC can generate code for both VxWorks kernels and real time
24271 processes (RTPs). This option switches from the former to the
24272 latter. It also defines the preprocessor macro "__RTP__".
24273 -non-static
24275 Link an RTP executable against shared libraries rather than static
24276 libraries. The options -static and -shared can also be used for
24277 RTPs; -static is the default.
24278 -Bstatic
24280 -Bdynamic
24281 These options are passed down to the linker. They are defined for
24282 compatibility with Diab.
24283 -Xbind-lazy
24285 Enable lazy binding of function calls. This option is equivalent
24286 to -Wl,-z,now and is defined for compatibility with Diab.
24287 -Xbind-now
24289 Disable lazy binding of function calls. This option is the default
24290 and is defined for compatibility with Diab.
24291 x86 Options
24293 These -m options are defined for the x86 family of computers.
24294 -march=cpu-type
24296 Generate instructions for the machine type cpu-type. In contrast
24297 to -mtune=cpu-type, which merely tunes the generated code for the
24298 specified cpu-type, -march=cpu-type allows GCC to generate code
24299 that may not run at all on processors other than the one indicated.
24300 Specifying -march=cpu-type implies -mtune=cpu-type.
24301 The choices for cpu-type are:
24303 native
24305 This selects the CPU to generate code for at compilation time
24306 by determining the processor type of the compiling machine.
24307 Using -march=native enables all instruction subsets supported
24308 by the local machine (hence the result might not run on
24309 different machines). Using -mtune=native produces code
24310 optimized for the local machine under the constraints of the
24311 selected instruction set.
24312 x86-64
24314 A generic CPU with 64-bit extensions.
24315 i386
24317 Original Intel i386 CPU.
24318 i486
24320 Intel i486 CPU. (No scheduling is implemented for this chip.)
24321 i586
24323 pentium
24324 Intel Pentium CPU with no MMX support.
24325 lakemont
24327 Intel Lakemont MCU, based on Intel Pentium CPU.
24328 pentium-mmx
24330 Intel Pentium MMX CPU, based on Pentium core with MMX
24331 instruction set support.
24332 pentiumpro
24334 Intel Pentium Pro CPU.
24335 i686
24337 When used with -march, the Pentium Pro instruction set is used,
24338 so the code runs on all i686 family chips. When used with
24339 -mtune, it has the same meaning as generic.
24340 pentium2
24342 Intel Pentium II CPU, based on Pentium Pro core with MMX
24343 instruction set support.
24344 pentium3
24346 pentium3m
24347 Intel Pentium III CPU, based on Pentium Pro core with MMX and
24348 SSE instruction set support.
24349 pentium-m
24351 Intel Pentium M; low-power version of Intel Pentium III CPU
24352 with MMX, SSE and SSE2 instruction set support. Used by
24353 Centrino notebooks.
24354 pentium4
24356 pentium4m
24357 Intel Pentium 4 CPU with MMX, SSE and SSE2 instruction set
24358 support.
24359 prescott
24361 Improved version of Intel Pentium 4 CPU with MMX, SSE, SSE2 and
24362 SSE3 instruction set support.
24363 nocona
24365 Improved version of Intel Pentium 4 CPU with 64-bit extensions,
24366 MMX, SSE, SSE2 and SSE3 instruction set support.
24367 core2
24369 Intel Core 2 CPU with 64-bit extensions, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3
24370 and SSSE3 instruction set support.
24371 nehalem
24373 Intel Nehalem CPU with 64-bit extensions, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3,
24374 SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2 and POPCNT instruction set support.
24375 westmere
24377 Intel Westmere CPU with 64-bit extensions, MMX, SSE, SSE2,
24378 SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, POPCNT, AES and PCLMUL instruction
24379 set support.
24380 sandybridge
24382 Intel Sandy Bridge CPU with 64-bit extensions, MMX, SSE, SSE2,
24383 SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, POPCNT, AVX, AES and PCLMUL
24384 instruction set support.
24385 ivybridge
24387 Intel Ivy Bridge CPU with 64-bit extensions, MMX, SSE, SSE2,
24388 SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, POPCNT, AVX, AES, PCLMUL,
24389 FSGSBASE, RDRND and F16C instruction set support.
24390 haswell
24392 Intel Haswell CPU with 64-bit extensions, MOVBE, MMX, SSE,
24393 SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, POPCNT, AVX, AVX2, AES,
24394 PCLMUL, FSGSBASE, RDRND, FMA, BMI, BMI2 and F16C instruction
24395 set support.
24396 broadwell
24398 Intel Broadwell CPU with 64-bit extensions, MOVBE, MMX, SSE,
24399 SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, POPCNT, AVX, AVX2, AES,
24400 PCLMUL, FSGSBASE, RDRND, FMA, BMI, BMI2, F16C, RDSEED ADCX and
24401 PREFETCHW instruction set support.
24402 skylake
24404 Intel Skylake CPU with 64-bit extensions, MOVBE, MMX, SSE,
24405 SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, POPCNT, AVX, AVX2, AES,
24406 PCLMUL, FSGSBASE, RDRND, FMA, BMI, BMI2, F16C, RDSEED, ADCX,
24407 PREFETCHW, CLFLUSHOPT, XSAVEC and XSAVES instruction set
24408 support.
24409 bonnell
24411 Intel Bonnell CPU with 64-bit extensions, MOVBE, MMX, SSE,
24412 SSE2, SSE3 and SSSE3 instruction set support.
24413 silvermont
24415 Intel Silvermont CPU with 64-bit extensions, MOVBE, MMX, SSE,
24416 SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, POPCNT, AES, PREFETCHW,
24417 PCLMUL and RDRND instruction set support.
24418 goldmont
24420 Intel Goldmont CPU with 64-bit extensions, MOVBE, MMX, SSE,
24421 SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, POPCNT, AES, PREFETCHW,
24422 PCLMUL, RDRND, XSAVE, XSAVEC, XSAVES, XSAVEOPT and FSGSBASE
24423 instruction set support.
24424 goldmont-plus
24426 Intel Goldmont Plus CPU with 64-bit extensions, MOVBE, MMX,
24427 SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, POPCNT, AES, PREFETCHW,
24428 PCLMUL, RDRND, XSAVE, XSAVEC, XSAVES, XSAVEOPT, FSGSBASE,
24429 PTWRITE, RDPID, SGX and UMIP instruction set support.
24430 tremont
24432 Intel Tremont CPU with 64-bit extensions, MOVBE, MMX, SSE,
24433 SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, POPCNT, AES, PREFETCHW,
24434 PCLMUL, RDRND, XSAVE, XSAVEC, XSAVES, XSAVEOPT, FSGSBASE,
24435 PTWRITE, RDPID, SGX, UMIP, GFNI-SSE, CLWB, MOVDIRI, MOVDIR64B,
24436 CLDEMOTE and WAITPKG instruction set support.
24437 knl Intel Knight's Landing CPU with 64-bit extensions, MOVBE, MMX,
24439 SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, POPCNT, AVX, AVX2, AES,
24440 PCLMUL, FSGSBASE, RDRND, FMA, BMI, BMI2, F16C, RDSEED, ADCX,
24441 PREFETCHW, PREFETCHWT1, AVX512F, AVX512PF, AVX512ER and
24442 AVX512CD instruction set support.
24443 knm Intel Knights Mill CPU with 64-bit extensions, MOVBE, MMX, SSE,
24445 SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, POPCNT, AVX, AVX2, AES,
24446 PCLMUL, FSGSBASE, RDRND, FMA, BMI, BMI2, F16C, RDSEED, ADCX,
24447 PREFETCHW, PREFETCHWT1, AVX512F, AVX512PF, AVX512ER, AVX512CD,
24448 AVX5124VNNIW, AVX5124FMAPS and AVX512VPOPCNTDQ instruction set
24449 support.
24450 skylake-avx512
24452 Intel Skylake Server CPU with 64-bit extensions, MOVBE, MMX,
24453 SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, POPCNT, PKU, AVX, AVX2,
24454 AES, PCLMUL, FSGSBASE, RDRND, FMA, BMI, BMI2, F16C, RDSEED,
24455 ADCX, PREFETCHW, CLFLUSHOPT, XSAVEC, XSAVES, AVX512F, CLWB,
24456 AVX512VL, AVX512BW, AVX512DQ and AVX512CD instruction set
24457 support.
24458 cannonlake
24460 Intel Cannonlake Server CPU with 64-bit extensions, MOVBE, MMX,
24461 SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, POPCNT, PKU, AVX, AVX2,
24462 AES, PCLMUL, FSGSBASE, RDRND, FMA, BMI, BMI2, F16C, RDSEED,
24463 ADCX, PREFETCHW, CLFLUSHOPT, XSAVEC, XSAVES, AVX512F, AVX512VL,
24464 AVX512BW, AVX512DQ, AVX512CD, AVX512VBMI, AVX512IFMA, SHA and
24465 UMIP instruction set support.
24466 icelake-client
24468 Intel Icelake Client CPU with 64-bit extensions, MOVBE, MMX,
24469 SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, POPCNT, PKU, AVX, AVX2,
24470 AES, PCLMUL, FSGSBASE, RDRND, FMA, BMI, BMI2, F16C, RDSEED,
24471 ADCX, PREFETCHW, CLFLUSHOPT, XSAVEC, XSAVES, AVX512F, AVX512VL,
24472 AVX512BW, AVX512DQ, AVX512CD, AVX512VBMI, AVX512IFMA, SHA,
24473 CLWB, UMIP, RDPID, GFNI, AVX512VBMI2, AVX512VPOPCNTDQ,
24474 AVX512BITALG, AVX512VNNI, VPCLMULQDQ, VAES instruction set
24475 support.
24476 icelake-server
24478 Intel Icelake Server CPU with 64-bit extensions, MOVBE, MMX,
24479 SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, POPCNT, PKU, AVX, AVX2,
24480 AES, PCLMUL, FSGSBASE, RDRND, FMA, BMI, BMI2, F16C, RDSEED,
24481 ADCX, PREFETCHW, CLFLUSHOPT, XSAVEC, XSAVES, AVX512F, AVX512VL,
24482 AVX512BW, AVX512DQ, AVX512CD, AVX512VBMI, AVX512IFMA, SHA,
24483 CLWB, UMIP, RDPID, GFNI, AVX512VBMI2, AVX512VPOPCNTDQ,
24484 AVX512BITALG, AVX512VNNI, VPCLMULQDQ, VAES, PCONFIG and
24485 WBNOINVD instruction set support.
24486 cascadelake
24488 Intel Cascadelake CPU with 64-bit extensions, MOVBE, MMX, SSE,
24489 SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, POPCNT, PKU, AVX, AVX2, AES,
24490 PCLMUL, FSGSBASE, RDRND, FMA, BMI, BMI2, F16C, RDSEED, ADCX,
24491 PREFETCHW, CLFLUSHOPT, XSAVEC, XSAVES, AVX512F, CLWB, AVX512VL,
24492 AVX512BW, AVX512DQ, AVX512CD and AVX512VNNI instruction set
24493 support.
24494 cooperlake
24496 Intel cooperlake CPU with 64-bit extensions, MOVBE, MMX, SSE,
24497 SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, POPCNT, PKU, AVX, AVX2, AES,
24498 PCLMUL, FSGSBASE, RDRND, FMA, BMI, BMI2, F16C, RDSEED, ADCX,
24499 PREFETCHW, CLFLUSHOPT, XSAVEC, XSAVES, AVX512F, CLWB, AVX512VL,
24500 AVX512BW, AVX512DQ, AVX512CD, AVX512VNNI and AVX512BF16
24501 instruction set support.
24502 tigerlake
24504 Intel Tigerlake CPU with 64-bit extensions, MOVBE, MMX, SSE,
24505 SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, POPCNT, PKU, AVX, AVX2, AES,
24506 PCLMUL, FSGSBASE, RDRND, FMA, BMI, BMI2, F16C, RDSEED, ADCX,
24507 PREFETCHW, CLFLUSHOPT, XSAVEC, XSAVES, AVX512F, AVX512VL,
24508 AVX512BW, AVX512DQ, AVX512CD, AVX512VBMI, AVX512IFMA, SHA,
24509 CLWB, UMIP, RDPID, GFNI, AVX512VBMI2, AVX512VPOPCNTDQ,
24510 AVX512BITALG, AVX512VNNI, VPCLMULQDQ, VAES, PCONFIG, WBNOINVD,
24511 MOVDIRI, MOVDIR64B, AVX512VP2INTERSECT and KEYLOCKER
24512 instruction set support.
24513 k6 AMD K6 CPU with MMX instruction set support.
24515 k6-2
24517 k6-3
24518 Improved versions of AMD K6 CPU with MMX and 3DNow! instruction
24519 set support.
24520 athlon
24522 athlon-tbird
24523 AMD Athlon CPU with MMX, 3dNOW!, enhanced 3DNow! and SSE
24524 prefetch instructions support.
24525 athlon-4
24527 athlon-xp
24528 athlon-mp
24529 Improved AMD Athlon CPU with MMX, 3DNow!, enhanced 3DNow! and
24530 full SSE instruction set support.
24531 k8
24533 opteron
24534 athlon64
24535 athlon-fx
24536 Processors based on the AMD K8 core with x86-64 instruction set
24537 support, including the AMD Opteron, Athlon 64, and Athlon 64 FX
24538 processors. (This supersets MMX, SSE, SSE2, 3DNow!, enhanced
24539 3DNow! and 64-bit instruction set extensions.)
24540 k8-sse3
24542 opteron-sse3
24543 athlon64-sse3
24544 Improved versions of AMD K8 cores with SSE3 instruction set
24545 support.
24546 amdfam10
24548 barcelona
24549 CPUs based on AMD Family 10h cores with x86-64 instruction set
24550 support. (This supersets MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSE4A, 3DNow!,
24551 enhanced 3DNow!, ABM and 64-bit instruction set extensions.)
24552 bdver1
24554 CPUs based on AMD Family 15h cores with x86-64 instruction set
24555 support. (This supersets FMA4, AVX, XOP, LWP, AES, PCLMUL,
24556 CX16, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSE4A, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, ABM
24557 and 64-bit instruction set extensions.)
24558 bdver2
24560 AMD Family 15h core based CPUs with x86-64 instruction set
24561 support. (This supersets BMI, TBM, F16C, FMA, FMA4, AVX, XOP,
24562 LWP, AES, PCLMUL, CX16, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSE4A, SSSE3,
24563 SSE4.1, SSE4.2, ABM and 64-bit instruction set extensions.)
24564 bdver3
24566 AMD Family 15h core based CPUs with x86-64 instruction set
24567 support. (This supersets BMI, TBM, F16C, FMA, FMA4, FSGSBASE,
24568 AVX, XOP, LWP, AES, PCLMUL, CX16, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSE4A,
24569 SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, ABM and 64-bit instruction set
24570 extensions.)
24571 bdver4
24573 AMD Family 15h core based CPUs with x86-64 instruction set
24574 support. (This supersets BMI, BMI2, TBM, F16C, FMA, FMA4,
24575 FSGSBASE, AVX, AVX2, XOP, LWP, AES, PCLMUL, CX16, MOVBE, MMX,
24576 SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSE4A, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, ABM and 64-bit
24577 instruction set extensions.)
24578 znver1
24580 AMD Family 17h core based CPUs with x86-64 instruction set
24581 support. (This supersets BMI, BMI2, F16C, FMA, FSGSBASE, AVX,
24582 AVX2, ADCX, RDSEED, MWAITX, SHA, CLZERO, AES, PCLMUL, CX16,
24583 MOVBE, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSE4A, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, ABM,
24584 XSAVEC, XSAVES, CLFLUSHOPT, POPCNT, and 64-bit instruction set
24585 extensions.)
24586 znver2
24588 AMD Family 17h core based CPUs with x86-64 instruction set
24589 support. (This supersets BMI, BMI2, CLWB, F16C, FMA, FSGSBASE,
24590 AVX, AVX2, ADCX, RDSEED, MWAITX, SHA, CLZERO, AES, PCLMUL,
24591 CX16, MOVBE, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSE4A, SSSE3, SSE4.1,
24592 SSE4.2, ABM, XSAVEC, XSAVES, CLFLUSHOPT, POPCNT, RDPID,
24593 WBNOINVD, and 64-bit instruction set extensions.)
24594 btver1
24596 CPUs based on AMD Family 14h cores with x86-64 instruction set
24597 support. (This supersets MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4A,
24598 CX16, ABM and 64-bit instruction set extensions.)
24599 btver2
24601 CPUs based on AMD Family 16h cores with x86-64 instruction set
24602 support. This includes MOVBE, F16C, BMI, AVX, PCLMUL, AES,
24603 SSE4.2, SSE4.1, CX16, ABM, SSE4A, SSSE3, SSE3, SSE2, SSE, MMX
24604 and 64-bit instruction set extensions.
24605 winchip-c6
24607 IDT WinChip C6 CPU, dealt in same way as i486 with additional
24608 MMX instruction set support.
24609 winchip2
24611 IDT WinChip 2 CPU, dealt in same way as i486 with additional
24612 MMX and 3DNow! instruction set support.
24613 c3 VIA C3 CPU with MMX and 3DNow! instruction set support. (No
24615 scheduling is implemented for this chip.)
24616 c3-2
24618 VIA C3-2 (Nehemiah/C5XL) CPU with MMX and SSE instruction set
24619 support. (No scheduling is implemented for this chip.)
24620 c7 VIA C7 (Esther) CPU with MMX, SSE, SSE2 and SSE3 instruction
24622 set support. (No scheduling is implemented for this chip.)
24623 samuel-2
24625 VIA Eden Samuel 2 CPU with MMX and 3DNow! instruction set
24626 support. (No scheduling is implemented for this chip.)
24627 nehemiah
24629 VIA Eden Nehemiah CPU with MMX and SSE instruction set support.
24630 (No scheduling is implemented for this chip.)
24631 esther
24633 VIA Eden Esther CPU with MMX, SSE, SSE2 and SSE3 instruction
24634 set support. (No scheduling is implemented for this chip.)
24635 eden-x2
24637 VIA Eden X2 CPU with x86-64, MMX, SSE, SSE2 and SSE3
24638 instruction set support. (No scheduling is implemented for
24639 this chip.)
24640 eden-x4
24642 VIA Eden X4 CPU with x86-64, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3,
24643 SSE4.1, SSE4.2, AVX and AVX2 instruction set support. (No
24644 scheduling is implemented for this chip.)
24645 nano
24647 Generic VIA Nano CPU with x86-64, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3 and
24648 SSSE3 instruction set support. (No scheduling is implemented
24649 for this chip.)
24650 nano-1000
24652 VIA Nano 1xxx CPU with x86-64, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3 and SSSE3
24653 instruction set support. (No scheduling is implemented for
24654 this chip.)
24655 nano-2000
24657 VIA Nano 2xxx CPU with x86-64, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3 and SSSE3
24658 instruction set support. (No scheduling is implemented for
24659 this chip.)
24660 nano-3000
24662 VIA Nano 3xxx CPU with x86-64, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3 and
24663 SSE4.1 instruction set support. (No scheduling is implemented
24664 for this chip.)
24665 nano-x2
24667 VIA Nano Dual Core CPU with x86-64, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3
24668 and SSE4.1 instruction set support. (No scheduling is
24669 implemented for this chip.)
24670 nano-x4
24672 VIA Nano Quad Core CPU with x86-64, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3
24673 and SSE4.1 instruction set support. (No scheduling is
24674 implemented for this chip.)
24675 geode
24677 AMD Geode embedded processor with MMX and 3DNow! instruction
24678 set support.
24679 -mtune=cpu-type
24681 Tune to cpu-type everything applicable about the generated code,
24682 except for the ABI and the set of available instructions. While
24683 picking a specific cpu-type schedules things appropriately for that
24684 particular chip, the compiler does not generate any code that
24685 cannot run on the default machine type unless you use a -march=cpu-
24686 type option. For example, if GCC is configured for
24687 i686-pc-linux-gnu then -mtune=pentium4 generates code that is tuned
24688 for Pentium 4 but still runs on i686 machines.
24689 The choices for cpu-type are the same as for -march. In addition,
24691 -mtune supports 2 extra choices for cpu-type:
24692 generic
24694 Produce code optimized for the most common IA32/AMD64/EM64T
24695 processors. If you know the CPU on which your code will run,
24696 then you should use the corresponding -mtune or -march option
24697 instead of -mtune=generic. But, if you do not know exactly
24698 what CPU users of your application will have, then you should
24699 use this option.
24700 As new processors are deployed in the marketplace, the behavior
24702 of this option will change. Therefore, if you upgrade to a
24703 newer version of GCC, code generation controlled by this option
24704 will change to reflect the processors that are most common at
24705 the time that version of GCC is released.
24706 There is no -march=generic option because -march indicates the
24708 instruction set the compiler can use, and there is no generic
24709 instruction set applicable to all processors. In contrast,
24710 -mtune indicates the processor (or, in this case, collection of
24711 processors) for which the code is optimized.
24712 intel
24714 Produce code optimized for the most current Intel processors,
24715 which are Haswell and Silvermont for this version of GCC. If
24716 you know the CPU on which your code will run, then you should
24717 use the corresponding -mtune or -march option instead of
24718 -mtune=intel. But, if you want your application performs
24719 better on both Haswell and Silvermont, then you should use this
24720 option.
24721 As new Intel processors are deployed in the marketplace, the
24723 behavior of this option will change. Therefore, if you upgrade
24724 to a newer version of GCC, code generation controlled by this
24725 option will change to reflect the most current Intel processors
24726 at the time that version of GCC is released.
24727 There is no -march=intel option because -march indicates the
24729 instruction set the compiler can use, and there is no common
24730 instruction set applicable to all processors. In contrast,
24731 -mtune indicates the processor (or, in this case, collection of
24732 processors) for which the code is optimized.
24733 -mcpu=cpu-type
24735 A deprecated synonym for -mtune.
24736 -mfpmath=unit
24738 Generate floating-point arithmetic for selected unit unit. The
24739 choices for unit are:
24740 387 Use the standard 387 floating-point coprocessor present on the
24742 majority of chips and emulated otherwise. Code compiled with
24743 this option runs almost everywhere. The temporary results are
24744 computed in 80-bit precision instead of the precision specified
24745 by the type, resulting in slightly different results compared
24746 to most of other chips. See -ffloat-store for more detailed
24747 description.
24748 This is the default choice for non-Darwin x86-32 targets.
24750 sse Use scalar floating-point instructions present in the SSE
24752 instruction set. This instruction set is supported by Pentium
24753 III and newer chips, and in the AMD line by Athlon-4, Athlon XP
24754 and Athlon MP chips. The earlier version of the SSE
24755 instruction set supports only single-precision arithmetic, thus
24756 the double and extended-precision arithmetic are still done
24757 using 387. A later version, present only in Pentium 4 and AMD
24758 x86-64 chips, supports double-precision arithmetic too.
24759 For the x86-32 compiler, you must use -march=cpu-type, -msse or
24761 -msse2 switches to enable SSE extensions and make this option
24762 effective. For the x86-64 compiler, these extensions are
24763 enabled by default.
24764 The resulting code should be considerably faster in the
24766 majority of cases and avoid the numerical instability problems
24767 of 387 code, but may break some existing code that expects
24768 temporaries to be 80 bits.
24769 This is the default choice for the x86-64 compiler, Darwin
24771 x86-32 targets, and the default choice for x86-32 targets with
24772 the SSE2 instruction set when -ffast-math is enabled.
24773 sse,387
24775 sse+387
24776 both
24777 Attempt to utilize both instruction sets at once. This
24778 effectively doubles the amount of available registers, and on
24779 chips with separate execution units for 387 and SSE the
24780 execution resources too. Use this option with care, as it is
24781 still experimental, because the GCC register allocator does not
24782 model separate functional units well, resulting in unstable
24783 performance.
24784 -masm=dialect
24786 Output assembly instructions using selected dialect. Also affects
24787 which dialect is used for basic "asm" and extended "asm". Supported
24788 choices (in dialect order) are att or intel. The default is att.
24789 Darwin does not support intel.
24790 -mieee-fp
24792 -mno-ieee-fp
24793 Control whether or not the compiler uses IEEE floating-point
24794 comparisons. These correctly handle the case where the result of a
24795 comparison is unordered.
24796 -m80387
24798 -mhard-float
24799 Generate output containing 80387 instructions for floating point.
24800 -mno-80387
24802 -msoft-float
24803 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
24804 Warning: the requisite libraries are not part of GCC. Normally the
24806 facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are used, but this
24807 cannot be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make your
24808 own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for cross-
24809 compilation.
24810 On machines where a function returns floating-point results in the
24812 80387 register stack, some floating-point opcodes may be emitted
24813 even if -msoft-float is used.
24814 -mno-fp-ret-in-387
24816 Do not use the FPU registers for return values of functions.
24817 The usual calling convention has functions return values of types
24819 "float" and "double" in an FPU register, even if there is no FPU.
24820 The idea is that the operating system should emulate an FPU.
24821 The option -mno-fp-ret-in-387 causes such values to be returned in
24823 ordinary CPU registers instead.
24824 -mno-fancy-math-387
24826 Some 387 emulators do not support the "sin", "cos" and "sqrt"
24827 instructions for the 387. Specify this option to avoid generating
24828 those instructions. This option is overridden when -march
24829 indicates that the target CPU always has an FPU and so the
24830 instruction does not need emulation. These instructions are not
24831 generated unless you also use the -funsafe-math-optimizations
24832 switch.
24833 -malign-double
24835 -mno-align-double
24836 Control whether GCC aligns "double", "long double", and "long long"
24837 variables on a two-word boundary or a one-word boundary. Aligning
24838 "double" variables on a two-word boundary produces code that runs
24839 somewhat faster on a Pentium at the expense of more memory.
24840 On x86-64, -malign-double is enabled by default.
24842 Warning: if you use the -malign-double switch, structures
24844 containing the above types are aligned differently than the
24845 published application binary interface specifications for the
24846 x86-32 and are not binary compatible with structures in code
24847 compiled without that switch.
24848 -m96bit-long-double
24850 -m128bit-long-double
24851 These switches control the size of "long double" type. The x86-32
24852 application binary interface specifies the size to be 96 bits, so
24853 -m96bit-long-double is the default in 32-bit mode.
24854 Modern architectures (Pentium and newer) prefer "long double" to be
24856 aligned to an 8- or 16-byte boundary. In arrays or structures
24857 conforming to the ABI, this is not possible. So specifying
24858 -m128bit-long-double aligns "long double" to a 16-byte boundary by
24859 padding the "long double" with an additional 32-bit zero.
24860 In the x86-64 compiler, -m128bit-long-double is the default choice
24862 as its ABI specifies that "long double" is aligned on 16-byte
24863 boundary.
24864 Notice that neither of these options enable any extra precision
24866 over the x87 standard of 80 bits for a "long double".
24867 Warning: if you override the default value for your target ABI,
24869 this changes the size of structures and arrays containing "long
24870 double" variables, as well as modifying the function calling
24871 convention for functions taking "long double". Hence they are not
24872 binary-compatible with code compiled without that switch.
24873 -mlong-double-64
24875 -mlong-double-80
24876 -mlong-double-128
24877 These switches control the size of "long double" type. A size of 64
24878 bits makes the "long double" type equivalent to the "double" type.
24879 This is the default for 32-bit Bionic C library. A size of 128
24880 bits makes the "long double" type equivalent to the "__float128"
24881 type. This is the default for 64-bit Bionic C library.
24882 Warning: if you override the default value for your target ABI,
24884 this changes the size of structures and arrays containing "long
24885 double" variables, as well as modifying the function calling
24886 convention for functions taking "long double". Hence they are not
24887 binary-compatible with code compiled without that switch.
24888 -malign-data=type
24890 Control how GCC aligns variables. Supported values for type are
24891 compat uses increased alignment value compatible uses GCC 4.8 and
24892 earlier, abi uses alignment value as specified by the psABI, and
24893 cacheline uses increased alignment value to match the cache line
24894 size. compat is the default.
24895 -mlarge-data-threshold=threshold
24897 When -mcmodel=medium is specified, data objects larger than
24898 threshold are placed in the large data section. This value must be
24899 the same across all objects linked into the binary, and defaults to
24900 65535.
24901 -mrtd
24903 Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions
24904 that take a fixed number of arguments return with the "ret num"
24905 instruction, which pops their arguments while returning. This
24906 saves one instruction in the caller since there is no need to pop
24907 the arguments there.
24908 You can specify that an individual function is called with this
24910 calling sequence with the function attribute "stdcall". You can
24911 also override the -mrtd option by using the function attribute
24912 "cdecl".
24913 Warning: this calling convention is incompatible with the one
24915 normally used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call
24916 libraries compiled with the Unix compiler.
24917 Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that
24919 take variable numbers of arguments (including "printf"); otherwise
24920 incorrect code is generated for calls to those functions.
24921 In addition, seriously incorrect code results if you call a
24923 function with too many arguments. (Normally, extra arguments are
24924 harmlessly ignored.)
24925 -mregparm=num
24927 Control how many registers are used to pass integer arguments. By
24928 default, no registers are used to pass arguments, and at most 3
24929 registers can be used. You can control this behavior for a
24930 specific function by using the function attribute "regparm".
24931 Warning: if you use this switch, and num is nonzero, then you must
24933 build all modules with the same value, including any libraries.
24934 This includes the system libraries and startup modules.
24935 -msseregparm
24937 Use SSE register passing conventions for float and double arguments
24938 and return values. You can control this behavior for a specific
24939 function by using the function attribute "sseregparm".
24940 Warning: if you use this switch then you must build all modules
24942 with the same value, including any libraries. This includes the
24943 system libraries and startup modules.
24944 -mvect8-ret-in-mem
24946 Return 8-byte vectors in memory instead of MMX registers. This is
24947 the default on VxWorks to match the ABI of the Sun Studio compilers
24948 until version 12. Only use this option if you need to remain
24949 compatible with existing code produced by those previous compiler
24950 versions or older versions of GCC.
24951 -mpc32
24953 -mpc64
24954 -mpc80
24955 Set 80387 floating-point precision to 32, 64 or 80 bits. When
24956 -mpc32 is specified, the significands of results of floating-point
24957 operations are rounded to 24 bits (single precision); -mpc64 rounds
24958 the significands of results of floating-point operations to 53 bits
24959 (double precision) and -mpc80 rounds the significands of results of
24960 floating-point operations to 64 bits (extended double precision),
24961 which is the default. When this option is used, floating-point
24962 operations in higher precisions are not available to the programmer
24963 without setting the FPU control word explicitly.
24964 Setting the rounding of floating-point operations to less than the
24966 default 80 bits can speed some programs by 2% or more. Note that
24967 some mathematical libraries assume that extended-precision (80-bit)
24968 floating-point operations are enabled by default; routines in such
24969 libraries could suffer significant loss of accuracy, typically
24970 through so-called "catastrophic cancellation", when this option is
24971 used to set the precision to less than extended precision.
24972 -mstackrealign
24974 Realign the stack at entry. On the x86, the -mstackrealign option
24975 generates an alternate prologue and epilogue that realigns the run-
24976 time stack if necessary. This supports mixing legacy codes that
24977 keep 4-byte stack alignment with modern codes that keep 16-byte
24978 stack alignment for SSE compatibility. See also the attribute
24979 "force_align_arg_pointer", applicable to individual functions.
24980 -mpreferred-stack-boundary=num
24982 Attempt to keep the stack boundary aligned to a 2 raised to num
24983 byte boundary. If -mpreferred-stack-boundary is not specified, the
24984 default is 4 (16 bytes or 128 bits).
24985 Warning: When generating code for the x86-64 architecture with SSE
24987 extensions disabled, -mpreferred-stack-boundary=3 can be used to
24988 keep the stack boundary aligned to 8 byte boundary. Since x86-64
24989 ABI require 16 byte stack alignment, this is ABI incompatible and
24990 intended to be used in controlled environment where stack space is
24991 important limitation. This option leads to wrong code when
24992 functions compiled with 16 byte stack alignment (such as functions
24993 from a standard library) are called with misaligned stack. In this
24994 case, SSE instructions may lead to misaligned memory access traps.
24995 In addition, variable arguments are handled incorrectly for 16 byte
24996 aligned objects (including x87 long double and __int128), leading
24997 to wrong results. You must build all modules with
24998 -mpreferred-stack-boundary=3, including any libraries. This
24999 includes the system libraries and startup modules.
25000 -mincoming-stack-boundary=num
25002 Assume the incoming stack is aligned to a 2 raised to num byte
25003 boundary. If -mincoming-stack-boundary is not specified, the one
25004 specified by -mpreferred-stack-boundary is used.
25005 On Pentium and Pentium Pro, "double" and "long double" values
25007 should be aligned to an 8-byte boundary (see -malign-double) or
25008 suffer significant run time performance penalties. On Pentium III,
25009 the Streaming SIMD Extension (SSE) data type "__m128" may not work
25010 properly if it is not 16-byte aligned.
25011 To ensure proper alignment of this values on the stack, the stack
25013 boundary must be as aligned as that required by any value stored on
25014 the stack. Further, every function must be generated such that it
25015 keeps the stack aligned. Thus calling a function compiled with a
25016 higher preferred stack boundary from a function compiled with a
25017 lower preferred stack boundary most likely misaligns the stack. It
25018 is recommended that libraries that use callbacks always use the
25019 default setting.
25020 This extra alignment does consume extra stack space, and generally
25022 increases code size. Code that is sensitive to stack space usage,
25023 such as embedded systems and operating system kernels, may want to
25024 reduce the preferred alignment to -mpreferred-stack-boundary=2.
25025 -mmmx
25027 -msse
25028 -msse2
25029 -msse3
25030 -mssse3
25031 -msse4
25032 -msse4a
25033 -msse4.1
25034 -msse4.2
25035 -mavx
25036 -mavx2
25037 -mavx512f
25038 -mavx512pf
25039 -mavx512er
25040 -mavx512cd
25041 -mavx512vl
25042 -mavx512bw
25043 -mavx512dq
25044 -mavx512ifma
25045 -mavx512vbmi
25046 -msha
25047 -maes
25048 -mpclmul
25049 -mclflushopt
25050 -mclwb
25051 -mfsgsbase
25052 -mptwrite
25053 -mrdrnd
25054 -mf16c
25055 -mfma
25056 -mpconfig
25057 -mwbnoinvd
25058 -mfma4
25059 -mprfchw
25060 -mrdpid
25061 -mprefetchwt1
25062 -mrdseed
25063 -msgx
25064 -mxop
25065 -mlwp
25066 -m3dnow
25067 -m3dnowa
25068 -mpopcnt
25069 -mabm
25070 -madx
25071 -mbmi
25072 -mbmi2
25073 -mlzcnt
25074 -mfxsr
25075 -mxsave
25076 -mxsaveopt
25077 -mxsavec
25078 -mxsaves
25079 -mrtm
25080 -mhle
25081 -mtbm
25082 -mmwaitx
25083 -mclzero
25084 -mpku
25085 -mavx512vbmi2
25086 -mavx512bf16
25087 -mgfni
25088 -mvaes
25089 -mwaitpkg
25090 -mvpclmulqdq
25091 -mavx512bitalg
25092 -mmovdiri
25093 -mmovdir64b
25094 -menqcmd
25095 -mavx512vpopcntdq
25096 -mavx512vp2intersect
25097 -mavx5124fmaps
25098 -mavx512vnni
25099 -mavx5124vnniw
25100 -mcldemote
25101 These switches enable the use of instructions in the MMX, SSE,
25102 SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4, SSE4A, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, AVX, AVX2, AVX512F,
25103 AVX512PF, AVX512ER, AVX512CD, AVX512VL, AVX512BW, AVX512DQ,
25104 AVX512IFMA, AVX512VBMI, SHA, AES, PCLMUL, CLFLUSHOPT, CLWB,
25105 FSGSBASE, PTWRITE, RDRND, F16C, FMA, PCONFIG, WBNOINVD, FMA4,
25106 PREFETCHW, RDPID, PREFETCHWT1, RDSEED, SGX, XOP, LWP, 3DNow!,
25107 enhanced 3DNow!, POPCNT, ABM, ADX, BMI, BMI2, LZCNT, FXSR, XSAVE,
25108 XSAVEOPT, XSAVEC, XSAVES, RTM, HLE, TBM, MWAITX, CLZERO, PKU,
25109 AVX512VBMI2, GFNI, VAES, WAITPKG, VPCLMULQDQ, AVX512BITALG,
25110 MOVDIRI, MOVDIR64B, AVX512BF16, ENQCMD, AVX512VPOPCNTDQ,
25111 AVX5124FMAPS, AVX512VNNI, AVX5124VNNIW, or CLDEMOTE extended
25112 instruction sets. Each has a corresponding -mno- option to disable
25113 use of these instructions.
25114 These extensions are also available as built-in functions: see x86
25116 Built-in Functions, for details of the functions enabled and
25117 disabled by these switches.
25118 To generate SSE/SSE2 instructions automatically from floating-point
25120 code (as opposed to 387 instructions), see -mfpmath=sse.
25121 GCC depresses SSEx instructions when -mavx is used. Instead, it
25123 generates new AVX instructions or AVX equivalence for all SSEx
25124 instructions when needed.
25125 These options enable GCC to use these extended instructions in
25127 generated code, even without -mfpmath=sse. Applications that
25128 perform run-time CPU detection must compile separate files for each
25129 supported architecture, using the appropriate flags. In
25130 particular, the file containing the CPU detection code should be
25131 compiled without these options.
25132 -mdump-tune-features
25134 This option instructs GCC to dump the names of the x86 performance
25135 tuning features and default settings. The names can be used in
25136 -mtune-ctrl=feature-list.
25137 -mtune-ctrl=feature-list
25139 This option is used to do fine grain control of x86 code generation
25140 features. feature-list is a comma separated list of feature names.
25141 See also -mdump-tune-features. When specified, the feature is
25142 turned on if it is not preceded with ^, otherwise, it is turned
25143 off. -mtune-ctrl=feature-list is intended to be used by GCC
25144 developers. Using it may lead to code paths not covered by testing
25145 and can potentially result in compiler ICEs or runtime errors.
25146 -mno-default
25148 This option instructs GCC to turn off all tunable features. See
25149 also -mtune-ctrl=feature-list and -mdump-tune-features.
25150 -mcld
25152 This option instructs GCC to emit a "cld" instruction in the
25153 prologue of functions that use string instructions. String
25154 instructions depend on the DF flag to select between autoincrement
25155 or autodecrement mode. While the ABI specifies the DF flag to be
25156 cleared on function entry, some operating systems violate this
25157 specification by not clearing the DF flag in their exception
25158 dispatchers. The exception handler can be invoked with the DF flag
25159 set, which leads to wrong direction mode when string instructions
25160 are used. This option can be enabled by default on 32-bit x86
25161 targets by configuring GCC with the --enable-cld configure option.
25162 Generation of "cld" instructions can be suppressed with the
25163 -mno-cld compiler option in this case.
25164 -mvzeroupper
25166 This option instructs GCC to emit a "vzeroupper" instruction before
25167 a transfer of control flow out of the function to minimize the AVX
25168 to SSE transition penalty as well as remove unnecessary "zeroupper"
25169 intrinsics.
25170 -mprefer-avx128
25172 This option instructs GCC to use 128-bit AVX instructions instead
25173 of 256-bit AVX instructions in the auto-vectorizer.
25174 -mprefer-vector-width=opt
25176 This option instructs GCC to use opt-bit vector width in
25177 instructions instead of default on the selected platform.
25178 none
25180 No extra limitations applied to GCC other than defined by the
25181 selected platform.
25182 128 Prefer 128-bit vector width for instructions.
25184 256 Prefer 256-bit vector width for instructions.
25186 512 Prefer 512-bit vector width for instructions.
25188 -mcx16
25190 This option enables GCC to generate "CMPXCHG16B" instructions in
25191 64-bit code to implement compare-and-exchange operations on 16-byte
25192 aligned 128-bit objects. This is useful for atomic updates of data
25193 structures exceeding one machine word in size. The compiler uses
25194 this instruction to implement __sync Builtins. However, for
25195 __atomic Builtins operating on 128-bit integers, a library call is
25196 always used.
25197 -msahf
25199 This option enables generation of "SAHF" instructions in 64-bit
25200 code. Early Intel Pentium 4 CPUs with Intel 64 support, prior to
25201 the introduction of Pentium 4 G1 step in December 2005, lacked the
25202 "LAHF" and "SAHF" instructions which are supported by AMD64. These
25203 are load and store instructions, respectively, for certain status
25204 flags. In 64-bit mode, the "SAHF" instruction is used to optimize
25205 "fmod", "drem", and "remainder" built-in functions; see Other
25206 Builtins for details.
25207 -mmovbe
25209 This option enables use of the "movbe" instruction to implement
25210 "__builtin_bswap32" and "__builtin_bswap64".
25211 -mshstk
25213 The -mshstk option enables shadow stack built-in functions from x86
25214 Control-flow Enforcement Technology (CET).
25215 -mcrc32
25217 This option enables built-in functions "__builtin_ia32_crc32qi",
25218 "__builtin_ia32_crc32hi", "__builtin_ia32_crc32si" and
25219 "__builtin_ia32_crc32di" to generate the "crc32" machine
25220 instruction.
25221 -mrecip
25223 This option enables use of "RCPSS" and "RSQRTSS" instructions (and
25224 their vectorized variants "RCPPS" and "RSQRTPS") with an additional
25225 Newton-Raphson step to increase precision instead of "DIVSS" and
25226 "SQRTSS" (and their vectorized variants) for single-precision
25227 floating-point arguments. These instructions are generated only
25228 when -funsafe-math-optimizations is enabled together with
25229 -ffinite-math-only and -fno-trapping-math. Note that while the
25230 throughput of the sequence is higher than the throughput of the
25231 non-reciprocal instruction, the precision of the sequence can be
25232 decreased by up to 2 ulp (i.e. the inverse of 1.0 equals
25233 0.99999994).
25234 Note that GCC implements "1.0f/sqrtf(x)" in terms of "RSQRTSS" (or
25236 "RSQRTPS") already with -ffast-math (or the above option
25237 combination), and doesn't need -mrecip.
25238 Also note that GCC emits the above sequence with additional Newton-
25240 Raphson step for vectorized single-float division and vectorized
25241 "sqrtf(x)" already with -ffast-math (or the above option
25242 combination), and doesn't need -mrecip.
25243 -mrecip=opt
25245 This option controls which reciprocal estimate instructions may be
25246 used. opt is a comma-separated list of options, which may be
25247 preceded by a ! to invert the option:
25248 all Enable all estimate instructions.
25250 default
25252 Enable the default instructions, equivalent to -mrecip.
25253 none
25255 Disable all estimate instructions, equivalent to -mno-recip.
25256 div Enable the approximation for scalar division.
25258 vec-div
25260 Enable the approximation for vectorized division.
25261 sqrt
25263 Enable the approximation for scalar square root.
25264 vec-sqrt
25266 Enable the approximation for vectorized square root.
25267 So, for example, -mrecip=all,!sqrt enables all of the reciprocal
25269 approximations, except for square root.
25270 -mveclibabi=type
25272 Specifies the ABI type to use for vectorizing intrinsics using an
25273 external library. Supported values for type are svml for the Intel
25274 short vector math library and acml for the AMD math core library.
25275 To use this option, both -ftree-vectorize and
25276 -funsafe-math-optimizations have to be enabled, and an SVML or ACML
25277 ABI-compatible library must be specified at link time.
25278 GCC currently emits calls to "vmldExp2", "vmldLn2", "vmldLog102",
25280 "vmldPow2", "vmldTanh2", "vmldTan2", "vmldAtan2", "vmldAtanh2",
25281 "vmldCbrt2", "vmldSinh2", "vmldSin2", "vmldAsinh2", "vmldAsin2",
25282 "vmldCosh2", "vmldCos2", "vmldAcosh2", "vmldAcos2", "vmlsExp4",
25283 "vmlsLn4", "vmlsLog104", "vmlsPow4", "vmlsTanh4", "vmlsTan4",
25284 "vmlsAtan4", "vmlsAtanh4", "vmlsCbrt4", "vmlsSinh4", "vmlsSin4",
25285 "vmlsAsinh4", "vmlsAsin4", "vmlsCosh4", "vmlsCos4", "vmlsAcosh4"
25286 and "vmlsAcos4" for corresponding function type when
25287 -mveclibabi=svml is used, and "__vrd2_sin", "__vrd2_cos",
25288 "__vrd2_exp", "__vrd2_log", "__vrd2_log2", "__vrd2_log10",
25289 "__vrs4_sinf", "__vrs4_cosf", "__vrs4_expf", "__vrs4_logf",
25290 "__vrs4_log2f", "__vrs4_log10f" and "__vrs4_powf" for the
25291 corresponding function type when -mveclibabi=acml is used.
25292 -mabi=name
25294 Generate code for the specified calling convention. Permissible
25295 values are sysv for the ABI used on GNU/Linux and other systems,
25296 and ms for the Microsoft ABI. The default is to use the Microsoft
25297 ABI when targeting Microsoft Windows and the SysV ABI on all other
25298 systems. You can control this behavior for specific functions by
25299 using the function attributes "ms_abi" and "sysv_abi".
25300 -mforce-indirect-call
25302 Force all calls to functions to be indirect. This is useful when
25303 using Intel Processor Trace where it generates more precise timing
25304 information for function calls.
25305 -mmanual-endbr
25307 Insert ENDBR instruction at function entry only via the "cf_check"
25308 function attribute. This is useful when used with the option
25309 -fcf-protection=branch to control ENDBR insertion at the function
25310 entry.
25311 -mcall-ms2sysv-xlogues
25313 Due to differences in 64-bit ABIs, any Microsoft ABI function that
25314 calls a System V ABI function must consider RSI, RDI and XMM6-15 as
25315 clobbered. By default, the code for saving and restoring these
25316 registers is emitted inline, resulting in fairly lengthy prologues
25317 and epilogues. Using -mcall-ms2sysv-xlogues emits prologues and
25318 epilogues that use stubs in the static portion of libgcc to perform
25319 these saves and restores, thus reducing function size at the cost
25320 of a few extra instructions.
25321 -mtls-dialect=type
25323 Generate code to access thread-local storage using the gnu or gnu2
25324 conventions. gnu is the conservative default; gnu2 is more
25325 efficient, but it may add compile- and run-time requirements that
25326 cannot be satisfied on all systems.
25327 -mpush-args
25329 -mno-push-args
25330 Use PUSH operations to store outgoing parameters. This method is
25331 shorter and usually equally fast as method using SUB/MOV operations
25332 and is enabled by default. In some cases disabling it may improve
25333 performance because of improved scheduling and reduced
25334 dependencies.
25335 -maccumulate-outgoing-args
25337 If enabled, the maximum amount of space required for outgoing
25338 arguments is computed in the function prologue. This is faster on
25339 most modern CPUs because of reduced dependencies, improved
25340 scheduling and reduced stack usage when the preferred stack
25341 boundary is not equal to 2. The drawback is a notable increase in
25342 code size. This switch implies -mno-push-args.
25343 -mthreads
25345 Support thread-safe exception handling on MinGW. Programs that
25346 rely on thread-safe exception handling must compile and link all
25347 code with the -mthreads option. When compiling, -mthreads defines
25348 -D_MT; when linking, it links in a special thread helper library
25349 -lmingwthrd which cleans up per-thread exception-handling data.
25350 -mms-bitfields
25352 -mno-ms-bitfields
25353 Enable/disable bit-field layout compatible with the native
25354 Microsoft Windows compiler.
25355 If "packed" is used on a structure, or if bit-fields are used, it
25357 may be that the Microsoft ABI lays out the structure differently
25358 than the way GCC normally does. Particularly when moving packed
25359 data between functions compiled with GCC and the native Microsoft
25360 compiler (either via function call or as data in a file), it may be
25361 necessary to access either format.
25362 This option is enabled by default for Microsoft Windows targets.
25364 This behavior can also be controlled locally by use of variable or
25365 type attributes. For more information, see x86 Variable Attributes
25366 and x86 Type Attributes.
25367 The Microsoft structure layout algorithm is fairly simple with the
25369 exception of the bit-field packing. The padding and alignment of
25370 members of structures and whether a bit-field can straddle a
25371 storage-unit boundary are determine by these rules:
25372 1. Structure members are stored sequentially in the order in which
25374 they are
25375 declared: the first member has the lowest memory address and
25376 the last member the highest.
25377 2. Every data object has an alignment requirement. The alignment
25379 requirement
25380 for all data except structures, unions, and arrays is either
25381 the size of the object or the current packing size (specified
25382 with either the "aligned" attribute or the "pack" pragma),
25383 whichever is less. For structures, unions, and arrays, the
25384 alignment requirement is the largest alignment requirement of
25385 its members. Every object is allocated an offset so that:
25386 offset % alignment_requirement == 0
25388 3. Adjacent bit-fields are packed into the same 1-, 2-, or 4-byte
25390 allocation
25391 unit if the integral types are the same size and if the next
25392 bit-field fits into the current allocation unit without
25393 crossing the boundary imposed by the common alignment
25394 requirements of the bit-fields.
25395 MSVC interprets zero-length bit-fields in the following ways:
25397 1. If a zero-length bit-field is inserted between two bit-fields
25399 that
25400 are normally coalesced, the bit-fields are not coalesced.
25401 For example:
25403 struct
25405 {
25406 unsigned long bf_1 : 12;
25407 unsigned long : 0;
25408 unsigned long bf_2 : 12;
25409 } t1;
25410 The size of "t1" is 8 bytes with the zero-length bit-field. If
25412 the zero-length bit-field were removed, "t1"'s size would be 4
25413 bytes.
25414 2. If a zero-length bit-field is inserted after a bit-field, "foo",
25416 and the
25417 alignment of the zero-length bit-field is greater than the
25418 member that follows it, "bar", "bar" is aligned as the type of
25419 the zero-length bit-field.
25420 For example:
25422 struct
25424 {
25425 char foo : 4;
25426 short : 0;
25427 char bar;
25428 } t2;
25429 struct
25431 {
25432 char foo : 4;
25433 short : 0;
25434 double bar;
25435 } t3;
25436 For "t2", "bar" is placed at offset 2, rather than offset 1.
25438 Accordingly, the size of "t2" is 4. For "t3", the zero-length
25439 bit-field does not affect the alignment of "bar" or, as a
25440 result, the size of the structure.
25441 Taking this into account, it is important to note the
25443 following:
25444 1. If a zero-length bit-field follows a normal bit-field, the
25446 type of the
25447 zero-length bit-field may affect the alignment of the
25448 structure as whole. For example, "t2" has a size of 4
25449 bytes, since the zero-length bit-field follows a normal
25450 bit-field, and is of type short.
25451 2. Even if a zero-length bit-field is not followed by a normal
25453 bit-field, it may
25454 still affect the alignment of the structure:
25455 struct
25457 {
25458 char foo : 6;
25459 long : 0;
25460 } t4;
25461 Here, "t4" takes up 4 bytes.
25463 3. Zero-length bit-fields following non-bit-field members are
25465 ignored:
25466 struct
25467 {
25468 char foo;
25469 long : 0;
25470 char bar;
25471 } t5;
25472 Here, "t5" takes up 2 bytes.
25474 -mno-align-stringops
25476 Do not align the destination of inlined string operations. This
25477 switch reduces code size and improves performance in case the
25478 destination is already aligned, but GCC doesn't know about it.
25479 -minline-all-stringops
25481 By default GCC inlines string operations only when the destination
25482 is known to be aligned to least a 4-byte boundary. This enables
25483 more inlining and increases code size, but may improve performance
25484 of code that depends on fast "memcpy" and "memset" for short
25485 lengths. The option enables inline expansion of "strlen" for all
25486 pointer alignments.
25487 -minline-stringops-dynamically
25489 For string operations of unknown size, use run-time checks with
25490 inline code for small blocks and a library call for large blocks.
25491 -mstringop-strategy=alg
25493 Override the internal decision heuristic for the particular
25494 algorithm to use for inlining string operations. The allowed
25495 values for alg are:
25496 rep_byte
25498 rep_4byte
25499 rep_8byte
25500 Expand using i386 "rep" prefix of the specified size.
25501 byte_loop
25503 loop
25504 unrolled_loop
25505 Expand into an inline loop.
25506 libcall
25508 Always use a library call.
25509 -mmemcpy-strategy=strategy
25511 Override the internal decision heuristic to decide if
25512 "__builtin_memcpy" should be inlined and what inline algorithm to
25513 use when the expected size of the copy operation is known. strategy
25514 is a comma-separated list of alg:max_size:dest_align triplets. alg
25515 is specified in -mstringop-strategy, max_size specifies the max
25516 byte size with which inline algorithm alg is allowed. For the last
25517 triplet, the max_size must be "-1". The max_size of the triplets in
25518 the list must be specified in increasing order. The minimal byte
25519 size for alg is 0 for the first triplet and "max_size + 1" of the
25520 preceding range.
25521 -mmemset-strategy=strategy
25523 The option is similar to -mmemcpy-strategy= except that it is to
25524 control "__builtin_memset" expansion.
25525 -momit-leaf-frame-pointer
25527 Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for leaf functions.
25528 This avoids the instructions to save, set up, and restore frame
25529 pointers and makes an extra register available in leaf functions.
25530 The option -fomit-leaf-frame-pointer removes the frame pointer for
25531 leaf functions, which might make debugging harder.
25532 -mtls-direct-seg-refs
25534 -mno-tls-direct-seg-refs
25535 Controls whether TLS variables may be accessed with offsets from
25536 the TLS segment register (%gs for 32-bit, %fs for 64-bit), or
25537 whether the thread base pointer must be added. Whether or not this
25538 is valid depends on the operating system, and whether it maps the
25539 segment to cover the entire TLS area.
25540 For systems that use the GNU C Library, the default is on.
25542 -msse2avx
25544 -mno-sse2avx
25545 Specify that the assembler should encode SSE instructions with VEX
25546 prefix. The option -mavx turns this on by default.
25547 -mfentry
25549 -mno-fentry
25550 If profiling is active (-pg), put the profiling counter call before
25551 the prologue. Note: On x86 architectures the attribute
25552 "ms_hook_prologue" isn't possible at the moment for -mfentry and
25553 -pg.
25554 -mrecord-mcount
25556 -mno-record-mcount
25557 If profiling is active (-pg), generate a __mcount_loc section that
25558 contains pointers to each profiling call. This is useful for
25559 automatically patching and out calls.
25560 -mnop-mcount
25562 -mno-nop-mcount
25563 If profiling is active (-pg), generate the calls to the profiling
25564 functions as NOPs. This is useful when they should be patched in
25565 later dynamically. This is likely only useful together with
25566 -mrecord-mcount.
25567 -minstrument-return=type
25569 Instrument function exit in -pg -mfentry instrumented functions
25570 with call to specified function. This only instruments true returns
25571 ending with ret, but not sibling calls ending with jump. Valid
25572 types are none to not instrument, call to generate a call to
25573 __return__, or nop5 to generate a 5 byte nop.
25574 -mrecord-return
25576 -mno-record-return
25577 Generate a __return_loc section pointing to all return
25578 instrumentation code.
25579 -mfentry-name=name
25581 Set name of __fentry__ symbol called at function entry for -pg
25582 -mfentry functions.
25583 -mfentry-section=name
25585 Set name of section to record -mrecord-mcount calls (default
25586 __mcount_loc).
25587 -mskip-rax-setup
25589 -mno-skip-rax-setup
25590 When generating code for the x86-64 architecture with SSE
25591 extensions disabled, -mskip-rax-setup can be used to skip setting
25592 up RAX register when there are no variable arguments passed in
25593 vector registers.
25594 Warning: Since RAX register is used to avoid unnecessarily saving
25596 vector registers on stack when passing variable arguments, the
25597 impacts of this option are callees may waste some stack space,
25598 misbehave or jump to a random location. GCC 4.4 or newer don't
25599 have those issues, regardless the RAX register value.
25600 -m8bit-idiv
25602 -mno-8bit-idiv
25603 On some processors, like Intel Atom, 8-bit unsigned integer divide
25604 is much faster than 32-bit/64-bit integer divide. This option
25605 generates a run-time check. If both dividend and divisor are
25606 within range of 0 to 255, 8-bit unsigned integer divide is used
25607 instead of 32-bit/64-bit integer divide.
25608 -mavx256-split-unaligned-load
25610 -mavx256-split-unaligned-store
25611 Split 32-byte AVX unaligned load and store.
25612 -mstack-protector-guard=guard
25614 -mstack-protector-guard-reg=reg
25615 -mstack-protector-guard-offset=offset
25616 Generate stack protection code using canary at guard. Supported
25617 locations are global for global canary or tls for per-thread canary
25618 in the TLS block (the default). This option has effect only when
25619 -fstack-protector or -fstack-protector-all is specified.
25620 With the latter choice the options -mstack-protector-guard-reg=reg
25622 and -mstack-protector-guard-offset=offset furthermore specify which
25623 segment register (%fs or %gs) to use as base register for reading
25624 the canary, and from what offset from that base register. The
25625 default for those is as specified in the relevant ABI.
25626 -mgeneral-regs-only
25628 Generate code that uses only the general-purpose registers. This
25629 prevents the compiler from using floating-point, vector, mask and
25630 bound registers.
25631 -mindirect-branch=choice
25633 Convert indirect call and jump with choice. The default is keep,
25634 which keeps indirect call and jump unmodified. thunk converts
25635 indirect call and jump to call and return thunk. thunk-inline
25636 converts indirect call and jump to inlined call and return thunk.
25637 thunk-extern converts indirect call and jump to external call and
25638 return thunk provided in a separate object file. You can control
25639 this behavior for a specific function by using the function
25640 attribute "indirect_branch".
25641 Note that -mcmodel=large is incompatible with
25643 -mindirect-branch=thunk and -mindirect-branch=thunk-extern since
25644 the thunk function may not be reachable in the large code model.
25645 Note that -mindirect-branch=thunk-extern is compatible with
25647 -fcf-protection=branch since the external thunk can be made to
25648 enable control-flow check.
25649 -mfunction-return=choice
25651 Convert function return with choice. The default is keep, which
25652 keeps function return unmodified. thunk converts function return
25653 to call and return thunk. thunk-inline converts function return to
25654 inlined call and return thunk. thunk-extern converts function
25655 return to external call and return thunk provided in a separate
25656 object file. You can control this behavior for a specific function
25657 by using the function attribute "function_return".
25658 Note that -mindirect-return=thunk-extern is compatible with
25660 -fcf-protection=branch since the external thunk can be made to
25661 enable control-flow check.
25662 Note that -mcmodel=large is incompatible with
25664 -mfunction-return=thunk and -mfunction-return=thunk-extern since
25665 the thunk function may not be reachable in the large code model.
25666 -mindirect-branch-register
25668 Force indirect call and jump via register.
25669 These -m switches are supported in addition to the above on x86-64
25671 processors in 64-bit environments.
25672 -m32
25674 -m64
25675 -mx32
25676 -m16
25677 -miamcu
25678 Generate code for a 16-bit, 32-bit or 64-bit environment. The -m32
25679 option sets "int", "long", and pointer types to 32 bits, and
25680 generates code that runs on any i386 system.
25681 The -m64 option sets "int" to 32 bits and "long" and pointer types
25683 to 64 bits, and generates code for the x86-64 architecture. For
25684 Darwin only the -m64 option also turns off the -fno-pic and
25685 -mdynamic-no-pic options.
25686 The -mx32 option sets "int", "long", and pointer types to 32 bits,
25688 and generates code for the x86-64 architecture.
25689 The -m16 option is the same as -m32, except for that it outputs the
25691 ".code16gcc" assembly directive at the beginning of the assembly
25692 output so that the binary can run in 16-bit mode.
25693 The -miamcu option generates code which conforms to Intel MCU
25695 psABI. It requires the -m32 option to be turned on.
25696 -mno-red-zone
25698 Do not use a so-called "red zone" for x86-64 code. The red zone is
25699 mandated by the x86-64 ABI; it is a 128-byte area beyond the
25700 location of the stack pointer that is not modified by signal or
25701 interrupt handlers and therefore can be used for temporary data
25702 without adjusting the stack pointer. The flag -mno-red-zone
25703 disables this red zone.
25704 -mcmodel=small
25706 Generate code for the small code model: the program and its symbols
25707 must be linked in the lower 2 GB of the address space. Pointers
25708 are 64 bits. Programs can be statically or dynamically linked.
25709 This is the default code model.
25710 -mcmodel=kernel
25712 Generate code for the kernel code model. The kernel runs in the
25713 negative 2 GB of the address space. This model has to be used for
25714 Linux kernel code.
25715 -mcmodel=medium
25717 Generate code for the medium model: the program is linked in the
25718 lower 2 GB of the address space. Small symbols are also placed
25719 there. Symbols with sizes larger than -mlarge-data-threshold are
25720 put into large data or BSS sections and can be located above 2GB.
25721 Programs can be statically or dynamically linked.
25722 -mcmodel=large
25724 Generate code for the large model. This model makes no assumptions
25725 about addresses and sizes of sections.
25726 -maddress-mode=long
25728 Generate code for long address mode. This is only supported for
25729 64-bit and x32 environments. It is the default address mode for
25730 64-bit environments.
25731 -maddress-mode=short
25733 Generate code for short address mode. This is only supported for
25734 32-bit and x32 environments. It is the default address mode for
25735 32-bit and x32 environments.
25736 x86 Windows Options
25738 These additional options are available for Microsoft Windows targets:
25739 -mconsole
25741 This option specifies that a console application is to be
25742 generated, by instructing the linker to set the PE header subsystem
25743 type required for console applications. This option is available
25744 for Cygwin and MinGW targets and is enabled by default on those
25745 targets.
25746 -mdll
25748 This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It
25749 specifies that a DLL---a dynamic link library---is to be generated,
25750 enabling the selection of the required runtime startup object and
25751 entry point.
25752 -mnop-fun-dllimport
25754 This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It
25755 specifies that the "dllimport" attribute should be ignored.
25756 -mthread
25758 This option is available for MinGW targets. It specifies that
25759 MinGW-specific thread support is to be used.
25760 -municode
25762 This option is available for MinGW-w64 targets. It causes the
25763 "UNICODE" preprocessor macro to be predefined, and chooses Unicode-
25764 capable runtime startup code.
25765 -mwin32
25767 This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It
25768 specifies that the typical Microsoft Windows predefined macros are
25769 to be set in the pre-processor, but does not influence the choice
25770 of runtime library/startup code.
25771 -mwindows
25773 This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It
25774 specifies that a GUI application is to be generated by instructing
25775 the linker to set the PE header subsystem type appropriately.
25776 -fno-set-stack-executable
25778 This option is available for MinGW targets. It specifies that the
25779 executable flag for the stack used by nested functions isn't set.
25780 This is necessary for binaries running in kernel mode of Microsoft
25781 Windows, as there the User32 API, which is used to set executable
25782 privileges, isn't available.
25783 -fwritable-relocated-rdata
25785 This option is available for MinGW and Cygwin targets. It
25786 specifies that relocated-data in read-only section is put into the
25787 ".data" section. This is a necessary for older runtimes not
25788 supporting modification of ".rdata" sections for pseudo-relocation.
25789 -mpe-aligned-commons
25791 This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It
25792 specifies that the GNU extension to the PE file format that permits
25793 the correct alignment of COMMON variables should be used when
25794 generating code. It is enabled by default if GCC detects that the
25795 target assembler found during configuration supports the feature.
25796 See also under x86 Options for standard options.
25798 Xstormy16 Options
25800 These options are defined for Xstormy16:
25801 -msim
25803 Choose startup files and linker script suitable for the simulator.
25804 Xtensa Options
25806 These options are supported for Xtensa targets:
25807 -mconst16
25809 -mno-const16
25810 Enable or disable use of "CONST16" instructions for loading
25811 constant values. The "CONST16" instruction is currently not a
25812 standard option from Tensilica. When enabled, "CONST16"
25813 instructions are always used in place of the standard "L32R"
25814 instructions. The use of "CONST16" is enabled by default only if
25815 the "L32R" instruction is not available.
25816 -mfused-madd
25818 -mno-fused-madd
25819 Enable or disable use of fused multiply/add and multiply/subtract
25820 instructions in the floating-point option. This has no effect if
25821 the floating-point option is not also enabled. Disabling fused
25822 multiply/add and multiply/subtract instructions forces the compiler
25823 to use separate instructions for the multiply and add/subtract
25824 operations. This may be desirable in some cases where strict IEEE
25825 754-compliant results are required: the fused multiply add/subtract
25826 instructions do not round the intermediate result, thereby
25827 producing results with more bits of precision than specified by the
25828 IEEE standard. Disabling fused multiply add/subtract instructions
25829 also ensures that the program output is not sensitive to the
25830 compiler's ability to combine multiply and add/subtract operations.
25831 -mserialize-volatile
25833 -mno-serialize-volatile
25834 When this option is enabled, GCC inserts "MEMW" instructions before
25835 "volatile" memory references to guarantee sequential consistency.
25836 The default is -mserialize-volatile. Use -mno-serialize-volatile
25837 to omit the "MEMW" instructions.
25838 -mforce-no-pic
25840 For targets, like GNU/Linux, where all user-mode Xtensa code must
25841 be position-independent code (PIC), this option disables PIC for
25842 compiling kernel code.
25843 -mtext-section-literals
25845 -mno-text-section-literals
25846 These options control the treatment of literal pools. The default
25847 is -mno-text-section-literals, which places literals in a separate
25848 section in the output file. This allows the literal pool to be
25849 placed in a data RAM/ROM, and it also allows the linker to combine
25850 literal pools from separate object files to remove redundant
25851 literals and improve code size. With -mtext-section-literals, the
25852 literals are interspersed in the text section in order to keep them
25853 as close as possible to their references. This may be necessary
25854 for large assembly files. Literals for each function are placed
25855 right before that function.
25856 -mauto-litpools
25858 -mno-auto-litpools
25859 These options control the treatment of literal pools. The default
25860 is -mno-auto-litpools, which places literals in a separate section
25861 in the output file unless -mtext-section-literals is used. With
25862 -mauto-litpools the literals are interspersed in the text section
25863 by the assembler. Compiler does not produce explicit ".literal"
25864 directives and loads literals into registers with "MOVI"
25865 instructions instead of "L32R" to let the assembler do relaxation
25866 and place literals as necessary. This option allows assembler to
25867 create several literal pools per function and assemble very big
25868 functions, which may not be possible with -mtext-section-literals.
25869 -mtarget-align
25871 -mno-target-align
25872 When this option is enabled, GCC instructs the assembler to
25873 automatically align instructions to reduce branch penalties at the
25874 expense of some code density. The assembler attempts to widen
25875 density instructions to align branch targets and the instructions
25876 following call instructions. If there are not enough preceding
25877 safe density instructions to align a target, no widening is
25878 performed. The default is -mtarget-align. These options do not
25879 affect the treatment of auto-aligned instructions like "LOOP",
25880 which the assembler always aligns, either by widening density
25881 instructions or by inserting NOP instructions.
25882 -mlongcalls
25884 -mno-longcalls
25885 When this option is enabled, GCC instructs the assembler to
25886 translate direct calls to indirect calls unless it can determine
25887 that the target of a direct call is in the range allowed by the
25888 call instruction. This translation typically occurs for calls to
25889 functions in other source files. Specifically, the assembler
25890 translates a direct "CALL" instruction into an "L32R" followed by a
25891 "CALLX" instruction. The default is -mno-longcalls. This option
25892 should be used in programs where the call target can potentially be
25893 out of range. This option is implemented in the assembler, not the
25894 compiler, so the assembly code generated by GCC still shows direct
25895 call instructions---look at the disassembled object code to see the
25896 actual instructions. Note that the assembler uses an indirect call
25897 for every cross-file call, not just those that really are out of
25898 range.
25899 zSeries Options
25901 These are listed under
25902
25904 This section describes several environment variables that affect how
25905 GCC operates. Some of them work by specifying directories or prefixes
25906 to use when searching for various kinds of files. Some are used to
25907 specify other aspects of the compilation environment.
25908 Note that you can also specify places to search using options such as
25910 -B, -I and -L. These take precedence over places specified using
25911 environment variables, which in turn take precedence over those
25912 specified by the configuration of GCC.
25913 LANG
25915 LC_CTYPE
25916 LC_MESSAGES
25917 LC_ALL
25918 These environment variables control the way that GCC uses
25919 localization information which allows GCC to work with different
25920 national conventions. GCC inspects the locale categories LC_CTYPE
25921 and LC_MESSAGES if it has been configured to do so. These locale
25922 categories can be set to any value supported by your installation.
25923 A typical value is en_GB.UTF-8 for English in the United Kingdom
25924 encoded in UTF-8.
25925 The LC_CTYPE environment variable specifies character
25927 classification. GCC uses it to determine the character boundaries
25928 in a string; this is needed for some multibyte encodings that
25929 contain quote and escape characters that are otherwise interpreted
25930 as a string end or escape.
25931 The LC_MESSAGES environment variable specifies the language to use
25933 in diagnostic messages.
25934 If the LC_ALL environment variable is set, it overrides the value
25936 of LC_CTYPE and LC_MESSAGES; otherwise, LC_CTYPE and LC_MESSAGES
25937 default to the value of the LANG environment variable. If none of
25938 these variables are set, GCC defaults to traditional C English
25939 behavior.
25940 TMPDIR
25942 If TMPDIR is set, it specifies the directory to use for temporary
25943 files. GCC uses temporary files to hold the output of one stage of
25944 compilation which is to be used as input to the next stage: for
25945 example, the output of the preprocessor, which is the input to the
25946 compiler proper.
25947 GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG
25949 Setting GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG is nearly equivalent to passing
25950 -fcompare-debug to the compiler driver. See the documentation of
25951 this option for more details.
25952 GCC_EXEC_PREFIX
25954 If GCC_EXEC_PREFIX is set, it specifies a prefix to use in the
25955 names of the subprograms executed by the compiler. No slash is
25956 added when this prefix is combined with the name of a subprogram,
25957 but you can specify a prefix that ends with a slash if you wish.
25958 If GCC_EXEC_PREFIX is not set, GCC attempts to figure out an
25960 appropriate prefix to use based on the pathname it is invoked with.
25961 If GCC cannot find the subprogram using the specified prefix, it
25963 tries looking in the usual places for the subprogram.
25964 The default value of GCC_EXEC_PREFIX is prefix/lib/gcc/ where
25966 prefix is the prefix to the installed compiler. In many cases
25967 prefix is the value of "prefix" when you ran the configure script.
25968 Other prefixes specified with -B take precedence over this prefix.
25970 This prefix is also used for finding files such as crt0.o that are
25972 used for linking.
25973 In addition, the prefix is used in an unusual way in finding the
25975 directories to search for header files. For each of the standard
25976 directories whose name normally begins with /usr/local/lib/gcc
25977 (more precisely, with the value of GCC_INCLUDE_DIR), GCC tries
25978 replacing that beginning with the specified prefix to produce an
25979 alternate directory name. Thus, with -Bfoo/, GCC searches foo/bar
25980 just before it searches the standard directory /usr/local/lib/bar.
25981 If a standard directory begins with the configured prefix then the
25982 value of prefix is replaced by GCC_EXEC_PREFIX when looking for
25983 header files.
25984 COMPILER_PATH
25986 The value of COMPILER_PATH is a colon-separated list of
25987 directories, much like PATH. GCC tries the directories thus
25988 specified when searching for subprograms, if it cannot find the
25989 subprograms using GCC_EXEC_PREFIX.
25990 LIBRARY_PATH
25992 The value of LIBRARY_PATH is a colon-separated list of directories,
25993 much like PATH. When configured as a native compiler, GCC tries
25994 the directories thus specified when searching for special linker
25995 files, if it cannot find them using GCC_EXEC_PREFIX. Linking using
25996 GCC also uses these directories when searching for ordinary
25997 libraries for the -l option (but directories specified with -L come
25998 first).
25999 LANG
26001 This variable is used to pass locale information to the compiler.
26002 One way in which this information is used is to determine the
26003 character set to be used when character literals, string literals
26004 and comments are parsed in C and C++. When the compiler is
26005 configured to allow multibyte characters, the following values for
26006 LANG are recognized:
26007 C-JIS
26009 Recognize JIS characters.
26010 C-SJIS
26012 Recognize SJIS characters.
26013 C-EUCJP
26015 Recognize EUCJP characters.
26016 If LANG is not defined, or if it has some other value, then the
26018 compiler uses "mblen" and "mbtowc" as defined by the default locale
26019 to recognize and translate multibyte characters.
26020 Some additional environment variables affect the behavior of the
26022 preprocessor.
26023 CPATH
26025 C_INCLUDE_PATH
26026 CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH
26027 OBJC_INCLUDE_PATH
26028 Each variable's value is a list of directories separated by a
26029 special character, much like PATH, in which to look for header
26030 files. The special character, "PATH_SEPARATOR", is target-
26031 dependent and determined at GCC build time. For Microsoft Windows-
26032 based targets it is a semicolon, and for almost all other targets
26033 it is a colon.
26034 CPATH specifies a list of directories to be searched as if
26036 specified with -I, but after any paths given with -I options on the
26037 command line. This environment variable is used regardless of
26038 which language is being preprocessed.
26039 The remaining environment variables apply only when preprocessing
26041 the particular language indicated. Each specifies a list of
26042 directories to be searched as if specified with -isystem, but after
26043 any paths given with -isystem options on the command line.
26044 In all these variables, an empty element instructs the compiler to
26046 search its current working directory. Empty elements can appear at
26047 the beginning or end of a path. For instance, if the value of
26048 CPATH is ":/special/include", that has the same effect as
26049 -I. -I/special/include.
26050 DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT
26052 If this variable is set, its value specifies how to output
26053 dependencies for Make based on the non-system header files
26054 processed by the compiler. System header files are ignored in the
26055 dependency output.
26056 The value of DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT can be just a file name, in which
26058 case the Make rules are written to that file, guessing the target
26059 name from the source file name. Or the value can have the form
26060 file target, in which case the rules are written to file file using
26061 target as the target name.
26062 In other words, this environment variable is equivalent to
26064 combining the options -MM and -MF, with an optional -MT switch too.
26065 SUNPRO_DEPENDENCIES
26067 This variable is the same as DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT (see above),
26068 except that system header files are not ignored, so it implies -M
26069 rather than -MM. However, the dependence on the main input file is
26070 omitted.
26071 SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH
26073 If this variable is set, its value specifies a UNIX timestamp to be
26074 used in replacement of the current date and time in the "__DATE__"
26075 and "__TIME__" macros, so that the embedded timestamps become
26076 reproducible.
26077 The value of SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH must be a UNIX timestamp, defined as
26079 the number of seconds (excluding leap seconds) since 01 Jan 1970
26080 00:00:00 represented in ASCII; identical to the output of
26081 @command{date +%s} on GNU/Linux and other systems that support the
26082 %s extension in the "date" command.
26083 The value should be a known timestamp such as the last modification
26085 time of the source or package and it should be set by the build
26086 process.
26087
26089 For instructions on reporting bugs, see
26090 <http://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla>.
26091
26093 1. On some systems, gcc -shared needs to build supplementary stub code
26094 for constructors to work. On multi-libbed systems, gcc -shared
26095 must select the correct support libraries to link against. Failing
26096 to supply the correct flags may lead to subtle defects. Supplying
26097 them in cases where they are not necessary is innocuous.
26098
26100 gpl(7), gfdl(7), fsf-funding(7), cpp(1), gcov(1), as(1), ld(1), gdb(1),
26101 dbx(1) and the Info entries for gcc, cpp, as, ld, binutils and gdb.
26102
26104 See the Info entry for gcc, or
26105 <http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Contributors.html>, for contributors
26106 to GCC.
26107
26109 Copyright (c) 1988-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
26110 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
26112 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
26113 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
26114 Invariant Sections being "GNU General Public License" and "Funding Free
26115 Software", the Front-Cover texts being (a) (see below), and with the
26116 Back-Cover Texts being (b) (see below). A copy of the license is
26117 included in the gfdl(7) man page.
26118 (a) The FSF's Front-Cover Text is:
26120 A GNU Manual
26122 (b) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is:
26124 You have freedom to copy and modify this GNU Manual, like GNU
26126 software. Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise
26127 funds for GNU development.
26128gcc-10 2020-11-25 GCC(1)